Records of the Australian Museum

RECORDS

OF THE

AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

EDITED BY THE CURATOR

Vol. IX.

PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES

R. ETHERIDGE, Junr., J. P.

€ u r r t o v .

SYDNEY. 1912-1913.

H-m

CONTENTS.

No. 1.
Published 26th April, 1912.

Paire Plates

On a Re-Examination of the Types of Krefft's Species
of Cestoda in the Australian Museum, Sydney. Part
1. By T. Harvey Johnston 1 L.-VI.

The Myriapoda in the Australian Musem. By H. W.

Brolemann. Part 1.— Chilopoda ... ■•• 37

Notes on Australian Cicadidse. By Howard Ashton ... 76 VII.

The Crinoids of the Solomon Islands. By A. H. Clark 81

Description of Austrochaperina a New Genus of
En<nrstomatidse from North Australia. By Dene
B. Fry 87 VIII.-IX.

Occasional Notes. I- Description of a New Cicada.

By Howard Ashton 106a

No. 2.
Published 2nd October, 1911.

A Census of Australian Araneidae. By W. J. Rainbow 107

Index to Families, Subfamilies and Genera (of the
above)

No. 3.

Published 31st May, 1913.

Studies in Australian Crustacea. No. 3. By Allan R.
McCulloch

Studies in Australian Fishes. No. 3. By Allan R.

McCulloch 355 XII.-XX,

No. 4.
Published October, 1913.

Index, Title Page, and Lists of Contents.

313

321 X.-Xl.

LIST OF THE CONTRIBUTORS.

With References and Catalogue Numbers.

Ashton, Howard— 59-575 (94)

Notes on Australian Cicadidae.

Rec. Austr. Mas., ix., 1, 1912.

Ashton, Howard— 59-575 (94)

Description of a New Cicada.

Rec. Austr. Mus., ix., 1, 1912.

Brolemann, H. W.— 59-56 (94)

The Myriapoda in the Australian Museum. Part 1. C'hilopoda.

Rec. A*(str. Mus., ix., 1, 1912.

Clark, A. H.— 59-391 (935)

The Crinoids of the Solomon Islands.

Rec. Austr. Mus., ix., 1, 1912.

Fry, Dene B — 59-78 (94)

Description of Austrochaperina, a New Genus of Engystomatidae
from North Australia.

Rec. Austr. Mus., ix., 1, 1912.

Johnston, T. Harvey— 59-5121 (94)

On a Re-Examination of the Types of Krcfft's Species of Cestoda in
the Australian Museum, Sydney. Part 1

Rec. Austr. Mus., ix., 1, 1912.

McCulloch, Allan R.— 59-53 (94)

Studies in Australian Crustacea. No. 3.

Rec. Austr. Mus., ix., 8, 1913.

McCulloch, Allan R.— 59-7 (94)

Studies in Australian Fishes. No. 3.

Rec Austr. Mus., ix., 3, 1913.

Rainbow, W. J.— 59-44 (94)

A Census of Australian Araneidte and Index to Families, Sub-
families and Genera.

Rec. Austr. Mus., ix., 2, 1911.

On a RE-EXAMINATION of the TYPES of KREFFT'S

SPECIES of CESTODA in the AUSTRALIAN

MUSEUM, SYDNEY.

PART I.

By T. Harvey Johnston, M.A., D.Sc, Hon. Zoologist.
(From the Bureau of Microbiology, Sydney.)

(Plates i-vi.)

I. — Introduction.

CORRECTION.

Page 3 and following pages, in the heading, for " Krefft
read " Johnston."

there have been a few identifications and more complete accounts
given of parasites found in local hosts but previously described
from extra- Australian hosts, e.g. Gyrocotyle rugosa, Dies., whose
anatomy was given by Spencer. In some cases there is merely a
reference to the identification of an Entozoon in a host in
Australian territory, which has been described elsewhere, e.g.
certain tapeworms from the Sunfish. Besides these a number of
larval Cestoda have been described or identified from mammals,
reptiles, amphibia and frogs by Haswell, Hill, myself and others.
It8hould be mentioned that no notice has been taken of the intro-
duced fauna, whether wild or domesticated, in the above estimate
of our known Australian Cestoda.

From the foregoing it will be seen that Krefft has described
about half of tlie tapeworms known from the Australian main-
land. His accounts and figures are very unsatisfactory and do
not allow of the recognition of any of them, as his remarks are
1

On a RE-EXAMINATION of the TYPES of KREPFT'S

SPECIES of CESTODA in tub AUSTRALIAN

MUSEUM, SYDNEY.

PART I.

By T. Harvky Johnston, M.A., D.Sc, Hon. Zoologist.
(From the Bureau of Microbiology, Sydney.)

(Plates i-vi.)

I. — Introduction.

If we consider what a vast vertebrate fauna — fish, amphibians,
reptiles, birds, mammals, — Australia possesses, we must be
struck with the extreme paucity of our knowledge of its parasit-
ology and especially of its Platyhelminthic Entozoa. It is only
the Cestoda which concern us here ; a comparatively small
number have been described. If we include only adult forms
from the mainland, i.e. if we exclude those described from New
Guinea and other East Indian Islands belonging to the Austral-
asian zoogeographical section we will notice that there are only
about ten tapeworms described (December 1910) more or less
completely from our mammals, four of them being named by
Krefft and three by Zschokke ; about seventeen from Australian
birds, eleven being named by Krefft, two by Linstow and two by-
myself ; two from local fish, both described by Haswell ; and
two from reptiles, one being studied by me. In addition to these
there have been a few identifications and more complete accounts
given of parasites found in local hosts hut previously described
from extra- Australian hosts, e.g. Gyrocotyle rugosa, Dies., whose
anatomy was given by Spencer. In some cases there is merely a
reference to the identification of an Entozoon in a host in
Australian territory, which has been described elsewhere, e.g.
certain tapeworms from the Sunfish. Besides these a number of
larval Cestoda have been described or identified from mammals,
reptiles, amphibia and frogs by Haswell, Hill, myself and others.
It8hould be mentioned that no notice has been taken of the intro-
duced fauna, whether wild or domesticated, in the above estimate
of our known Australian Cestoda.

From the foregoing it will be seen that Krefft has described
about half of the tapeworms known from the Australian main-
land. His accounts and figures are very unsatisfactory and do
not allow of the recognition of any of them, as his remarks are
1

2 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

generally confined to a few details regarding the dimensions, the
general appearance of the strobila and the form of the scolex,
and even these are not accurate. But for the fact that most of
his types have been preserved in the Australian Museum, all of
his species might be justifiably rejected. Many of the type
specimens have become dried and are therefore of little or no
use, hut I have been fortunate enough in a few cases to find
rather better preserved material which I have been able to iden-
tify as belonging to the same species as the types in question.

They have been commented upon by various authors but no
definite pronouncement has so far been possible.

The re-examination of Krefft's species, therefore, seemed to me
desirable, and the Curator kindly placed the original material at
my disposal. In the following pages the majority of them
receive more or less attention according to their state of preser-
vation.

Krefft described sixteen species as follows1 : —

(1) Tainia tuber culata.

(2) Tainia nova; hollandice.

(3) 2'ainia paradoxa.

(4) Taenia forsteri.

(5) Tainia fimbriata.

(6) Tainia flavescens.

(7) Tainta cylindrica.

(8) Tainia coronata.

(9) Tainia master&ii.

(10) Tainia pkalangislce.

(11) Tainia pediformis.

(12) Tainia moschata.

(13) Tainia rugosa.

(14) Tainia ch/ajiii/deras.

(15) Tamia bairdii.

(16) Bothriocephalus marginatus.

All of the above, excepting Nos. 4, 5, 9, 10 and 16, are from
birds, the exceptions being from mammals, the last three of them
being from marsupials. Of the above sixteen specific names,
five were already preoccupied in the genus Tenia, having been
used by previous workers, and therefore Krefft's species require
re naming if proved to be distinct. Under this list come (1)
T. fimbria ta, the name having been used previously by Batsch
in 1786, and hy Diesing in 1850 ; (2) T. rugosa, previously

1 Krefft —Trans. Entoni. Soc. N. S. Wales, ii., 1873, pp. 200-227.

rYPES OF SPECIES OP CESTODA. — frltt'il^'lS "^ 3

employed by Pallas in 1760, and by Diesing in 1850; (3) T.
coronala, used by Creplin in 1829 ; (4) T. paradoxa preoccupied
through having been erected by Rudolphi in 1801 ; and (5)
T. luberculala also preoccupied by Rudolphi (1819). I have
already ventured to rename the first as T.krefftii", tlie second
as T. hedleyi3, and the third as T. australiensis* . The fourth
appears very like his T. novas-hollandice from the same host and
consequently I have not thought it advisable to rename it until
the specimens shall have been more carefully studied. In
regard to T. tuberculata, the similarity to Diploposthe Itevis,
Bloch, was sufficiently close to justify a further and more de-
tailed examination of Krefft's species before altering its name.
As will be seen later, T. tuberculata is synonymous with D.
Icevis. T. austral iensis is a typical member of the genus
Gyrocozlia, T. hedleyi belonging to the allied genus Acoleus.
Tcenia pediformis, Krefft, is a Fimbriaria and moreover is syn-
onymous with F. fasciolaris, Pall., more commonly known as
Tatnia malleus, Goeze. T. Jorsteri is a Tetrabothrius, while
T. chlamyderce (T. chlamydoderce) belongs to the genus Choan-
otamia, and T. Jlavescens to Diorchis. Both T. bairdii and T.
cyliudrica are species of Hymenolepis, the former being synony-
mous with H. sinuosa, Zeder, i.e. H. collaris, Batsch, while
the latter is synonymous with H. megalops, Nitzsch. The types
and only specimens of two of his forms have been lost and
consequently these two species, T. moschata from the Musk
Duck (Biziura lobata), and T. phalangisUe from the common
Opossum (Trichosurns vulpecida), need not be any longer taken
into account in Parasitology, as they are not recognisable from
his descriptions. Both T. master.sii and T. krefftii belong to the
Anoplocephalidse. Fuhrmann has suggested that Krefft's T
novte-hollandice may be a Dioicocestus, but this suggestion is
based mainly on the fact that the host is a Podicipes.

From the foregoing remarks it will be seen that most of the
species have been more or less examined. The most interesting
forms are T. coronata ( = Gyroccelia australieusis), T. rugosa
( — Acoleus hedleyi) and T. tuberculata ( = Diploposthe tcevis). The
first two belong to the Acoleidre, a family characterised by the
absence of a vagina and by the possession of a highly specialised
musculature in the parenchyma, while the last possesses single
genitalia, but doubled genital ducts and a characteristic arrange-
ment of the body-musculature.

» Johnston— Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxxiv., 1909, pp. 518-9.
3 Johnston — Journ. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xliv., 1910, p. 94.
* Johnston— Jonrn. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xliv., 1910, p. 95.

4 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

II. — Description of the Species.

TiENIA TUBERCULATA, Krefft.

[From the White-eyed Duck or Widgeon (Aythya
australis, Gould).]

(Plate i.)

1 propose first to describe as well as the macerated material
will allow, the anatomy of Tamia tuberciilala, Krefft, and
then to discuss its systematic relationships. The imperfeco
condition of the specimens must he taken into consideration,
especially as this account is based entirely on Krefft's type
material. The main facts relating to the worm as given by
Krefft5 are as follows : — Length seldom exceeding forty-two
inches ; average breadth one quarter inch, but may reach a half
inch ; head small; neck long; anterior end of the strohila very
variable ; no trace of the presence of suckers and rostelluni ;
segments very narrow in anterior part of the chain ; tubercles on
the posterior segments ; double genital papilhe in each segment ;
cirrus spiny and hell shaped ; eggs circular and without hooks.

A glance at his figures will show that the material was in a
poor state of preservation at that time, and its condition
has not improved since. His account may accordingly be
disregarded.

None of the scolices examined allow of the recognition of
much detail. They are small and somewhat rounded and do not
project at all laterally, but on the contrary, the scolex is tlie
narrowest part of the strobila, being about 0*145 mm. in
breadth in the region of tlie suckers. The latter are very weak
structures when compared with the size of the parasite, being
about 0 055 mm. in diameter. Their openings are directed
antero laterally.

A rather long, delicate eversible rostellum is present and is
surrounded by a single circlet of ten hooks. These are very
small, being about 0018 in length. The dorsal root is relatively
long and rodlike, tlie ventral root short and rounded, and the
claw small. The whole series is so closely clustered in the
.scolices examined that it is difficult to make out the exact form
of each hook.

6 Krefft— hoc. cit., pp. 215-16.

TYPES OF SPECIES OF CESTODA KKKKi I. O

Behind tlie scolex the strobila gradually widens until at 033
mm. from the anterior end, that is at the point where segment-
ation becomes recognisable, the breadth is ahout 0055 mm.
The segments are here very narrow. Then there is a sudden
increase in breadth though the proglottids still remain very
narrow. Throughout the greater part of the strobila the width
is short, seven or eight mm., though occasionally it reaches ten
mm., the mature segments being from 0-7 to 1*3 mm. in length
(average ahout one mm.) Segments 3-8 mm. broad by 07 mm.
long were seen containing ripe eggs.

The genital papilla is more or less prominent according as the
cirrus is everted or not. It is located just anteriorly to the
middle of the edge of each segment. The genital cloaca is some-
what elongate. The female opening is either immediately anterior
to or beside the male opening, though at times it was seen to be
below it.

The excretory system consists of the usual two pairs of trunks,
an outer and an inner lying close beside it, the outer being very
much the larger, having a lumen of from 001 to 002 mm. in
transverse section. In cases where the diameter is less than this
the margin is usually very much crinkled. Lying just internally
to each outer tube is a very much smaller inner vessel with a
lumen of only 0-004 mm. The parenchyma surrounding both and
especially the inner vessel was deeply staining and contained
abundance of nuclei. Both vessels lie at a considerable distance
inwards from each lateral margin. They are situated in the
medulla at ahout equal distances from the dorsal and ventral
surfaces, but where the genital ducts cross over them, they
become displaced ventrally. Transverse excretory vessels are
absent.

The nervous system is composed of a number of longitudinal
cords along each side as well as ring commissural nerves con-
necting the lateral cords of one side with those of the other.
There are three nerves laterally, a median or main trunk and
two accessory nerves, one slightly dorsal ly and one slightly ven-
trally. All three are connected by fibres. At certain levels
and especially near the posterior end of each segment large
paired nerves are given off dorsally and ventrally. These pass
through the cortex to meet with similar structures from the
other side to form ring commissures. The anterior commissural
ring is much less evident. From the same point of origin as
these ring nerves there are given off short but thick fibres lateral-
ly.- The main longitudinal fibres lie ventrally to the genital ducts
and the uterus. On the nerve ring in the neighbourhood of the

6 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

excretory vessels there may be seen in section other accessory
longitudinal fibres. There is a ventral and dorsal pair on each
side. There are thus ten longitudinal nerves, three pair of large
laterals and two pair of smaller cords.

Musculature, etc. — In transverse sections the cuticle is seen
to be rather thin. Below it lie the subcuticular structures con-
sisting of very well developed circular muscles and within these
the longitudinal fibres. The subcuticular cells are imperfectly
preserved.

The separation between the cortex and medulla is not well
marked owing to the poorly developed system of transverse
muscle fibres. Lying in the peripheral part of the cortex there
was abundance of calcareous corpuscles of an elliptical or rounded
form and possessing a diameter of from 0*005 - 0*012 mm.

The longitudinal muscular system of the parench)*ma is very
strongly developed. There are three distinct systems arranged
concentrically. The innermost (PI. i , tig. 1, 1. m. 3) is just out side
the transverse muscles and is practically restricted to that part
of the cortex which lies above and below the female complex.
There are here about eight well-marked bundles on each surface,
and in addition there are a few isolated bundles lying laterally
from the excretory vessels. As these latter occur within the
other two systems they probably belong to the same series as
those just mentioned. Just externally to this series is the
ordinary longitudinal system consisting, as is frequently the
case, of an inner (PI. i., fig. 1., 1. m. 2) and an outer (PI. i., fig. 1,
1. m. 1) series of bundles. The inner bundles are much larger, as
also are the individual fibres, than those belonging to the outer
series. The fibres, especially those of the larger bundles, were
separated from each other, this being perhaps due to imperfect
preservation. These two rings are generally easily distinguishable
from each other except laterally where they become more or less
merged. Even in the lateral portion of the cortex these bundles
are still highly developed. In ripe segments it was noticed that
the uterus frequently forced its way dorsally between the longi
tudinal bundles so as to lie against the subcuticula and in such
cases the uterine lobes might be seen almost surrounding individ-
ual bundles (PI. i., fig. 2). At the posterior end of each
segment there is seen in sections, a mass of well developed trans-
verse muscle. Connecting the dorsal and ventral surfaces there
are a great number of strong dorso-ventral fibres.

Mule Genitalia. — The male glands appear very early and do
not persist, but disappear soon after the segment has reached

TYPES OF SPECIES OK CESTODA — KUEFFT. /

female maturity. There are three testes, all of about the same
size, situated near the posterior border of each segment, fairly
close to each other. Two may be on the right side, and the
other on the left or vice versa. One of the former pair is some-
times nearly median in position, in which case it lies just behind
and above the vitelline gland. The laterally placed vesicles ate
seen to lie postero-laterally from the main mass of the ovary
and postero-medially from the vesiculas seminales. The testes
approach a little nearer to the dorsal surface than do the ovarian
lobes. In transverse section they are seen to extend into the
middle portion of the medulla. They are rounded or even pyri-
form in shape and measure about 0156 by 0-117 mm. Two vasa
efferentia pass away from each testis, one connecting with each
vesicula seminalis. These seem to come off from the same point
and to diverge from one another very soon.

There are in each segment two very large and conspicuous
vesicula? seminales which vary in size and shape according to the
amount of spermatozoa contained in them. The usual form is
rounded though it may be elongate or pyriform. In a few
instances was seen to be bent in such a way as to form an obtuse
angle. The size is about 0*144 mm. in diameter. Each lies
quite ventrally in the anterior portion of the proglottid, just
laterally to the ovary and antero-laterally to the outer testes.
The corresponding vas deferens passes off laterally from its outer
extremity. It is a more or less twisted tube which usually
becomes thrown into a few coils just before entering the powerful
cirrus sac. That part of each vas deferens which lies between
the vesicula and the longitudinal excretory canals is surrounded
by a dense mass of deeply staining cells, doubtless glandular in
nature, which were too imperfectly preserved to allow of any
detailed study of them. These are much more abundant on the
inner region but gradually become smaller and fewer laterally,
none being detected on the coiled portion of the vas deferens
near the cirrus sac. Sometimes the glands cover the outer (i.e.
lateral) wall of the vesicula too. In transverse section of the
segment it is seen that the vas deferens in the neighbourhood of
the vesicula lies either medianly or ventrally, but that it grad-
ually curves dorsally to pass over- the nerve and the excretory
vessels, the latter being displaced towards the ventral surface in
this region.

On entering the cirrus sac the vas deferens soon widens to
form an inner vesicula with rather thin walls when compared with
the remainder of the tube which lies within the sac and which
possesses strong circular muscles in its walls. This part of the

8 RECORDS OP THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

male duct is very considerably coiled whilst the cirrus is lying at
rest. A characteristic feature of the large tubular cirrus is the
powerful armature of relatively large and very closely set and
spirally arranged hooks which are seen in section of the organ
to form a dense covering, the points projecting backwards. The
cirrus sac is a large powerful organ, fusiform in shape and from
03 to 0-38 mm. long by from 018 to 0-23 mm. broad, in
segments of 3 mm. in breadth, lying towards each anterolateral
corner of the segment. From it there pass inwards very distinct
retractor fibres which travel towards the midregion of the
segment. One notices that the parenchyma surrounding the sac
is areolate and is very definitely marked off from the rest of the
body-parenchyma. Within this is the true cirrus sac consisting
of a very powerful thick longitudinal muscle surrounding a loose
tissue which in turn encloses in its centre, the male duct. The
walls of the latter possess a definite layer of circular muscle
fibres. In the loose tissue there may be seen relatively large
muscle fibres whose course is longitudinal to the cirrus into
which they are inserted. They appear to act as retractors of
the cirrus.

Female Glands. — The female complex consists of a compact
mass of glands occupying the greater part of the middle of each
segment, the breadth being about 07 mm. and the length 0'31
mm. in segments at 30 mm. distance from the anterior end. In
transverse section the complex, especially the ovary, is seen to
occupy most of the mid-region of the medulla extending longitud-
inally almost from the anterior to the posterior border of each
segment and lying between the lateral testes and the vesicula*
seminales in the transverse plane.

The ovary as a whole has an approximately vermiform shape,
the vitelline and shell glands being located in the posteriori)'
directed hilum. Though there is an ovarian bridge present, yet
it is very short and consequently one cannot readily recognise
the existence of two wings. Each wing is made, up of a great
number of ovarian lubes arranged roughly in a radiating manner.
The short thick ovarian bridge lies just in front of the vitellariuru
and shell gland. From it there passes off postero-ventrally a
very short oviduct which joins the fertilizing duct very close to
the shell-gland complex.

The vitelline gland, as already mentioned, lies in a midline
just behind and below the ovarian bridge. It is nearly 0 12 mm.
in breadth and possesses an irregular shape, being deeply lobed.
[ts duct is short, and passes downwards and forwards to enter
the fertilising canal. The shell gland complex is median and lies

TYPES OF SPECIES OF CESTODA — KREFFT. U

just above and in front of the vitellarium being situated between
the latter and the ovarian bridge. The complex as a whole is
an elongate solid gland made up of a great number of granular
deeply staining cells, whose inner end is narrowed and duct-like.

Each vagina is a wide tube leading from the corresponding
female genital pore inwards and backwards to the middle of the
segment where it meets its fellow fiom the other side. It then
passes forward to enter into relationship with the various female-
glands. A more detailed account of its course may now be given.
Each passes inwards close beside the wall of the cirrus sac along
its dorsal surface. It then crosses over the lateral part of the
vas deferens at about the point where the latter becomes thrown
into a few loops or coils to lie postero-ventrally or ventrally to
the male duct which it accompanys inwards as far as the inner end
of the vesicula seminalis. In the region of the excretory canals
the vagina lies between these and the more dorsally placed vas
deferens, whilst in the neighbourhood of the vesicula, it lies on
the ventral limit of the medulla. In this last locality it frequent-
ly becomes widened to form an elongate receptaculum seminis
which extends still further inwards and backwards as will be
mentioned below. Occasionally this portion of the vagina
becomes swollen into a rounded reservoir of about the same thape
and size as the vesicula seminalis which lies immediately anter-
iorly to it. In a longitudinal vertical section of a segment (PI.
i, fig. 2), the vagina and the vas deferens are seen in trans-
verse sections as two adjacent tubes, the former possessing a
wide lumen and thin walls, the latter a narrow lumen with thick
walls containing longitudinal muscular fibres. The vagina now
travels inwards, backwards and ventrally, skirting round the
posterior border of the corresponding ovarian lobe, this part of
the duct being fairly wide. The two vagina? unite medianly
near the posterior margin of the segment to form a short wide
common transverse tube from which the fertilising canal passes
forwards. The oviduct and vitelline duct enter it from the
neighbourhood of the shell-gland complex which is now pene-
tiated. The duct then passes forwards to the transversely
placed uterus. The vaginae persist in segments in which the
uterus is well developed and in which the ovary has disappeared.

The uterus consists at first of a more or less transversely
placed sac whose middle lies just posteriorly to the ovarian
bridge. The long " wings " of the sac extend outwards and back-
wards between the ovarian tubes, and as they develop very rapid-
ly they soon come to extend into the posterior corner of each

10 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

segment. The connecting (i.e. the median) portion is very
narrow and remains so even in mature segments, so that in these
latter the uterus consists of two large irregularly lobed structures
which almost touch each other along the midline but which are
actually connected only in the antero-dorsal part of the proglot-
tid. As the uterus becomes filled with eggs the stalk-like
portion of the wings comes to expand and lobes develop both in
the dorso-ventral and horizontal planes, but more especially
dorsal ly. The lateral growth takes place in such a way that the
uterus lies dorsally to the excretory ducts and nerve, but
partly folds round these to form a bay which is open towards
the ventral surface. It also lies dorsally to the vesiculee seminales
and the inner portion of each vagina. The latter is seen in
transverse and horizontal sections to skirt around the ventral
edge of the uterus, and between it and the ventral layer of trans-
verse muscle fibres. It penetrates between the dorsal longitudinal
muscle bundles to the subcuticular cells, the muscles thus coming
to be partly surrounded by the uterus (PI. i., fig. 2). The
tubercular appearance of many of the segments, a fact which led
to Krefft giving it the specific name of tuberculata, is partly due
to this fact and partly to imperfect preservation. The uterine
lobes or pouches in the transverse plane come near the surface
and probably as a result of pressure brought about by the con-
traction of the powerful longitudinal and dorso-ventral fibres, a
" tubercle " has been produced at the weakest point. In some
of the sections it was noticed that the uterus had reached the
surface. In entire stained preparations the pouches which lie just
below the surface may be seen as a series of rounded structures
projecting dorsally from the main mass of the sac.

The eggs possess two shells, the thin outermost covering being
about 009 by 007 mm. Within this is a firm embryonic cover-
ing also of elliptical form, measuring 0047 by 0(>35 mm. A
very delicate membrane surrounds it. The embryonal booklets
are curved and very small ; Krefft was not able to recognise them.

Systematic. — This parasite has been referred to by several
authors and has been placed in no less than four different genera.
Krefft called it a Tania as at his time this huge genus had not
been divided up systematically to any extent. In 18'Jl
Monticelli6 regarded it as a synonym of rJ'(t»ia bijaria, von
Sieb. In the same vear Blanchafd7 suggested that it might

« Monticelli— Boll. Soc. Nat. Napoli, v., 1891, p. 153.
7 Blancharcl — Mem. Soc. Zool. France, iv. 1891, p. 443.

TYPES OF SPECIES OF CKSTODA — KRBFFT. 1 1

be an Ophryocotyle. In 1893 Diamare8 erected a genus Cotuynia
for tapeworms possessing double genitalia along with certain
other characters and thought 8 that T. bifaria might also belong
to this genus. Stiles9 in 1896 followed Diamare and listed
T. tuberculata as a synonym of Cotugnia bifaria but gave
Monticelli's account and figures of the parasite. In 1900
Diamare10 referred to the imperfect account given by Krefft.
In 1906 Fuhrmann11 dealt with the synonymy of Diploposthe
Icevis, Bloch, and included Tcenia bifaria, von Sieb. under it.
He stated that T. tuberculata was in all probability a Diploposthe
and was perhaps synonymous with D. Icevis but on account
of the difference between the geographical range of the Aus-
tralian host species, and the Anseriform birds which may act
as the host of D. Icevis in the Northern Hemisphere, he thought
that the two Cestodes might be distinct. Accordingly he listed
Krefft's species as Diploposthe? tuberculata in 1908. l2 I have
recently13 given a summary of the above facts, mentioning that
the species was a true Diploposthe.

My detailed examination of Krefft's type material places
beyond all doubt that his T. tuberculata is a synonym of
Diploposthe Icevis, Bloch. One has only to compare the above
description and figures with those given by Jacobi14 in 1897, by
Cohn15 in 1901, and by Kowalewski1B in 1903, in order to
recognise the synonymy. Fuhrmann17, in a very important,
paper on the genus Diploposthe stated that he had examined the
original material of Tcenia bifaria, von Sieb., Diploposthe lata,
Fuhrm.18, and D. suigeneris, Kowalewski19 and found them all to
be synonymous with D. Icevis Bloch. He also discussed several
points concerning the anatomy of this species, in which Cohn,

s Diamare— Boll. Soc. Nat. Napoli, vii., 1893, p. 12.
» Stiles— Bull. Dept. Agr. U.S.A., Bur. Animal Industry, 12, 1896,
pp. 30-1

io Diamare— Centr. Bakt., xxviii., 1900, p. 849.

ii Fuhrmann— Centr. Bakt. Orig., xl., 1906, pp. 217-224.

i2 Fuhrmann— Zoolog. Jahrb., Suppl. Bd. x., Hett, 1, 1908, p. 85.

is Johnston— Journ. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xliv., 1910, pp. 99-100.

14 Jacobi-Zool. Jahrb. Abth. Anat., x. 1S97, pp. 2S7-306.

15 Cohn— Nova. Acta. Leop. Carol. Akad., lxxix., 1901, pp. 421-429.

16 Kowalewski — Bull. Acad. Sci. Cracovie, Classe Sci. math, nat., 1903
pp. 518 9.

17 Fuhrmann -Centr. Kakt. I., xl., 1906, pp. 217-224.

18 Fuhrmann — Zool. Anz., xxiii., 1900, pp. 50-1.

19 Kowalewski — Lor. cit., pp. 518-9.

12

KKCOKDS UF THK AUSTRALIAN MUSKUM.

Jacobi and Kowalewski differed from each other. T. trichosoma,
Linstow20, was mentioned as being very probably also a synonym,
it seems to me that Fuhrmann is correct. Linstow's specimen
was very small and immature. The I'ostellar hooks figured by
him are very like those figured by Krabbe21, and those seen by
me in Krefft's specimens. Other accounts dealing with this
Uestode are those given in 1850 by Diesing22, in 1877 by
Linstow23 ("dealing with the armature of the parasite), in 1882
by Krabbe24, and in 188925and 189126 by Monticelli. The
last mentioned author has misinterpreted tlie various male and
female glands, describing a double set of reproductive organs in
each segment whereas the genitalia are single though the ducts
are double. The main points of difference between our specimens
and the account given by European workers, are unimportant.
In the main I have found the relationships of the genitalia the
same as those mentioned by Fuhrmann and Kowalewski
especially by the former. Of the work of the latter only a
relatively brief English resume is available and one has to rely
on the figures (which by the way are very good) for a great deal
of detail.

The vagina? are much closer to the vasa deferentia in our
specimens than is shown in Kowalewski's figures. The inner
nerve ring mentioned by him was not recognised and the strongly
developed anterior ring commissure mentioned by this author
and by Colin was scarcely recognisable though the posterior ring
commissure was readily seen. The anastomoses between the vasa
efferentia mentioned by him were not detected. The establish-
ment of the identity of T. tuberculata with D. Icevis, very
considerably widens the known range of this parasite which
occurs in at least thirteen different genera belonging to the
Anatidee (Duck family)27 in the Northern Hemisphere. Krefft's
specimens were taken from Aythya australis, Gould, but I have
recognised the same species amongst Krefft's Kutozoa collected

20 Linstow — Arch. Naturg., xlviii., 1SS2, p. 22.

-1 Krabbe — Bid rag til Kundskab oin Fuglenes Baendelorme in Dansk
Viden.sk Selsk. Skr. Naturwid, (5) viii., pp. 302-3. tigs. 165, 166.

-'- Diesing — Systema helminthum, 1850, p. 541.

aa Linstow -Arch. Naturg., xliii., 1877, pp. 1-1S.

a* Krabbe— Dansk Vidensk. Selsk. skr. Naturwid, Math. (6), i., 1SS2,
pp. 349-366 (this work was not available to me).

« Monticelli— Proc. Zool. Soc, IS89, p. 325.

-!,; Monticelli Boll. Soc. Nat. Napoli, v., 1S91, pp. 151-3.

" For list see Fuhrmann, 1906, hot, cit., p. 217, also Fuhrmann, 1908,
Loc. cit. under the various hosts mentioned.

TYPES OF SPECIES OF CESTODA — KREFFT. 13

from the Black Duck (Anns superciliosa, Gmel.), and the Teal
(Nettion castaneum, Eyton), which are therefore newly recorded
hosts for Diploposthe havis, Bloch.

Taenia forsteri, Krefft.

The description of Taenia forsteri, a parasite taken from the
stomach of a Dolphin (Delphinus forsteri, Gray 1), in Port Jackson,
as given by Krefft8 8 is very scanty. Consequently Cohbold29
suggested that this Cestode might belong to the species named
by Diesing50 in 1850 as Tetrabothrinni triangulare from
DelpJiinorliynchus rostratus, Cuv. In 1892 Alonticelli31 described
a tapeworm from Delphinus delphis, Linn., from the Bay of
Naples, which he referred to Krefft'a species as it agreed with
the latter in the few points mentioned by Krefft. He gave a
short account and figures of the anatomy making the species the
type of a new genus, Prosthecocotyh. In 1899 Fuhrmann32
discussed this genus giving a resume of the known species, includ-
ing P. Jorsteri and /'. triangulare, the descriptions of these being
based on the original material of Monticelli and Diesing respec-
tively. In 1904 he gave a much fuller account33 of these two
parasites. Liihe in 1899 showed that the Genus Prosihecocotyle
is synonymous with Tetrabothrius, Rud.

From the above, it will be seen that some pronouncement in
regard to Tetrabothrius forsteri may be of use. Unfortunately
the type material has become dried up and is now useless for the
purpose of systematic study. Consequently I am able to give
only a few details, which will be supplemented by further
information derived from the descriptions of Monticelli and
Fuhrmann.

The scolices have not been much affected by the drying, but
the attempt to follow out the anatomy of the segments was quite
unsuccessful. Thescolex is about 04r5 mm. in breadth, (028 mm.
in Fuhrmann), and bears four very prominent muscular suckers,
with a deep cup-like cavity and a rounded or oval opening 01 57
mm. in breadth by 019 mm in length. Each sucker is nearly

3 s Krefft— Loc. cit. p. 218.

29 Cobbold— Parasites— A Treatise on the Entozoa, 1879, p. 422.

30 Diesing— Systema helminthum, i., 1850, p. 601.

31 Monticelli— Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. R. Univ. Torino, vii., 1892,
No. 27, pp. 6-8.

33 Fuhrmann — Centr. Bakt. Orig. i., xxv., 1899, pp. 869-870.
33 Fuhrmann— Centr. Bakt. Orig. i., xxxv., 1904, pp. 744-752.

'14 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

spherical and between each pair there is a deep narrow groove.
Situated on the outer and anterior edge of each there is a small
auricle, a muscular appendage characteristic of the genus
TetrabotJirius.

Immediately behind the scolex there is a narrower unsegmented
neck region, which is soon followed by the segmented portion of
the strobila. The specimens do not allow of any further detail
being given except that the segments gradually increase in size
until the last few proglottids are reached, these being rather
longer and narrower than those further forward. Krefft gave
the length of the worm as being two and a half inches ( = about
52 mm.). He also stated that the segments were not provided
with " lemnisci," this implying that he did not see the cirrus.
The characters of the scolex resemble the figures given by
Monticelli34 so closely that there is no doubt as to the identity
of the two parasites. The breadth is very much greater than
that given by Fuhrmann (028 mm.). The length according to
the latter may be from 25 to 65 mm.

The following summary account of the anatomy is based
mainly on that given by this author. The longitudinal muscu-
lature consists of an inner series of bundles of fibres, each
bundle with from twelve to twenty fibres and an outer series in
which there are fewer (three to six) fibres in the individual
bundles. The transverse and dorso-ventral muscles are well
developed. There are no commissural vessels in the scolex
connecting the excretory canals of the one side with those of the
other.

The genital atrium is narrow and deep, the cirrus sac opening
into it dorsally and the vagina ventrally. The male duct does
not open directly into the cloaca but first into a male canal which
connects with the latter. According to Monticelli's figure the
pores (which are situated on the right side) seem to be placed at
about the middle of the margin of the segments.

The male organs consist of about twenty-two testes (instead of
from five to seven as mentioned and figured by Monticelli)
arranged around the female organs. The vas deferens after
being thrown into coils, passes out laterally to terminate in a
long cirrus lying in the muscular rounded cirrus sac which lias
a diameter of 0072 mm. This in turn leads into a short
male canal terminating in the genital cloaca dorsally to the
vagina.

3t Monticelli — Loc. cit., figs. 4, 5, 8.

TYPES OF SPECIES OF CKSTODA — KREFFT. 15

The female organs lie ventrally. The large slightly lobed
ovary is situated in the middle of the posterior half of the
segment behind the testes and the vitellarium. The vagina
passes out dorsal ly and, as already mentioned, opens ventrally
to the male aperture. A receptaculum seminis is absent. The
vitelline gland is a compact organ lying just in front of the
middle of the ovary, this position of the yolk gland being a
characteristic of the genus. The uterus is at first a dorsally
placed transverse tube which eventually becomes sac-like and
occupies almost the whole of the medulla.

In regard to Cobbold's suggestion of identity between T.Jorsteri
and T triangularis, a comparison of the description of each
as given by Fuhrniann35 is sufficient to show that the two are
distinct. Dr. G. Sweet36 has misquoted the latter author as
having examined specimens of T. triangularis from dolphins
captured in Sydney Harbour.

TiENIA FLAVKSCENS, Krefft.

(Plate ii.)

This parasite was described very meagrely by Krefft37, the
hosts mentioned being the Black-duck (Anas superciliosa,
Gmel.) and the Blue-wing Shoveller (Spatula rhynchotis, Lath.).
I am now able to add the following additional hosts, the Teal
(Nettion castanenm, Eyton), and the White-eyed duck (Aythya
aus trails, Gould), from New South Wales.

The original account of this Cestode is insufficient, and, in
many details, incorrect. It may, therefore, be disregarded. The
following description is based upon an examination of the type
material from Anas superciliosa, from which it will be seen that
T. jlavescens is a typical member of the genus Diorchis.

Diorchls Jlavescens is a rather narrow worm of about one
millimetre in maximum breadth. Most of the specimens were
from three to five centimetres long, though some were much
longer, one exceeding 8-4 cms. The scolex is small, being 0T95
mm. in width. The suckers are fairly well developed, the
diameter reaching nearly 01 mm. (PL ii., fig. 1). The cuticle
lining them is provided with abundance of minute spines

35 Fuhrniann— Centr. Bakt. Orig., i., xxxv., 1904, p. 748.

36 Sweet— Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxi. (n.s.), 1909, p. 479.

37 Krefft— Loc. cit., p. 219.

16 RECORDS OF THK AUSTRALIAN MOSKUM.

resembling those present in certain species of Ichthyotasnia
(Proteocephalus)** and in some species of Diorchis'60 (D.
acuminata, Clerc, and D. americaua, Ransom). The rostellum
when fully everted is a prominent organ of 0T03 mm. in
length, the width of the somewhat swollen extremity being
0-08 mm. Situated on this latter portion are the ten hooks
(about O068 mm. long) arranged in a single circle. As in
other members of the genus the dorsal root of the hook is
relatively long (0042 mm.), the ventral root being short ami
rounded. The claw is 0*025 mm. in length. The form of the
hook is seen in PI. ii., fig. 3. The rostellum may be so deeply
retracted that the hooks lie on a level with the lower part of the
suckers (PI. ii., fig. 2). Connected with this rostellum is a
strongly muscular rostellar sac whose inner limit lies behind the
level of the suckers.

The scolex is succeeded by a short unsegmented neck of
variable length but whose breadth (0-14 mm.) is only slightly
less than that of the scolex. The first segments are very short
but they gradually increase both in length and width. In
proglottids in which male sexual maturity has been reached, the
sizes are 0T1 by 0*5 mm. With advancing female maturity the
segments become broader (0-90 mm.) and relatively shorter
(0096 mm.), whilst those which contain ripe eggs may measure
0T74 mm. in length by one mm. in breadth.

Body-wall, etc. — The specimens are too poorly preserved to
allow of an examination of the subcuticular structures. Calcar-
eous corpuscles are very abundant. They are eliptical in form,
varying somewhat in size, their average being about 00078 by
•0045 mm. They are restricted to the outer layers of the cortex.
The lateral nerve is situated at about midway between the
excretory vessels and the margin of the segment, the genital
ducts passing over it. The parenchyma musculature is well-
developed, the longitudinal bundles being arranged in two series,
an outer ring consisting of numerous small bundles and an inner
series of eight large bundles (PI. ii., fig. 8), each consisting of a
number of very powerful fibres. The arrangement of the longi-
tudinal musculature seems to be typical in this genus. Trans-
versa fibres appear to l>«' very poorly developed.

The excretory system consists of a larger ventral and a smaller
dorsal pair, the hitter lying above and sometimes slightly laterally
from the former. Both lie ventrally to the genital ducts on the

»8 Johnston— Joum. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xliii., 1909, p. 103, etc.
so Kanso-n-Bull. U. S. Nat. Museum, 69, 1903, p. 42, etc.

TYPES OF SPECIES OF CESTODA— KHEFFT. 17

pore-bearing side. They are situated at a rather lower dorso-
ventral level on this side than on the opposite side, a feature
similar to that found in other species of Diorchis. Transverse
vessels were not seen. There appears to he a valve-like projection
into the lumen of each ventral vessel near the posterior edge of
each segment (PI. ii., tig. 4).

Genitalia. — The genital apertures are unilateral, being located
on the right side. They lie marginally in front of the middle of
the edge, being usually at the junction of the anterior third with
the posterior two-thirds. A distinct papilla is absent. There
may be a very short narrow common genital cloaca into which
the male and female apertures open, the female pore being
immediately below that of the male system. As already remarked
the genital canals pass above the longitudinal nerve and both
excretory vessels.

The male organs consist of two large testes placed more or
less symmetrically in the posterior portion of the segment. They
appear early but develop slowly for a considerable distance back
from the anterior end, when they begin to increase very suddenly
in size at the time of male maturity. They then occupy a large
part of the medulla lying between the excretory vessels, the
diameter of each being almost OT mm. Sometimes they are
quite close together, especially in all the younger segments
(PI. ii, tig. 5), but with increasing size of the glands and the
seminal vesicle their symmetrical arrangement becomes disturbed
(PI. ii., fig. 6). A large mass of spermatozoa comes to be stored
in the vesicula seminalis after which the male glands commence
to dwindle rapidly, the female organs meanwhile coming to
maturity. The vesicula in ripe segments is a large rounded
structure lying near the dorsal surface in the anterior portion of
the segment. Its position is seen to vary, being usually above
and in front of the testes which is remote from the genital pore
in young segments but in proglottids which have reached male
maturity it usually lies rather nearer the midline separating the
two glands. A much narrower tube connects the vesicula with
the cirrus sac. The cirrus sac is a long, more or less tubular,
slightly twisted structure of from 0-270 to 0'35 mm. in length,
with a maximum breadth of about 0-050 mm., lying dorsally in
the anterior portion of the segment. The broadest part is towards
its inner end, the other end being much narrower (0-03 mm.).
The organ stretches inwards almost to the midline, and occasion-
ally much further. Its musculature is somewhat thicker around
the middle. There is a small seminal vesicle within the sac.

9,

18 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

The cirrus is very long and slender and when at rest lies irregularly
and loosely coiled. It can be thrust out to a very considerable
degree, the everted portions actually reaching 0-50 mm. in one
case observed, the width of the segment to which it belonged
being 092 mm. In the case of other cirri the length was much
less, but eversion was not complete. Each cirrus is thus a very
long delicate tube, its maximum breadth being 0 0054 mm. It
does not possess a basal enlargement like that found in D. injiata
and D. acuminata. Unlike these species and D. americana,
D. Jiavescetis shows the presence of a minute armature on the
cirrus.

The female glands consist of a compact trilobed ovary lying
ventrally in the midregion of the segment and of a vitelline
gland, situated dorso-posterioily to it. The mature ovary extends
from the excretory vessels of the one side to those of the other,
being about 039 mm. in width. Of the three lobes, one lies
medianly in front of and between the other two which are lateral.
The median is smaller than either of the others. The yolk-gland
is either rounded or kidney-shaped and lies at the posterior edge
of the segment, its position being more dorsal than that of the
ovary. The vagina travels inwards immediately behind and
somewhat ventrally to the cirrus sac in a number of wide rather
closely arranged coils. Its general course is inwards and slightly
backwards until it opens into a spacious thin-walled receptaculum
seminis which extends inwards in mature segments to about the
middle of the ovary, as an elongate wide tube. It lies above the
excretory vessels and the ovary, and ventrally to the cirrus sac,
vesicula seminalis, and testes. Its position is at a slightly higher
dorsal level than that of the vagina. The uterus in mature
proglottids is a sac-like organ lying ventrally but occupying most
of the medulla between the excretory vessels of each side, except
in the anterior region of each segment where the male and
female ducts and reservoirs are situated. It also extends laterally
above the excretory vessels on the pore-bearing side but below
them on the opposite side of the segment. Thus the excretory
\tssels come to lie in a bay or groove formed by the uterus which
partly surrounds them. The mature eggs are from 0 090 to
0-107 mm. in length and from 0027 to 0031 mm. in breadth.
Kach end is somewhat bluntly pointed, while each extremity of
the inner shell is produced into a very prominent process. The
inner shell measures from 0 0.34 to 00G8 mm. in length by
about 001 6 mm. in breadth.

TYPES OF SPKCIKS OF CESTODA — KREFFT. 19

Systematic. — There appear to be only four other species of
Diorchis known ;i<J* viz. D. inflata, Rud., D. parviceps, Li:ist.,
D. acuminata, Clerc, and I), americana, Ransom. The first,
third and fourth occur in Ralliform birds, the second, and perhaps
also the third, in An serif orm birds. D. flavescens is also a para! ite
of the latter group of birds. It appears to come very

near D. americana4,0. D. parviceps, Linst.41 from Mergus
( = Merganser) serrator, differs considerably in regard to the
rostellar armature and the male ducts. D. inflata4,2 and D.
acuminata13 are very closely allied and perhaps identical,
species differing from Krefft's form mainly in regard to tlie
characters of the cirrus and its sac. It should be mentioned
that Clerc found D. acuminata in a Rail, Fulica atra (in which
D. inflata is also found) as well as in three Anseriform birds,
Anas ( = Nettion) crecca, A. ( = Chaulelasmus) strepera and
Mareca pen elope. Fulirmann44 thought that the identification
of the Diorchis from the Rail with that from the various ducks
was probably a mistake, consequently he queried the occurrence
of D. acuminatain Fulica atra. Ransom45 however showed that
this Cestode occurs in another Rail (Fulica americana) in
company with D. americana. It seems to me still possible that
Clerc had before him two species of Diorchis, namely, D.
acuminata (or D. inflata) from Fulica atra and another species,
very similar in anatomy and which might well have been D.
flavescens, from the Anseriform hirds.

39* Diorchis ocdusa, Linst. (Linstow — Spolia Zeylanica, in., 1905, p. 179)
from a Flamingo is not a Diorchis but is a Hymenolepis, synonymous with
//. Hi/uloides, Gervais, according to Fuhrmann (Zool. Jahrb., Suppl. Bd.
x., Heft 1., 1908, p. 76, footnote).

i0 Ransom— Bull. U.S. Nat. Museum, 69, 1909, pp. 48-51.

43 Linstow — Arch. Naturg., 1872, xxxviii., p. 57 ; Id., Arch. Naturg.,
1904, I., pp. 306-7.

±» Krabbe— Bidrag. etc., 1869, pp. 285-6., and figs. 109-111; Jacobi—
Zool. Jahrb. Syst., xii., 1898, pp. 95-104; Cohn-Centr. Bakt., I., xxv.,
1899, pp. 224-5 ; Riggenbach— Centr. Bakt., I., xxv., 1899, pp. 885-6
(Referate) ; Colin— I\ova Acta, lxxix., 1901, p. 330; Clerc— Rev. Suisse
Zool,xi., 1903, p. 284 (not available to me); Linstow — Zool. Jahrb.
Syst.,xxiv., 1906, pp. 15-17; Fuhrmann— Zool. Jahrb., Supp. Bd., x.,
Heft 1, 1908, p. 81 ; Id., Centrb. Bakt., etc., I., Orig., xlii., 1906, p. 739
(footnote) ; Ransom — Loc. (it., p. 46.

±3 Clerc-Zool. Anz., xxv., 1902, p. 659 ; Id., Rev. Suisse Zool., xi.,
1903, pp. 281-284. (not available) : Kansom— Loc. cit., pp. 42-48 (an abstract
of Clerc's latter paper is given here).

44 Fuhrmann — Loc. cit., p. 7, p. 81.
15 Ransom — Loc. cit., p. 48.

20 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

TAENIA BAIRDII, Krefft.

(Plate iii.)

In giving a description of this Cestode from the Black Duck
(Anas super ciliosa), K refit46 mentioned that he had also found
it in some other ducks but did not specify their names. I have
found a few fragments of this species amongst some of his
material collected from the intestine of the Teal (Nettion
castaneum) which is therefore a newly recorded host for the
Entozoon under review. The type specimen consists of a dried
fragment which is of very little value. However, I have been
able to recognise a few fragments from collections of material
taken by Kreff't from both of the abovenamed hosts and can
therefore give some information regarding the parasite. No
scolices were found and as the specimens are badly preserved,
the descriptions cannot be otherwise than incomplete.

Krefft's account is very poor, and moreover includes at least
three species, all of them belonging to the genus llymenolepis.
He himself admits (p. 224) that he found two varieties of ova.
The small forms mentioned by him on page 226 and figured on his
PI. iii., figs. 25, 26, 27, belong to a different species. In a foot-
note on page 227 be mentioned that he regarded a tapeworm
(Krefft's PL iii., figs. 24, 24a) found by him in a "Stilted Plover"
(probably referring to Himantopus leucocephalus) as belonging to
this species on account of the similarity of the ova. This latter
form is no doubt also a llymenolepis and may be identical with
llymenolepis, sp. already recorded by me47 from this host. Jt
is certainly not identical with //. bairdii. If Krefft's figures of
the scolex (PI. iii., tigs. 1, 5, 8) refer to the same form as that-
examined by me, then the scolex appears to be well marked,
possessing large suckers and a well-developed retractile rostellum
bearing a few relatively large hooks. He mentioned that the
strobila rarely exceeded seven inches in length and that the
segments varied in shape. The variation in form is represented
in PI. iii., figs. 1, 2, 3, the first being taken from the anterior
portion of one of Krefft's fragments, the second from part of the
strobila a little further back and the third from segments which
have reached male sexual maturity. In some better preserved

*« Krefft— Lor. cit., pp. '224-7.

47 Johnston — Journ. Koy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xliv., 1910, p. 95.

TYPES OF SPECIES OF CKSTODA — KREFFT. 21

material the proglottids are much hjss variable, and resemble
those shown in PI. Hi., fig. 3, except that the margins are more
definitely seriate.

No subcuticular structures are recognisable on account of the
maceration which the specimens have undergone. Calcareous
corpuscles are very abundant in the cortex. They are rounded
or elliptical, varying in size from 0-001 by 00035 to 001 18 mm.
by 0-0095. The outer longitudinal muscle bundles are well
developed and are distributed throughout the outer portion of
the cortex. The inner series consists of a well marked ring of
relatively large and numerous bundles arranged in a double row,
those in the inner row being larger and less numerous than
those in the outer row. Transverse fibres were recognised only
in a few sections.

The excretory system consists of a wide ventral and a narrow
dorsal vessel, the latter being situated just above the former.
The genital ducts pass above both of them. Transverse vessels
were not detected. The longitudinal nerve is located dorso-
lateral^ from the ventral vessel.

Genitalia.— The genital pore is placed marginally and unilater-
ally at the junction of the anterior third with the posterior two-
thirds, there being no distinct papilla. The cloaca is moderately
long, its outer part being narrow while its inner end is relatively
wide. Into the latter there open the male and female ducts, the
latter being behind and below the former.

Lying on the antero-dorsal part of the inner end of the cloaca
and opening into it there is a peculiar sac similar to that
described as being present in Hymenolepis sinuosa, Zeder. Its
walls are lined by cuticle and within this layer there are very
strongly developed muscles, most of which radiate from the sac,
while a few ring fibres are also present. The cuticle appears to
be minutely spinv but this appearance is clue to ends of the radial
muscles which give a "stippled" effect like that produced by
minute bristles. No spines were seen in sections of the sac.
The wide opening of this organ lies beside and above the male
opening, the sac itself which lies antero-dorsally to the outer end
of the cirrus sac, apparently acting in some way as an accessory
male organ. Two of the testes are situated on that side of the
ovary which is remote from the genital pore, the other vesicle
being on the opposite side. As will be seen from the figure
(PI. iii., fig. 3) two of the glands lie behind the female complex.
They are approximately equal in size, measuring about 0 113 by
008 mm. They disappear soon after reaching maturity, the

'I'l RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

vesicula seminalis having become by this time greatly swollen
on account of the contained male products. The latter is an
elongate bent organ lying in front of the ovary and passing
laterally round and above the inner portion of the cirrus sac and
coming to lie dorsally to and sometimes in front of it. It event-
ually opens into the sac, its inner portion being slightly coiled.
An inner vesicula was not seen. The cirrus is relatively very
long (043 to 0'52 mm.) and thin (O'OOS mm. broad), its muscular
walls being covered with a dense armature of very fine bristles
like those of the accessory sac. The cirrus sac is an elongate
organ about 056 mm. in length and 0'087 mm. in maximum
breadth tapering somewhat laterally, lying in the anterior
portion of the segment. Its walls contain a well-developed
musculature. The sac passe* inwards dorsally above the excret-
ory vessels and then bends ventrally so that its inner end lies
below the vesicula seminalis.

The female glands lie between the testes but the specimens
are so poorly preserved that very little detail can be made out.
The ovary appears to be a small bilobed organ lying just behind
the middle of the proglottis and just anteriorly to the two
posterior testes. The vitellarium, a rounded compact gland, lies
postero-ventrally to the short ovarian bridge, tlie shell gland
being situated antero-dorsally to the yolk gland and postero-
dorsallv to the ovary. The uterus is seen to be a transverse tube
which later becomes more or less sac-like. Ripe eggs were
not present.

The vagina passes inwards from the female pore for a short
distance as a wide thin-walled duct. It then becomes narrowed
to travel as a thin and very definite tube in a more or less
sinuous course dorsally forwards anil inwards above the cirrus
sac. Its walls are covered with very minute bristles. Just
in front of the sac. it enters the relatively large thin-walled
spindle-shaped receptaculum seminis. The latter passes back-
wards below the cirrus sac and becomes narrowed to form the
short fertilising duct in front of the ovary.

In spite of the incompleteness of the above description, it will
be seen that there can be no doubt as to the identity of Kreflft's
species with Hymenolepiti sinuosa, Zeder, or more correctly
//. culhtris, Batsch48, as described by varioua authors, such as

48 Fuhrmann— Zool. Jahrb., Suppl. Bel. v. Heft 1, 1908, p. 77.

TYPES OF SPECIES OF CESTODA KKEFFf. 23

Dujardin49, Diesing50, Krabbe61, Stiles52, Kowalewski53,
and Cohn54, who have dealt with the parasite. It is therefoie
of considerable interest that the distribution of this Cestode
which is known to infest at least eight species of Anseriform
birds55 ranging mainly over the Northern Hemisphere should
now be widely increased by the addition of two other hosts, viz.
Anas superciliosa, Gmel., and Nettion castaneum, Eyton. from
the Australian region. We may therefore expect to find the
larval or cercocvstis stage in some of our local freshwater
Crustacea. Certain species of Gamma ras and Cyclops urn known
as its intermediate hosts50 in Europe.

T/ENIA RUGOSA, Kiefft.

[From the White-headed Stilt, (Iliviantopus
leucocepha'us, Gould).]

(Plate iv.)

Kiefft's account of this parasite may be disregarded, and his
type specimens, or rather fragments, are now dried and therefore
of no use for anatomical purposes. However, T have been able
to compare some fresh material collected from this host in South
Australia by Dr. J. B. Cleland, with Krefft's original specimens
and with his description, with the result that I believe the
two forms belong to the same species. It was the armature of
the cirrus sac which assisted me in establishing the identity.
A cursory examination of the South Australian worm was
sufficient to allow me to place the parasite in the familv
Acoleidse, and to remark that it probably belonged to the genus

49 Dujardin— Hist. Nat. Helm., 1S45, p. 573.

6° Diesing- Syst. Helm., i., 18f0. p. 542.

51 Krabbe— Bidrag., etc., 1869, pp. 298-9.

« Stiles— Bull. Bur. Animal Industry, Dept. Agr. U.S.A., 12, 189t>,
pp. 40 41.

58 Kowalewski — Bull. Acad. S'ci. Oacovie, CI. Sci. Math. Nat., \xix ,
1895, pp. 349 367.

si Cohn — Nova Acta, lxxix., 1901, pp. 323-5.

5:5 For list see Puhrmann— Loc. cit., pp. 149-155 ; Ransom — Bull. Bur.
Animal Industry, Dept. Agr. U.S.A., 66, lt03, p. 92 ; Stiles— Loc. cit.,
p. 40.

5fi Stiles— Loc. cit., pp. 40-1 ; Hamann — len. Zeitschr. Naturwiss., xxiv.,
1S8S), pp. 1-7 ; Mrazek, quoted Stiles, Loc. cit., p. 41.

24 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Acoleus5". A further study shows it to he a member of this
genus. As already noted, the specific name ragosa is preoccupied
in the genus Tamia, having been used by Pallas in 1760, for a
tapeworm from certain fish, and by Diesing in 1850 for a Cestode
from a monkey. A new specific name hedleyi was therefore
suggested for this Entozoon which will now be described under
the name of Acoleus hedleyi.

This parasite is a large multi-segmented worm of about 230
mm. in length, with a maximum breadth of nearly 4 mm. At
the anterior end is the scolex which is scarcely any wider than
the succeeding segments, being 0-7 mm. in breadth. The length
excluding the rostellum is about 034 mm. Owing to the fact
that the rostellum is completely withdrawn in the single scolex
in my possession, very little can be said of it or of its armature
The suckers have a diameter of 0-26 mm., the apertures being
directed almost anteriorly. There is no unsegmented neck region,
segmentation being recognisable immediately behind the head.
The first proglottis is about 0-6 mm. wide by 0"065 mm long,
the ratio of breadth to length being approximate]}' 9:1. At
17 mm. from the anterior end the strobila becomes much broader,
the posterior margins of the segments now projecting prominently
whereas in the case of the first few segments the projection is
slight. At 10 mm. the breadth is nearly 3 mm. the length being
043, the ratio being 7:1. At 70 mm. behind the scolex the
breadth is 3-6 mm. the length having increased to 17 mm., the
ratio thus being about 2 : 1. At 100 mm., the dimensions are
3*8 mm. and 2-4 respectively, i.e. nearly 3 : 2, while at 150 mm.
they are 4-2 and 2*5 respectively. The final segments are very
thick (22 mm.) more or less quadrate structures 3-5 mm. broad
by 3*0 mm. long. The increase in thickness takes place as
maturity progresses.

Body-wall, Musculature, etc. — Below the thin cuticle is a well
defined subcuticular layer with circular and longitudinal muscle
fibres. The musculature of the parenchyma is very similar tn
that of Acoleus vagiuatns, and Gyrocozlia perversa, as described
by Fuhrmann68. The most external of the system is a mass of
transverse muscle fibres within which are the powerful bundles
of the outer series of longitudinal muscle. Within the latter is
a very strongly developed layer of transverse fibres which in
their turn surround the inner longitudinal series consisting of
very prominent bundles. Within this there is a third ring of

» i Johnston— Journ. Hoy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xliv., 1910, p. 94.
«8 Fuhrmann Centr. Bakt., Abt. 1., xxvi., 1899, pp. 618, 621.

TYPES OF SPECIES OF CKSTODA — KKKFFT. 25

transverse fibres, these forming the boundary between the cortex
and the medulla (PI. iw. tig. 5). The inmost transverse muscu-
lature is the weakest of the three. The longitudinal bundles are
considerably elongated in the dorso-ventral direction. The inner
bundles each possess from thirty to forty fibres, whilst the outer
have about twenty. The differentiation into inner and outer
series is still recognisable laterally though the bundles become
much weaker. Dorso-ventral fibres are relatively powerful
though not numerous. Scattered throughout the cortex are
rounded calcareous corpuscles having a diameter of from O007 to
0015 mm.

Nervous System. — The nervous system is seen to consist in
each segment of three pairs of relatively large, longitudinal
strands situated in the lateral region. The main nerve lies
dorso-laterally to the ventral excretory vessel, the dorsal and
ventral accessory nerves lying dorso-laterally, and ventro-laterally
respectively from the main nerve. The strands all lie well within
the inmost transverse muscular layer. The dorsal accessory and
the. main nerve pass dorsally over the cirrus sac, the other
nerve lying ventrally to it.

Excretory System. — This system consists of the usual two
pair of vessels, the ventral pair being much larger than the
dorsal. The dorsal trunks possess a lumen of O026 mm., and
lie median wards from and just dorsally to the ventral vessel.
The surrounding parenchymals very rich in nuclei. The ventral
pair have a diameter of about O085 mm. Both vessels are dis-
placed dorsally in the region of the genital duct, the latter
passing ventraliy to them. A noteworthy point is the presence
in the posterior region of each segment of two transverse
excretory vessels, a narrow tube connecting the dorsal vessels
and a wide tube lying immediately below it and connecting the
two ventral vessels. This feature has already been mentioned
by Fuhrmann as occurring in Acoleus vag'inatus. The ventral
trunks were readily traceable into the scolex (see PI. iv., rig. 1).
Each became somewhat sinuous and eventually reached the level
of the anterior margin of the suckers as a wide vessel which bent
round to pass backwards for a short distance, and then trans-
versely behind the retracted rostellum to meet its fellow from
the opposite side. Probably the course is different when the
rostellum is everted. A narrow commissure connecting the limbs
of the loop was detected near the level of the mid-region of the
suckers. The dorsal vessels were not traceable into the scolex.

26 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Genitalia. — The genital pores alternate regularly5 9. Each is
situated in a shallow cloaca on a prominent papilla just in front
of the middle of the margin of each segment. When the cirrus
is everted the papilla projects very considerably as is shown in
PI. iv., tig. 4. A female pore is absent.

The male organs are situated in the anterior portion of the
proglottis in front of the female genitalia. The testes are
numerous, there being about one hundred and fifty arranged in a
transversely-lying group of 1 -85 mm. in breadth, in the anterior
third of the segment. They form a well defined mass which is
rather wider at the extremities than in its mid-region. There is
no grouping of the glands into two distinct series such as is figured
by Fuhrmann00 as occurring in Acoleus vaginatus. There are two
or three rows in the dorso-ventral direction. The vesicles are
restricted to the dorsal portion of the medulla. Their diameter
is about O070 mm. Passing through the middle of the mass, is
a collecting tube into which the vas deferens from each gland
opens. From near the middle of the collecting vessel there
passes away the vas deferens which travels below and usually in
front of the testes. After a short course laterally it enters the
powerful cirrus sac without having been thrown into any coils.
Just within the cirrus sac the vas becomes much enlarged to
form a vesicula seminalis. From this the cirrus passes out
laterally as a tube with strongly muscular walls and a rather
narrow lumen. It lies more or less coiled when at rest, the
coils being restricted to the inner half of the cirrus sac. As
previously mentioned, the genital duct, or rather the cirrus sac,
lies ventrally to both excretory vessels and the main nerve, all
of these structures being displaced dorsally in this region.

The cirrus sac is a very long and powerful cylindrical organ
occupying one of the upper corners of the segment. In its
position of rest it is 0-8 to 120 mm. long by about 0*26 mm.
broad. Its outer wall consists of a thick layer of muscular tissue
while the space between this and the male canal is traversed by
the fibres of the retractor muscle of the cirrus, which passes back
from the cirrus to be inserted into the sides of the inner portion
of the sac (PI. iv., fig. 4). Passing inwards from the external
wall of the latter, there is a very prominent retractor of the sac,
the fibres of this muscle coursing inwards from the sac to be
inserted into the ventral region of the medullary parenchyma.

G9 In a few instances the cirrus sac was seen to open on the same side in
two successive segments.

B0 Fuhrinaim — Loc. tit., p. 621.

TYPES OF SPECIES OF CESTOIM — KREFFT. 27

The cirrus when fully everted is seen to be a relatively large
organ of about 05 mm. long, with a breadth of 0.16 nun. at its
base and tapering slightly towards the extremity. It is beset
with a great number of very powerful hooks set spirally and as
closely as their enlarged bases allow. Each hook has the form
shown in PL iv., fig. 4, the base being about 0-0145 mm. long. The
total length of hook is 0 022 mm. Tlie length of the structure
is somewhat less than that of the cirrus hooks in Acoleus armatus.
Besides, the shape is seen on comparison with Fuhrmann's tigure
to be different, being intermediate between the latter and that of
Acoleus crassus, Fuhrm.61 The base is sunk into the cirrus
wall, oidy the claw remaining projecting.

The female genitalia are characteristic in that there is neither
a female aperture nor a vagina. The ovary is a rather broad
organ (08 - 0'92 mm.) lying in the middle of the segment and
possessing the general form of an arch, the cavity of which faces
postero-dorsally. The gland consists of a large number of small
tubes which are not readily separable into two groups or wings.
In section it is seen that the organ is really bilobed, the middle
piece or bridge being rather wide when compared with the size
of the ovarian tubes. The bridge is situated quite ventrally,
1\ ing immediately above the inmost layer of transverse muscle
fibres, the tubes being given oft in an antero-dorsal direction.
The short oviduct travels posteriorly and slightly dorsally from
the middle of the organ. The vitelline gland is a large solid
organ of an elongate kidney shape, being about 0-40 mm. broad.
Its cavity faces forwards and slightly dorsally, the whole organ
lying at the same dorso-ventral level as the ovary, the shell gland
lying at a more dorsal level than either. The posterior border
of the vitellarium is slightly lobed. The vitello-duct is very
short, passing forwards and upwards to the shell gland, which is
a small rounded organ lying just antero-dorsally to the yolk gland.
Situated in the transverse plane between the ovary and the
vitelline gland, is a long thin receptaculum seminis, the outer
ends of which may be more swollen than the remaining parts.
This structure is connected at its middle with the oviduct just
in front of the shell gland. In regard to the closely allied
Acoleus armatus, Fuhrm. (=A. vaginalis (Rud.), Fuhrmann)62
states that the powerful cirrus seems to be able to penetrate
some part of the parenchyma to liberate spermatozoa which

S1 Fuhrmann— Centr. Bakt., I., xxviii., 1900, p. 370-1.
62 Fuhrmann— Centr. Bakt., I., xxvi., 1899, p. 621.

28 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

succeed in reaching the thin walled receptaculum and pass thence
into the oviduct.

Lying between the testes and the ovary is the uterus, a long,
transversely placed, simple tube which becomes modified later by
the development of pouches or lobes anteriorly, posteriorly and
ventrally. At first this organ is confined to the dorsal portion
of the medulla at about the same level as the main mass of the
testes, but with advancing ripeness the lobes develop and come
to reach the ventral limits of the medulla. The fertilising duct
appears to pass forwards above the ovary to enter the uterus
somewhat ventrally in its mid-region. The eggs are rounded
or elliptical, possessing two shells, the diameter of the outermost
being O022 mm., that of the embryo being 0-009 mm. The
poles of the inner shell are somewhat thickened as in Aco/eus
vaginatus6 8 .

A few remarks regarding the genital rudiments may not be
out of place. They become distinctly recognisable in the third
segment as a transverse deeply staining area in the middle of the
proglottis. Within a distance of one mm. from the anterior end,
the rudiments of the cirrus sac, ovary and vitellarium are easily
distinguishable and at a very short distance further back one
may recognise the testes, uterus and receptaculum seminis. All
the structures, especially the cirrus sac, develop rapidly in size.

In regard to the affinities of Acoleus hedleyi, it seems to
approach very nearly to A. vaginatus (Rud.), Fuhrm., the main
points of difference being the much greater length of the former —
an unimportant detail — the number and disposition of the testes,
and the armature of the cirrus.

Typical specimens have been deposited in the Australian
M useum.

TAENIA CORONATA, Kretft.

(Plate v.)

A Cestode taken from the White-headed Stilt (Hiinantopus
leucocephalas, Gould), in the Hunter Rivet District, New South
Wales, was originally described by Krefft61 as Taenia coronata.
The name, however, was already pre-occupied in the genus,
having been used by Creplin in 1829 for a tapeworm (Choanotce-
nia coronata) from certain other Charadriid birds in the Old

»s Fuhrmann Centr. Bakt., I., xxviii., 1900, p. .S70 ; Krabbe —
Bi drag til Kimdskab om Fu^l.ucs Baendelnrme, 1869, fiR. 189.
64 Kreflt— Trans. Entom. Soc. N. S. Wales, Li., 1873, pp. 220-1.

TYPHS OF SPECIES OF CKSTODA — KREFFT. 29

World. Consequently, a new specific name, australieiisis, was
suggested by me65 as the two parasites are distinct. It was also
mentioned that the worm appeared to be a Dilepis. It is really
a Gyroccelia, my error arising from the fact that in the jar
containing the type specimen, there were present a number of
fragments of a species of Diorchis, whose possession of unilateral
genitalia and sac-like uterus led me to regard it as a Dilepis.
Further examination of the latter showed it to be a typical
Diorchis, viz. D.jiavescens (syn. T. jlavescens, KreflTt) found in
various ducks, the specimens evidently having been placed by
mistake into the same receptacle as those from the Stilt. Dried
fragments of Gyrocodia australiensis were also found amongst
the type material of Tceuia rugosa, Krefft, i.e. Acoleus hedleyi,
mihi.

Krefft's account is very unsatisfactory. He mentioned that
the total length of the strobila was three and a half inches, the
anterior fourth being thin and tapering, and that the scolex
possess-ed four large suckers and a short rpstellum. The rest of
his information is of no value. There is only a scolex-less
fragment in the Museum collection. Sexually mature segments
are about 0-37 mm. in length by 0-89 mm. in breadth, the ratio
being 2 : 5. In those proglottids in which the uterus has assumed
its final form the length (O0G0 mm.) is much shorter and the
breadth (0296 mm.) rather greater, the ratio being 1 : 5. The
amount of overlapping is not very great.

Body-wall, Musculature, etc. — The state of preservation did
not allow of any details being given regarding the subcuticular
structures. The cuticle is quite thin. The parenchyma muscu-
lature is very peculiar and resembles in general type that found
in other members of the Acoleidse, one of which A. hedleyi has
already been referred to. The longitudinal bundles are very
powerful, consisting of two well-marked concentric series, the
bundles of the outer possessing from twenty to thirty fibres,
while those of the inner series have from twenty to fifty. The
bundles become much smaller laterally but the rings do not
become broken. The trausverse musculature is quite typical for
the genus. The outermost series is very well developed. The
middle series, which lies between the two longitudinal rings is
also well-marked though not so powerful as the outer. The
inmost series is quite weak and was seen only in a few of the
sections. Dorso-ventral fibres are easily recognis-ed.

« s Johnston— Journ. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xliv., 1910, p. 95.

30 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Calcareous corpuscles are fairly abundant, rounded or elliptical
structures varying from 5-4/x, by 7/x to 7"5/x by 11/n.

Tbe excretory system is similar to that described in Acoleus
Iiedleyi. The vessels are situated in the medulla well within the
musculature. The ventral stem is rather larger than the dorsal,
both possessing a fairly wide lumen. The latter lies some little
distance above the former, the male duct passing between them.
At the posterior end of each segment there are two transverse
excretory vessels, a dorsal and a ventral, connecting each dorsal
and ventral longitudinal trunk respectively.

The only portion of the nervous system recognised was the
large longitudinal nerve situated laterally from the excretory
vessels. It passes just below the genital duct, being displaced
somewhat ventrally.

The genital system is also characteristic and resembles that of
Cyrocoslia perversa as described by Fuhrmann66. The male
openings alternate irregularly and are located in front of the
middle. of the lateral margin of each proglottis. There is no
prominent genital papilla excepting when the cirrus is more or
less protruded. When the latter is at rest there is a narrow
canal leading from the genital pore to the male duct. Female
■apertures are absent. The genitalia appear very early, the
uterus and other parts being recognised in the youngest segments
examined.

The male organs consist of a small group of about five small
testes lying transversely in the middle of the anterior part of the
segment in front of the female glands and uterus, and approx-
imating to the dorsal surface ; they disappear early. A trans-
versely placed collecting duct receives their secretion. From the
middle of this duct the vas deferens passes forwards and then
laterally. It travels outwards, passing just below the dorsal
excretory vessel, to enter the cirrus sac. A small swelling or
vesicula seminalis may be present on the inner portion of the
duct. After entering the sac, the vas becomes thrown into a
few coils lying in the inner end of it. This narrow duct widens
to form the eversible cirrus, a wide tube of from 0033 to 0 067
mm. in diameter whose inner wall is thickly studded with slender
hooks possessing a small basal portion, and a delicate back ward ly
projecting portion 0-006 nun. long. The sac as already mentioned
lies between the excretory trunks and above the longitudinal
nerve. It is a rather large organ of about 030 mm. in length,

'Fuhrmann— Centr. Bakt., L, xxvi., 1899, pp. <il> ii:<'.

TYPES OF SPKCIKS OF CKsrODA — KREFFT. 31

with ii maximum breadth of 014") mm. In general shape it is
cylindrical or pyriform, being usually of the latter form in
sexually mature segments. Its outer wall contains powerful
muscles within which there is abundance of a loose parenchy-
matous tissue pervaded by muscle fibres acting as retractors of
tlie cirrus. There are also well-defined fibres passing inwards
from the inner end of the sac itself, their function being that of
retractors of the sac. The walls of the vas deferens within the
sac contain well-developed "longitudinal and circular muscle fibres.
When everted the cirrus is seen as a relatively short (0275 mm.)
tube with a broad base (0-10 mm.) tapering considerably towards
the free end which measures 0 027 mm. in diameter. The
muscular fibres mentioned by Fuhrmanu"7 as passing from the
cirrus sac to the cloacal wall in G. perversa were distinctly seen
in G. austral iensis, more especially in early sexual maturity.

The female system lacks a vagina. The ovary is a very
extensive organ occupying the middle of each proglottid. At
maturity it forms a compact mass of about 0 34 mm. in breadth,
reniform in shape, the vitellarium and shell gland lying in the
posteriorly directed hilus. In younger segments one may readily
recognise a transverse bridge connecting the two ovarian lobes ;
each lobe is very greatly branched. Some of these branches or
tubes lie in the dorsal portion of the medulla, the uterus commonly
passing between them in the lateral regions of the gland.
Portions of the ovary maj' extend forwards to lie below the
anterior section of the uterus and even the testes. The bridge
lies ventrally. The oviduct passes backwards and slightly
dorsally to enter the shell gland. A receptaculum seminis was
not recognised though it seems reasonable to expect the presence
of some reservoir in which sperms may be stored. The vitelline
gland is a conspicuous reniform organ lying behind the ovarian
bridge, and dorso-posteriorly to the shell gland which may at
times partly overlie it. The vitellarium and the ovarian bridge
lie at the same dorso-ventral level, the rather large rounded
shell-gland being situated more dorsally than either of them.
The vitello-duct passes away dorsally from the hilus of the gland
to join the oviduct within the shell complex.

The uterine duct leaves the shell-gland dorso-anteriorly .is a
narrow tube which passes forwards above the ovary until it
reaches the uterus, opening into it in the median line just behind
the testes. The uterus is a very characteristic organ resembling
that of other species of Gyrocailia in being ring-like. In young

fiT Fuhrmann — hoc. cit., p. 619.

32 RKCORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

proglottids it is a simple ring lying in front between the testes
and the ovary, laterally just outside of the main mass of the
latter gland and frequently between the outer portions of
laterally-directed ovarian tubes, and posteriorly, just above the
vitellarium on the same dorso-ventral plane as but behind the
shell-gland. As development progresses, the uterine wall becomes
more or less deeply pouched, especially on its outer side. The
cavity becomes filled with a structureless substance which is
probably of a mucous nature. A similar occurrence has been
noted by Fuhrmann"8 in the uterus of Gyroccelia leuce. As in
the latter species and in G. perversa there is present in the mid-
line at the posterior end of each segment a dorso-ventral canal
into which the uterus comes to open. Neither this canal nor its
rudiment was recognised until sexual maturity had been reached.
In G. perversa, Fuhrmann"''1 found the rudiment appearing early
and was able to trace its development. ISipe eggs were not
present in the fragment.

The known species of the genus G. perversa, G. brevis, G. leuce
and G. paradoxa, Linst. 70, as well as the species under review,
are all from birds belonging to the Charadriifoimes and seem to
be very similar anatomically, the main difference being in regard
to their musculature, the structure of the cirrus and the
geographical distribution.

T^NIA PEDIFORMIS, Krefft.

There is only a single specimen of this parasite in the Museum
collection. It was taken from Anas superciliosa, Gmel. Krefft
mentioned Anas punctata, i.e. JVettion caslaneum, Eyton, as
another host. Linstow, Wolff hugel and Fuhrmann7 x have already
suggested that this species may be synonymous with Tamia
malleus, Goeze, i.e. Fimbriaria fasciolaris, Pall., a statement
with which I have agreed7-. A further examination of KrefJVs
specimen confirms the opinion and consequently his name must

«s Fuhrmann— Centr. Bakt., I., xxviii., 1900, p. 372.

69 Fuhrmann— Centr. Bakt., I., xxvi., 1S99, p. 620.

70 Linstow — Spolia Zeylanica, iii., 1906, p. 183; Fuhrmann — Zool. Jahrb.
Syst., Suppl. ]'.«!., x., Heft 1., 1908, p. 87.

71 Fuhrmann— Zobl. Jahrb., Suppl. Bd. \., Heft 1., 1908, p. 91.
Wolffhttge] Beitr. Kenntnia Vogelhelm., Inaug., Biss., 1900, p. 80.;
Linstow — Centr. Bakt. Orig., I., xii., 1S92, p. 501.

*• Johnston— Journ. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xliv., 1910, p. 98.

TYPES OF SPECIES OF CESTODA KREFFT. 33

sink into synonymy. The parasite is very poorly preserved and
does not allow of a satisfactory account of its structure being
given.

The known geographical range of F. fascioldris, Pall., is now
greatly widened by the inclusion of two Australian hosts, Anas
superciliosa. Gmel., and Nettion castaneum, Eyton.

TiENIA CYLINDRICA, Krefft.

(Plate vi.)

Krefft's specimens were taken from the intestine of a Black
Duck (Anas superciliosa, Gmel.) and are very indifferently
preserved. However, enough of the anatomy was made out, to
allow of my recognising that they were specifically identical with
a few parasites which I collected along with //. collaris, Batsch,
(Titnia bairdii, Krefft), from A. si^erciliosa, shot near Sydney
in the latter part of 1910. An examination of Krefft's species
shows it to be a Hymenolepis and to be synonymous with II.
megalops, Nitzsch. In view of the fact that Ransom73 has
carefully described and figured the anatomy of H. mega/ops, only
a short account, more or less confirmatory in nature, need be given
here. This author appears to have been the only recent writer
who has had an opportunity of studying the species under
review. Stiles 74, in 1896, gave a summary of former accounts
and added a few figures of the scolex.

Since Krefft's specimens are strongly contracted, the following
account has been based mainly on my own forms. Most of the
tapeworms measure about 16 mm., one of them being a fragment
which contains six-hooked embryos. The breadth is fairly uniform,
measuring about 06 mm. The almost spherical scolex (PI. vi.,
fig. 1) is relatively very large and prominent, its breadth and
thickness being IT mm. The deep, powerful suckers have a
diameter of 038 mm. and are directed antero-laterally. Situated
on the apex of the head is the opening leading into the rostellar
cavity. Segmentation begins immediately behind the scolex, the
width in this region being 0-55 mm., gradually increasing to 06
mm., this latter breadth being maintained almost to the end of
the worm. The final segments in some of the specimens, are
slightly narrower and longer than those further forward, and,

" Ransom— Trans. Amer. Micro. Soc, xxiii., 1901 (1902), pp. 158-167.
*± Stiles-Bull. Bur. Anim. Ind., Dept. Agr. U.S.A., 12, 1896, p. 59.

2a

34 RECORDS OF THE AUSTKALIAN MUSEUM.

besides, no eggs were present in them. Owing to the presence
of very deep intersegmental constrictions, there is considerable
overlapping, the proglottids being somewhat bell-like. The
corrugated appearance noted by Dujardin and by Ransom is
evident. Lying unilaterally in the posterior half of each segment,
is the genital pore situated on a slight projection.

Sections were not cut, hence the relations of the muscular and
subcuticular structures were not followed out. Ransom gives a
detailed account of the nervous and excretory systems. The
main vessels of the latter system are to be recognised in the
segments, their arrangement being indicated in PI. vi., figs. 2
and 3. The sex ducts pass above both excretory canals and the
longitudinal nerve. Calcareous corpuscles are very abundant
in the cortical tissue.

Male Genitalia. — The three testes lie in the posterior half of
the segment, one being situated on the pore bearing side and the
other two on the other side of the median line. Their arrange-
ment varies somewhat as may be seen on comparing their position
in PI. vi., figs. 2 and 3, their disposition in fig. 2 resembling that
drawn by Ransom. The vas deferens is a short thick, somewhat
swollen tube passing forwards to enter the cirrus sac within
which it becomes considerably swollen to form an elongate, rather
wide, thin-walled inner vesicula seminalis, occupying the major
portion of the inner half of the sac. Fz*om the outer end of this
vesicle a narrow duct passes inwards towards the inner end of
the cirrus sac, to bend round and again travel outwards as the
cirrus which may or may not lie somewhat coiled within the sac.
The inner wall of the cirrus carries a great number of closely
set bristles which in the everted organ, project backwards. The
cirrus can be protruded to a distance of at least 016 mm. The
sac is relatively very long, being from 0-3 to nearly 05 mm. in
length, the breadth being 0-04 mm. in its outer part and 006 mm.
in its inner portion. Its inner extremity lies postero-dorsally to
the ovary, the sac extending from this region postero-laterally
in front of the vitelline and shell glands and above the vagina to
terminate at the male pore. The latter opens into the narrow
genital cloaca just above and behind the female pore.

Female Genitalia. — The ovary is a comparatively large, solid
gland lying ventrally in the extreme anterior portion of the
segment. It frequently possesses an irregularly bilobed shape.
Behind it is the small compact vitelline gland which overlies the
shell gland dorsally.

TYPES OF SPECIES OF CESTODA KREFFT. 35

The vagina extends inwards from the female pore, its main
mass lying in front of and somewhat ventrally to the cirrus sac.
Though its opening is narrow, the duct soon becomes widened to
act as a reueptaculum seminis. As it passes below the sac just
in front of the testes which lie on the right hand (i.e. the pore-
bearing) side, it again becomes narrowed and eventually reaches
the middle of the segment where it comes into relation with the
other female ducts.

The uterus develops dorsally to the ovary, but ventrally to the
male organs. It finally becomes a well-defined rounded or
rectangular sac fPl. vi., fig. 4), the only other portion of the
genitalia persisting at this time being the vagina and the cirrus
sac. As mentioned by Ransom, the anterior margin of the
uterus lies practically at the junction between the segment to
which it belongs, and the preceding one. The eggs are from 34
to 42/x in diameter, the oncosphere measuring from 23 to 26/a
by from 19 to 23/x, and its hooks 11/x.

If the foregoing sketch be compared with Ransom's account,
it will be admitted that the parasites are specifically identical.
The finding of H. megalops in Australian Anatidse thus greatly
widens the range of this Cestode, as the host in question ranges
over Australia and New Guinea. This helminth has so far been
recorded (according to Fuhrmann's list)75 from ten species of
Anseriform birds ranging over Europe, North Africa, North
and South America and now from Australia.

™ Fuhrmann— Zool. Jahrb., Suppl. Bd., x., Heft 1, 1903, pp. 149-158.

III.— REFERENCE TO LETTERING OF THE FIGURES.

a.s.
c.

accessory sac.
cirrus.

p.n.c.

posterior nerve commis
sure.

c.e.v.

commissural excretory
vessel.

pr.
r.

prostate cells.

rostelluni.

c.h.
cm.

cirrus hooks,
cirrus musculature.

v.s.

s.

receptaculum seminis.
sucker.

c.n.f.
c.r.

concomitant nerve fas-
cicle,
cirrus retractor.

s.c.c
s.c.c

m.

subcuticular cells,
subcuticular circular

muscle.

c.s.

cirrus sac.

S.C.I.

m.

subcuticular longitud-

c.s.m.

c.s.r.

cu.

cirrus sac musculature,
cirrus sac retractor,
cuticle.

S.g.

t.

inal muscle,
shell gland,
testes.

d.e.v.
d.tr.v.
d.v.m.

dorsal excretory vessel,
dorsal transverse vessel,
dorsoventral muscle-

tr.v.
tr.m.

• ]

transverse excretory

vessel.

g.c.

fibres,
genital cloaca.

tr.m
tr.m

2,

- transverse muscles.

g.e.

genital eminence.

tr.m.

., I

g-P.

genital pore,
genital rudiments.

u.
u.d.

uterus,
uterine duct.

l.n.

longitudinal nerve.

u.o.

utci ine opening.

l.m. j

V.

vagina.

l.in. 1
l.m. 2 )

longitudinal muscles.

v.d.
v.g.

vas deferens.

vitelline gland.

l.a.n.

longitudinal accessory

v.e. v.

ventral excretory vessel.

nerve.

V.S.

vesicula seminalis.

>i.

oil.

nerve,
oviduct.

v.tr. \
v.d.

ventral transverse vessel,
vitelline duct.

ov.

ovary.

The figures were drawn by Mr. \V. A. Birmingham from the author's
original camera-lucid a drawings.

THE MYRIAPODA in the AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

PAKT I. — ClIILOPODA.

By H. W. Brolemann, Pau,
(Figs. 1-34).

Thanks to the kindness of the Trustees of the Australian
Museum, I have been permitted to examine the Myriapods exist-
ing in the cabinets of the Museum, and for such favour I wish
to express my sincerest thanks to whom it is due.

The material submitted for examination is small, but would
certainly assume an importance adequate to the rank of the
branch amongst the Arthropoda, should attention be drawn to
these highly interesting animals, and should some means of
identifying the species be offered to lovers of Nature.

A plain list of names and localities would not have answered
the purpose; the diagnoses are distributed through many different
periodicals and are difficult to obtain without considerable loss of
time. It has, therefore, been considered a better plan to add to the
observations furnished by the material of the Museum, full
descriptions borrowed from the more recent authors and as
complete synonymical indications as possible. Thus, students
will have close at hand material for comparison as well as the
necessary particulars for identification.

May this attempt to win sympathies to the cause of the much
disregarded Myriapods meet with some success.

OHILOPODA ANAMORPHA.

SCUTIGEROMORPHA.

Genus Allotherelu, Verhoeft, 1905.

Allothereua maculata (Neivport)) 1844.

(Figs. 1-4),

Cermatia maculata, Newport, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1844,

xiii ; Trans. Linn. Soc, 1845, xix.
Cermatia maculata, Newport and Gray, Cat. Myr. Brit. Mus.,

1856.

3

38 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Cermatia australiana, Newport, Loc. cit., 1844.

,, ,, Newport and Gray, Loc. cit., 1856.

Scutigera australiana, Gervais in Walckenaer, Hist. Nat. Ins.
Apt., 1847.

Scutigera maculata, Gervais, Loc. cit., 1847.

„ ,, Meinert, Vid. Meddel. Naturhist. For.

1884, 1884-1886.

Scutigera maculata, Haase, Ber. K. Zool. Mus. Dresden,

1887, 1886-1887.

Scutigera maculata, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1901,(7),
viii.

Scutigera Smith ii, Haacke, Zool. Garten, 1886, xxvii (nee
Newport).

Cermatia Latreillei, Newport, Loc. cit., 1844.

Thereuonema maculata, Verhoeff, Ges. Nat. Freunde Berlin,
1904.

Allothereaa maculata, Verhoeff, Zool. Anz., 1905, xxix.

Haase, 1887, has given the following description : —

" Robust, von vorne nach der Mitte wenig verbreitet, nach
liinten zu mit Ausnahine der zwei letzten Segmente nicht versch-
m'alert. Farbe hell, schon grunlich weiss, der Kopf mit einem
blaugriinen Mittel fleck und solchen Seiten ; Ruekenplatten fast
ganz hlaugriin, mit Ausnahine der stets weissen Stoinasattel ;
<lie obere Halfte des Aussenrandes, sowie jederseits ein unregel-
massiger, von griinblauen Flecken unterbrochener, sich von den
iSatteln zum Vorderrand der Schilde hinziehender Raum bleiben
hell grunlich weiss. Die dunkle Mittelbindehat einen Stich in's
Rostrothe. Auf den hinteren Riickenplatten werden der Seiten-
rand und die Mittelbinde dunkler, stets jedoeh Hegt das Stoinal-
och in hellem Felde. Bauchschilde schinutzig lehmbraun, hell-
griin durclischeinend, besonders an den Ritndern dicht rostroth
behaart ; Weichenfalten blaugriin eingefasst. Hiiften blaulich
piginentirt, rostroth beborstet ; 01)erschenkel hellgriin, nur vor
<ler Spitze dunkelblau geringelt. Tibia nur am distalen Ende
hellgriin, in der Mitte blaugriin, sonst dunkelblau (mit 2 blauen
Ringen), ebenso das erste Tarsenglied. Von den Metatarsalien
ist das erste Glied grunlich, die andera liell rostroth mit dunkle-
ren Einachnifeten. Kopf iiberall rostroth behaart. Vom Innen-

MYUIAI'ODA UKoLEMANN.

39

>winkel der Augen aus gehen nach innen selir deutlich die an
•Rande diclit und laug bedornten, schwarzlich gefarbben, weib
vorspringenden Horner der Stirnnaht, die durch einen queren,
ziemlich stumpfen Winkel vereinigt werden. Der verlangerbe

Mitteleindruck wild vorn zwischen den Fuhlern dutch zwei sich
schief kreuzende quere begrenzb und Verlaufb vor deni Hinterrand
• der Augen in einer hinten versehmalerten, nachen und breiten,
den stark aufgebogenen, bedornten Hinterrand des Kopfschildes
nicht erreichenden Verbiefung. Fiihler rostrotb, 1| mal so
lang als der Leib, oft ner eine 15 nun. vom Kopf entfernte
Knickung, bis zu der 130-140 Ringel vorkominen. Am
Endgliede stehen kurze, scluiell zugespibzte Sinneszapfchen.
Maxillarorgan unentwickelt. Giftklaue unten dicht bebiirstet.
Basalplabte in der Tiefe liegend. Vorderrand der ersten Stom-
aplatte stark und schmal nach oben abgesetzt, mit sbarren, nach
hinten gerichteten Dornen bewehrt. Stomaplatten von der
Seite gesehen mit gelbem sammetartigen
•Glanz, der von einer sehr grossen Menge
feiner, nach hinten zuriickgelegter und
ganz flachanliegender, auf langlichen

Warzen stehender Stachelchen herkommt.
Am Rande kurze schwarzbraune Dornen
•und darunter doppelb so lange rostgelbe
Haare. Die feine gelbe Beliaarung lasst

auf den Schilden besonders ausserhalb des

hellen Raumes jederseits der Mittelbinde
•einzelne, meisb apfelgriine, seidenglanzende

Stellen frei. Bedornung unregelmassig,

Dornen oft gekriimint, meist zu 2 oder 3.

Hinterrand der letzten Stomaplatte flach,

mit zahlreichen Dornchen besebzt ; letzte

Riickeuplatte hinten stark verschmalert

und gerundet, loffelartig vertieft, mit nach oben aufgebogenem

Rande ; dieser mit zwei Reilien starker Dornchen und Borsten

besetzt. Hiiften wie die Bauchscliilde rostgelb behaart. Tibia
•oben und unten dicht und stark rotlibraun bedornt, dazwischen

rostgelb behaart ; Metatarsal i en unten mit nach hinten gerich-
teten Haaren besetzt."

Verhoeff, 1904-05, has drawn attention to the ornaments of
the tergal sclerites of the Scufcigeridffi as well as to the distribution
of spurs and spines on the different joints of the legs, and on
their systematic value. The same author adds some particulars
which are not reproduced here as these agree with bhe observa-
tions recorded above (Fig. 1).

Fig. 1. A.
Newport.

maculata,
6th, 7th,

and 8th terga.

40

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Fig. 2. A. maeulata, Newport. Posterior margin of the
7th leg, enlarged.

Fig. 2 shows the setae, setules and spines to be found on the
terga of A. maeulata, as well as the remarkable association of
spines coupled with spinules which according to Verhoeff (Figs. 2
and 3) is one of the main characters of the genus.

Fig. 3. A. maeulata,.
Newport. $ appendages.

Femora, patella and tibia
are the only joints provided
with spurs, thus : —

Femora : — Leg 1 : 1 dorsal
median ; 1 ventral median.

Leg 2-14: 1 dorsal median

and 1 dorsal posterior j.
1 ventral median.

Leg 15: 1 dorsal median; 1 ventral median.

Fig. 4. A. maeulata, Newport. Four
penultimate rings of tarsus of 10th pair ;
a, the so-called " taraal-zapfen "; b,
hooked bristles.

MYRIAPODA — BRuLEMANN.

41

Patella : — On all legs : 1 anterior ; 1 dorsal median ; 1 posterior.
The ventral surface is destitute of spurs, but bears
two spines which are the tip-spines of the ventral-
anterior and ventral-posterior row of spines of this
joint (Fig. 4).

Tibia : — Leg 1 : 0 dorsal ; 1 ventral median and 1 ventral
posterior (the latter may be missing occasionally).

Legs 2-14 : 1 dorsal median ; 1 ventral median and 1 ventral
posterior.

Leg 15: 1 dorsal median ; 0 ventral.

The following table shows the number of rings of the protarsus
and of the tarsus of each le°; : —

Protarsus.

Tarsus.

Remarks.

Leg 1

14 — 13

34—33

2

12—13

33—33

3

11 — 11

31—31

4

10— U

29—32

5

9- 9

29—30

6

9- 9

29-28

7

9— 8

28—. .

8

8— .

29—. .

left leg missing.

9

. — .

. . — . .

both legs missing.

10

.— 8

. .—29

right leg missing.

11

8- .

29 (at least)

left leg missing.

12

.— 8

* . .—31

right leg missing.

13

9— 8

34—33

14

.— S

. .—36

right leg missing.

15

— over

300—

right leg missing, left truncate.

On another specimen with anal legs broken at the tip, over
three hundred rings could be numbered. It may be that this
figure is far from the true number of rings as, towai'ds the end,
these grow smaller, less distinct and very irregular, so as to
render it a difficult task to distinguish then from one another.

Spines are to be found on the femora, the patella, the tibia
and the protarsus. They begin to appear on : —

the femora from the 4th pair of legs.

the patella from the 4th or 5th pair of legs.

the tibia from the Gth pair of legs.

the protarsus from the 5th or 7th pair of legs, as per adjoined

table : —

42

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

MYKIAPODA — BROLEMAN'N.

43

None of the antennae were entirely preserved ; the following
are the numbers of rings observed in the best specimen : —

Right antenna :— Joint i, seventy-six rings ; joint ii, two
hundred and thirty-five rings ; joint iii, broken
after the one hundred and forty-second ring.
Left antenna : — Joint i, seventy-two rings ; joint ii, one
hundred and ninety-eight rings; joint iiir
broken after the nineteenth ring.
An immature $ specimen furnished with two pairs of well-
developed, single jointed styli, measured 12 mm. in length. The
last terga showed the typical coupled spines but less numerous.

Most of the legs were broken oft". On the remaining legs the
spurs appeared to be disposed as in adults, except that the poste-
rior spur of the patella was missing on the Hist left leg and that
the ventral posterior spur of the tibia was not found to exist
before tlie tenth right leg.

The number of rings of the protarsus and tarsus were tlie
following : —

Protarsus.

Tarsus.

Remarks.

Leg 1

12

25

right leg missing.

—

—

both legs 2—6 missing.

7

7

20

right leg missing.

8

7

22

left leg missing.

10

i

23

left leg missing.

11

6—6

24—26

12

/

25

left leg missing.

both legs 13—15 missing.

No spines could be detected on the joints before the eighth leg.
Legs eight to twelve were provided with spines as shown below : —

Leg.

Femora.

Patella. Tibia.

Protarsus.

"3

00

3

-

u

z

Z
<

>

O

■I.

"3

CO

o

s

6/7
11

z
Z

<

3

>

o
a>

CO

o

4

8

9/6
9

Distal.
Dorsal.

o

CD

2

5
►>

o

®

en
O

No spines.

8
9

10
11
12

..J 2

..) 12
...| 17/15

-! lfi

6

9/7
14

5

10

14/10

15

5
3

1

44 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

The antennas were composed of a comparatively smaller
number of rings : —

Right antenna : — Joint i, fifty-one rings ; joint ii, ninety-six
rings ; joint iii, broken after the one hundred
and fifty-fifth ring.
Left antenna : — Joint i, sfxty-six rings ; joints i. and iii.,
broken after the one hundred and sixtieth
ring and showing no partition between joint ii
and joint iii.
Amongst other characters of the group, Verhoeff, 1904,
■{Loc.cit., p. 258) mentions the existence of so called " Tarsal-
zapfen." Fig. 4 drawn from the tenth pair of legs of the g
specimen, gives an idea of these minute organs (a). The next
ying bristles (/3) assume a peculiar shape, being thickened at the
base and hooked at the apex.

Loc. — Bourke, N. S. Wales; five specimens, three adult (J) and
•one immature £.

CHILOPODA EPIMORPHA.

SCOLOPENDROMORPHA.

Genus Rhysida, Wood, 1863.
Rhysida 1 (longipes, Newport, 1844).

It is not easy to decide whether this specimen belongs to
Newport's species or to R. subinermis, Meinert, as both anal legs
are missing.

Loc. — Condamine River, South-east Queensland; one specimen,
July, 1898.

Genus Ethmostigmus, Pocock, 1898.

Ethmostigmus rubripes, Brandt, 1840.

■Scolopendra rubripes, Brandt, Bull. sc. Acad. Petersb., vii.,

1810.
Scolopendra rubripes, Gervais in Walckenaer, Hist. Nat. Ins.

Apt., 1847.
Scolopendra spinulosa, Brandt, Loc. cit., 1840.

„ sidcidens, Newport, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xiii.,

1844.

MYRIAPODA — HKOLEMANN.

45

Scolopmdra squalid ens, Newport, Loc. cit., 1844.

Gray, List Myr. Brit. Mus., 1844.
Scolopendra squalidens, Gervais, Loc. cit., 1847.

,, scabriventris, Newport, Loc. cit., 1844; Gray,

Loc. cit., 1844.
Scolopendra sulcicornis, Newport, Loc. cit., 1844.
,, megacephala, Newport, Loc. cit., 1844.

rapax, Gervais, Loc. cit. {nee. Haase), 1847.
Heterostoma sulcidens, Newport, Trans. Linn. Soc, xix.,

1845.
Heterostoma stdcidens, Gray, Loc. cit., 1844 ; Gervais, Loc. cit.,

1847.
Heterostoma sulcidens, Newport and Gray, Cat. Myr. Brit.

Mus., 1856.
Heterostoma sulcidens, Kohlrausch, Arch. Naturg. Troschel,

1881.
Heterostoma sulcicornis, Newport, Loc. cit., 1845 ; Gray,

Loc. cit., 1844.
Heterostoma sidcicornis, Gervais, Loc. cit., 1847 ; Newport

and Gray, Loc. cit., 1856.
Heterostoma fiava, Newport, Loc. cit., 1845; Gervais, Loc.

cit., 1847.
Heterostoma flava, Newport and Gray, Loc. cit,, 1856.

,, megacephala, Newport, Loc. cit., 1845; Gray,

Loc. cit., 1844.
Heterostoma megacephala, Gervais, Loc. cit., 1847 ; Newport

and Gray, Loc. cit., 1856.
Heterostoma megacephala, Kohlrausch, Loc. cit., 1881.

fasciata, Newport, Loc. cit., 1845 ; Gray, Loc. cit.,
1844.
Heterostoma fasciata, Newport and Gray, Loc. cit., 1856.

„ Jasciatnm, Gervais, Loc. cit., 1847 ; Meinert, Vid.

Med. Nat. For., 1884.
Heterostoma crassipes, Silvestri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova,

xxxiv., 1894.
Heterostoma rubripes, Haase, Ber. K. Zool. Mus. Dresden,

1887, 1886-87.
Heterostoma rubripes, Daday, Term. Fuz., xii., 1889; Lbid,
xiv., 1891.

46 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Heterostoma rubripes, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), xi.,.
1893.

Heterostoma rubripes, Silvestri, Loc. cit., 1894.

,, ,, Attems, Jena Denk., viii., 1898.

Ethmostigmus rubripes, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7),
viii., 1901.

Ethmostigmus rubripes, Kraepelin, Mit. Nat. Mus. Hamburg,
xx., 1903.

Kraepelin, 1903, has given the following description of
Brandt's species : —

" Fiihler 20 gliederig, Glieder liinger als breit. Riickenplatten
vom 2 oder 3 Segment gefurcht, vom 6 oder 7 berandet, glatt.
Sternocoxal platte mit 3, 3 Zahnen, Bauchplatten meist nur mit
schvvachen Andeutungen der Medialfurchen in Gestalt flacher
Beulen in den mittleren Segmenten ; letzte mit Medianfurche,
am Hinterrande tief bogig ausgerandet oder fast rechtwinklig
ausgeschnitten. Pseudopleurenfortsatz kurz, die letzte Bauch-
platte nicht oder kaum nm deren Lange iiberragend, am Ende
2 spitzig, seitlich mit 2 starken Dornen, dorsal mit 3-5 auf dem
bogig gewolbten lliicken in einer Linie stehenden Domchen.
Beinpaare meist im 1-3 Segment mit 2 Tarsalspornen, 20 meist
mit Tarsalsporn. Femur der Analbeine venti.al aussen fast stets
mit 3 Dornen (sehr selten 2), ventral innen ebenfalls 3 Dornen,
Innenflache und dorsal meist 4 in 2 Reihen gestellte Dornen,
dazu Eckdorn. Fiirbung selir variabel, dunkel braungriin bis
orangegelb oder ockergelb mit griinen Hinterrandern der
Segmente, tfcc, Beine gelb. Liinge dis 115 mm."

Some minor variations could be observed, such as : — margins
of the terga starting on the fifth segment ; three lateral spines
on the coxal process of anal legs ; two tarsal spurs on the iegs
of the fourth segment; but these variations are hardly worth
mentioning. Not so is the fact that the four proximal joints of
antenme are naked.

Locs. — Penrith1?; one specimen. Bourke and Wilcannia,
Darling River Hoods. May-June 1890; one specimen, coxopleunv
and legs of fifteenth pair Somewhat abnormal in shape, and
armature (individual abnormity) : same locality; one specimen
typical. Condamine River, July 1898; one specimen, full grown:
same locality, one specimen not fully developed. Sinit htield,
N. S. Wales; one specimen. Solomon Islands; live Specimens.

MY IMA I'd I) A— BROliBMANW. 47

Genus Cormocephalus, Newport, 1844.

COHMOCKPHALUS AURANTIIPES, Newport, 1844.

Scolopendra aurantiipes, Newport, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,

xiii., 1844.
Scolopendra aurantiipes, Gervais in Walckenaer, Hist. Nat.

Ins. Apt., 1847.
Scohj>endra subminiata, Newport, Loc. cit., 1844 ; Gervais,

Loc. cit., 1847.
Scolopendra obscura, Gervais, Loc. cit. (nee. L. Kocli), 1847.

„ puncticeps, Gervais, Loc. cit., 1S47.

Scolopendra brevis, Gervais, Loc. cit., 1847.

,, mhiiata, Gervais, Loc. cit., 1847.

Cormocephalus miniatns, Newport, Trans. Linn. Soc , xix.,

1845.
Cormocephalus miniatns, Newport and Gray, Cat. Myr. Brit.

Mus., 1856.
Cormocephalus subminiatus, Newport, Loc. cit., 1845.

„ „ Gray, List.. Myr. Brit. Mus.,

1844.
Cormocephaltis subminiatus, Newport and Gray, Loc. cit.,

1856.
Cormocephalus subminiatus, Haase, Ber. K. Zoo). Mus.

Dresden, 1887, 1886-37.
Cormocephalus obsenrtis, Newport, Loc. cit., 1845 ; Newport

and Gray, Loc. cit., 1856.
Cormocephalus gracilis, Kohlrauscli, Iuaug. Dissert. Marburg,

1878.
Cormocephalus gracilis, Kohlrauscli, Arch. Naturg. Troschel,

1881.
Cormocephalas pygomegas, Kohlrauscli, Loc. cit., 1881.
Rhombocephalus brevis, Newport, Loc. cit., l84o.
Cormocephalus aurantiipes, Newport, Loc. cit., 1845; Gi\ay,

Loc. cit., 1844 ; Newport and Gray, Loc. cit., 1856 ;

Kohlrauscli, Loc. cit., 1881.
Cormocephalas aurantiipes, Meinert, Vid. Med del. Naturliist.

For., 1884.
Cormocephalus aurantiipes, Meinert, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc,

xxiii., 1885.

48 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Cormocephalus aurantiipes, Haase, Loc. cit., 1887 ; Pocock,
Biol. Cent. Amer., 1895; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), viii.,
1901.

Cormocephalus aurantiipes, Kraepelin, Mit. Nat. Mus.
Hamburg, xx., 1903.

Kraepelin, 1903, has redescribed Newport's species as follows :—

" Kopfplatte dicht punktirt, mit deutlichen Basalplatten in
den Hinterecken und 2 nach vorn bis zur Mitte des Kopfes
reichenden medialen Langsfurchen. Fiililer 17 gliedrig, 6 Grund-
glieder glatt und glanzend. 1 Riickenplatte dicht punktiert;
mediale Langsfurchen vom 2-20 Segment durchgehend entwickelt ;
Berandung vom 7 oder 8 (selten vom 9) Segment bis 20 segment ;
letzte Riickenplatte mit durchgehender Medianfurclie, fein punk-
tiert, am Hin terrain! e bogig vorgezogen wie bei den iibrigen
Arten. Sternocoxalplatte mehr oder weniger dicht punktiert,
vorn meist mit Medianfurclie, die nach hinten eine zarte, gewellte,
meist wenigstens an den Seiten erkennbare Querfurche erreicht
oder schneidet ; Zalmplatten etwas breiter als lang, jede mit 4
Zahnen, von denen der iiussere etwas mehr isolirt ist. Bauch-
platten vom 2-20 Segment mit duichgehenden 2 Medialfurclien,
fein punktiert ; letzte nach hinten verjiingt, meist etwas langer
als am Grunde breit, mit seichtem Medianeindruck, am Hinter-
rande flachbogiggerundet. 1 bis 20 Beinpaarmit Klauenspornen
Pseudopleuren in einen ziemlich sclilanken Kegel ausgezogen, am
Ende 2 spitzig, am Hinterrande der Pseudopleuren kein Seiten-
dorn. Femur der Analbeine etwa 2|-2^ mal so lang wie dick,
ventral meist nach, oft mit gewulsteten Bandern, auf dem
Aussenrande eine Langsreihe vom 3 starken Dornen ; auf dem
inneren Rande in der Grundhalfte 2 Dornen, auf der Innennache
distal 1 Dora, dorsal innen 2 Dornen, dazu ein starker, 2 spit-
ziger Eckdorn ; Endklauen gross, oft so lang wie der letzte
Tarsus, mit starken Klauenspornen. Stigmen lang dreiecki^ bis
schlitzformig. Farbung gelbbraun bis schmutzig oliv, beijuv.
auch dunkel oliv, Kopf und 1 lfukenplatte oft mehr gelbroth,
auch das Endsegment nebs t den Analbeinen oft heller; Hinter-
rander der S-'grnente zuweilen dunkler griin ; Beine gelb, bei juv.
zuweilen griinlich. Liinge bis 100 mm."

It is noteworthy that one of the Port Stephens specimens has
no spines at the claw of the anal legs. The Parramatta specimen
is quite young.

Locs. -Port Stephens, N. S. Wales; two specimens. Parramatta,
N. S. Wales; one specimen.

MYRIAPODA BROLEMANN. 49

CORMOCEPHALUS AUBANTIIPBS MARGINATUS, l Porat, 1876.

Cormocephahts marginatus, Porat, Bill. K. Svensk. Vet.
Akatl. Handl., iv., 1S76.

Cormocephahts aurantiipes marginatus, Kraepelin, Mit. Nat.
Mus. Bamburg, xx, 1903.

According to Kraepelin, 1903 : —

" Der Hauptform durchaus gleichend, aber die letzte Riicken-
platte oline Medianfurche. Die Berandung der Riickenplatten
beginnt bei den vorliegenden Stiicken stets ini 7 Segment. Die
Riickenplatten sind fast immer griin berandet."

Here also the margins on the terga begin with the seventh
segment.

Loc. — Narrabri, N. S. Wales ; one young specimen.

CORMOCEPHALUS BREVISPINATUS SULCATUS, Sltbsp. HOV.

(Fig. 5.)

Dark olive green ; legs and antenna? paler ; toxicognats rusty.

Length 76 mm.; breadth of first tergum 6*50 mm. of second,
6 mm. of sixteenth, 6*50 mm. of the twenty-first, 5 50 mm.
(measurements taken on the largest specimen).

Head plate, first tergum and maxillipedes obsoletely punctured.
Head plate of even length and breadth (4 50 mm.) ; anterior
margin rounded ; posterior margin angular with the apex
engaged under the anterior margin of the first tergum. A pair
of triangular, short, but transversely stretched plates2 exist
behind the posterior angles of the head. First tergum wide but
without any furrow. The two usual median furrows are to be
seen from the second tergum to the twentieth. The marginal
furrows are distinct on the last five to eight terga, but scarcely

1 The trinomial nomenclature is in aecord with Dr. Brolemann's M.S.
It is not used in the Australian Museum.

2 Several authors call these plates " Basalplatten ", a name which does
not seem appropriate. The so-called basal plate of Geophilids is the tergum
of the maxillipedes ; but since, in Scolopendrids, the latter is fused with the
first dorsal tergum, it is likely that these plates lying in front of it belong
to the last cephalic segment, viz. to the second pair of maxillre. It is
proposed therefore to call these plates " postcephalic ".

50

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

so on the two preceding terga. The last tergum is shorter than
long (in the proportion of 4-5-50), with moderately produced and
rounded posterior margin, and with a distinct median sulcus.

Antennae 14 mm. in length, reaching at least as far back as
the anterior margin of the fourth segment; 16-17 jointed, with
the basal 7-9 joints naked.

Dental plates of maxillipedes as long as wide with four teeth,
of which the three internal are more or less coalesced, the fourth
standing apart. The anterior fourth of the coxosternum of the
maxillipedes is sulcate in the middle, the sulcus meeting back-
wards a transverse sulcus more or less distinct, sometimes hardly
visible, at any rate very irregular. Behind the middle a shallow
impression is generally to be seen.

.Sterna from the second to the twentieth with two entire longi-
tudinal sulci. Last sternum hardly longer than wide at the
base, truncate at the apex with sides converging. Another
specimen has the last sternum rounded at the apex and provided
behind the middle with a very large and deep circular impression,
which has to be considered as abnormal.

Legs of the first pair slender. On all the legs the spines are
wanting at the distal end of the first tarsal joint, but are present

at the base of the claw. The
posterior angle of the coxo-
pleurse of fifteenth pair is pro-
duced in a very small conical
process, not longer than broad
at the base, tipped with two
tiny spines. Posterior margin
armed laterally with a minute
spine (Fig. 5). The porous
area is wider than the pleural
part, thrilled with minute
pores and leaching the poster-
ior margin of the cuxa?, leaving
untouched a short and narrow
linear space in front of the
process. Joints of the anal legs
short and stout ; the measure-
ment of the first three joints
give the following figures : —

liFig, 5. C. brevispinatus sulcalus,
Brolemann. Last leg bearing seg-
ment, ventral view.

Femora : Length 4 mm. ; breadth at the apex 2-25 mm.

Patella :
Tibia

2-80 mm. ;
210 mm. ;

1-50

MYRIAPODA — BROLEMANN. 5*1

Femora armed with : —

(2)-3 spines on the ventral-outer edge.

2 ,, on the middle of the ventral-inner edge.
(l)-2 ,, on the distal half of the inner surface.

2 „ on the dorsal-inner edge, besides two more on
the distal-inner end of the joint which is merely swollen and
not produced as in other species. The claw is nearly as long as
the preceding joint and is accompanied with thin spines.

There is no doubt that this form is nearly related to Koch's
C. brevispinatus, but since the last tergum shows a median sulcus
(which is deficient in the type), it is necessary to give it a new
name.

Loc. — Bourke and Wilcannia, Darling River floods, May and
June, 1890 ; seven specimens.

Cormocephalus westwoodi, Neivport, 1844.

Scolopendra Westwoodii, Newport. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,

xiii., 1844.
Scolopendra Westwoodii, Gervais in Walckenaer, Hist. Nat.

Ins. Apt., 1847.
Scolopendra puncticeps, Gervais, Loc. cit.,1 1847.

,, polita, Gervais, Loc. cit., 1 1847.

Cormocephalus Westwoodii, Newport, Trans. Linn. Soc, xix.,

1845.
Cormocephalus Westwoodii, Gray, List Myr. Brit. Mus.,

1844.

Cormocephalus Westwoodii, Newport and Gray, Cat. Myr

Brit. Mus., 1856.
Cormocephalus Westwoodii, Kohlrausch, Arch. Nature

Troschel, 1881.
Cormocephalus Westtvoodii, Haase, 1887, Ber. K. Zool. Mus.

Dresden, 1886-87.

Cormocephalus Westwoodii, Silvestri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova
xxxiv., 1894.

Cormocephalus Westwoodii, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat Hist
(7), viii., 1901.

Cormocephalus rugnlosus, Porat, Ofvers. K. Svensk. Akad.

Handl., xxviii., 1871.
Cormocephalus rugidosus, Porat, Ibid. Bihang, iv., 1876.

52 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Cormocephalus rugulosus, Meinert, 1884, Vid. Meddel.

Naturh. For., 1884-8.
Cormocephalus lanatipes, Kohlrausch, Inaug. Dissert. Marburg,

1878.
Cormocephalus lanatipes, Kohlrausch, Loc. cit., 18S1.
Rhombocephalus politus, Newport, Loc. cit., 1845 ; Newport

and Gray, Loc. cit., 1856.
Rhombocephalus politus, Kohlrausch, Loc. cit., 1881.

Kraepelin's description, 1903, runs thus: —

" Kopfplatte zerstreut punktirt, mit deutlichen Basalplatten
in den Hinterecken und 2 nach Vorn his zur Mitte des Kopfes
reichenden medialen Liingsfurchen. Fuhler 17 gliedrig, 6^ bis
10 Grundglieder glatt und glanzend, nicht scharf von den
behaarten Gliedern abgesetzt. Mediale Langsfurclien der Rucken-
platten im 2 Segment beginnend ; Berandung im 8 oder 9 Seg-
ment (selten schon im 7) beginnend ; letzte Riickenplatte mit
durchgehender Medianfurche. Sternocoxalplatte zerstreut punk-
tiert, ohne erkennhare gewellte Querfurche im vorderen Drittel ;
Zahnplatten meist etwa so lang wie breit, jede mit 4 zahnen, von
denen die 3 inneren etwas verschmolzen sind. Bauchplatten
vom 2-20 Segment mit 2 durchgehenden Langsfurclien, ohne
Mediangruben ; letzte nach hinten sehr stark verjiingt, etwas
langer als am Grunde breit, mit oder ohne schwache Median-
depression, am Hinterrande gestutzt, die Ecken kaum gerundet.
1-20 Beinpaar mit Klauenspornen. Pseudopleuren in einen
kegelformigen, am Ende 2 spitzigen Fortsatz ausgezogen, Hinter-
rand der pseudopleura meist mit Seitendorn. Femur der Anal-
beine hochstens doppelt so lang wie breit, unterseits oft mit
flachgrubiger Area, ventral aussen normal mit 2, 2 Dornen,
ventral inn en in der distalen Halfte mit 2 Dornen (dazu oft
basal noch ein winziges Dornchen), lnnenflache ebenfalls distal
mit 2 Dornen, dorsal innen 2 Dornen, dazu ein 2 spitziger Eck-
dorn ; Endklaue ohne Klauensporne, die Endglieder zuweilen
etwas kurzborstig (C. lanatipes, Kohlr.). Stigmen kurz bis
gestreckt dreieckig. Fiii'lmng oliv, oft mit hellerer Medianlinie,
Seiten- und Hinterrander der Segmente zuweilen dunkelgriin,
Kopf und 1 Riickenplatte meist gelbrot. Liinge bis 80 mm."

Loc. — Smithfield, N. S. Wales ; one very large specimen,
measuring 90 mm. in length, answering in all its details the
above description. The anal legs are very short and thickened,
more so than in young or small adult specimens ; the two tarsal
joints are very short, the claw is twice as long as the p?'eceding
tarsal joint and very sharp.

MYRIAPODA — BROLEMANN. 53-

Genus Scolopendra, Linne (Newport), 1735.

SCOLOPENDRA METUENDA, Pocock, 1895.

Scolopendra metuenda, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6),

xvi., 1895.
Scolopendra metuenda, Pocock, in Willey's Zool. Results, 1898.
,, ,, Kraepelin, Mit. Nat. Mus. Hamburg,

xx., 1903.

Mr. R. I. Pocock gives the following description of the single
specimen preserved in the collections of the British Museum : —

" Colour. The terga a deep olive-chestnut, head nearly black ;
antenna?, legs, and sterna rather greener than the terga ; at the
posterior end of the body the chestnut colour predominates on
the somites.

Head, without sulci, finely punctured, a little wider than long.

Antennae long and slender, composed of nineteen or twenty
long cylindrical segments, whereof the basal five are smooth,
though punctured, and the rest pubescent.

Maxillipedes finely punctured, the precoxal plates very short,
but wide, with convex distal edges, each furnished with upwards
of a dozen or more small, in parts nearly obsolete, teeth, which
present the appearance of having been worn away ; the femoral
process simple, small, and curved back against the appendage.

Tergites. First without either longitudinal or transverse sulci ;
on the rest the longitudinal sulci start upon the third and extend
to the twentieth, but are everywhere faint (except upon the
extreme anterior and posterior edges of the terga), and almost
die out in the middle of the body ; a faint shallow median longi-
tudinal furrow upon the terga. The lateral margin from the
third to the twenty-first elevated.

Sternites smooth and shining, weakly bisulcate.

Anal somite small ; tergite not measially sulcate, its width
equal to the length of its lateral margin, hut a little less than
its median length ; pleura? densely porous, terminating in a
blunt process, which is tipped with four or five small spines ;
sternite long and narrow, posteriorly attenuate, with truncate
hinder edge, its basal width about two-thirds of its length ; legs
long and slender, nearly four times the length of the head, the
segments cylindrical and about four times as long as wide j

54 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

femora armed with about fourteen small spines, 3, 3, 2 in three
longitudinal rows on the inner surface and 3, 3 in two rows on
the external half of the lower surface ; the femoral process
aimed with from four to ten small spines; no tarsal spur, claw
basally spurred. The rest of the legs long and slender, with a
tarsal spur.

Measurements in millimetres. — Total length, 163, of antenna,
37, of anal leg, 41 ; width of head, 10-5, length, 10; width of
twelfth tergite, 14, of twenty -first, 8."

The only individual variations worth noticing ate the follow-
ing. With the large specimens, the six proximal antennal
joints, and in one case the basal half of the seventh are naked
whereas Pocock's type is said to have only five smooth antennal
segments. The spine armature seems to vary considerably, on
one of the large specimens the femora bore 2,3 or 3,3 on its
ventral-outer edge, 2,2,2 or 2,3,2 on the inner surface ; the other
large specimen had five or six spines on the ventral-outer edge
and sixteen or nineteen irregularly spread on the inner surface ;
while on a young specimen were observed 3,3 (or 6 irregular) on
the ventral-outer edge and 2,3,2 (or seven irregular) on the inner
surface.

Loc. — Solomon Islands ; three specimens.

SCOLOPENDRA MORSITANS, Linnd, 176G.

Scolopendra aljzeli, Porat, Of v. K. Svens. Akad. Fbrh.,

xxviii., 1871.
Scolopendra algerina, Newport, Ann. -Mag. Nat. Hist., xiii.,

1844.
Scolopendra algerina, Newport and Gray, Cat. Myr. Brit.

Mils., 1856.
Scolopendra angnlipes, Newport, Loc. cit., 1844 ; Trans. Linn.

Soc, xix., 1845.

Scolopendra angnlipes, Gray, List Myr. Brit. Mas., 1844.

Scolopendra angnlijies, Gervais in Walckenaer, Hist. Nat.
Ins. Apt., 18*17.

Scolopendra angnlipes, Newport and Gray, Loc. cit., 1856.
,, ,, Sauss. and Zehnt. in Grandidier, Hist.

Nat. Madagascar (texte), 1 902 ; Abh. Senkenb. Nat. Gea.,

xxvi , 1901.
Scolopendra attenuate, Porat, Loc. cit., 1871.

MYRIAPODA— BROLEMANN. 55

Scolopendra bHineata, Brandt, Bull. Sc. Acad. Peterab., vii.,
1840.

Scolopendra bilineata, Newport, Loc. ci(., 1844; Gervais,

Loc. cit , 1847.
Scolopendra bilineata, Newport and Gray, Loc. cit., 1856;

Tomoswary, Term. Fuz., ix., 1885.
Scolopendra brachypoda, Peters, Naturw. Rei.se Mossambique,

v., 1862.
Scolopendra brandtiana, Gervais, Ann. Sc. Nat. (2), vii., 1837 ;

Loc cit., 1847.
Scolopendra brandtiana, Gervais, Voyage Castelnau, vii.,

1859.
Scolopendra brandtiana, Brandt, Loc. cit., 1840.

,, ,, Lucas in Blanchard, Hist. Nat. An.

Artie, 1840.
Scolopendra brandtiana, C. Koch, SySt. Myriap., iii., 1847.

,, ,, Saussure, Essai faune Myr. Mexique,

I860.
Scolopendra califomica, Humb. and Sauss., Rev. Mag. Zool.,

xxii., 1870.
Scolopendra califomica, Humb. and Sauss., Mission Sc.

Mexique, 1872.
Scolopendra carnipes, Humb. and Sauss., Loc. cit., 1870 ;

Loc. cit., 1872.
Scolopendra chlorocephala, Porat, Loc. cit., 1871.
Scolopendra ciyignlata, Gervais, Loc. cit. (nee. auct.), 1847.

,, cognata, Porat, Loc. cit., 1871 ; Bih. K. Sv.

Akad. Hand., iv., 1876.
Scolopendra compressipes, Wood, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc.

Philad., v., 1863.
Scolopendra crassipes, Brandt, Loc. cit., 1840.
,, elegans, Gervais, Loc. cit., 1847.

,, erythrocephala, Brandt, Loc. cit., 1840 ; New-

port, Loc. cit., 1844; Loc. cit., 1845 ; Gray, Loc. cit, 1844 ;

Gervais, Loc. cit., 1847.
Scolopendra erythrocephala, Newport and Gray, Loc. cit., 1856 ;

Tomoswary, Loc. cit.. 1885.
Scolopendra Fabricii, Newport, Loc. cit., 1845; Gervais,

Loc. cit., 1847.
Scolopendra Fabricii, Newport and Gray, Loc. cit., 1856.

56 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Scolopendra formosa, Newport, Loc. cit., 1845 ; Gervais,.

Loc. cit., 1847.
Scolopendra formosa, Newport and Gray, Loc. cit., 185b\

,, fidvipes, Brandt, Loc. cit., 1840 ; Gervais, Loc.

cit., 1847.
Scolopendra fidvipes elegans, Brandt, Loc. cit., 1840.

,, gervaisiana, C. Koch, Die Myriopoden getreu,

A:c, 1863 [nee. Koch, 1841 and 1847, Gervais, Lucas).
Scolopendra Grandidieri, Sauss. and Zehnt. in Grandidier,
Hist. Nat. Madagascar (atlas et texte), 1897 ; Loc. cit.,
1901.
Scoloi^endra impressa, Porat, Lioc. cit., 1876.

,, infesta, C. Koch, Loc. cit., 1847 ; Loc. cit., 1863.

,, intermedia, Porat, Loc. cit., 1871.

,, leachii, Newport, Loc. cit., 1844 ; Loc. cit., 1845 ;

Gray, Loc. cit., 1844.
Scolopendra Leachii, Gervais, Loc. cit., 1847 ; Newport and

Gray, Loc. cit., 1856.
Scolopendra leachii, Porat, Loc. cit., 1871.

,, limbata, Brandt, Loc. cit., 1840 ; Newport, Loc.

cit., 1845; Gervais, Loc. cit., 1847; Newport and Gray,
Loc. cit., 1856.
Scolopendra lineata, Sauss. and Zehnt., Loc. cit., 1902 (nee.
Gervais).

Scolopendra longicomis, Newport, Loc. cit., 1844 ; Loc. cit.,

1845 ; Gray, Loc. cit., 1844.
Scolopendra longicomis, Gervais, Loc. cit., 1847 ; Newport

and Gray, Loc. cit., 1856.
Scolopendra longicomis, Porat, Loc. cit., 1876 (nee. Fabri-

cius).
Scolopendra lopadusce, Pirotta, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xi.,

1878.
Scolopendra loi)adus(e, Kohlrausch, Arch. Naturg. Troschel,.

xlvii., 1881.
Scolopendra marginata, Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad.,

ii., 1821.
Scolopendra marginata, Brandt, Loc. cit., 1840; Lucas, Loc.

cit., 1840.
Scolopendra marginata, Gervais, Loc. cit., 1837 ; Lioc. cit.,.

1847 ; Loc. cit'., 1859.

MYUIAPODA BROLEMANN. 57

Scolopendra marginata, Bollman, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 46,

1893.
Scolopendra morsicans, Gervais ex. p., 1837, Loc cit. (excl.

syn.), 1837 ; Lucas, Loc. cit., 1840; Pocock, Ann Mag.

Nat. Hist,, (7), i., 1898.
Scolopendra morsitans, Linne, Syst. Nat,, ed. xii., et auct.,

17GG (nee. C. Koch, 1863, Villiers, Rossius, Kutorga, Pal.

Bauveis, Kohlrauscli, 1881, n° 14, Karsch, 1881).
Scolopendra ynossambica, Peters, Monatsb. K. preus. Akad.

Wiss., xxix., 1855.
■Scolopendra pella, Wood, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad , 1861.
,, picturata, Porat, Loc. cit., 1871.
,, pilosella, Porat, Loc. cit., 1871.

,, planipes, C. Koch, Loc. cit., 1847 ; Loc. cit.,

1863.

Scolopendra platypoides, Newport, Loc. cit., 1844 ; Loc. cit.,

1845; Gray, Loc. cit., 1844.
Scolopendra platypoides, Gervais, Loc. cit., 1847 ; Newport

and Gray, Loc. cit., 1856.
Scolopendra platypus, Brandt, Loc. cit., 1840 ; Newport,

Loc. cit., 1844 ; Gray, Loc. cit., 1844.

Scolopendra platypus. Gervais, Loc. cit., 1847; de la Sagra,
Hist. fis. Cuba, 1856.

Scolopendra platypus, Hunib. and Sauss., Loc. cit., 1872 ;
Gerst'acker, Decken's Reisen Ostafr., iii., 1873 ; Porat, Loc.
cit., 1876.
Scolopendra platypus, Karsch, Berl. entom. Zeits., xxv., 1881.
„ ,, Rainbow, Austr. Mus. Mem., iii., 1897.

,, porphyrotaznia, Wood, Loc. cit., 1861.

,, Ricliardsoni, Newport, Loc. cit., 1845; Gray,

Loc. cit., 1844 ; Gervais, Loc. cit., 1847 ; Newport and Gray,
Loc. cit., 1856.

Scolopendra saltatoria, Porat, Loc. cit., 1871.
Scolopendra scopoliana, 0. Koch, Wagner's Reise Alg., iii.,
1841 ; Loc. cit., 1847.

Scolopendra scopoliana, Gervais, Loc. cit., 1847 ; Lucas,
Explor. Sc. Alger., 1849; Ann. Soc. Entom. France, (3), i.,
et Bull., 1853.

Scolopendra scopoliana, Karsch, Arch. Naturg. Troschel,
xlvii., 1881.

58 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Scolopendra scopoliana, Mattozo, Journ. sc. Acad. LisVioa
1881.

Scolopendra scopoliana, Pocock, Ann. Mag Nat. Hist. (6)t
vii., 1891.

Scolopendra spinosella, Sauss. and Zehnt., Loc. cit., 1897.

,, tigrina, Newport, Loc. cit., 1845 ; Gervais, Loc,

cit., 1847.
Scolojyendra tongana, Gervais, Loc. cit., 1847.
Scolopendra tuberculidens, Newport, Loc. cit., 1844 ; Loc. cit.r

1845; Gray, Loc. cit., 1844.

Scolopendra tuberculidens, Gervais, Loc. cit., 1847 ; Newport

and Gray, Loc. cit., 1856.
Scolopendra tuberculidens, Humbert, Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat.

Geneve, xviii., 1865.

Scolopendra vaga, Porat, Loc. cit., 1871.

,, varia, Newport, Loc. cit., 1845 ; Gervais, Loc.

cit., 1847.

Scolopendra varia, Newport and Gray, Loc. cit., 1856.

,, Wahlbergi, Porat, Loc. cit., 1871.

Eurylithobiv.s Slateri, Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4),
xvii., 1876.

Earylithobius Slateri, Pocock, Loc. cit., 1891.

Heterostoma elegans, Newport, Loc. cit., 1845 ; Newport and
Gray, Loc. cit., 1856.

Heterostoma Julvipes, Newport, Loc. cit., 1845 ; Newport and
Gray, Loc. cit., 1856.

Kraepelin, 1903, gives the following description : —

" Kopfplatte zerstreut schwach punktiert, ohne Langsfurchen.
Fiihler 18-21 gliedrig (selten einerseits 17 gliedrig oder bis 23
gliedrig), ineist 19- oder 20 gliedrig, 6 7 (selten 8-9) Grundglieder
glatt und glanzend. 1 Riickenplatte kaum punktiert, ohne
Halsringfurche ; die medialen Langsfurchen im 2 oder 3 Seg-
ment beginnend bis zum 20 Segment; Beiandung sehr variabel
und wahrscheinlicb bei $ und £ veischieden, oft schon im 5
(oder sogar schon im 3) Segment beginnend, oft aber audi erst
in den rnittleren Segmenten (im 8, 11, 13, &c), zuweilen auch
erst in 18 oder 19 Segment, obne dass diese Verschiedenbeiten
eine Trennung nach geographischen Gebieten zuliessen ; letzte

MYRIAPODA -BHiiLE.MANN. 59

Ruckenplatte fast stets:J mit erkennbarer, durchgehender Median-
furche, ybit t, nicht punctiert, ihr Hinterrand flachbogig vorgez-
ogen. Sternocoxalplatte zerstreut punktiert, oftmit Andeutung
einer Medianfurche, ohne Querfurche; die Zahnplatten wenig
breiter a] a lang, jederseita mit ziemlich deutlichen 4-5 Zahnen,
von denen jedoch die 2 innei'en meist etwas verschraolzen und
kleiner sind als die iibrigen. Bauchplatten glatt, vom 2-20 Seg-
ment mit 2 medialen Langsfurchen, die aber in den letzten
Segmenten meiat nicht bis zum Hinterrande durchgehen ; letzte
Bauchplatte kaum so lang wie breib, nach bin ten verjiingt, ihr
Hinterrand gestutzt-gerundet, vor demselben meist flache Median-
depression. 1-19 Beinpaar mit 1 Tarsalsporn, 20 nieist ohne,
seltener mit Tarsalsporn. Pseudopleuren mit ziemlich kurzen,
kegelformigem Fortsatz, am Eude meiat 4 spitzig, seltener 3-
oder 5 spitzig, dazu am Hinterrande der Paeudopleura meiat ein
Seitendornchen ; die Porenarea in der Hinterhalfte der Pseudo-
pleura den " Umschlagsrand " der letzten Riickenplatte nicht
erreichend. Femur der Analbeine bei juv. achlank, bei ad
gedrungener, dorsal meist flacb, beim £ aussen (und oft audi
innen) breit berandet, beim <J kaum berandet, ventral normal mit
3 reihen von je 3 Dorneu (von denen aber einige fehlen konnen),
auf der Innenflache ohne Dornen, dorsal meist 3, 2 oder 2, 2
order 2, 4 Dornen, dazu ein meist 4 spitziger (selten nur 3
spitziger oder aber 5-8 spitziger) Eckdorn ; Patella dorsal abgef-
lac-ht und berandet wie der Femur, bei juv. beide Glieder mehr
gerundet. Farbung ausserst variabel, meist lehmgelb bis
rotgelb, mit oder ohne griine Hinterrander der Segmente, seltener
olivbraun (wobei Kopf, sowie 1 und letztes Riickenaegment meist
heller gelbbraun), hellgrunen Langstreifen (juv.) resp. Hinterr-
andern der Segmente, oder tief dunkelgriin. Lange in der Regel
nur 70-90 mm., doch liegen mir auch Exemplare von 105 ja 120
mm. Lange (und 12 mm. Breite) vor".

Logs. — Bourke and Wilcannia, Darling River floods, May to
June 1890; six specimens: same locality; four large specimens :
same locality ; four young specimens. Narrabri, N. S. Wales ;
two adult and one young specimen. Lawler, South Australia ;
one specimen.

On two of the large specimens of n° 2a the spines of the anal
femora are numerous and irregularly disposed, though the inner
surface remains typically spineless. One of these specimens has
a crippled anal leg.

3 Nur bei einigen Exemplaren aus Madagaskar war die Medianfurche
nicht entwickelt.

60 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

SCOLOPENDRA L.ETA, Jlaatse, 1887.

JScolopendra hela, Haase, Ber. K. Zool. Mas. Dresden,
1886-87.

Scolopendra Iceta, Kraepelin, Mit. Nat. Mus. Hamburg, xx.,
1903.

Rhombocephalus latus, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), viii.,
1901.

Kraepelin, 1903, re-described this species as follows: —

" Kopf und Ruckenplatten sind nieist deutlich punktiert, die
Fiihler nur 17-18 gliedrig, G Grundglieder glatt und glanzend.
Mediale Langsfurchen der Ruckenplatten meist schon im 2 Seg-
ment beginnend (hier oft abgekiirzt), dazu oft vom 6 an ein kurzer
Medianstrich am Hinterrande ; Berandung im 19 Segment
schwach, nur im 20 und 21 Segment deutlich ; letzte Riicken-
platte mit Medianfurche. Sternocoxalplatte jederseits mit 4-
5 Zahnen. Bauchplatten vom 2-20 Segment mit durchgehenden
lijingsfurchen. Beinpaare im 1-19 Segment mit 1 Tarsalsporn.
Pseudopleuren spitz vorgezogen, 2-4 spitzig, Hinterrand der
Pseudopleura mit Seitendorn. Femur der Analbeine bedornt,
die Dornen lang und spitz, der Eckdorn 3-4 spitzig. Farbung
dunkelgriin, an den Seitenriindern wenigstens der letzten Seg-
mente heller, Beine bis zum 17 Segment gelb, die 3-4 letzten
Paare nur am Grunde gelb, dann intensiv griin, so dass sie
geringelt erscheinen . Ltinge bis 50 mm."

Loc. — Penrith, N. S. Wales ; four specimens.

Geophilomorpha.
Genus Paohymerinus, Silvestri, 1905.

P achy vner inns, Silvestri, Zool. Jahrb., Suppl. vi., Fauna

Chilen., 1905.
Pachymeriniis, Silvestri, Mit. Nat. Mus. Hamburg, xxiv.,

1907.
This genus needs re-describing, as the characters given by the
author are no longer sufficient : —
(Eupleurium as in Geophilns).*

Lab rum with a distinct median plate (more or less developed),
destitute of teeth or lashes. Lateral plates fringed.

4 The characters placed in brackets are not considered so far as having a
generic value, and are mentioned j>ro memoriam.

MYJUAPODA BRoLEMANN.

61

(Mandible with its ventral part enlarged and fringed with
spined bristles ; with or without a blunt tooth at the apex.)

Coxosternum of first maxillae undivided (all the elements
distinct from one another ; lateral palpi present or missing).

Coxosternum of second maxilla? divided into two plates (which
remain in contact on the middle line); sternal and pleural parts
fused together and with the corresponding coxa5 (without chitini-
zed suture ; anterior inner angle provided with a conical, more
developed process ; last joint armed with a smooth claw).

Tergum of maxillipedes much narrowed anteriorly ; inner
margin of pleura? almost parallel ; (joints and claw of maxillipedes
armed with more or less developed teeth).

Sterna destitute of porous area ; last sternum narrow.

Anal legs, including coxa, seven jointed, the last joint being
tipped with a claw coxa bearing isolated pores.

(Anal pores present).

Type. — Pachymerinus millepunctatus (Gervais 1 ), Silvestri.
Several species have been recorded from the Pacific slope of South
America, but it is uncertain if they belong to the Genus Pachy-
merinus as outlined above.

Pachymerinus froggatti, sp. nov.
(Figs. 6-17).

LJ*£

Parallel sided on the anterior two-thirds of
the body, then tapering backwards.

$ : Length 28 mm. — Breadth of the first
tergum 1 mm. ; of the penultimate 0.40 mm.
— 55 pairs of legs.

Cephalic plate longer than broad (in the
proportion of l-50to 0-85), leaving uncovered
a large part of the maxillipedes. Anterior
margin reaching the base of the claw of the
maxillipedes, straight, slightly notched in the Fig- 6, P. froggatti,
middle ; lateral margins almost parallel ; pos- Brolem. Ceph-
terior angles rounded. The surface shows no tergum &oi max-
frontal sulcus, but a pale line is to be seen illipeds.

5 Attems, 1909 (Jena Denksehr., xiv. ), admits that the part of the coxos-
ternum, hitherto considered as answering the coxa, represents two joints
fused together ; but his opinion seems by no means. justified as the sulcus
he refers to does not appear to exist.

62

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

and the outer margin is uneven at the very spot where the sulcus

could he expected to exist. The
hasal furrows are very faint and
elderly indicated by irregular rows
of punctures rougher at the
base than along the sides of the
plate. Some other strong punc-
tures are to he seen in the distal
third (Figs. 6 and 7).

Antenna? moderately elongate
(4-10 mm.), without any special
setae.

Median plate of lahruin small,
equal to the thirteenth part of
the total breadth of the labium,
without any process; lateral plates
transversely stretched, five times
broader than long, fringed with
delicately plumose lashes. Pre-
labial zone somewhat shorter
than broad, furnished with a
so-called " Clypealarea" and with
but few bristles, say eight in t wo
Fig. 7. P.frorjgatti, Brolem. Ceph- rows placed 2 + 6. Sutures of

alic plate, ventral view, after

removing the mouth-parts.

Fig. 8. P.froggatti, Brolem. Labium
(the lower branches of the fulcri are
missing).

Fig. 0. P.froggatti, Brolem.
Mandibles in situ, with
hypopharynx [hyp.) and lower
branches of fulcri, (//. )

t

/

;

Fig. 10. P.froggatti, Brolem. Apex of mandible:
showing the blunt tooth (/); hypopharynx [hyp).

cephalic pleurffi
distinct (Fig. 8).

M a n d i b 1 e
provided,

beside the
pectinate lam-
ella, with a
blunt ami well
chitinized tooth
at the apex,

MYKIAPODA — BROLBM \N\.

G3

and with spined seta; along the ventral margin (Fig. 9). Tliese
setre are cylindrical bristles truncate and crowned with a few
(3-5) strong triangular spines, as shown in the figure (Fig. 10).

Coxosternum of first maxilla'
undivided ; only one pair of short
acuminate femoral palpi could be
detected (Fig. 11).

Coxosternum of second maxillse

divided but still in contact on the

middle line. Sternal and pleural

plates fused together and with the „.-,„- . ^ ,

r .. ° .,, , , ... Fig. 11. P. ffonnatli, Brolem.

corresponding coxa without clntinous |irst maxilhe; dorsal view.

suture. Anterior inner angle tipped
with a short
conical pro-
cess. Surface
provided with
n u merous
bristles along
the anterior
and the inner
margin. No
tooth at the
distal outer
end of the
patellar joint.
The last joint
bears a short
smooth claw
(Fig. 12).

Tergum of
maxil lipedes
narrow, its
sides converg-
ing strongly
in front.
Coxosternum
of maxilli-
pedes some-
what broader
than long,

with punc- Yig. 12. P. froyqatti, BviAem. Second maxillse ,

tured surface ' ventral view.

64

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

and with a distinct median sulcus running; through. Anterior
n:argin slightly notched allowing the tooth-like angle of the coxa
to appear. Little is to be seen of the pleurae from below ; their
inner margin is almost parallel (Fig. 13). Femora and claw
armed, the former with two chitinized tubercles along the inner
edge, the latter with a short but strong basal tooth ; it is worth

mentioning that the trace of suture
between femora and trochanter passes
above the first tooth in order that the
latter has to be con-
sidered as belonging to
the trochanter.

/'

l-

u

Fig. 14. P.froggalti, Brolem.
Inner margin of maxillip-
edes ; (ft.), femoral tooth ;
(trt.), trochanter tooth.

A few onl}7 of the
anterior terga are faint-
ly punctured, every one
from the second to the
penultimate is bisulcate.
Sterna from the second
segment with a median
sulcus strongly impres-
sed but short on the Fig. 13. P. frog-
anterior part of the gfti.Bvolem.
, , \ i ii Maxillipedes,

body, growing gradually ventra] vieW-

longer and weaker
towards the posterior end. The sterna show besides near the
posterior margin — on the anterior segments at least — a rounded
swelling which is to be held homologous to what Attems has
described for G. corrdlinus as a " zugenformiger happen"; it is
scarcely developed with the present species (Fig. 15).

/ head

I anus J

Fig. 15. P. froggatti, Brolem. Sternum and eupleurium of 10th segment.
(Signs as in Fig. 31).

MYRIAPODA — IUMLKMANN.

65

Ventral pores wanting. Presterna divided.

Last tergum nearly as long as broad at the base, with margins
converging backwards, the breadth of the posterior margin being
less than balf the breadth of the anterior.

Last sternum as long as broad,
narrow, scarcely wider at the base
than the preceding sternum and far
more narrow than the anal segment
— coxa? of anal legs included ; sides
feebly converging and slightly
convex ; apex truncate.

Anal legs rather short, seven
jointed (coxa? included), armed with
Fig. 16. P.frogy- a claw and furnished with a few long

atti, Brolem. bristles and a clothing of tiny short -&-,„ 17
Last leg see- , . ., i e n ing. 17.

ment dorsal hairs on the ventral surface. (Joxse P. froggatti,

view.' almost parallel sided, showing on the Brolem. Last

ventral and lateral surfaces some ten »eg"'jearing

, c i • i £ ii segment, ven-

to twelve pores, of which four to five in one row tr°j • '

concealed under the lateral margin of the sternum,
the others remaining uncovered. Another set of pores is to
be seen on the dorsal surface opening beneath the anterior angle
of the tergum and the side of its pretergum (Figs. 16 and 17.)

Male appendages long, acuminate. Anal pores present but
feebly chitinized.

This species seems nearly related with Geophilus concolor,
Gervais, which has a larger number of leg-bearing segments, say
sixty-nine to seventy-one, a cephalic plate abruptly narrowed in
front and no pores on the dorsal surface of the anal coxa?. Nothing
is known as to the structure of the mouth-parts of Gervais'
species.

Loc. — Penrith, N. S. Wales ; one £ specimen.
Genus Geomerinus, gen. nov.

This genus, the type of which is Geomerinus cnrtipes, Haase,
only differs from the preceding Paehymerinua by the joints of
the anal legs which number six, instead of seven. Since this
character ranks as generic amongst the Geophilomorpha, a new
division has to be erected for the reception of Haase's species.

66

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

R. I. Pocock, 1901 5, has endeavoured to save from oblivion the
generic name Necrophheophagus, and has used it for some
Australian species amongst which is G. curtipes, Haase. This
could only be justified if 1st, G. longicomis, the type of New-
port's genus, proved to be generically different from the other
true Geophihis species : and if 2nd, the Australian species were
found to be congeneric with G. longicomis. Whatever might be
the position of G. longicomis can still be disputed, but it is
certain that at least G. curtipes cannot he placed alongside with
G. longicomis from which it differs by the structure of the
second maxilla?, by the number of joints of the anal legs, &c, &c.

Geomerinus curtipes (Haase), 1887.
(Figs. 18-25).

Geophilus curtipes, Haase, Ber. K. Zool. Mus. Dresden,

1886-1887.
Geophihis curtipes, Attems, Zool. Jahrb., xviii., heft 2, 1903.
Necrophheopliagus curtipes, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.

(7), viii., 1901.

A strongly chitinized, dark coloured species, resembling a
Mecistocephalus ; parallel sided in front, slightly tapering in the
second half.

9 : Length 67 mm.
— Breadth of the first
tergum 210 mm.; of
the penultimate, 1 nun.
— 71 pair of legs.

Cephalic plate much
longer than broad (in
the proportion of 260
to 1'70), anterior
margin reaching the
base of the claws of
maxillipedes. Anter-
ior and posterior mar-
gins almost straight;
lateral margins slight-
ly and unevenly curved, the greatest width
being in the posterior half. Surface showing two very faint
longitudinal impressions in front of the posterior margin, and a

Fig. 18. O. curtipes,
Haase. Cephalic
plate and tergum

; of maxillipedes.

Fig. 19. (7. curtipes,
Haase. Cephalic plate,
ventral view.

5 Pocock— Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), viii., p. 339.

MYKIAl'ODA — BROLEMANN.

G7

hardly distinct linear furrow about the anterior third in the
shape of a broad angle, the apex of which is tinned backwards ;
the surface is punctured all over but morn densely and more
deeply along the middle line and in front of the posterior angles
as well as behind the apex (Figs. 18 and 19).

The antennae seem rather long; the right antenna is broken after
the 7th joint, the left is entire but does not appear to be normal,
and measures 5 mm.; the joints are longer than broad and
irregularly beset with bristles.

Prelabial zone somewhat shorter than broad, with an irregular
row of 5 + 5 bristles near the anterior margin, and a " Clypeal-
area " of a subquadi ate shape. Sutures of the cephalic pleura?
distinct. Labrum divided into three plates ; median plate small,
longer than broad, equal to about the twentieth part of the
total breadth of the labrum, smooth ; lateral plates more than
four times broader than long, furnished with delicately plumose
lashes.

f

li

Fig. 21,

G. curtipes,
Haase. Three-

Ma n d i b 1 e
crowned with
the usual pec-
tinate lamella ;
at the distal
end of the
latter is to be
seen a single
blunt strongly
chitinized
tooth shorter spined brist-

than the next les °/., *he

,i £ ,i mandible,

teeth of the much enlarg.

pectinate lam- e(j.

ella. Ventral

Fig. 20. G. curtipes, Haase. Apex of part 0f t}ie mandible enlarg-
the mandible with the blunt tooth it); pi., , when geen {n gU
pectinate lomella ; sp., spined bristles. . .

F r its margin is parallel to the

axis of the body, and is furnished with the peculiar spined
bristles as described in Pachymerinus froggatti ; the length of
these bristles is about 36/x. (Figs. 20 and 21).

Coxosternal plate of the first maxilla? undivided and destitute
of palpi; coxal process distinct, triangular, blunt; the next
maxillar joint is provided with a rudimental palpus.

Coxosternum of the second maxillae divided into two halves on
the middle line ; each half is considered as the equivalent of coxa,

68

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

sternum and pleura of one side coalesced into one plate. No
division whatever is to be seen ; yet the proximal inner margin

shows a reticulate
structure covering
a wide space which
is to be held equiv-
alent to the pleural
(or to the pleuro-
sternal ?) part of the
organ. The process
of the distal inner
angle is rudimental.
The bristles are
fairly numerous
(a dozen or so), and
somewhat distant
from the anterior
margin. Maxillar
joints three, rather
stout, the distal
joint armed with a
very short claw
(Fig. 22).

Maxilli pedes

wide, largely emerg-
ing sideways from
under the cephalic
plate, punctured all over. Tergum short, strongly narrowed
anteriorly; its surface uneven, punctured. Pleura? covering the
dorsal part of the coxae, scarcely visible on the ventral side, their
inner margins almost parallel. Coxosternal plate quadrangular,
somewhat broader than long with a faint shallow median
impression, and with two rudimental teeth in front. Femora
long, armed with two blunt tubercles along the inner edge, one
in the middle (trochanter tooth) theothernext to the distal angle.
Claw long, with a basal short hook-like tooth (Fig. 23).

Terga widely punctured ; bisulcate from the first segment,
where the sulci are converging anteriorly instead of being
parallel as on the following segments.

Sterna coarsely punctured on the firsl segments, less so on the
middle and posterior segments. Ventral pores wanting. From

the second or third segment to the penultimate the sterna are
divided by a median short sulcus equal to nearly one-third of the

Fig. 22.

G. curlipes, Haase. First and second
maxillae, ventral view.

M V itl A PODA BKoLKM A N N.

G£

total length of tlie plate ; it is more deeply impressed at its
anterior end and
deeper on the
first segments
than on the last.
Besides the
anterior sterna
.show, immediate-
ly in front of the
posterior margin,
a rounded
swelling as wit-
nessed on the
preceding species.
Presterna divided
on the middle
line. Eupleurium
of the Geophilid
type.

Last tergum a
trifle shorter
than broad at the
base ; sides con-
verging gently ;
posterior margin Fig. 23. G. curtipes, Haase. Inner margin of

maxillipedes.

truncate or even somewhat excised in the-
middle.

Last sternum
narrow, not wider at
the base than the
preceding sternum,
longer than broad,
truncate posteriorly,
with lateral margins
evenly convex. Pres-
ternum divided.

Anal legs short,
six jointed (coxa in-
cluded), armed with a Fig. 25. G. curtipes,

sharp claw, clothed faase" La8t leg-bearing

' .. '. , "t,,c'-1 segment, ventral view,

ventrally with short

thin hairs. Coxse large, somewhat swollen, uneven and with but

s

1

/

X

/

1

■

__

\

Fig. 24. G. curtipes,
Haase. Last leg-hear-
ing segment, dorsal
view.

70 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

few tiny setae ; pores numerous spread all over except on the
posterior third of the dorsal surface ; the pores are irregular in
size, a row of small pores is normally concealed under the lateral
margin of tlie sternum (Figs. 24 and 25).

Anal pores present.

Haase's description mentions that the claw of the maxillipedes,
when closed, hardly protrudes beyond the anterior margin of the
head, a character which might result from a stronger contraction
of the animal. His specimens are said to be furnished with a
small tooth inside the third joint of the maxillipedes (missing
in the Parramatta specimen), this however is a very unimportant
character. Also the last joint of the antenna?, according to the
German author, should bear a conical appendage, a fact which
could not be controlled here, the antenna? being abnormal. In
spite of these differences there seems to be no doubt that the two
forms are specifically identical.

Loc. — Parramatta, N. S. Wales ; one female.

Genus Schizoribautia, gen. nov.

(Eupleurium as in Geophilus).

Median plate of labrum (more or less developed), destitute of
teeth or lashes ; lateral plates fringed.

(Mandible with its ventral part enlarged and fringed with
spined bristles ; without a blunt tooth at the apex).

Coxosternum of first maxilhe undivided, as in Pachymerinus.

Coxosternum of second maxilla? divided into two plates (and
standing apart from one another on the middle line); coxal,
sternal and pleural plates almost entirely free, i.e. not fused
together into one plate as in the preceding genus ; (anterior
inner angle tipped with a conical process ; patella joint bearing
a tooth on its anterior outer angle; last joint armed with a
smooth claw).

Tergum of maxillipedes narrowed anteriorly ; internal margin
of pleurae- parallel ; (inner edge of the femoral joint unarmed).

Ventral pores present, condensed on one or two areas on a
certain number of sterna ; last sternum wide.

Anal legs, coxa; included, seven jointed ; (the last joint tipped
with a claw); coxa bearing isolated pores.

(Anal pores present).

Type. — Schizoribautia raiubowi, sp. nov.

MY IMA POD A — liKi) I, i:\IA\N.

SUHIZORIBAUTIA UAINIiOWf, sp. 1IOV.

(Figs. 2G-34).

Body fairly robust, scarcely narrowed anteriorly, taperin" in
its last third.

9 : — Length about 50 mm. — Breadth of
the first tergum 1-30 mm., in the middle of
the body 1-50 mm.; of the penultimate
tergum 1 mm. — 65 pairs of legs.

Fig. 27. S. rainbowi, Brolem. Labrum.

Fig. 26: S. rainbowi, Cephalic plate much longer than broad
Brolem. Cephalic (in the proportion of 1 -50 to 0-90), with its

SSlStaT- °f 7te"°/ ."""-gi" ~ '»"* "» b— of the

claw of the maxillipedes. Anterior margin
rounded and notched in
the middle ; posterior
margin straight ; lateral
margins evenly curved.
Surface bearing on its
posterior half two deep
furrows slightly diverging
frontwards ; besides it is
roughly punctured in
front of the posterior
angles and at the bottom
of the furrows. There is
no distinct frontal sulcus,
but a faiut transverse
depression is to he seen in
its stead (Fig. 26).

Antenna? long, over
one-tenth of the length of
the body (5-50 mm.);
joints longer than broad ;
the five basal joints are Fig> 28 8. rainbowi, Brolem. Apex of
clothed with setae long right mandible, dorsal view.

72

RECORDS OP THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

and scarce, becoming more numerous and shorter towards the

end of the antenna.

Prelabial zone
distinctly shorter than
long, with a circular area
near the apex and
shortish setae disposed on
three rows placed 2, 2
and 5. Median plate of
labrum rather large, its
breadth being one-tenth
of the total breadth of
the labrum ; its surface
is uneven hut destitute
of t ee 1 1) or 1 a she s.
Lateral plates almost
twice as broad as long,
furnished with but few
lashes at the inner end
of its posterior edge.
Fulcri broad (Fig. 27).

Mandible as in the
preceding species, but
without a blunt tooth at
the distal end of the
pectinate lamella. The
inner convex surface just
below the apex is
densely clothed with
delicate setae (Figs. 28 and 29).

Coxosternum of first maxilla; undivided,
without lateral palpi ; coxal process long. Next
joint bearing a veiy small palpus.

Coxosternum of second maxillae divided into
two halves which stand apart from one another.
Each half is divided into three distinct parts
which are considered homologous to the coxa,
the sternum and the pleura. The pleural plate
stands for itself, being surrounded with
membrane ; the sternal plate, in shape of a
narrow band, is almost entirely isolated by a membranaceous cleft
from the coxa with which it is fused only by its inner (anterior)
angle ; the metameric pore is concealed under the inner end of

Fig. 29. S. rainbowi, Briilem.
maxilla), ventral view.

Second

Fig. 30. S. rain-
bowi, Brolem.
Inner margin
of maxillipedes.

MYRIAPODA — BKoLKMANN.

73

the sternal plate. This peculiar structure comes near to that of
the genus Kibautia, in which the sternal and coxal plates are
coalesced, the cleft being replaced by a strongly chitinized ridge.
The distal inner angle of the coxa is produced into a long conical
process. The patellar joint is armed at its outer distal angle
with a short, blunt but strongly chitinized tooth ; the claw is long,
slender and smooth. The coxal plate bears a set of eight to ten
bristles disposed on three rows near the anterior inner margin ;
a particularly long bristle can be seen emerging from beneath
the patellar joint.

Fig. 31. S. rainbowi, Brolem. Sternum and eupleurium of the eighth
segment ; si, sternum ; pst, presternum ; 1,2,3,4, pleurites.

Terguin of maxillipedes wide at the base, with sides strongly
converging; punctured. Inner margins of the pleurae parallel
(Fig. 30). Maxillipedes largely overlapping the sides of the head.
Coxosternum nearly as long as broad, subquadrate, roughly
punctured, with straight chitinized lines almost reaching the
condyli of the femora, and a faint median sulcus widened into a
dimple in front of the centre. Two rudimental teeth emerge
from below the anterior margin which is almost straight. Femora
long, without any well defined tubercle although the inner edge
is somewhat sinuate and chitinized. Claw strong, with a small
basal tooth (Fig. 31).

Terga bisulcate from the second segment, widely and faintly
punctured on the anterior part of the body.

Anterior sterna roughly punctured and provided with a
median sulcus; the sulcus does not reach the anterior margin
and widens behind the middle into a flat, rounded or fusiform

74

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

dimple the bottom of which is pierced by the ventral pores. On
the sterna 32, 33, 34, and to a lesser degree 31 and 35, the
median sulcus assumes the shape of a deep, wide, abrupt sided
furrow running through from the anterior to the posterior margin.
Whether this structure is normal or due to the
state of preservation of the only specimen at
hand, could not be decided. Further backwards
the sulcus grows fainter but never disappears
entirely.

Porous area wanting on the first and second
segment, single from the third to about the
twenty-fourth, and divided into two areas from
there on up to the penultimate segment ; the areas
are difficult to discover on dark well chitinized
specimeus, especially backwards, unless the

Fig. 32. S. rain-
boivi, Brolem.
Last leg-bear-
ing segment,
dorsal vie w
(s o m e w li a t
schematized).

teguments should
be prepared on
purpose. The
sterna are covered
with numerous

hairs ; these are
very short, except
the two marginal
pairs which are
of moderate lengt h.

Last t e r g u in
almost as long as
broad at the base,
sides strongly con-
verging, somewhat
excised behind the
middle and run-
ning into the
posterior margin
which is rather
rounded.

Fig. 33. S. rainbowi, Brolem. Last leg-bearing
segment, ventral view.

Last sternum wide, its anterior margin wider than the sternum
of the preceding segment, truncate, with lateral margins strongly
converging backwards ; its surface is divided by: a faint median
furrow.

M V R I A POD A — Hl{< < I. KM A N N .

,.»

The anal leg, coxa included, is seven jointed ; tin- joints are
clothed underneath with tiny short hairs intermingled with a few
long bristles (Q) ; the last joint is tipped with a moderately strong
claw. Coxa swollen; its ventral inner margin is provided with
a wide and deep furrow, concealed under the margin of the
sternum, in which open the pores of numerous glandulso
independent of one another ;
three of these (on each side)
appear more conspicuous, being
nearer to the surface, so that an
unwarned superficial observer
could easily be mistaken. The
free distal end of the same inner
margin is swollen and produced, as is often the case with the
species of the genus Scheudyla, and is clothed with dense fshort
hairs (Figs. 32, 33, 34). Anal pores present.

Loc. — Parramatta, N. S. Wales ; a sincrle female.

Fig. 34. S. rainbowi, Brolem. Anal
leg, ventral view.

NOTES on AUSTRALIAN CICADID^.

By Howard Ashton.

(Plate vii).

Division THOPHARIA.

Sub-family Cicadinje.

Genus Arunt,a, Distant.

Arunta flava, sp. nov.

(Plate vii., figs. 1 and 2).

Head. — Bright yellow, frontal fascia between eyes, four
contiguous spots over front, region of ocelli and hind margins of
vertex black. Front depressed and invisible from above.

Pronotum. — Bright yellow, two central fascia? joining at hind
and fore borders, and incisures black.

Mesonotum. — Yellow, two inner short ob conical spots, two
outer longer fascia? black margined with light castaneous, two
spots before cruciform elevation joining a stout central
longitudinal spear-shaped stripe, not reaching anterior margin,
black.

Tegmina. — Transparent, hyaline, immaculate, venation bright
ochraceous merging on apices into warm brown. Winys similar,
slightly milky on anal area.

Abdomen £. — Black, margined with light castaneous, tympanal
coverings characteristically sac-like and covered with white
tomentum. Anal segment also covered similarly. Abdomen
below ^ black, bordered with brown, anal plate yellow ; (j>
yellow with central thin, transverse, black fascia?. £ abdomen
above light castaneous with central transverse black fascia? on
first six segments.

Afeasurements. — Length of body, £ .'50 mm.; £ 29 mm.;
expanse of tegmina, 90 nun.

Obs. — Differs from A. interclusa, Walk., in its lighter colour,
smaller size, less produced front to head, powdered white penul-
timate segment and unspotted tegmina.

Ihdi. — Rat Island, Port Curtis, Queensland, and Tweed River,

New South Wales.

AUSTRALIAN CICAIMD/E — ASHTON. ' '

Division HEMIDICTYAKIA.

Sub- family Tibicinin*:.

Genus Lembeja, Distant.

Lembeja austkalis, sp. nov.

(Plate vii., tig. 3).

Colour. — Above fuscous or fuscous reddish.

Head.—SmaW, front angularly produced, rostrum tipped with
black, barely reaching intermediate coxse.

Pronotum and mesonotum.— xMottled with dark brown.
Black stripe runs over the cruciform elevation as far as hind
margin of first abdominal segment in $ ; in $ is continued
along the dorsal ridge of abdomen.

Abdomen.— In $ inflated a little, the dorsal apices of the
abdominal segments being tremendously produced into a series of
overlapping spines which are curved back along abdomen and
reach beyond its apex. Opercnla nearly obsolete. Tympana
very large and fully exposed.

Tegmina.— Opaque, reddish or brownish-grey, venation fuscous
and interrupted giving the effect of dotted lines. Wings milky.

Measurements.— Length of body $ 22 mm., $ 19 mm.;
expanse of tegmina, 56 mm. to 58 mm.

Obs.— This is the first species of the genus described from
Australia. Several other species have been described from New
Guinea, Celebes and Thursday Island.

//,<£. —Cape York, North Queensland. Collected by Mr. H.
Elgner.

Genus Labrakeeya, yen. nov.

Head. —Small, about half the width of pronotum. Front
deeply sulcnted, rostrum short, barely reaching intermediate
- coxa? ; ocelli nearer to eyes than to each other.

Pronotum.— Anteriorly as wide, posteriorly twice as wide as
head, posterior margin narrow and rounded over the base of the
costa. Mesonotum from cruciform elevation to anterior margin

78 RECORDS Of Till! AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

equal in length to bead and pronotum together, a little broader*
than pronotuin. Tympana small, tympanal openings narrow -t.
opercula triangular, separate.

Abdomen. — As long as head and thorax.

Tegmiua. — Costa sharply arcuate in centre, basal area as long
as broad ; twice as long as broad at widest point, ulnar veins
joined as in MeJampsalta, before basal area. Immensely wide
first and third discoidal cells, divided by a very long, narrow
discoidal second. Eight apical areas all very short. Wings
with six apical areas.

LARRAKEEYA PALLIDA, $ sp. 110V.

(Plate vii., fig. 4).

Head. — Pale ochraceous; eyes and ocelli red.

Pronotum, mesonotiim, and abdom en. — Pale ochraceous,
beneath pallid, no markings above or below.

Tegmina. — Milky, semi-transparent, neuration pallid-ochra-
ceous save for apical third of costa, which is red. Wings milky,
venation pallid.

Measurements. — Length of body 20 mm.; expanse of tegmina
54 mm.

Ohs. — ^ not known.

llab. — Lawler, Western Australia.

Division MEL AM PS ALTR A 1 1 1 A .

Genus MELAMPSALTA, Amyot.

MELAMPSALTA VIRTDICINCTA, sp. 710V.

(Plate vii., fig. 5).

Head. —Black, spot behind ocelli, spots above antenna', stripe
down centre of face and borders of face narrowly ochraceous.

Pronotum. — Fuscous, wider than head, incisures and central
fascia black, within centra] black fascia a central short ochraceous
stripe. Mesonotum black, two central, inwardly angulated
contiguous stripes, lateral edges of scute! lum and borders ot

cruciform elevation fuscous yellow .

AUSTRALIAN CK'A Ml DM A8HTON1 7'.l

Abdomen. — Black, laterally fuscous and greyishly-pilose
margined with green on segmental borders. Below, a central,
prominent shining black spot bel ween the opercula, which are
large and greyish-ochraceous. Abdomen below greyish-testaceous
with central black fascia broadening towards apex but ending at
anal plate, which is light-testaceous.

Tegmina. — Hyaline; casta fuscous margined with black,
apically black ; venation deep fuscous merging into black at apex.
Wings hyaline, neuration fuscous,

Measurements. — Length of body 13 mm. to 11 mm.; expanse
of tegmina, 32 mm. to 34 mm.

Obs. — Allied to M. incepta, Walk.

Hah. — Perth, Western Australia.

Melampsalta landsboroughi, Distant.

Melampsalta landsboroughi, Distant, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1882,
p. 131 ; Goding and Froggatt, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,
xxix., 1904, p. 639.

Melampsalta telxiope (nee. Walk.), God. and Frogg., Loc. cit.,
p. 642.

Melampsalta landsboroughi, var. convergj.ns,
God. and Frogg.

Melampsalta convergent!, God. and Frogg., Proc. Linn. Soc.
N. S. Wales, xxix., 1904, p. 633.

Obs. — Judging from the determinations of Messrs. Goding and
Froggatt in the Macleay Museum Collection, these authors have
been misled by the very variable form, both in size and colour
of the <£, and in the case of their classification of M. telxiope,
Walk., by reliance on a very faded £ specimen, which does not
at all agree with their description. The <J of M. landsboroughi
varies in colouration even more than the £. In addition to the
typical form described by Distant we have at least one well-
marked variety. Put for the extreme minuteness of M. murray-
ensis, Dist , 1 would feel inclined to include it as a variety.
Leaving it out, however, we find Distant's typical form, with a
honey-coloured abdomen, above which runs the broad, character-
istic black stripe. The head and thorax are black for the most
part, with markings of fuscous or ferruginous.

N&0 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

The second form, 31. convergens, God. and Frogg., which I
propose to reduce to varietal rank, loses the black colouration of
the thorax and head, which carry a number of black markings
upon a background of greenish-fuscous. This variety is found
in the damp ground near creeks and lagoons on the east coast
of New South Wales. It is generally smaller than the typical
form. It may be found on the edge of a lagoon, while, one
hundred feet up one of the enclosing hills the typical form is found.
The abdomen is of a paler yellow than that of the original species.
A faded Q of this variety is Goding and Froggatt's M. telxiope,
Walk., in the Macleay Museum. The size of the species varies
from 15 mm. to 25 mm. in length, and the wing-expansion from
38 mm. to 62 mm.

Mklampsalta marginata, Leach.

.Tettiqonia maryinata, Leach, Zool. Misc., 1814, p. 89, pi. 39,
fig. 1.

Melampsalta marginata, Stal., Ann. Soc. Ent. France (4), i.,
1861, p. 619; Distant, Syn. Cat. Homopt. Cicad., 1906,
p. 170.

• Cicada themiscura, Walk., List. Hoin., i., 1850, p. 181.

Melampsalta themiscura, Stal , Of v. Yet. Ak. Forh., 1862,
p. 484.

Melampsalta fletcheri, God. and Frogg., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales, xxi'x., 1904, p. 640.

Genus Pauropsalta, Goding and Froggatt.

Pauropsalta anxunata, God. and Frogg.

Pauropsalta annidata, God. and Frog., Proc. Linn. Soc. .N. S.
Wales, xxix., 1904, p. 620.

Pauropsalta encaustica, Distant, Syn. Cat. Homopt. Cicad.,
1906, p. 178.

Obs. — The two species, though somewhat similar, cannot be
mistaken by any Held collector. The resemblance is stronger in
the £ forms than the £. Distant has been probably misled
either by examination of the $ or else by an error of the authors
in sending to him specimens of P. encaustica labelled /\ anuulata.
,P. encaustica is a very old species of Germar's.

The CUINOlDS of the SOLOMON ISLANDS.
By A. H. Clark, IT. S. National Museum, Washington.

The first paper in which Crinoids from the Solomon Islands-
are mentioned was that of Professor F. J. Bell dealing with the
Echinoderms brought from Australia to London in connection
with the International Fisheries Exhibition in 1883. In it are
included notices of two species taken at Ugi, a small island just
north of San Christoval or Bauro, the most south-easterly of the
group. Only one of these species is identified, this being referred
to Antedoii spicata, Carpenter, described four years previously.
This record was accepted by Carpenter and included in the
" Challenger " Report in 1888. Since then but a single reference
to the Solomon Island fauna has been published, two specimens
of Dichrometra protectus from Bougainville Island, the most
north-westerly of the group, being recorded in the Report, by the
present author, on the Crinoids collected by the German steamer
" Gazelle."

Stibgemis Comanthina, A. II. Clark.

COMANTHINA SCHLEGELII (P. II. Carpenter)*

At the British Museum I examined a beautiful specimen of
this species which was collected by H.M.S. " Penguin " in the
Solomon Islands.

1 The synonymy of this species and of the following species for which no
synonymy is given will he found in my paper dealing with " The Recent
Crinoids of Australia" (Austr. Mus. Mem., iv., 15, 1911); it has not
seemed necessary to repeat here the synonymies there given.

:82 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Subgenus Comanthus, A. II. Clark.
Comanthus (Bennettia) samoana, A. II. Clark.

Comanthus (Coimoithus) samoana, A. H. Clark, Proc. U.S.
Nat, Mas., xxxvii., 1909, p. 30 (Samoa).

There was contained in the collection one specimen from Ugi,
with twenty arms 60 mm. long ; three of the nine II Br series
present are 2 instead of 4 (3 + 4) as usual ; on one ray, which
bears two II Br series, there is a HI Br series, developed
•externally.

This species has a peculiar roughness to the touch, due to the
development of long spines on the outer pinnule segments, which
makes it distinguishable by a characteristic harsh and dry feeling
from Comanthus parvicirra ; it has more numerous and stouter
-cirri than the latter, and the centrodorsal is larger, encroaching
•further on the I Br series than does that of C. parvicirra.

Comanthus (Vania) annulata {Bell).

There is a specimen of this species at the British Museum
which was collected by H.M.S. "Penguin" at the Solomon
Islands.

Genus Stephanometra, A. II. Clark.

Stephanometra oxyacantha (Hartlaub).

Antedon oxyacantha, Hartlaub, Nachr. Ges. Gbttingen, Mai,
1890, p. 178 (Amboina) ; Nova Acta Acad. German., lviii.,
No. 1, 1891, p. 55, pi. iii., figs. 35, 37.

Stephanometra oxyacantha, A. H. Clark, Proc. Biol. Soc.
Washington, xxii., 1909, p. 10.

Description. — Centrodorsal, moderate in size, discoidal, the
bare polar area 25 mm. in diameter, slightly concave.

Cirri xxxii., 23 to 24, 20 mm. to 2o mm. long ; first segment
short, the next two about twice as broad as long, the following
gradually increasing in length, becoming about as long as broad

CHINOIDS OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS — CLARK. 83

on the fifth or sixth ; next three or four segments slightly
longer than broad, the following very gradually decreasing in
length and becoming about half again as broad as long distally.
The segments in the proximal half are slightly constricted centrally
with somewhat prominent ends, and those in the distal half are
slightly compressed laterally, and may be bluntly carinate ;
Opposing spine median to terminal, blunt, triangular, in height
equal to one quarter the lateral diameter of the penultimate
segment; terminal claw somewhat longer than the penultimate
segment, moderately slender, evenly tapering, and moderately
curved.

Radials visible only in the angles of the calyx ; T Br1 very
short, in contact basal ly, about four times as broad as long ;
I Br" (axillary) short and broad, almost triangular, twice as
broad as long, the lateral edges swollen and produced into
rounded lateral processes ; II Br-, the II Br1 interiorly united for
about three-quarters of their length ; ossicles of the division
series and first brachials with rounded lateral processes ; the
III Br series are developed on three rays, always exteriorly.

The twenty-four arms are about 120 mm. long; first two
brachials short, wedge shaped, twice as broad as long exteriorly,
the first inwardly united for most of its length ; third and
fourth brachials (syzygial pair) half again as broad as long; next
three brachials oblong, slightly over twice as broad as long, then
becoming wedge shaped and soon almost triangular, twice as
broad as long, and distally gradually becoming less and less
obliquely wedge-shaped, and in the terminal portion of the
arm about as long as broad. Syzygies occur between the third
and fourth brachials, again between the tenth and eleventh to
fifteenth and sixteenth (usually between the fourteenth and
•fifteenth or between the fifteenth and sixteenth) and distally at
intervals of from seven to ten (usually eight) oblique muscular
articulations.

P1 11 "5 mm. long, slender, evenly tapering and becoming very
slender distally, with twenty-three segments, the first about half
again as broad as long, the following gradually increasing in
length, becoming squarish on the third and twice as long as
broad, or somewhat longer distally; P2 much stouter, stiff and
spinelike, 15 mm. long, with twelve segments, the first two sub-
equal, about half again as broad as long, the third half again
as long as broad, the remainder about two and one half times as
long as broad ; P3 12 mm, long, resembling P2, with about ten
segments, of which the distal are much longer than those of the

84 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

preceding pinnule ; P4 7 mm. long, resembling P3 but not quite
so stout, with nine segments; P5 smaller than P4 basal ly,
becoming very slender distal ly, 6 mm. long, with thirteen*
segments ; following pinules similar to P5, but rapidly becoming
less stiffened basally ; the distal pinules are 9 mm. long.

Loc. — Ugi ; one tine specimen was taken at this locality.
Stephanometra spicata (P. II. Carpenter)

Anledon spicata, P. H. Carpenter, Notes Leyden Museum, iii.,

1881, p. 190 (Panda Sea); Bell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.

Wales, ix., (1884), p. 497 (Ugi) ; P. H. Carpenter, Chall.

Rep. Zool., xxvi, 1888, p. 380 (Ugi).
Stephanometra spicata, A. H. Clark, Proc. Biol. Soc.

Washington, xxii., 1909, p. 10.

This species, originally described from the Banda Sea, has been
recorded by Professor Bell from Ugi.

Genus Dicbronietra, A. H. Clark.

DlCHROMETRA PROTECTUS (LiUken).

Anledon protectus, Liitken, Mus. Godeffroy Cat., v., 1874,
p. 190 (nomeu nudum). ; in P. H. Carpenter, Trans. Linn.
Soc, Zool., (2), ii., 1879, p. 19 (Tonga).

Dichrmnetra protectus, A. H. Clark, Zool. Anzeig., xxxiv.,
1909, p. 367 (Bougainville Island).

There is in tbe collection a typical specimen from Ugi, with
thirty arms about 70 mm. long, and cirri xxii., 24, 15 mm. long.

The German steamship "Gazelle" secured an example of tins
species at Bougainville Island.

Genus Colobometra, A. II. Clark.

COLOBOMETKA DIADEMA, A . II. Clark.

Colobometra diadema, A. IF. Clark, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash-
ington, xxiii., 1910, p. 7 (Ugi).

Description. — Centrodorsal small, discoidal, the bare dorsal
pole 2 nun. in diameter, very slightly concave ; cirrus sockets
arranged in a single slightly irregular marginal row.

Disc completely covered with large plates.

CBINOIDS OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS — CLARK. 85

Cirri xi., 33 to 40, 22 mm. long ; first segment short ; second
nearly or quite as long as broad, the following gradually
increasing in length to the fifth, which is slightly (sometimes
as much as one-third) longer than broad, then remaining uniform
up to the tenth or twelfth, from that point gradually decreasing
so that the distal segments are about one-third broader than
long ; the second and following segments are rather strongly
constricted centrally and are provided with strongly produced
and overlapping distal ends bordered with prominent spines, both
of these characters dying away as the segments become shorter ;
after about the tenth segment the spinous overlap dorsally resolves
itself into prominent paired spines, which at the tip of the cirrus
become close together and are replaced by a single median spine
on the antepenultimate segment ; opposing spine large and
prominent, triangular, median, about as long as the diameter of
the penultimate segment; terminal claw stout and strongly
curved, but little longer than the penultimate segment.

Radials short, but extending well up into the angles of the
calyx and entirely separating the bases of the I Br1 ; these latter
are oblong, slightly over twice as broad as long, with a small
spinous tubercle in the middle of the distal edge ; I Br2 broadly
pentagonal, half again as broad as long, the lateral edges not
quite so long as those of the I Br1 ; the inferior inner angle of
these ossicles is slightly turned outward and coarsely dentate ;
the distal edges of the I Br2 are everted and finely spinous.

The ten arms are about 70 mm. long ; first brachial slightly
wedge shaped, about twice as broad as the exterior length, the
interior sides united for about two-thirds of their length, the
distal thirds making approximately a right angle with each
other ; the distal edge bears a small spinous tubercle in its
centre ; second brachial slightly larger, more nearly oblong ;
third and fourth brachials (syzygial pair) collectively slightly
longer inwardly than outwardly, about as broad as the outer
length ; next four brachials oblong, half again as broad as long,
then becoming very obliquely wedge-shaped, slightly longer than
broad, and somewhat longer in the terminal portion of the arm.
The brachials have strongly overlapping and spinous distal edges.
Syzygies occur between the third and fourth brachials, again
between the ninth and tenth and fourteenth and fifteenth, and
distally at intervals of from four to eight (usually five) oblique
muscular articulations.

PB absent; P1 10 mm. long, stiff and spinelike, with twelve
segments, the first two not so long as broad, the third tapering,
twice as long as the distal width, the following about four times-

86 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEDM.

as long as broad ; the distal edges of the segments from the
third, and especially from the fourth, onward are armed with a
frill of long spines ; P2 12 mm. long, similar to Pl but proportion-
ately stouter, with twelve segments ; P3, P4, and P5 similar to
P2 ; P5 may be 11 mm. long, or there may he no decrease in
length in these pinnules ; following pinnules shorter, more slender
and less stiffened ; the outer pinnules have the distal edges of
the segments, except the basal, armed with long and prominent
spines.

Antedon, sp.

Antedon, sp., Bell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, ix., 1885,
p. 497 (Ugi).

Of this species Professor Bell says " allied to but not the same
as A. spicata. "

LITERATURE.

(For the complete references see the bibliography given under
the "Criuoids of Australia" Austr. Mus. Mem., iv., 15, 1911,
p. 799).

1885. Bell, F. Jeffrey — Notes on a Collection of Echinodermata from
Australia (Solomon Islands Crinoids, p. 497).

1909. Clark, Austin Hobart — The Criuoids of the "Gazelle"
Expedition (Solomon Islands Crinoids, p. 367).

1910. A New Crinoid frcm the Solomon

Islands. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, xxiii. , p. 7 (Colobometra
diadema, sp. nov.).

DESCRIPTION of AUSTBOGHAPERINA a new GENUS
of ENGYSTOMATID^E from NORTH AUSTRALIA.

By Dene B. Fky, Junior Assistant.
(Figs. 35-40, and Plates viii., ix.)

In the collection of the Australian Museum are three frogs
•representing three species of a new genus. While in quest of
additional material I was permitted through the kindness of Mr.
George Masters, Curator of the Macleay Museum, to examine the
•collection of that Institution, and was fortunate enough to find
a bottle containing ten specimens of frogs which represent two
species identical with my own. This collection is from the Russell
River, North-east Queensland, and contains nine specimens of
one species (A. robusta, nrihi.), and one of another (.4. ornata,
mihi.). My thanks are due to Professor W. A. Haswell, M.A.,
for his kind permission to borrow these frogs for descriptive
purposes, and for granting an exchange of specimens which
enabled me to dissect an example.

An examination of the sacral vertebrae and sternal apparatus
of A. robusta proves that it belongs to the family Engystomatida?,
which up till the present was unrecorded from the Australian
continent. These frogs represent a new genus whose affinities
are with Chaperina, Mocquard, found in Borneo and New Guinea,
and for which I propose the name Auslrochaperina.

I wish to thank Mr. Charles Hedley for his kind endeavour
to procure additional specimens at considerable inconvenience to
himself and Mr. A. R. McCulloch for his ever ready assistance.

Austrochaperina, gen. nov.

Pupil oval or nearly round, horizontal. Tongue oval or sub-
circular, entire,1 and free behind. Vomerine teeth none. Palatine
ridges weak, oblique. Two transverse dermal ridges across the
hinder palate. The anterior is short, usually not serrated being
represented by a single dermal lobe, and is situated between the

1 The tongue appears to be subject to much variation due to contraction
in preservation, and is thus rendered almost useless as a character. In
one specimen of A. gracilipes and one of A. omata, it is elongate-oval and
deeply notched behind, but this is, I think, due to injury.

88

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

hinder margins of the orbital bulges. The posterior is long,
serrated, and extends across the palate posterior to the orbits.
Lower jaw more or less truncate. Tympanum hidden or slightly

Fig. 36.
Fig. 35. Sternal apparatus of Austrochaperina robusta, Fry.
,, 35 a. Terminal phalanx of A ustrochaperina robusta, Fry.
,, 36. Sternal apparatus of Chaperina polysticta, Mehely (after Mehely).

visible. Skin smooth. Fingers and toes free, disced. Terminal
phalanges stout, T shaped (fig. 35a). Outer metatarsals separated

A NEW GENUS OF ENGYSTOMATID^ — FRY. 89

by a groove. Diapophyses of the sacral vertebra much dilated.
Coracoid (fig. 35) very strong, much dilated at the symphysis.
Clavicle moderately developed, arched, the proximal end
expanded and resting on the coracoid ; its distal end tapering and
connected with the epicoracoid by a curved band-like procoracoid
cartilage. Omosternum absent. Sternum a cartilaginous plate,
becoming symmetrically broader and nicked distally.

Type. — A. robusta, Fry.

This genus is closely allied to Chaperina, Mocquard, found in
Borneo and New Guinea. It differs chiefly in the indistinct or
hidden tympanum, the possession of two dermal palatal ridges,
the comparative development of the sternal elements, and certain
characters in the skull (see Appendix, p. 101). In the present
genus (fig. 35) the clavicle is a strongly arched bone resting
firmly on the coracoid. The procoracoid is weak and scarcely
wider than the clavicle. The coracoid is a very strong unsym-
metrical bone with a very wide expansion at the symphysis. The
sternum has no forwardly directed processes. In Chaperina
(fig. 36) the clavicle is weak and straight and connects with the
scapular, not with the coracoid. The procoracoid cartilage is well
developed and much broader than the clavicle. The coracoid is
moderately developed, nearly symmetrical, and with a much
smaller expansion at the symphysis. The sternum has two curved,
forwardly directed, lateral processes.

Three species are recognised which may be distinguished by the
following key : —

A. Snout slightly prominent.

a. First finger very small. Discs of fingers very

large A. ornata.

b. First finger nearly as long as second. Discs

distinct but scarcely enlarged A. robusta.

AA. Snout very prominent, longer than the orbital
diameter A. gracilipes.

AUSTROCHAPERINA ROBUSTA, sp. 1IOV.

(Figs. 35, 35a, 37, Plate viii. ; figs. 2, 2a, 2b, and Plate ix.)

Habit moderate or stout. Head four-fifths to five-sixths as long
as broad, the measurement taken at a line drawn between the
hinder margins of the tympana. Snout rounded, very slightly

90

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

prominent, shorter than the orbital diameter. Nostril much
nearer the tip of the snout than the eye. Canthus rostralis
rounded ; loreal region slightly oblique, not concave. Interorbital
space broader than the upper eye-lid. Tympanum indistinct, about
half, or less, the diameter of the eye. Lower jaw very slightly
truncate. Tongue subcircular, entire, and free for about half its
length. Choanse placed well forward, sometimes almost hidden.
Palatine ridges hardly distinguishable, oblique. Anterior palatal
ridge, situated between the hinder margins of the orbital bulges,
represented by a single dermal lobe, or it may bear a short row of
irregular papillae. The posterior ridge is long and serrated, ancb

Fig. 37.

extends right across the hinder palate in front of the oesophagus.
Arm weak. Fingers sub-cylindrical or depressed, bearing slightly
enlarged but distinct discs. A thick fringe is sometimes presmt
on the penultimate phalanx and between the bases of the fingers.
First finger not much shorter than second, cylindrical, sometimes
with a .small disc. A small smooth metacarple tubercle on the
base of the first finger. Hind limb stout. Toes moderately long,
depressed, or subcylindrical, the third, fourth and fifth with a
more or less distinct thick fringe. Discs well developed, larger
than the finger discs. A small oval inner metatarsal tubercle.

A NEW GENUS OF ENGYSTOMATIOJE — FRY. 91

The length of the outstretched limb, from the anus to the tibio-
tarsal articulation, equals the distance between the anus and t lie
eye.2 Skin smooth.

Colour (spirits). — This species presents two colour varieties.

Variety A. (fig. 37). — Upper surfaces uniform brownish, with
or without a few brownish speckles, and with a fine light dorsal
line running from the tip of the snout to the anus. Another
light line borders the thigh posteriorly and runs to the heel.
Loreal region dark brown. A dark brown band runs from behind
the eye to the shoulder, passing above the tympanum. Under-
surfaces lighter, uniform, or with a few faint speckles of darker
brown.

Variety JB. (PI. viii., fig. 2). — Upper-surfaces uniform brownish,
or speckled and spotted with darker brown. These punctulations
reach the extreme in the specimen figured. The light dorsal
stripe and the stripes on the limbs are absent. Otherwise as in
variety A.

Total length (largest specimen), from snout to vent, 285 mm.

The specimen figured on PI. viii., fig. 2, differs considerably
from the Russell River specimens. It was collected for the
Trustees of the Australian Museum by Mr. George Hislop in 1897
at the Bloomfield River, near Cooktown. It differs in having a
broader head, shorter hind limbs, and the more accentuated
markings. I have little doubt however, that it will subsequently
be proved a mere variety of this variable species.

Locs. — Nine specimens from Russell River, North-east Queens-
land, PI. viii., fig 2a, and fig. 37 (Macleay Museum). One
specimen (PI. viii., figs. 2 and 2b), from Bloomfield River, near
Cooktown, North-east Queensland (Australian Museum).

Type. — In the Australian Museum, Sydney.

AUSTROCHAPERINA ORNATA, Sp. riOV.

(Fig. 38).

Habit moderate. Head five-sixths as long as broad, the
measurement taken at a line drawn between the hinder margins of
the tympana. Snout rounded, the nasal openings projecting

1 In the specimen figured on PI. viii., fig. 2, the length of the hind limb,
from the anus to the tibio-tarsal articulation, only equals the distance
between the anus and the tympanum.

92

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

slightly and giving it a somewhat truncate appearance ; snout
not prominent, shorter than the orbital diameter. Nostril

* much nearer the tip of the snout than the eye. Canthus rostralis
rounded ; loreal region nearly vertical, not concave. Interorbital
space much broader than the upper eye-lid. Tympanum hardly

[ distinguishable, less than half the diameter of the eye. Lower jaw

Fig. 38.

slightly truncate. Tongue suboval, entire and free behind.
Choame distinct. Palatine ridges fairly distinct, oblique. Anterior
palatal ridge represented by a single, hardly distinguishable
dermal lobe, situated between the hinder margins of the orbital
bulges. The posterior is long and serrated, and extends across
the hinder palate in front of the oesophagus. Arm weak. Fingers
cylindrical, compressed at the tips into considerably enlarged
discs; disc of the fourth finger much the largest. First finger
very small, much shorter than second, cylindrical. Afetacarple
tubercle absent. Toes moderate, longer than in the preceding
species, not fringed, the discs slightly smaller than the finger
discs. A very small oval inner metatarsal tubercle. The length

A NEW GENUS OF ENGYSTOMATID.E — FRY. 93

of the hind limb stretched out, from the anus to the tibiotarsal
articulation, equals the distance between the anus and the loreal
region. Skin smooth.

Colour (spirits). — Brownish above with darker brown spots.
Sometimes a light silvery band commencing behind the eye-lids,
narrowing and continuing to the anus as a broad dorsal stripe.
Upper surface of head light silvery grey. Loreal region dark
brown. A more or less broken band of dark brown commences
behind the eye and continues to the axilla. In the scapular
region, are two brown, light-edged spots, more or less resembling
ocelli ; a similar marking on each side of the urostyle. Sides and
under surfaces light brown, irregularly speckled with lighter
brown and yellow.

Total length, from snout to vent, 2 I mm.

This species differs from the preceding chiefly in the smaller
tympanum, much larger finger discs, very small first finger, and
distinctive colouration.

Locs. — One specimen from Russell River, North-east Queens-
land, rig. 38 (Macleay Museum). One specimen from twenty-five
miles inland from Cairns, North-east Queensland, collected in
1888 by Messrs E. J. Cairn and R. Grant (Australian Museum).

Type. — In the Australian Museum, Sydney.

AUSTKOCHAPERINA GRACILIPES, Sp. 110V.

(Fig. 39 and Plate viii., rigs. 1, la and lb).

Habit slender. Head almost as long as broad. Snout rounded,
depressed at the tip ; pointed and produced in profile ; longer
than the orbital diameter. Nostril slightly nearer the tip of the
snout than the eye. Can thus rostralis rounded ; loreal region
oblique, concave. Interorbital space much broader than the
upper eye-lid. Tympanum hidden. Lower jaw distinctly truncate.
Tongue elongate (injured3). Palatine ridges not distinguishable.
Palate very flat ; choanse distinct. Anterior palatal ridge hardly
discernible, represented by a small, sessile dermal lobe, situated
between the hinder margins of the orbital bulges. Posterior
ridge loug and serrated, situated across the hinder palate in front
of the oesophagus. Arm weak and slender. Fingers very

3 The tongue is injured posteriorly and presents a deep nick. It ia
considerably longer than either of the preceding species.

94

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

slender, cylindrical, with scarcely enlarged discs. First finger
very small, much shorter than second. A small oval metacarple
tubercle. Hind limb moderate, thigh large. Toes long and
slender, cylindrical, with small, not enlarged discs. Metatarsal
tubercle absent. The length of the out-
stretched limb, from the anus to the tibio-
tarsal articulation, equals the distance
between the anus and the anterior border
of the eye. Skin smooth.

Colour (spirits). — Pinkish-brown above,
with sparsely distributed dark brown spots
on the legs and sides of the body. An
indistinct inguinal spot present. A dark
brown hand starts at the nostril, passes
through the eye and continues to the
shoulder. Under-surfaces pale brownish,
with faint brown reticulations and spots.

Total length, from snout to vent, 17 mm.

This species is distinguished from both
the preceding by the produced snout, the
more median situation of the nostril, the

hidden tympanum, the longer toes and smaller discs, and the

more slender habit.

Loc. — A single specimen, collected for the Trustees of the
Australian Museum by Messrs. C. Hedley and A. R. McCulloch
at Somerset, Cape York, North Queensland, in October 1907.

Type. — In the Australian Museum, Sydney.

Although abundantly represented in New Guinea the family
Engystomatidse has not previously been recorded from the
Australian continent. New Guinea, whose original stock of
Engystomatidse is of Oriental origin, is credited with thirty-one
species representative of thirteen genera, showing it to be a
country highly favourable to these termite-eating frogs.

During the past connection of Cape York Peninsula to Papua
a considerable migration took place, whose influence on the
northern and eastern coasts of Australia has resulted in t lie
recognition of a distinct sub-region, the Papuan Sub-region of
Mr. C. Hedley4, or as later named by Professor W. P>. Spencer6,

* Hedley— I'roc. Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci., v., 1S93, p. 444.

r' Spencer — Kept. Horn. Sci. Exp., Summary, i., ls<)6*, p. 172.

A NEW GENUS OF ENGYSTOMATID.E — FRY. 95-

the Torresian Sub-region. At the time of this connection with
Papua the group Engystomatidse was probably less specialised
and poorer in species than it is at present, thus accounting for
the transmission of a few members only. It is true that our
knowledge of this group of vertebrates is not complete, and that
the rich eastern slopes of Cape York Peninsula are practically
unexplored by biologists. But I think enough material has come
to light to allow us to definitely draw conclusions as to the
relative abundance of the families of Australian frogs. It is
possible that other members of this family will be found in
Australia, but we can neither expect the diversity of forms or
the abundance of species found in Papua. The genus described,
as would be expected, is closely allied to a genus (Ghaperina)
which, because of its comparative abundance of species and its
wide distribution, is to be regarded as of the older and more
primitive stock. Thus the genus Ghaperina and a closely allied
form, which might have only become differentiated after its
disconnection with its original habitat, has a distribution ranging
from Borneo, through New Guinea, to North Australia. The
sternal apparatus has affinities to a primitive stock. This is
speaking comparatively, comparing Ghaperina with other
members of the Engystomatidse only, for the whole of this family
is to be regarded as highly specialised. To quote Dr. Hans
Gadow on this point — " On the whole, those genera are to be
considered the most primitive which have undergone the fewest
losses. Those with a complete shoulder girdle, with an omo and

meta-sternuro are necessarily the older forms." Thisimplies

that such forms as Phrynella, Mantophryne, Cacopus, etc., in
which the precoracoids and clavicles are much modified or absent,
are to be regarded as the most highly specialised.

The Ranidaa, which are also Oriental migrants have become
greatly diversified in the Papuan and Melanesian Sub-regions.
As far as numbers go this family is not exceptionally abundant,
the whole region, Papua and Melanesia, being represented by
twenty-one species confined to four genera.

Professor W. Baldwin Spencer6 suggests that the Hylidse have
entered Australia like the Ranida? from the north. The author
would propose that Papuasia and Melanesia have themselves
been supplied by Hylidoe, with Australia as the centre of
dispersion, and who in turn derived her original stock from South
America, via the supposed Antarctic continent of early Tertiary
times. That there has been a certain amount of interchange of

6 Spencer — Rept. Horn. Sei. Exp., Summary, i., 1896, p. 192.

*96 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

forms there is no doubt, for four or five species occur in both
Papuasia and Australia, while Hyla infrafrenata (H. dolichopsis,
Cope, auctornm) is known from Java, Ceram, New Guinea, New
Ireland and North Australia. This is, however, easily explained
if we take into consideration the existence of a connection in
recent Tertiary times, between Cape York and New Guinea,
which in all probability also allowed the transmission of
Plianerotis nov(e-guinece into Papua and Ratia papua into
Australia. Referring again to Gadow's7 admirable chapters on
distribution, he says of the Hylidse, " with this exception of three
closely allied species, the Hylidse are either American or Austral-
ian. We conclude that their original home was Notogaea, and
that they have spread northwards through Central and into
North America. The enormous moist and steamy forests of South
America naturally suggest themselves as a paradise for tree-
frogs, and it is in this country, especially in the Andesian and
the adjoining Central American Sub-regions, that the greatest
diversity of generic and specific forms has been produced. It is
all the more remarkable that similar forest regions, like those of
Borneo and other Malay islands, are absolutely devoid of Hylidte
( while there are about a dozen species in Papuasia), whose place has
been taken for all practical purposes by correspondingly developed
Pallida?, notably the genus Rhacophorus. Lastly, the fact that
tropical evergreen forests of Africa and Madagascar possess no
Hylidse, but are inhabited by several kinds of tree-climbing
Rhacophoms, points with certainty to the conclusion that the
origin of this large and flourishing family of Hyliche was not in
Arctogaea."

The absence of Hyliche in the Malay Archipelago, or more
strictly speaking Siam, Borneo and Sumatra, is very striking and
is in itself fatal to the theory that Papuasia could have been the
centre of dispersion of Arctogaean Hyliche. Allowing this to be
possible, two questions remain to be explained. First, during
the extension westwards of the three Asiatic Hvlas why did they
not also populate Siam, Borneo and Sumatra, through which
countries they must have passed ; and, allowing a rapid extension
southwards to Australia and Tasmania, why did they not extend
southwards at their western limit into the highly favourable
forests of Africa] Secondly, it is obvious that to allow this mode
of precedure we must regard the Arctogaean Hyliche as cases of
convergent evolution. As would be expected there is consider-
able parallelism in development amongst New World and

T Gadow— Cainbr. Nat. Hist., Rept. & Amph., 1901, p. 186.

A NEW GENUS OF ENGYSTOMATID/E — FKY. 97'

Australian species, bub this does not warrant our regarding the
two divisions of the family Hylidte, Arctogaean and Notogaean
as instances of convergent evolution.

Turn then to the theory proposed, that Australian Hylidaj are
directly of Notogaean stock, and have entered the continent from
the south, not from the north.

The authenticity of the theory of an Antarctic continent,
existing probably in Mesozoic times, with rays extending to South
America and Australia, is by now almost generally accepted as
established. Amongst the mass of evidence in favour of this
connection is the presence of Cystignathous frogs in Australia.
The home of the Cystignathidre is in South America, where they
are abundantly represented, and the greatest diversity of forms
and the more primitive types are found there. Their distribution
in the Australian continent and their dominance in the south-
east corner, the Euronotian Sub-region as modified by Mr. Hedley,
points to their entrance and early establishment in this corner,
from where they have migrated westwards and northwards, one
species only, as far as is known, entering New Guinea. Allowing
this mode of procedure to explain the presence of the Cystig-
nathidae in Australia, it is proposed that the presence of the
other dominant Aiciferous family, the Hylidse, be explained thus
also. It is impossible to regard them as cases of convergent
evolution, and the evidence against this view must be the evidence
advanced to disprove the existence of an Antarctic continent.

Since the publication in 1882 of Dr. G. A. Boulenger's
monumental " Catalogue of Amphibia in the Collections of the
British Museum ", numerous additions have been made to the
Australian list in this class of vertebrates, both by European
and Australian authors. As no list of the species described since
its publication has appeared, a reference to the original description
of these species is here given. Unless stated to the contrary
the species are regarded as valid by the author. I have had the
opportunity of examining Mr. J. Douglas Ogilby's types, and
what remain of Mr. C. W. de Vis's typical specimens in the
Queensland Museum. Through the kindness of Mr. J. J. Fletcher,
to whom I am much indebted for his ever ready assistance, I have
been enabled from time to time to compare specimens with the
types in his fine collection. Of the species described since the
"Catalogue" the three recently characterised by Mr. J. Lamb
and Philoria frosti, Spencer, Hyla gilleni, Spencer, //. dayi,
Giinther and H. maculata, Spencer, are the only ones that I have
not examined.

*)8 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

RANID.E.

Hyla nobilis, de Vis, Proc. Roy. Soc. Q'land., i., 1884, p. 129
( = Rana papua, Less., fide Boulenger).

ENGYSTOMATIDiE

Austrochaperina robusta, Fry (ante).
Austrochaperina ornata, Fry (ante).
Austrochaperina gracilipes, Fry (ante).

CYSTIGNATHID.E.

Hyla fenestrata, de Vis, Proc. Roy. Soc. Q'land., i., 1«84, p.
128 ( = Mixophyes fasciolatus, Giinther, fide Boulenger).

Limnodynastes lineatus, de Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,
ix., 1884, p. 65 ( = L. peroni, Dum. and Bibr., fide Boulenger).

Limnodynastes fletcheri, Boulenger, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6),
ii., 1888, p. 142.

Limnodynastes marmoratus, Lamb, Ann. Q'land. Mus. No. 10,
191 1, p. 28. Is probably identical with L. fletcheri, Boulenger.

Limnodynastes olivaceus, de Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
ix., 1884, p. 60.

Phanerotis fletcheri, Boulenger, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,
(2), v., 1890, p. 593.

Adefotns, Ogilby, Proc. Roy. Soc. Q'land., xx., 1907, p. 32 (for
Cryplotis, Giinther, preoccupied).

Crinia haswelli, Fletcher, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales (2),
a Hi., 1893, p. 522.

Crinia froggatti, Fletcher, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2),
vi., 1891, p. 275 (=C. laivis, Giinther, var. /roggalti,
Fletcher, fide Fletcher).

Crinia victoriana, Boulenger, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), ii.,
1888, p. 142.

A NEW GENUS OF ENGYSTOMATIDiE — FRY. 99

Crinia le.ai, Fletcher, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxii.,
1897, p. 677.

Chirole/>tes dahlii, Boulenger, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1895, p. 867,
pi. xlix., fit,'. 2 (=Phractops dahlii, Boulenger).

Jlilrolysis, Cope, Batr. N. Anier., 1889, p. 312 (for Chiroleptes
alboguttalus, Guntlier, = Phractops, Peters,?).

Philocryphus Jlavoguttatus, Fletcher, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales (2), viii., 1893, p. 233.

Heleioporus sudelli, Lamb, Ann. Q'land. Mus., No. 10, 1911,
p. 26,

Philoria Jrosti, Spencer, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict, (n.s.), xiii.,
1901, p. 176.

BUF0N1D.E.

Pseudophryne dendyi, Lucas, Proc. Boy. Soc. Vict, (n.s.),
iv., 1892, p. 62. Probably P. bibroni, Gunther.

Pseudopihryne semi-marmorata, Lucas, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict.
(n.s.), iv., 1892, p. 63 ( = P- bibroni, Gunther, fide
Fletcher).

HYLIDjE.

Hyla chloris, Boulenger, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales (2), vii.,
1892, p. 403 (=//. gracileida, Peters, var.).

Hyla luteiventris, Ogilby, Proc. Roy. Soc. Q'land., xx., 1907,
p. 31 (=H. gracilenta, Peters, var.).

Hyla gilleni, Spencer, Rep. Horn. Sci. Exp., pt. 2, 1896, p. 173,
pi. xv., figs. 14-17.

Hyla dayi, Gunther, Nov. Zool., iv., 1897, p. 406.

Hyla rotlu, de Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, ix., 1884,
p. 66 ( = H. peroiii, Bibron, wa.v.,fide Boulenger).

Hyla ewingi, Duni. and Bibr., var. orientalis, Fletcher, Proc.
Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxii., 1897, p. 670.

Hyla macidata, Spencer, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict, (n.s.), xiii.,
1901, p. 177.

100 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Fanchonia elegans, Werner, Zool. Anz., xvi., 1893, p. 82,.
(—77. aurea, Less., fide Werner).

Hyla vinosa, Lamb, Ann. Q'land. Mus., No. 10, 1911, p. 27.
This species appears to be founded on the typical Queens-
land form of 77. lesneuri, D. and B.

Hyla jyeninsulce, de Vis, Proc. Roy. Soc. Q'land., i., 1884,
p. 130 (=77. nasuta, Gray, fide Boulenger).

Hyla semoni, Boettger in Semon, Zool. Forsch., v., 189-1,
p. 112, pi. v., fig. 1. Probably H. nasuta, Gray.

Hyla irrorata, de Vis, Proc. Roy. Soc. Q'land., i., 1884, p. 128.

Boulenger8 says that H. irrorata "should be compared with
Hyla infratamiata, Giinth.", doubtless meaning H. infrafrenata,
Gunther. I am inclined to doubt the inference that H. irrorata
is synonymous with H. infrafrenata and would suggest its identity
with H. c&ruha, White. In some characters it agrees mote
closely with H. injrafrenata, and in others with H. ccerulea, but
the description is so short there will always be the shadow of doubt.
The vomerine teeth are stated by de Vis to be "in two small,
rather distant groups beliind the choanaa." In H. infrafrenata
they are between the choanse, and although hardly behind them
in H. cceridea, they are nearly so, being between the hinder
borders, and in some cases almost behind the level. In the
presence of a white mark behind the angle of the mouth it agrees
with 77. infrafrenata and differs from 77. cceridea, but in the
occurrence of irregular white spots on groin and upper surfaces it
possesses a character which is typically characteristic of 77.
co3rulea. The discs of the fingers are stated to be two-fiftlis the
tympanum. In this respect it differs considerably from both the
above species, but I am inclined to overlook this, for, being the
only serious difference it would not warrant this frog specific
distinction, and might only have arisen as a lapsus calami. The
main objection to regarding it as synonymous with 77. infra-
frenata is the difference in the position of the teeth and the fact
that this species is not recorded from Southern Queensland.
Taking the above facts into consideration, and also that the type
is lost, I would suggest that 77. irrorata be regarded as a synonym
of 77. cozrxdea.

8 Boulenger — Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, (v.), xvi., p. 3S7.

APPENDIX.

NOTES on the SKULL op AUSTROCHAPERINA
ROBUST A, Fry.

(Plate ix. and fig. 40).

With but a single badly preserved specimen at my disposal for
dissection, I have dealt at present with only the most important
of the osteological features, the skull. As my specimen has been
in weak spirits for the past thirty years the preparation has been
a difficult matter, and cartilaginous parts have been removed, the
cartilage being reduced to the consistency of jelly. This has,
however, resulted in only one serious deficiency, the removal of
the vomers, which lie attached ventrally to the cartilage of the
olfactory capsules. The vomers are therefore not figured in
situ.

As a result of the fine work of Prof. L. v. Mehely9 the osteology
of the Engystornatidae has been made a simple matter, and this
author has shown that in this family at least, the skull exhibits
good generic characters, and a striking range of variation.

Comparing the skull of Austrochaperina with that of Chaperhia
fusca, the typical species of the genus, figured by Prof. v. Mehely,
the most important differences appear to be : — in Austrochaperina
the nasals form a median suture, while in Chaperina they are
separated ; the palatine bones in Austrochaperina differ in having
a distinct ridge, and a well developed palatine plate which forms
a broad median suture with its fellow ; the pterygoid in Chaperina
is comparatively weak, while in Austrochaperina it is a strongly
developed, more twisted bone. Of lesser importance are the more
elongate frontoparietals and the smaller quadratomaxilla in
A ustrochaperina.

The foramen magnum viewed from behind is roughly oval,
slightly produced above. Viewed from above it is seen to be
oblique, facing slightly upwards, and concave between the
condyles.

9 Mehely — Termeszetrajzi Fiizetek., xxiv., 1901, pi. vi., figs. 4-5.

7

102 RECORDS OP THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

The exoccipitals (Plate ix., fig. 1, exoc.) are invisibly fused
with the prootics laterally and dorso-laterally. Ventrally they
are almost separated by a backward projection of the parasphenoid,
which bone also bounds them anteriorly on the ventral surface.
Dorsally they are almost separated by an endosteal rudiment of
the supraoccipital (PI. ix., fig. 1, so.). The occipital condyles
(oc. con.), are situated latero-inferiorly and have the smooth
articulating surfaces produced anteriorly on the ventral edge.
They are separated from one another by a space equal to one and
three-quarters their diameter. External to the condyles and
piercing their peduncle, is a large, single foramen for the passage
of the ninth and tenth nerves (iV. 9, 10).

The prootics (pro.) are fused with the exoccipitals and present
no sutures with these bones. Antero-mesially on the dorsal
surface they lie in contact with the frontoparietals, and are
covered ventrally by the lateral wings of the parasphenoid. The
auditory capsules are distinctly sculptured above, showing
externally the positions of the semi-circular canals. The anterior
semi-circular canal (PI. ix., fig. 1, a.s.c.) shows externally as a
rounded ridge lying in contact with the frontoparietal, and
directed backwards and inwards. It is directly continuous
behind with the posterior semi-circular canal (PI. ix., fig. 1, p.s.c),
which runs outwards, backwards and downwards. The horizontal
semi-circular canal (h.s.c.) runs above the fenestra ovalis, forming
the prominent lateral ridge of the capsule. The upper face of
the capsule is broader than the lower and bevels away to a
narrow base supported by the lateral wings of the parasphenoid,
so that none of the three foramina which pierce the prootic
laterally are visible from above. The foramen ovale (PI. ix.,
fig. 2, f.o.) is large, situated nearer the ventral surface than the
dorsal, and bordered above by the ridge formed by the horizontal
semi-circular canal. Anteriorly each prootic is pierced by a
single aperture for the transmission of the fifth and seventh
nerves (N. 5, 7).

The frontoparietals ( frp.) are considerably longer compared
with their total width than in Chaperina J'nsca, the respective
measurements being, Austrochaperina three-tifths as broad as
long, Chaperina six-sevenths as broad as long. The suture with
the nasal is shorter than in Chaperina, while the edge of the
nasal in contact with the ethmoid is of greater extent. Between
the two pairs of bones, nasals and frontoparietals, is a diamond-
shaped space enclosing part of the ethmoid. The fontanelles are
paired and separate. The frontal fontanelles (PI. ix., fig. l,J.fon.)

A NEW GENUS OP ENGYSTOMATIDiE — FRY. 103

are moderately large, and broader behind than in front ; the
parietal fontanelles (PI. ix., fig. I, p. fon.) are much smaller,
about one-quarter the size of the frontal, and are sub-circular
and more widely separated ; they are separated by half their
width from each other, and from the frontal fontanelles. Posterio-
laterally the frontoparietals project slightly on to the auditory
capsules, forming a small postorbital process, and then run back-
wards and inwards along the inner border of the anterior
semi-circular canal. Their posterior edge is raised slightly into a
bony ridge, and is produced into several weak upward projections.
In the inter-orbital region they project laterally and form a ridge
which terminates anteriorly on the ethmoid.

The nasals (na.) are thin, slightly bilobed, and strongly arcuate
bones. They form a median suture, thus differing from Ghaperina.
Their hinder edge though sinuate is transverse, which applies
also to the fronto- and ethmo-nasal sutures. In front the nasal
region is narrow and emarginate, and the bulging of the down-
turned nasal roofs gives a somewhat bilobate appearance to the
snout. The premaxillse are doubtfully visible from above. The
nasal is united by the cartilaginous sub-nasal lamina to the
maxillae and premaxilla?, which cartilage is pierced near the
nasal process of the premaxilla? by the nostril. This cartilage
is undifferentiated owing to the bad condition of the specimen
dissected, and the labial cartilages are lost. The nasal sends off
a spike posteriorly which rests on the outer third of the palatine.
The septum nasi (PI. ix., fig. 2, s.n.) is rather delicate.

The large parasphenoid (PI. ix., fig. 2, psph.) reaches practically
the limit of its development, underlying the whole of the basis
cranii, and auditory capsules. In a few respects this bone differs
from the same in Chaperina fusca. It forms a suture with the
palatines which in Chaperina underlie it ; the length is only nine-
elevenths as long as the greatest width, while in Chaperina it is
sixteen-seventeenths. It enlarges a little in the interorbital
region but narrows again slightly in front of the auditory capsules.
The posterior boi'der slants obliquely backwards from the lateral
otic extremity almost to the foramen magnum.

The "girdle-bone," sphenethmoid or ethmoid (eth.), is well
developed and bounds the whole of the anterior third of the
cranial box, but is visible externally only on the sides anterior
to the orbitosphenoid cartilage, dorso-laterally, and as a diamond-
shaped area situated between the nasals and the frontoparietals.
It projects anteriorly beyond the palatine expansions into the

i04 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUJL

olfactory region as two rounded prominences (a.p.e.). Situated
under the projecting dorsolateral ridge is a small aperture,
probably for the passage of the cerebral-carotid artery. The
ventral border projects posteriorly into the floor of the orbito-
sphenoidal region, thus differing from Ghaperina, in which the
postero- ventral edge is broadly emarginate

The palato-quadrate " bow " is very strong, and is stronger than
in Chaperina fusca. This applies more to the pterygoid and
suspensorial segments of the arch, the palatine element being of
much the same development.

The palatine bone (pal.) is nearly straight and sub-cylindrical ;
it is stouter and slightly arched towards the outer third of its
length. Mesially it broadens out into a large flat plate (PL ix.,
fig. 2, p. pi.) which forms a suture in the mid-line with its fellow,
and posteriorly with the parasphenoid. This last character, the
palatine plate is characteristic, and is not present in Chaperina
fusca. In that genus the palatine is not cylindrical but flattened,
and produced anteriorly into a process underlying the vomer,
which however could not be considered homologous with the
palatine plate. The ethmoidal segment or anterior third of the
palatine, is raised into a distinct keel, which does not continue to
the median suture of the plates. By the possession of this keel
it also differs from Chaperina fusca. The post-palatine segment
forms a suture with the pterygoid, and is supported by the
palatine lamina of the maxilla.

The pterygoid (pt.) is a large sigmoid bone, which attains a
greater development than in Chaperina fusca. Its anterior end
forms a suture with and lies over the palatine, while the rest of
the anterior third forms a long sinuate suture with the maxilla,
and is supported by the palatine lamina of that bone. The pedicle
branch is short and twisted. The posterior segment runs along
the inner and posterior side of the suspensorium. This bone is
compressed, and bears a dorsal and ventral ridge, giving it the
characteristic twisted appearance.

The paraquadrate, tympanic or squamosal (pqu.), is moderately
developed and well ossified. The main shaft is spatulate and
welded on to the suspensorium anteriorly. The otic process is
thin and curved with an angular posterior edge. The zygomatic
process (z. pr.) is somewhat irregular and slightly curved, being
directed forwards and inwards.

The quadrate (qu.) is stout, bears a rather small condyle, and
forms the core of the suspensorium. Seen from above it appears
wedged in between the distal half of the paraquadrate and the

A NKW GENUS OF KNGYSTOMATID.E — FRY.

105

pterygoid. Ventrally it forms the large mass of the suspensorium
anterior to the pterygoid. Anteriorly it is fused with the short
stout quadratomaxilla.

The quadratomaxilla or quadratojugal (qm), is short and stout,
more so than in Chaperina fusca, and forms an oblique suture
with the maxilla anteriorly, and is continuous with the quadrate
posteriorly. It is compressed and bears a ventral and dorsal
ridge which are continuous with the same ridges of the maxilla.

The maxilla (nix.) is very compressed and ribbon-like
posteriorly, but strengthens towards its junction with the
pterygoid. At this junction is given off on the inner side, the
palatine lamina (PI. ix., fig. 2, p.L). This plate is well developed
and is widest at its union with the same lamina of the pre-
maxilla. The maxilla is produced ventrally along its whole
length into a sharp, biting edge, while above, towards its anterior
end, is developed an incurving crest, which attains its greatest
height at a level with the hinder margin of the nasals. From
this point it slants forward, decreasing in size, to a blunt tip,
which overlies the posterior edge of the premaxilla.

The premaxillai (PI. ix., fig. 2, pmx.) are moderately developed.
The inner edge of the left lies slightly inside that of the right, and
the palatine lamina lies under the inner edge. This shingling of
the bones is continued
still further, for both
premaxi 11a laminae
underlie the same
elements of the
maxilla?. Each bears a
sharp biting edge vent-
rally, which is flush with
that of the maxilla.
The nasal process is
given off dorsally, and
runs upwards and
bends angularly out-
wards, reaching almost
to the nostril,

Fig. 40. A. Columella. B. Auditory opening,
tympanic membrane removed. C. Vomer,
dorsal and lateral view.

The vomers (fig. 40 c) are small twisted bones which lie
between the anterior process of the ethmoid (a.p.e.) and the
terminal portion of the palatine lamina of the maxilla. Owing
to the condition of the cartilage of the nasal floor, these bones
were removed and cannot be figured in situ.

106 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

The stapes is very large and hollow, and plainly visible from
above. It covers the foramen ovale, resembling the attachment
of a Limpet shell. Clamped to its apex is the saucer-shaped
proximal expansion of the columella. The columella (fig. 40 a,
col.) is long, straight and cylindrical. Proximally it extends into
a shallow saucer-shaped expansion which is applied to the stapes
dorsally. The columella is attached distally to a pedate,
cartilaginous extrastapedial (fig. 40, a and b, est.), which beats
dorsally a small suprastapedial bud (fig, 40, a and b, sst.). The
annulus tymp aniens (fig. 40 b, a.ty.) supports the tympanic
membrane, which rests on the pedate outer surface of the extra-
stapedial cartilage.

Note. — Since compiling the list on p. 98 I have received
Co-Types of Limnodynastes marmoratus, Lamb, and Heleioporus
sudelli, Lamb, and the Type of Hyla vinosa, Lamb. For this
privilege I am indebted to Dr. R. Hamlyn Harris, Director, and
Mr. H. A. Longman of the Queensland Museum. It is evident
that they all belong to known species.

Hyla vinosa, Lamb, is a varietal form of 11. lesueuri, D. tfc B.,
and should designate Queensland examples of this species.

Limnodyna$te8 marmoratus, Lamb, is identical with L.Jletcheri,
Boulenger.

Heleioporus sudelli, Lamb, cannot be specifically separated
from //. pictus, Peters, the only difference being the absence of a
black tip to tlie metatarsal tubercle.

OCCASIONAL NOTES.
I. DESCRIPTION of a NEW CICADA.

Recently, while collecting in the Dorrigo, Mr. R. J. Tillyard,
M.A., succeeded in capturing what proves to be a new Cicada.
This was submitted to Mr. Howard Ashton, who now describes
and figures it. R.E.

Division CICADATRARIA.

Sub-family GiEANiNiB.

Genus Tamasa, Distant.

Tamasa rainbowi, sp. nov.

(Fig. 41).

Similar in general appearance to T. tristigma, Germ., from
which it differs in the broader and more spotted tegmina.

Body. — Olivaceous green.

Head. — The head with lateral borders of front, region of
ocelli, and a line along margins of eyes, black.

Pronotum. — With double centre fascia, sub-obsolete except
with posterior portions, which are united, and incisions (faintly)
blackish.

Mesonotum. — With two obconical spots margined with black,
a double central longitudinal fascia, and four spots before anterior
angles and cruciform elevation black.

Abdomen. — With piceous markings on anterior borders of
first and second segments, a blotch of same colour on lateral
area of second segment, behind a patch of silvery tomentum on
first segment, a series of lateral spots on third, fourth, fifth and
sixth segments, and the whole of last segment piceous.

Body. — Beneath green, two longitudinal fasciae to front, central
fascia to clypeus, tip of rostrum, streaks to coxse and fore-femora,
margins and abdominal segments and anal segment piceous,

106b

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW CICADA.

Tegmina and Wings. — Hyaline, venation fuscous, darker
towards apices. Tegmina with anastomoses and apices of longi-
tudinal veins to apical areas all infuscated.

Fig. 41. T. rairibowi, Ashton.

Measurements. — Length of body, £, 24 mm.; 9, 23 mm.;
expanse of tegmina, J" and 9, 81 mm.

Hab. — Dorrigo. Two specimens, £ and 9 in Australian
Museum.

Howard Ashton.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

T.«NIA TDBEKCULATA, Krefft ( = DjPLOPOSTHE L^VIS, BcbtSCh).

Fig. 1. Segment showing genitalia, etc. (seen from the dorsal side).
,, 2. Transverse section of ripe segment showing uterus, muscu-
lature, etc.

REG. AUSTR. MUS, VOL. IX
II

I'l.VIK I.

W, A. BIRMINGHAM, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

TAENIA FLAVESCENS, Krefft ( = DlORCHIS FLAVESCENS, Krefft).

Fig. 1. Scolex— rostellum protracted.

2. Scolex — rostellum retracted.

3. Hooks from rostellum.

4. Sketch showing part of excretory vessels.

5. Segment showing male genitalia (ventral view).

6. Segment showing male genitalia (dorsal view).

7. Segment showing female genitalia.

8. Part of transverse section of mature segment.

All figures except 3, 4, and 8, have been drawn to the same scale.

REC. A is lit. MI'S., VOL. IX.

Plate II

W. A. BIRMINGHAM, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

T.enia bairdii, Kreffl { = Hymenolepis collaris, Batsch).

Figs. 1, 2, 3, Showing shape of segments in different parts of the

strobila.
Fig. 3. Segments showing young genitalia.
,, 4. Transverse section of mature segment.

Figs. 1, 2, and 3, are drawn from Krefft's type material.

rkc a rs lit. Mrs, vol. ix.

Plate III.

\V. A. BIRMINGHAM, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

T^fnia rugosa, Krefft ( = Acoleus hedleyi, Johnston).

Fig. 1. Anterior end of strobila.
,, 2. Segments viewed from dorsal surface — showing anatomy.
,, 3. Hook from cirrus.
,, 4. Portion of transverse section of segment— passing through

genital pore.
,, 5. Transverse section of part of body wall — showing musculature.

REC. AISTK. MIS., VOL IX

Plate IV

W. A. BIRMINGHAM, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

T/ENIA OORONATA. Krefft ( = Gy1!OC(ELIA AUSTRALIENSIS, Jo/lTlStOv).

Fig. 1. Young segments showing genitalia, etc.

2. Segments showing fairly mature uterus.

3. Mature cirrus sac.

4. Cirrus sac with everted cirrus.

Figs. 5 and (5. Transverse sections of mature segment.

REC. Al'sru MUS., VOL IX.

Plate \

W. A. BIRMiXCHAM del

EXPLANATION OF 'PLATE VI.

Taenia ctlindrica, Krefft ( = Hymenolepi:> megalops, Nitzsch).

4

Fig. 1. Scolex.

Figs. 2 and 3. Segments showing anatomy (No. 2 from one of Krefft's

specimens).
Fig. 4. Segments showing mature uterus.
5. Egg.

REG. AUSTR. MI'S.. VOL. IX

Plate VI

VV. A. BIRMINGHAM, del

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Arunta flara $, Ashton.
2. „ „ ?, ,,

,, 3. Lembeja australis J, Ashton.

,, 4. Larrakerya pallida, $ , Ashton.

,, 5. Mdampsalta viridicincta cf > Ashton.

REC. A.USTR. Ml^S., VOL. IX.

1'LATE VII.

H. BARNES, Juur , Photo.,
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATK VIII.

1. Ait8trochaperina gracilipes, Fry. Under surface,
la. ,, ,, ,, Upper surface.
lb. ,, ,, ,, Right hand.

2. Austrochaperina robusta, Fry, var. B.

"?a. ,, ,, ,, var. A. Mouth.

•21). ,, ,, ,, var. B. Right foot.

KEC. AUSTR. Mis., Vol,. |\.

Plate VI 1 1.

T> R PRY He!

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Fig.

A, Austrochaperina robusta, Fry. Dorsal view of skull.

B. ,, ,, ,, Ventral view of skull.

a.p.e. Anterior process of the ethmoid.

a.s.c. Anterior semicircular canal.

eth. Ethmoid.

exoc. Exoccipital.

f. fon. Frontal fontanelle.

f.o. Foramen ovale.

fr.p Frontoparietal.

h.s.c. Horizontal semicircular canal.

mx. Maxilla.

N.5.7- Foramen for fifth and seventh nerves.

N.9.10. Foramen for ninth and tenth nerves.

na. Nasal.

oc. con. Occipital condyle.

p, Jon. Parietal fontanelles.

p.l. Palatine lamina of maxilla.

pmx. Premaxilla

p. pi. Palatine plate.

p.s.c. Posterior semicircular canal.

pal. Palatine.

pqu. Paraquadrate.

pro. Prootio.

psph. Parasphenoid.

pt. Pterygoid.

qm. Quadratomaxilla.

qu. Quadrate.

s. n. Septum nasi.

so. Supraoccipital rudiment.

z.pr. Zygomatic process of paraquadrate.

KEC. AUSTH. MI'S., VOL. IX

*4

Plate IX.

*0n

OC. CON.

%

NA.

S.N.

MX.

A.P.E.

QM.
QU.«

I). II. PRY. del.

OC. CON.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN A R A N Kl I >/E.
T.\ W. J. Rainbow, F.L.S., F. F.S., Entomologist.

This is tlic first Catalogue of Australian Araneidse yet issued.
It contains the enumeration of about 1,200 species, spread over
285 genera and 24 families. In addition to the species listed in
the following pages, many new forms, at present in the hands of
different collectors, await description. Considering what a vast
area of this island continent has not yet been systematically
"collected," it is not possible to forecast the number of species
that must ultimately be made known, especially when we consider
the fantastically rich areas in the Northern Rivers Districts of
N. S. Wales, the tropical hinterland of Northern Queensland,
and what is known as " The Northern Territory." And to these
zones must be added those of Gippslandand of Western Australia.

The systematic arrangement of this Census is based on Simon's
" Histoire Naturelle des Araignees," by the assistance of which
many generic corrections — especially in the family Sal tic id se —
have been made. It may, therefore, be assumed that our genera
have now been placed on a fair basis. A few changes of specific
names have been made owing to the occurrence of preoccupied
terms.

THE TERRITELARI^.

Family AVICULARID^E.

Subfamily ACTINOPODIN/E.

Genus Eriodon, Lair.

(=Missulena, Walck.; Pachyloscelis, Lucas; Sphodros, Walck. ;
Closterochilus et Theragreles, Auss.)

Obs. — Hogg remarks that '; the specimen on which Latreille
founded this genus was probably the first spider brought from
Australia to Europe."1

For Notes on the Nesting Habits of the Territelariae, see my
paper. "

Eriodon crassum, 0. P. Camhr.

Eriodon crassum, 0. P. Cambr., Journ. Linn. Soc, Zool., x., 1 S6S,
p. 269.

1 Hogg— Proc. Zool. Soc, 1891, p. 219.
- Rainbow— Bee. Austr. Mus., iv., 1, 1901, p. 5, etseq.
8

108 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Eriodon crassum, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i , 1873, p. 456
Eriodon crassum, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 222.
Hab. — Swan River, W. Australia.

Eriodon formidabile, 0. P. Cambr.

Eriodon formidabile, O. P. Cambr., Journ. Linn. Soc, Zool., x.,

1868, p. 266.
Eriodon formidabile, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., 1873, i.,

p. 454.
Eriodon formidabile, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 222; op. at.,
ii., 1902, p. 121 (footnote).
Hab. — Swan Hill (River Murray), Victoria.
Obs. — There is a mutilated specimen in the National Museum
of Victoria, Melbourne, which Mr. H. R. Hogg attributes to this
species.

Eriodon granulosum, 0. P. Cambr.

Eriodon granulosum, O. P. Cambr., Journ. Linn. Soc, Zool., x.,

1868, p. 268.
Eriodon granulosum, L. Koch., Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,

p. 455.
Eriodon granulosum, Hogg, Proc Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 222.
Hab. — Swan River, W. Australia.

Eriodon incertum, 0. P. Cambr.

Eriodon incertum, O. P. Cambr., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xix., 4,

1877, p. 30.
Eriodon incertum, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 224, tigs. 22,
a, b.
Nab. — Swan River, W. Australia.

Eriodon insigne, 0. P. Cambr.

Eriodon insigne, O. P. Cambr., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xix., 4,

1877, p. 29.
Eriodon insigne, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 223, figs.21,«,6.
Hab. — Swan River, W. Australia : Dimboola, Victoria.

Eriodon nigripks, Lucas.

Pachyloscelis nigripes, Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, iii., 1834,
p. 364, pi. vii., figs. 1 and 2.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEID^E — RAINBOW. 109

Sphodros abboti, Walck., Ins. Apt., i., 1837, p. 243.
Eriodon uiyripes, Simon, Hist. Nat. des. Araign., i., L892, p. 81.
Eriodou uiyripes, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 227.
Hub. — A ust ral ia.

Obs. — Lucas described this species from Brazil, but Simon, who
has examined the type, thinks this a mistake, as he finds it to be
a £ Eriodon. The same author has also ascertained that Walck-
enaer used the same specimen as the type of his Sphodros abboti.
For further observations upon this species, see Mr. H. R. Hogg's
remarks in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London
as quoted above.

Eriodon rubrocapitatum, Auss.

Eriodon rubrocapitatum, Auss., Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, xxv.,
1875, p. 140, pi. v., figs. 1-4.

Eriodon semicoccineum, Simon in Semon, Zool. Forsch. Austr.

Malay Archipel., 1896, Lief. 8, p. 343.
Actiuopus formosus, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxi.,

. 1896, p. 328, pi. xx.; loc. cit., xxii., 1897, p. 253.
Eriodon rubrocapitatum, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 226,

fig. 23a and 1 tig. 236.
Eriodon semicoccineum, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 228.
Eriodon rubrocapitatum, Rainbow, Rec Austr. Mus., v., 1,

1903. p. 64, tig. 6.

Hab. — Northern, Eastern, and Western Australia.
Eriodon occatorium, Walck.

Missidena occatoria, Walck., Tah. des Aran., 1805, p. 8, pi. 2,

figs. 11-14 ; id., Ins. Apt., 1837, i., p. 252.
Eriodon occatorium, Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, v., ser. 4,

18«5, p. 309, pi. 8.

Eriodon occatorium, L. Koch , Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873

p. 457.
Eriodon occatorium, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 220.
Eriodon occatoriuui, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 1, 1903, p. 63

tig. 5.

Missu/ena (Eriodon) occatoria, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1 90S, p.335,
tigs. a-b.

Hab. — Eastern, Southern, and Western Australia.

Obs. — This species is the type of the genu.-,.

J 10 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Subfamily MIGIX.K.
Genvs Migas, L. Koch.

IMlGAS PARADOXUS, L. Kocll.

Migas paradoxus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873, p. 467,

tab. 36, fig. 1.
Migas paradoxus, Hogg, Report Horn Expl. Exp., ii., 1896,

Zoology, p. 334; P.oc. Zool Soc, 1901, p. 228.
Migas ]iaradoxns, Rainbow, Rec Austr. Mus., i\\, 1, 1901, p. 6.

Hab. — New Zealand : Palm Creek, Central Australia(?).

Obs. — M. paradoxus is the type of the genus. It is very
doubtful if it occurs in Australia at all. For notes on tliis side
of the subject, see Rainbow as above quoted, and Hogg in Pro-
ceedings of the Zoological Society of London for 1901.

Genus Heteromigas, Hogg.
Heteromigas dovei, Hogg.

Heteromigas dovei, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1902, p. 123, figs,
a, b.
Hab. — Table Top, North Coast of Tasmania.
Obs — This is the type species of the genus.

Subfamily CTENIZIN/E.

Genus Conothele, Thor.

Conothele malayana, Dol.

Cteniza malayana, Dol., Tweed'e Bijdr., 1859, p. 5, tab. vi., figs.

8, 8ffl, 86, 8c.
Conothele malayana, Rainbow, Austr. Nat., i., 6, 1907, p. 76.

Hab. — Malayana, Papua, Port Darwin, N. Territory.

Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Tdiosoma, Auss.

Obs. — Idiosoma sigillatum, O. P. Cambr., is tin- type species of

this genus.

Idiosoma sigillatum, 0. P. Cambr.

Idiops sigiUatus, O. P. Cambr., Pn>r. Zool. Soc, 1870, p. I05-,

pi. viii., tig. 2.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEID.S2 — RAINBOW. Ill

Aoantkodon sigillatum, O. I*. Cambr., Hist. Nat. des Araign., i.,

1892, p. 91.
fdiosoma sigillatum, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xix. (6),

1897, p. 109.
fdiops sigillatus, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 1, p. 7.
Acanthodon sigillatum, Rainbow, op. cit.
Idiosoma sigillatum, Hogg, Proc. Zool Soc, 1901, p. 230.
I lab. — Perth and Swan River, W. Australia.
Obs. — This species is the type of the genus.

Genus Aganippe, 0. P. Cambr.
(= Eucyrtops, Pocock).

Aganippe subtristis, 0. P. Cambr.

Aganippe subtristis, O. P. Cambr., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xix. (4),

1897, p. 28, pi. vi., fig. 3.
Aganippe subtristis, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xix. (6), p. 112.

Aganippe subtristis, Hogg, Proc. Zool. S )C, 1901, p. 231; loc. cit.,
ii., 1902, p. 126.
Hab. — Adelaide, 8. Australia.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Aganippe latior, 0. P. Cambr.

Aganippe latior, O. P. Cambr., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xix. (4),

1877, p.- 29, pi. vi., fig. 4.
Eucyrtops latior, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xix. (6), 1897,

p. 113.
Eucyrtops latior, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 232.
Hab. — Western Australia.

Aganippe occidentals, Hogg.

Aganippe occidentalis, Hogg, Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist., xi.(7), 1903,
p. 309, tigs, a, b, p. 310, figs, a, b.
Hub. — Roeburn, N. W. Australia.

Aganippe pulleinei, Hogg.

Aganippe pulleinei, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1902, p. 128, figs.
a, b, c.
Hab. — Blakiston an i Hallett's Cove, S. Australia.

112 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Aganippe smeatoni, Hogg.

Aganippe smeatoni, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, ii., 1902, p. 126, figs.

a, b, c.
Aganippe smeatoni, Simon, Hist. Nat. cles Araign., ii., 1897(1903),

p. 903.
Hab. — Blakiston, S. Australia.

Genus Anidiops, Pocock.
Anidiops manstridgei, Pocock.

Anidiops manstridgei, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xix. (6), .

1897, p. 114.
Anidiops manstridgei, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 231.

Hab — Lawlers, East Murcbison Goldfields, W. Australia.

Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Blakistonia, Hogg.

Blakistonia aurea, Hogg.

Blakistonia aurea, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1902, p. 132, pi. xiii.,
figs. 1, 2, and text-figs. 256-e.
Hab. — -Adelaide, Blakiston, and Mt. Lofty Ranges, S Australia.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Arbanitis, L. Koch.

{—Vholenon, L. Koch, nom. prceocc).

Arbanitis longipes, L. Koch.

Pholeuon longipes, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1874, pp.

472 and 491, tab. xxxvi., figs. 3, 3a-3c.
Arbanitis longipes, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 236.
Arbanitis longipes, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 1, 1901, p. 7,

Hab. — LJowen, N. Queensland.

Obs. — This is the type species.

Arbanitis maculipes, Hogg.

Arbanitis maculipes, Hogg, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xi. (7), 1903,
p. 311, figs, a, h.

Hab, — Tasmania.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANKID.K — RAINBOW. 113

Genus Cantuaria, I logy.
(=Maoriana, Hogg, nom. proeocc).
Obs. — Cantuaria dendyi, J logg, is the type species of this genus.

Cantuaria hoggi, Simon.

Cantuaria ho(/gi, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 361.
Hah. — Eradu, W. Australia.

Genus Cantuarides, Strand,

Cantuaridks exsiccatus, Strand.

Cantuarides exsiccatus, Strand, Jahr. Ver. Natk., 1897, p. 8.
Hah. — Central Australia.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Proshermacha, Simon.

Proshermacha subarmata, Simon.

Proshermacha subarmata, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i.,
1908, p. 364.
llab. — W, Australia.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Proshermacha tigrina, Simon.

Proshermacha tigrina, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 363.
Hab. — W. Australia.

Genus Dyarcyops, Hogy.
Dyarcyops andrewsi, Hogg,

Darcyops andrewsi, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1902, p. 130, pi. xiii.,
tig. 10 and text-fig. 25a.
Hob. — Mt. Compass, S. Australia.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Dyarcyops biroi, Kulcz.

Dyarcyops birdi, Kulcz., Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., vi., 1908, p. 435
llab. — Mt. Victoria, Blue Mountains, N. S. Wales.

114 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Subfamily BARYCHELIN.E.

Genus Idiommata, Auss.

In 1888,3 Simon proposed Encyocrypta as a genus of this sub-
family, his type being E. meleagris, Sim., a New Caledonian
species, but in 18924 he sank it as a synonym of Idiommata. In
1895 Pocock, in examining a male of I. blackwalli, O. P. Cambr.,
discovered that it possessed a Wood-Mason's stridulating organ
which no species of Encyocrypta has. For the reason herein
stated, he re-characterised Encyocrypta, and in 1901, Hogg,5 in his
"Australian and New Zealand Spiders of the suborder Mygalo-
morphaz" catalogues both genera as branches of our fauna, until,
at any rate, more specimens (males and females) shall have been
examined to see how far they agree respectively with those of /.
blackwalli, 0. P. Cambr. In so far as the two genera under
discussion are concerned, I follow Pocock and Hogg.

Idiommata blackwalli, 0. P. Cambr.

Idiops blackwalli, O. P. Cambr., Proc. Zool. Soc, 1870, p. 154,

pi. \ iii., fig. 5.
Idiommata blackwalli, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xvi. (6),

1895, p. 225.
Idiommata blackwalli, Auss., Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. Wien., xxw,

1875, p 164.
Idiommata blackwalli, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 240.
Hab. — Swan River, W. Australia.
Obs. — This species is the type of the genus.

Idiommata, sp.?

Idiommata, sp.1?, Simon, Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908, p. 365.

Hob. — Mundaring Wier, Darling Ranges, \V. Australia.

Obs. — Simon says this species is similar to /. blackwalli (supra).

Genus Encyocrypta, Simon.

Obs. — Encyocrypta meleagris, Simon, is the type species of this
genus.

8 Simon — Ann. Soc. Ent. Prance, 1SS8, p. '247.

4 Pocock— Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xvi. (6), 1895, p. 225.

5 Hogg— Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, up. 239 240.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANElD^i — RAINBOW. 1 1 5

Encyocrypta FULIGINATA, Thor.

Idiommata fuliginata^ Tlior., Ann. Mus. Gen., xvii, 1881, p. 243.
Encyocrypta fuliginata, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Hoc, 1901, p. 241.
Hub. — Cape York.

Encyocrypta fusca, L. Koch.

Tdiommata fnsca, L. Kocli, Die Aracli. ties Austr., i., 1873, p. 478,

tab. xxxvii., figs. 1, la, 16.
iEncyocrypta fusca, Hogg, Proc, Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 241.
I fah. — Rockhampton, Queensland.

Encyocrypta reticulata, L. Koch.

Idiommata reticulata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,

p, 474, tab. xxxvi., figs. 4, 4a, 4b, and 5, ba-bc.
Encyocrypta reticulata, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xvi. (6),

1895, p. 225.
JSncyocrypta reticulata, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 240.
Nab. — Port Mackay, Rockhampton, and Sydney.

Genus Trittame, L. Koch.

Trittame gracilis, L. Koch.

Trittame gracilis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,

p. 482, tab. xxxvii., figs. 2, 2a, 2b.
Trittame gracilis, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 241.

Hab. — Bowen, Queensland.

Obs. — This is the type of the genus. It is interesting to note
that no specimen has been recorded since the one described by L.
Koch.

Genus Idioctis, L. Koch.

Obs. — The type of this genus is /. helva, L. Koch., originally
recorded from Ovalau, Fiji. In 1896, Hoggt; included the name
of this species amongst those collected by the Horn Exploring
Expedition. In 1901, in one of my papers on "Notes on the
Architecture, Nesting-habits, and Life-Histories of Australian
Araneidae,''7 I questioned the accuracy of this determination.
Shortly after the publication of my paper, my esteemed friend

« Hogg— Report Horn Explor. Expd., ii, 1896, Zool., pp. 312 and 335.
7 Rainbow— Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 1, 1901, p. 10.

116 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

and correspondent, having had access to authenticated specimens8
of /. helva in the British Museum, and having compared Palm
Creek specimens with those from Fiji, came to the conclusion that
Cential Australian examples were distinct, and he therefore
described them as /. palmarum.

Idioctis palmarum, Hogg.

Idioctis palmarum, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1901, p. 242, 9 figs. 26
a aud c.
Hob. — Palm Creek, Central Australia.

Genus Synothele, Simon.

Synothele michaelseni, Simon.

Synothele michaelseni, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., i.,1908,
p. 364.
Hob. — Lion Mill, W. Australia.
Obs. — This species is the type of the genus.

. Subfamily AVICULARIN/E.

Genus Ischnocolus, Auss.

Obs. — Ausserer's species, /. holosericeus, is the type of this-
genus.

Ischnocolus lucubrans, L. Koch.

Ischnocolus lucubrans, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1874,

p. 487, tal). xxxvii., figs. 4, 4a.
Ischnocolus lucubrans, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc ., 1901, p. 244.

Hob. — Port Mackay, N. Queensland,

Obs. — Of this species, Hogg (supra) says : — " Herr Koch's type
of this species is not available. I leave the record as it stands,
but the presence of the genus in Australia requires confirmation."

Genus Selenocosmia, Auss.
( — Phriclus, L. Koch, nom, prceocc; Phlogius, Simon).
Obs. — The type of this genus is S. javanensis, Walck.

s Hogg— Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 242.

9 Hogg— Loc. <-if., text-tig. 266, /. helva, from an example in the
Keyserling Collection.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN A U.\ NKI D.K RAINBOW. 1 17

Selenocosmia CRASSIPBS, L. Koch.

Phrictus crassipes', L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., L874,

p. 190, tab. xxxvii., tigs. 5, 5a.
Phlogius crassipes, Simon, Hull. Sue. Eut. France, vii. (G), 1887,

p. exev.; Hist. Nat. des Araign., 1, 1892, p. 146.
Phrictus crassipes, Hogg, Rep. Horn. Expl. Exped., ii., 189G,

Zoology, pp. 309 and 313.
Phlogius crassipes, Spencer, Rep. Horn. Expl. Exped., ii., 1896,

Zoology, p. 412, pi. 28.
Phlogius crassipes, Rainbow, Ree. Austr. Mus., iv., 1, 1901, p. 11.
Selenocosmia crassipes, Hogg, Proc Zool. Soc., 1901, p. 245.
Hab. — Australia (widely distributed) and New Guinea.

Selenocosmia stalkeri, Hirst.

Selenocosmia stalkeri, Hirst, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xix. (7), 1907,
p. 522.
Hab. — S. Australia.

Selenocosmia stirlingi, Hogg.

Selenocosmia stirlingi, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 245,
text-tig. 27.
Hab. — South and West Australia.

Selenocosmia strenua, Thor.

Selenocosmia strenua, Thor., Ann. Mus. Genova, xvii., 1881,

p. 253.
Selenocosmia strenua, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 246.
Hab. — Somerset, Cape York, and New Guinea.

Selenocosmia subvulpina, Strand.

Selenocosmia subvulpina, Strand, Zietsch. f. Naturw., 1907, p. 83.
Hab. — Queensland.

Selenocosmia vulpina, Hogg.

Selenocosmia vulpina, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p 246, text-
fig. 28.

Hab. — Cape Upstart, near Bowen, Queensland.

Obs. — Hogg remarks, at the foot of his diagnosis of this species,
that "coming from the same neighbourhood, tins may prove to>
be the male (unknown) of Ii. Koch's S. crassipes.

118 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Genus Selenotholus, Hogg.

Selenotholus foelschei, Hogg.

Selenotholus foelschei, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1902, p. 13-4, fig. 26.
Hah. — Palrnerston, Northern Territory.
Obs. — This species is the type of the genus.

Genus Selenotypus, Pocock,

Selenotypus plumipes, Pocock.

Selenotypus plitmi pes, Pocock, Ann, Mag Nat. Hist., xv.(6), 1895,

p. 17G.
Selenotypus plumipes, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 249, fig. 29.

Hob. — Major's Creek, Townsville, Queensland.

Obs. — This, the largest of our Australian Spiders, is the type
of its genus. Hogg gives its total length measurement of 59 mm.

Subfamily MPLURI1SLE.

Genus Aname, L. Koch.

Obs. — This genus was sunk by Simon10 as a synonym of
Brachythele, Auss,, but it was afterwards rehabilitated by Hogg1 1.
Later, Simon, in the Supplement1 ~ to his great work, accepted
the decision of Hogg, and concurred in the re-establishment of
L. Koch's genus. The confusion of Aname and Brachythele13 was
due to the incomplete definition of the former by its author. The
type of the genus is Aname pallida, L, Koch.

Aname arborea, Hogg.

Aname arborea, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 254, fig. 31.
Hab. — Macedon, Victoria.

Aname grisea, Hogg.

Aname grisea, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, 252, fig. 30.
Hab. — Macedon, Victoria.

10 Simon— Hist. Nat. Araign., 1902, p. 180.

11 Hogg— Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 251.

ia Simon— Loc. cit., ii., 1897 (1903), p. 965.

11 Rainbow — Rec. Austr. Mus., [v., 1, 1901, p. 12.

A CKNSUS OF AUSTRALIAN \ i: \ \i;i n.K — RAINBOW. 110

A.NAMB MINOR, Klllcz.

Aname minor, Kulcz , Ann. Mus. NTat. Hunt,'., vi.; 100S, p. 4f>7.
Hub. — -Mt. Victoria, Blue Mountains, N.S. Wales.

Aname pallida, L. Koch.

Aname pallida, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873, p. 46:"),
tab. xxxv., (igs. 8 and 8a.

Aname pallida, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1001, p. 252.

Hah. — Bowen, Queensland.

Obs. — This species was described by L. Koch from a newly-
moulted spider, hence the specific name, although it must stand,,
is not appropriate.

Aname pellucida, Hoyy.

Aname pellucida, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1001, p. 255, fig. 32.
Nab. — .Macedon, Victoria.

Aname tasmanica, Hoyy.

Aname tasmanica, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1002, p. 140, pi. xiii.,
fig. 12.
Hah. — Table Cape, North Coast of Tasmania.

Genus Brachythele, Auss.
Obs. — B. icteria, C. Koch, is the type of this genus.

Brachythele platipus, Auss.

Brachythele platipns, Auss., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien , 1875,

p. 150.
Brachythele platipus, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1001, p. 257.

Hab. — Australia.

Obs. — B. platipus was desciibeJ by Aasserer from a cepha-
lothorax only. The locality given was New Holland.

Genus Chenistonia, Hogy.
Obs. — Chenistonia maculata, Hogg, is the type of this genus.

Chenistonia maculata, Hoyy.

Chenis'onia maculata, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1001. p. 262,.
fig. 35.
//n//. — -Macedon, Victoria.

120 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Chenistonia major, Hogg.

-Chenistonia major, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 263, tig. 36.
Hab. — Upper Macedon, Victoria.

Chenistonia tepperi, Hogg.

Chenistonia tepperi, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1902, p. 137, pi. xiii.,
tig. 13.
Hab — Ardrossan, Kangaroo Is., Buruside, and Blakiston, S.
Australia.

Genus Dekana, Hogg.

Dekana diversicolor, Hogg.

Deaana diversicolor, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1902, p. 138. fig. 27.
llab. — Deka Station, near Blackball, Victoria.
Obs. — This is the type species of tlie genus.

Genus Macrothele, Auss.

Obs — Macrothele calpetana, Walck., is the type species of this
genus.

Macrothele aculeata, Urquhart.

Macrothele aculeata, Urquhart, Proc. Roy. Soc Tasm., 1893, p. di.
Hab. — Tasmania.

Genus Ixamatus, Simon.

(=Ixalus, L. Koch, noni. praiocc. ; Haplothele, H. Lenz, ad part).

Obs. — /. varius, L. Koch, is the type of the genus.

Obs.— This genus was sunk by Simon14, and afterwards
re-habilitated by Hogg15. Simon also acquiesced in its restora-
tion 1 6

Ixamatus broomi, Hogg.

Ixamatus broomi, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 260, fig. 34.
Hab.— Hillgrove, N. S. Wales.

Ixamatus GREGORII, Hogg.

Ixamatus gregorii, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 258, fig. 33.
//'/I). — M;i.-i don, Victoria.

" Sim. .n lli.st. Nat. Araign., I, 1S92, p. 180.
1 • Bogg— Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 257.
"■ Simon— Loc. >•'<>.. ii., 1897 (I903J, p. 967.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEIDJB— RAINBOW. 121

IxAMATUS VAKIUS, L. Koch.

fxamatus varius, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.', i., 1ST -' > p.

4G9, tab. xxxvi., tigs. 2, 2a-2c.
Ixamatus varius, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 258.
Hub. — Bowen, Queensland.

Genus Stenygrocercus, Simon.

(=Macrothele, Simon (ad part), silvicola).
Obs. — Stenygrocercus silvicola, Simon, is the type of its genus.

Stknygrocehcus broomi, Hogg.

Stenygrocercus broomi, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 270, fig. 38.
Hab.~ Hillgrove, N.S. Wales.

Genus Atrax, 0. P. Cambr.
Obs. — Atrax robustus, O. P. Cambr., is the type of this genus.

Atrax modesta, Simon.

Atrax modesta, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, x., 1891, p. 302.
Atrax modesta, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 274.
Hab. — Melbourne, Victoria.

Atrax robustus, O. P. Cambr.

Atrax robustus, O. P. Cambr., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xix. (4), 187 7,
p. 26, pi. vi., tig. 1.

Atrax robustus, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, x , 1891, p. 301.

Atrax robustus, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 273, tig. 39.

Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Genus Hadronyche, L. Koch.
Hadronyche cerberea, L. Koch.

Hadronyche cerberea, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,
p. 463, tab. xxxv., tigs. 6, 6u, 6b, 6c.

Hadronyche cerberea, Hogg, Proc Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 274, fig. 40.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.
Obs. — This species is the type of the genus.

122 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM'.

Genus Palaevagrus, Simon.
Palaevagrus fugax, Simon.
Palaevagrus fugax, Simon, Fauna Sud-west Austr., 1, 1908, p. 365.
Ifab. — Geraldton and Lion Mill, W. Australia.
Obs. — This species forms the type of its genus

THE CRIBELLAT.ffi.

Family HYPOCHILlDiE.

Obs. — For notes on the nests and nesting habits, see my
papers. l 7

Genus Ectatosticta, Simon.

Obs. — Only two species are known in this genus, one of which,
the type, E. davidi, Simon, occurs in China, and the other, E.
troglodytes, Higg. & Pett., in Tasmania.

Ectatostica troglodytes, Higg. & Pett.

Theridion troglodytes, Higg. & Pett., Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm,, 1883r

p. 191.
Ectatostica australis, Simon, Bull. Ent. Soc. France, 1902, p. 240.
Ectatostica australis, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., v , 5, 1904-,.

p. 326, et seq., pi. xlvi., figs. 1-4.
Ectatostica troglodytes, Rainbow, loc. cit.
I lab. — Tasmania.

Family ULOBORID^.

Subfamily ULOBORIN.E.

Genus Dinopis, Macl ' .

Obs. — Dinopis lamia, Macl., is the type species of this genus.

Dinopis BICORKIS, L. Koch.

Dinopis bicornis, L. Koch, Die A rack des Austr., ii., 1879, p. 1049.
Dinopis bicomis, Rainbow, Reo. .Austr. Mua., iv., 3, L901,p.l38.

Hub. — New South W'alo. ( 'oni nioii around Sydney.

i7Rainbow— R«!l\ An-ii. Mus.. iv. ). 1901, p. l:!5e( seq., figs. 15, 16,
and 17; op. cit., vi., 5, 1907, p. ->'"s> fig- 54-

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN AKANK1D/E — KAINHOW. L23

DlNOPIS FASCIATUS, L. Koch.

Dinopis fasciatus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Anstr., ii., L879,

|>. 1045, tab. xcii., figs. 1 and 2.
Dinopis Jasciatus, Rainbow, Ilea Austr. Mus., iv., 3, p. 138.
/lab. — Bovven and Gayndah, Queensland.

Dinopis ravidus, L. Koch.

Dinopis ravidus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1871', |>.
1041, tab. xci., figs. 3, 3a-3c.
I lab. — Gayndah, Queensland.

Dinopis subrufus, L. Koch.

Dinopis subrufus. L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1879, p.

1039, tab." xci., fig. 2.
Dinopis subrufus, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 3, 1901, p. 138.
Ilab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Dinopis tabidus, L. Koch.

Dinopis tabidus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1879, p. 1047,
tab. xcii., fig. 3.
Ilab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Dinopis unicolor, L. Koch.

Dinopis unicolor, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1879, p. 1043,
tab. xci., fig. 4.
Hab.— King George Sound, W. Australia.

Dinopis schomburgki, Karsch.

Dinopis schomburgki, Karsch, Zeit. ges. Naturw., iii. (3), 1878,
p. 332.
Ilab. — Adelaide, S. Australia.

Genus Menneus, Simon.
{=Avella, O. P. Cambr.).

Obs. — Menneus tetragnathoides, Simon, is the type species of
tliis genus.

Menneus angulata, L. Koch.

Menneus angulata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 187£,
p. 1037,' tab. xci., figs. 1, la, lb.
/lab. — Rock ha mp ton, Queensland.

124 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Menneus despiciens, 0. P. Cambr.

Avella despiciens, O. P. Cambr., Proc. Zool. Soc, 1877, p. 574,

pi. lvii.. fig. 10.
Avella despiciens, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1879, p. 1033, tab.

xc, figs. 5, 5a. 56.
Hob. — N. Queensland to N. S. Wales.

Menneus superciliosus, Thor.

Avella superciliosa, Thor., Ann. Mus. Genova., xvii., 1881, p. 200.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Menneus unipasciata, L. Koch.

Avella unifasciata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1879, p.
1035, tab. xc, figs. 6, 6a.
Hab.— -Sydney, N. S. Wales.

Genus Uloborus, Latr.

= 0rithi/ia, Black w.; Philopouus, Thor. ; Ariston, O. P. Cambr.).
Obs. — U. walckenaerius, Latr., is the type species of this genus.

Uloborus barbipes, L. Koch.

Uloborus barbipes, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 229,

tab. xix., figs. 9 and 9 a.
Uloborus barbipes, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 3, p. 138.
Hab. — Port Mackay, Queensland.

Uloborus canus, Mad.

Uloborus canus, Mack, King's Survey of lntertrop. and W. Coast

of Austr., ii., 1827, p. 468, No. 190.
Uloborus canus, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt. ii., 1837, p.503.
Uloborus canus, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 3, p. 138.

Hab. — This species is unknown to me ; but its immediate
habitat is somewhat vague, as Macleay (supra gives no specific
locality.

Uloborus pantherinus, Keys.

Uloborus pantherinus, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppk, 1890,
p. 234, tab. xx., figs. 2, 2a, 26, 2c.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEID.E— RAINBOW. 125

'Uloborus pantherinus, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 3, 1901,
p. 138.
//<(/>. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Uloborus spinitarsis, Keys.

Uloborus spinitarsis, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887,

p. 231, tab. xx., figs. !), 9a-9e.
Uloborus spinitarsis, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 3, 1901,

p. 138.
I lab. — Head of Middle Harbour, Sydney.

Uloborus variabilis, Keys.

Uloborus variabilis, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887,
r*lTI[p. 229, tab. xx., tigs. 8, 8a, 86.

■Uloborus variabilis, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 3, 1901,
p. 138.
J/ab. — Queensland, New South Wales.

Subfamily MIAGRAMMOPINJ3.
Genus Miagram mopes, 0. P. Gambr.

Ohs. —Miagrammopes thwaitesii, 0. P. Cambr., is the type of
this genus.

Miagrammopes bradleyi, 0. P. Cambr.

Miagrammopes bradleyi, O. P. Cambr., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
xiv. (4), 1874, p. 177.
Hab. — Sydney, N. S. Wales.

Miagrammopes candata, Keys.

Miagrammopes candata, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl.,
*- '*-• 1890, p. 253, tab. xxiii., figs. 5, 5a.

Miagrammopes candata, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 3, p. 138.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Family PSECHRID^E.

Genus Stiphidion, Simon.
Stiphidion facetum, Simon.

.Stiphidion facetum, Simon, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1902, p. 24*2.
Hab. — Tasmania.
Obs. — This species is the type of the genus.

126 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Family DICTYNID^.
Genus Amaurobius, C. Koch.
{=Cinij%o, Blackw.; 2'itanceca, Thor.).
Obs. — Amaurobius fenestr alls, Strum., is the type of this genus.

Amaurobius annulipes, L. Koch.

Amaurobius annulipes, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872r
p. 341, tab. xxvii., figs. 3, 3a, 4, 4a, 46.
flab. — Rockhampton, N. Queensland, and Cobbitty, New South
Wales.

Amaurobius bimetallicus, Hogg.

Amaurobius bimetallicus, Hogg, Rep. Horn Expl. Exped., ii.,
Zoology, 1896, p. 322, pi. xxiv., figs. 6, 7.
/lab. — Reedy Hole, Central Australia.

Amaurobius blochmanni, Strand.

Amaurobius blochmanni, Strand, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., xxiv., 1907,.
p. 459.
Hab. — Sydney, N. S. Wales.

Amaurobius candidus, L. Koch.

Amaurobius candidus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872,.
p. 333, tab. xxvi., Hgs. 6, 6a.
Hab. — From N. Queensland to W. Australia.

Amaukobius chalybeius, L. Koch.

Amaurobius chalybeius, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872, .
p. 328, tab. xxvi., figs. 4, 4a, 46.
Hab. — From Queensland to Victoria.

Amaurobius gausapatus, Simon.

Amaurobius gausapatus, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., I., 1906,
p. 294.
Hub.— Victoria.

Amaurobius insignis, L. Koch.

Amaurobius insignia, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872,
p. 330.

11(d). — Vaguely recorded " Neuliollaml."

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEIDJB — RAINBOW. I "-'7

Amaurobius longinquus, L. Koch.

A maurobius longinquus, L. Koch, Verli. K.K. zool.-bot. Ges.

Wien, 1867, p. 19G.
Amaurobius longinquus, L Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872,

p. 336, tab. xxvi., fig. 8.

Hab. — Brisbane, Queensland. Koch records that in the K.K.
Museum in Vienna, there are two examples from New Zealand.

Amaurobius microps, Simon.

Amaurobius microps, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 366.

Huh. — Bridgetown and Albany, W. Australia.

Amaurobius pilosus, Hoyy.

Amaurobius pilosus, Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xii, 1900, p. 80,
pi. xiii., tig. 1.

Hab. — Macedon, Victoria.

Amaurobius praecalous, Simon.

Amaurobius praecalous, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xv., 1906,
p. 295.

Ha b. — Tasmania.

Amaurobius robustus, L. Koch.

Amaurobius robustus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872,
p. 331, tab. xxvi., tigs. 5, 5a.

Hab. — From N. Queensland to W. Australia.
Amaurobius scalaris, L. Koch.

Amaurobius scalaris, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872,
p. 334, tab. xxvi., tigs. 7, la ; loc. cit., p. 337.

Amaurobius scalaris, Hogg, Rep. Horn Expl. Exped., ii., Zoology,
1896, pp. 312 and 324.

Hab. — Port Mackay, N. Queensland, and Central Australia.
Amaurobius segestrinus, L. Koch.

Amaurobius segestrinus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872,
p. 343, tab. xxvii , tigs. 5, 5a.
Hab.— Sydney, N. S. Wales.

128 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Amaurobius senilellus, Strand.

Amaurobius senilellus, Strand, Wiesbaden Jahrb. Ver. Natk.,
lx., 1907, p. 200.
/lab. — Australia.

Amaurobius senilis, L. Koch.

Amaurobius senilis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872, tab.

xxvi., figs. 3, 3a.
Amaurobius senilis, Hogg, Rep. Horn Expl. Exped., ii., Zoology,

1896, p. 324.
I lab. — Rockharapton, Queensland.

Amaurobius silvanus, L. Koch.

Amaurobius silvanus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des. Austr., i.. 1872,
p. 337, tab. xxvii , figs. 1, \a.
Hab. — Rockhampton, N. Queensland.

Amaurobius socialis, Rainbow.
Amaurobius socialis, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 1, 1905,
p. 9, pi. iii., fig. I.
Hab. — Grand Arch, Jenolan Caves, N. S. Wales.

Genus Taurongia, Hogg.

(=/V 'ylobius, Hogg, nom. prceocc).

Taurongia divergens, Hogg.

Hylobius divergens, Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., 1900, p. 82,

pi. xiii., tig. 2.
Taurangia divergens, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 278, note,

Hab. — Macedon, Victoria.

Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Taurongia punctatus, Hogg.

Hylobius punctatus, Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., 1900, p. 84,
pi. xiii., lig. 3.
I lab. — Macedon, Victoria.

(,'> nus Badumna, Thorell.

()/>s. — Badumna hirsuta, Thorell, is the type species' of the
genus.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN AKANKIIME — KAINISOW.

129

Badumna cinctipes, Simon.

Badumna cinctipes, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xvi., 190G, p.

•-".•7.
//ah. — Victoria.

Badumna inornatus, L. Koch.

Amaurobius (?) inornatus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i.,

1871, p. 325, tab. xxvi., figs. 2, 2a.
Badumna inornatus, Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araign., i., 1892, p.

238.

Hah. — From Rockhampton (Queensland) to Victoria.
Badumna varia, Simon.

Badumna varia, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xvi., 1906, p. 296.
Hob. — Victoria.

Genus Phryganoporus, Simon.

Obs. — Phryganopoi-us gaiisapatus, Simon, is the type species of
this genus.

Phryganoporus gausapatus, Simon.

Amaurobius gausapakis, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xv., 1906,

p. 295.
Phryganoporus gausapatus, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-vvest Austr..

i., 1908, p. 367.
Hob. — Victoria.

Phryganaporus gausapatus, var. occidentalis, Simon.

PhryganoporihS gausapatus, var. occidentalis, Simon, Die Fauna
Siid-west Austr., i., 1908, p. 367.
Hob. — Cannington, W. Australia.

Phryganoporus nigrinus, Simon.

Phryganoporus nigrinus, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i.,
1908, p 368.
Hab. — Boyanup, W. Australia.

Phryganoporus tubicola, Simon.

Phryganoporus tubicola, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i.,
1908, p. 367, fig. 1.
J{ab. — Denham, W. Australia.

130 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Gemis Aphyctoschaema, Simon.

Obs. — Aphyctoschaema hygrophila, Simon, is the type species of
this genus.

Aphyctoschaema albicauda, Simon.

Aphyctoschaema albicauda, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr.,
i., 1098, p. 374.
Hab. — Eradu, W. Australia.

Aphyctoschaema armigerum, Simon.

AphycU schaema armigerum, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr.,
i., 1908, p. 370.
Hab. — W. Australia (widely distributed).

Aphyctoschaema bivittatum, Simon.

A phijcto schaema bivittatum, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr.,
i., 1908, p. 374.
Hab — Dongarra, W. Australia.

Aphyctoschaema cryphoecifokmk, Simon.

Aphyctoschaema cryphoeciforme, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west
Austr., i., 1908, p. 374.
Hab.— Kalgoorlie and Guildford, W. Australia.

Aphyctoschaema guttipes, Simon.

Aphyctoschaema gutti pes, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xvi, 1906,
p. 297.
Hab. — Launceston, Tasmania.

Aphyctoschaema btqrophila, Simon.

Aphyctoschaema hygrophila, Simon, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1902,
p. 242.

Hab. — Cooktown, N. Queensland.

Aphyctoschaema skdula, Simon.

Aphyctoschaema sedula, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xvi., 11)06,
p. 298.
Hab. — Victoria.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEID.K — RAINBOW. 131

APHYCTOSCHAEMA STORENIFORME, Si»wn.

Aphyctoschaema storeniforme, Simon, Die Fauna Slid- west Austr ,
i., 1908, p. 371.

Hab. — Day Dawn, W. Australia.

Aphyctoschaema veliferum, Simon.

Aphyctosachema veliferum, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i.,
1908, p. 372, fig. 3.
Hab. — Dirk Hartog, Brown Station, W. Australia.

Aphyctoschaema virgosum, Simon.

Aphyctoschaema virgosum, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i.,
1908, p. 369, fig. 2.
Hab. — Kalgoorlie and Coolgardie, W. Australia.

Aphyctoschaema vultuosum, Simon.

Aphyctoschaema vultuosum, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i.,
1908. p. 373.
Hab. — W. Australia (widely distributed).

Genus Syrorisa, Simon.
Obs. — Syrorisa misella, Simon, is the type species of this genus.

Syrorisa seriata, Simon.

Si/rorisa, seriata, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 376.

Hab. — Yalgoo, W. Australia.

Genus Epimecinus, Simon.
Obs. — Epimecinus nexibilis, Simon, is the type of this genus.

Epimecinus tegenarioides, Simon.

Epimecinus tegenarioides, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i.,
1908, p. 376.

Hah. — Collie, W. Australia.

Epimecinus volucripes, Simon.

Epimecinus volucripes, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i.,
1908, p. 377.

Hab. — W. Australia (widely distributed).

132 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN1 MUSEUM.

Genus Lathyarcha, Simon.
Lathyarcha tetrica, Simon.

Lathyarcha tetrica, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,.
p. 377.
Hab. — Boyanup, W. Australia.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Callevophthalmus, Simon.
Callevophtiialmus albus, Keys.

Lathy s alba, Keys., Die Araeh. des Austr., Suppl., 1890, p. 250,^

tab. xxiii., figs. 2, la, 2b, '2c.
Callevophthalmus albus, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i.,
1908, p. 378.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Callevophthalmus lividus, Simon.

Callevophthalmus lividus, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i.,.
1908, p. 378.
Hab. — Buckland Hill and East Fremantle, \V. Australia.

Genus Lathys, Simon.
Obs. — Lathys humilis, Blackw., is the type species of this genus.

Lathys maculata, Keys.

L/athys maculata, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr , Suppl., 1890,
p. 251, tab. xiii., tig. 3.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Genus Derexema, Simon.
Derexema arguta, Simon.

Derexema arguta, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1., 1906, p. 303.
Hab. — Cooktown, N. Queensland
Obs. —This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Dictyna, Sund.
Obs. — Dictyna arundinucea, Linn., is the type of this genus.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN AKANEID/E — RAINBOW. 1 33

DlCTYNA ANAULAX, Simon.

Dictyua anaulax, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., i., 1908;

p. 379.
Hab. — Cottesloe, W. Australia.

Family GECOBIID^E.

Genus CKcobius, Lucas.

(=Thalamia} Hentz ; Omanus, Thor.).

Obs. — (Ecobius cellariorum, Duges, is the type of this genus.

CEcobius navus, Blackw,

(Ecobius navus, Blackw., Ann. Mng. Nat. JHist., vi, (3), 1859,

p. 266.
(Ecobius navus, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 1, 1905, p. 11.

Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales (introduced).

Obs. — This form has been previously recorded from the islands
of the Atlantic, Japan, New Caledonia, Venezuela, southern
parts of the United States, and the Antilles.

Family FILISTATID^E.
Genus Filistata, Lair.
( = Teratodes, C. Koch).
Obs. — Filistata testacea, Latr., is the type species of this genus.

Filistata australiensis, L. Koch.

Filistata australiensis, L. Koch, Die Aiach. des Austr., i., 1872,.
p. 451, tab. xxxv., fig. 4.
Hab. — Rockhampton, N. Queensland.

THE ECMBELLAT.ffi-Haplogynae.

Family SICARIID^E.

Subfamily SCYTODIN/E.

Germs Scytodes, Latr.

( = Dictis, L. Koch).

Obs. — Scytodes thoracica, Latr., is the type species of this genus-.

134 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

SCYTODES MARMORATA, L. Kocll.

Scytodes mar mo rata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,

p. 292, lab. xxiv., figs. 4, 4« to 4e.
Scytodes marmorata, Rainbow, Austr. Rec. Mus., iv., 7, 1902,
p. 312, figs. 24, 25.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Obs. — Previously recorded from the islands of Upolu and
Rarotonga.

Scytodes striatipes, L. Koch.

Dictis striatipes, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 294,

tab. xxiv., tigs. 5, oa, 5b, be.
Scytodes striatipes, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., iv,, 7, 1902, p. 31 2.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Obs. — Previously recorded fro.n the islands of Upolu, Tonga
and Viti.

Scytodes thoracica, Lair.

Aranea thoracica, Latr., Tab. Meth. des Ins., in Nouv. Die. d'hist.

Nat., xxiv., 1804, p. 135.
Scytodes thoracica, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 7, 1902, p. 312.

Il(d>. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Obs. — This is a European spider, and it has doubtless made its
way hither by the agency of commerce.

Genus Gamasoinorpha, Simon.
(=Cinetomorpha, Simon).

Obs. — Gamasomorpha cat aphr acta, Karsch, is the type species
of this genus.

Gamasomorpha loricata, L. Koch.

Oonops loricatus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872, p. 449,

tab. xxxv., ligs. 3, 3« to 3d.
Gamasomorpha loricata, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 7, p. 314.
//<//,*. — Kastern Coast of Australia ; also, the island of Upolu.

Gamasomorpha servula, Simon.

Gamasomorpha servula, Simon, Die Arach. Siid-west Austr., i.,
1908, p. 379.
Hab. — Eradu, W. Australia.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN A HANK1 D.K — RAINBOW 135

Family HADROTARS1 \)M.

Genus Guiogala, Keys.

Gmouala scakabkus, Keys.

Imugala scarabeus, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1890,
p. 270, tab. xxiv., tigs. 9, 9a to 9d.

Gmoqala scarabeus, Rainbow, Rec. Aust. Mus., iv., 7, p. 315r
'fig. 27.
/lab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Family DYSDERIDiE.

Subfamily DYSDERIN^E.
Genus Dysdera, Latr.
Obs. — Dysdera erythina, Latr., is the type species of this genus.

Dysdkka australiensis, Rainbow.

Dysdera australiensis, Rainbow, Pioc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
xxv., 1900, pp. 483 and 485, pi. xxiii., figs. 1, \a ; id., Rec.
Austr. Mus., iv., 7, 1902, |». 315.
Ilab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Subfamily SEGESTRIIN.E.

Genus Segestria, Latr.

( = G ipps icola, Hogg.)

Obs. — Segestria Jlorentina, Rossi, is the type species of this
genus.

Segestria haleigiii, Hogg.

Gippsicola raleiyhi, Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., 1900, p. 88,
pi. xiii., fig. 5.

Hab. — Gippsland, Victoria.

Genus Ariadna, Aud. in Sav.

(=Pylarus, Hentz ; Macedonia, Hogg).

Obs. — Ariadna insidiatrix, Aud. in Saw, is the type species of
this genus.

/136 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Ariadna burchelli, Hogg.

Macedonia burchelli, Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., 1900, p. 86,

pi. xiii., tig 4.
Ariadna burchelli, Simon, Die Arach. Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,

p. 380.
Hah. — Macedon, Victoria.

Ariadna dysderina, L. Koch.

Ariadne di/sderina, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872,

p. 447, tab. xxv., tig. 2.
Ariadna dysderina, Simon, Die Arach. Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,

p. 380.
Hab. — Bowen, N. Queensland.

Ariadna segmuntata, Simon.

Ariadna segmentata, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, lxii., 1893,
p. 306 ; id. Die Arach. Siid-west Austr., i., 1908, p. 380.
Hab. — Tasmania.

Ariadna thyrianthina, Simon.

.Ariadna thyrianthina, Simon, Die Arach. Siid-west Austr., i.,
1908, p". 380.
Hab. — W. Australia (widely distributed).

THE ENTELEGYN.SE.

Family DRASSID^E.

Obs. — For notes on the nesting and spinning habits of the
spiders of this family, see my paper.1*

Subfamily HEMICLCENLE.

Genus Hemicloea, Thor.
|" Obs. — Hemiclcea sundevalli, Thor., is the type species of this

geilUS.

Hemicixea afpinis, L. Koch.

Hemicloea affinis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i. L875, p. 632,
tab. 1., tigs. 4, 4«, \l>.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

lB Rainbow — Reo. Austr. Mus. t., ">, 1904, p, 'MS, et seq.

A CENSUS OK AUSTRALIAN AKANKID.K RAINBOW. 137

HEMICLCEA CINERACEA, L. Korli.

Hemiclcea cineracea, \j. Koch., Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876,
p. 843, tab. xxii., figs. 5, 5a.
Hab. — Roekliampton, Queensland.

Hemiclcea crocotila, Simon.

Hemiclcea crocotila, Simon, Die Fauna Siid- west Austr., i., p. 384",
fig. 5.
Ilith. — W. Australia.

Hemiclcea fumosa, L. Koch.

Hemiclcea fumosa, L. Kocli, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876,
p. 840, tab. Ixxii., figs. 3, 3a, 36.
Hob. — Gajndah, Queensland.

Hemiclcea insidiosa, Simon.

Hemiclcea insidiosa, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 3»2.
Hab. — W. Australia.

Hemiclcea limbata, L. Koch.

Hemiclcea limbata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,

p. 634, tah. I., figs. 5, 5a, 6, 6a to 6c.
Hemiclos'i limbata, Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araign., i., 1892, p. 342,
fig. 307.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Hemiclcea longipes, Hogg.

■Hemiclcea longipes, Hogg, Rep. Horn Expl. Exped., ii., Zoology,
1896, p. 337.
Hab. — Illamurta, Central Australia.

Hemiclcea major, L. Koch.

Hemiclcea major, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 624,

tab. xlix., figs. 5, 5a, 56.
Hemiclcea major, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., v.. 5, 1904, p. 319.
Hemiclcea major, L. Koch, op. cit., ii., 1876, p. 841, tab. Ixxii.,

figs. 4, 4a.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

138 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Hemiclcea michaelseni, Simon.

Hemiclcea michaelseni, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i.,.
1908, p. 383.
Ilab.—W. Australia.

Hemiclgea murina, L. Koch.

Hemiclcea murina, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,.
p. 639, tab. li., figs. 2, 2a, 3, 'da.
Hab. — Queensland.

Hemiclcea plana, L. KocJl.

Hemiclcea plana, L. Koch, Die Aracli. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 626,
tab. xlix., figs. 6, 6a, 66, 6c ; op. cit., ii., 1876, p. 845, tab.
lxxii., figs. 6, da, 66.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Hemiclcea plumea, L. Koch.

Hemiclcea plumea, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p.627r

tab. I., figs. 1, la; op. cit., ii., 1876, p. 846.
Hemiclcea plumea, Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araign., i., 1892, p. 342r

fig. 304.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Hemiclcea rogenhoferi, L. Koch.

Hemiclcea rogenhoferi, L. Koch, Die Aracli. des Austr., i., 1875r
p. 636, tab. Ii., figs. 1, la.
Hab. — New South Wales and Queensland.

Hemiclcea semiplumosa, Simon.

Hemiclcea; semiplumosa, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i.r
p. 385, fig. 6.
//ah. — W. Australia.

Hemiclcea sublimuata Simon.

Hemiclcea sublimbata, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 383, fig. 1.
Hab. — W. Australia.

A CKNSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEID-ffi— RAINBOW. 139

Hemiclcea sundevalli, Thor.

Hemiclcea sundevalli, Thor., Ofver. Kongl. Vetensk. Akad.

Forhandl., 1870, p. 381.
Hemiclcea sundevalli, L. Koch, Die Arach. des. Austr., i., 1875,

p. 629, tab. 1., figs. 2, 2a, 3, 3a.
Hemiclcea sundevalli, L. Koch, op. cit., ii., 1876, p. 846.
Hemiclcea sundevalli, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 5, 1904,

p. 318.
Hub. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Hemiclcea ten era, L. Koch.

Hemiclcea tenera, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii. 1876, p. 847,
tal>. lxxiii., fi^s. 1, la.
Hub. — Peak Downs, (Queensland.

Genus Rebilus, Simon.

Obs. — Rebilus lugubris, L. Koch, is the type species of this
genus.

Rebilus castaneus, Simon.

Rebihis castaneus, .Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908
p. 382.
Hah. — W. Australia.

Rebilus di versa, L. Koch.

Hemiclcea diversa, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 622,
tab. xlix., figs. 4, 4a.
Hab. — Bowen. N. Queensland.

Rebilus lugubris, L. Koch.

Rebilus lugubris, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 621,

tah. xlix., tigs. 3, 3a.
Rebilus lugubris, .Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araign., i., 1892, p. 342,

figs. 305, 306.
Rebilus lugubris, Etainbow, llec. Austr. Mus., v., 5, 1 904, p. 3 1 9,
fig. 37.
Huh. — Queensland and New South Wales.
10

140 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Rebilus PRiESiGNis, L. Koch.

Hemicloza prcesignis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876,
p. 837, tab. lxxii., figs. 1, 2, 2a, 2b.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Genus Prynus, Simon.
Obs. — Prynus fulvus, L. Koch, is the type species of this genus.

Prynus flavitarsus, L. Koch.

Hemicloea flavitarsus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des A.ustr., i., 1875,

p. 620, tab. xlix., fig. 2.
Prynus flavitarsus, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 5, 1904, p. 320,

figs. 38 and 39.
Hab. — Sydney, N. S.Wales.

Prynus fulvus, L. Koch.

Hemicloea julvus, L. Koch. Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 618,

tab. xlix., figs. 1, La.
Prynus fulvus, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 5, 1904, p. 320.

Hab. — No locality given by Koch ; merely the vague remark
■" Ein Examplar in Mr. Bradley's Sammlung."

Genus Corinisethes, Simon.

CORIMiETHES CAMPESTRATUS, Sim07i.

Corinuethes campestratus, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i.,

1908, p. 385.

Hab. — Day Dawn, W. Australia.

Obs. — This is the type species of this genus.

Genus Trachytrema, Simon.
Trachytrema castaneum, Simon.

Trachytrema castaneum, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., ii,

1909, p. L57.

Il'ih. — Day Dawn, W. Australia.

Obs. — This is the bype species of its genus.

A CENSUS OK AUSTRALIAN ARANElDiE — RAINBOW. Ill

Gtnus Trachycosmus, Simon.

Trachycosmus sculptilis, Simon.

Trachi/cosnius sculptilis, Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araign., i., 1902,
p. 317.
JIab. — Tasmania.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Gnaphosoides, Hogg.
Gnaphosoides albopunctatus, Hogg.

G'tKtphosoides albopunctata, Hogg, Rep. Horn Expl. Exped., ii.,

Zool., 1896, p. 333, pi. 24, tig. 10.
Gnaphosoides albopunctatus, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr.,
i., 1908, p. 394.
flab. — Storm Creek, Central Australia, and Coolgardie, W.
Australia.

Obs. — This is the type species of its genus.

Gnaphosoides signatus, Hogg.

Gnaphosoides signatus, Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., 1900, p. 93,
pi. xiv., tig. 2.

Hab. — Macedon, Victoria.

Subfamily DRASSODIN^E.

Genus Drassodes, Westr.

Drassodes lapidosus, Walck., is the type species of this genus.

1 Drassodes brunneolus, Urquh.

Wrassodes brunneolus, Urquh., Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1892 [1893],
p. 98.
JIab. — Tasmania.

?Drassodes (Drassus) debilis, Hogg.

Wrassus debilis, Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., 1900, p. 90, pi. xiv.,

ti?. 1.
Wrassus deV&is, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 5, 1904, p. 321.

Hab. — Macedon, Victoria.

Obs. — This interesting species will, doubtless, form the type of
a new genus, but before this can be done more material will he
required. At present only one example, a $, the type, is known.
See Hogg's remarks (supra).

142 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Drassodes dimotus, Simon.

Drassodes dimotus, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 392, tig. 8.
Hab. — Interior of Victoria.

Drassodes (Drassus) invenustus, L, Koch.

Drassodes (Drassus) invenustus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,

i., 1872, p. 382, tab. xxx., figs. 1, la.
Drassodes (Drassus) invenustus, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., v.,

5, 1904, p. 321.
1 1 „}).— Sydney, N. S. Wales.

Drassodes micaceus, Simon.

Drnxxodes micaceus, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 390.
Hah. — -Dongarra, N. Australia.

Drassodes musteculus, Simon.

Drassodes musteculus^ Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 390.
Hob. — Boyanup, W. Australia.

Drassodes nugatorius, Simon.

Drassodes nugatorius, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 389. '
Halt. — Victoria and W. Australia.

Drassodes pellus, Urquh.

Wrassodes <pellus, Urquh., Proc. Roy. Sue. Tasm., 1892 [1893]
p. 97.
//nh. — Tasmania.

Drassodes (Drassus) perelegans, Rainbow,

Drassus perelegans, Rainbow, Proc. Linn Soc. N. S. Wales, ix.
(•J), [xix.], 1894, p. 153, pi. x., figs. 1, la,
Hob. -Sydney, X. S. Wales.

Drassodes petilus, Simon,

Drassodes petilus, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., L908,
p. :588.
Hob. Fremantle and Bunbury, W. Australia.

A CKNSUS OK AUSTRALIAN Alt A NKI I) K — HA1NHOW. 143

DRASSODES RKSPERSUS, Si nun,.

Drassodes respersus, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 387, fig. 7.
Hah. — Northampton, W. Australia.

Drassodes sarritus, Simon.

Drassodes sarritus, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 391.
Hab. — Launceston, Hobart, Tasmania.

Drassodes (Drassus) silaceus, L. Koch.

Drassodes (Drassus) silaceus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i.,

1872, p. 383, tab. xxx., fig. 2.
Drassodes (Drassus) silaceus, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 5,

1904, p. 321.
I lab.— Sydney, N. S. Wales.

Genus Homu'othele, Simon.

HOMffiOTHELE MICANS, Simon.

Homceothele micans, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 392, fig. 9.
Hab. — Denham and Moonyoonooka, W. Australia.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Megamyrmsecion, Heuss.

(=Dyctiou, Walck.).

Obs. — Megamyrmcecion caudatum, Reuss, is the type species of
this genus.

MEGAMYRMCECION AUSTRINUM, Simon.

Megamyrmcecion austrinum, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr..
i., 1908, p. 396, fig. 12.
Hab — Geraldton, W. Australia.

Megamyrm.ecion echemophthalmum, Simon.

Megamyrmcecion echemophthalmum, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west
Austr., i., 1908, p. 396, tig 13.
Hab. — Pickering Brook and York, W. Australia.

144 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Megamyrm^cion penicillatum, Simon.

M< gamyrmoecion penicillatum, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr.,
i., 1908, p. 394, fig. 10.
ffab. — W. Australia (widely distributed).

Megamyrm.ecion perpusillum, Simon.

Megamyrmwcion perpusillum, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr.,
i., 1908, p. 397, fig. H.
Hah. — Edel Land, Tamala, Wooroloo, W. Australia.

Megamyrm^ecion vestigator, Simon.

Megamyrmoecion vestigator, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr.,
i., 1908, p. 395, tig. 11.
Hah. — Mt. Robinson, near Kalgoorlie, W. Australia.

Genus Echemus, Simon.

Obs. — Echemus ambiguus, Simon, is the type species of this
genus.

1 Echemus dilutus, L. Koch.

IDrassus dilutus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i. 1873, p. 389,

tab. xxx., tig. 6.
lEchemus dilutus, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 5, 1904, p. 321.
/fab. — Rock ham pton, Queensland.

1 Echemus griseus, L. Koch.

IDrassus griseus, L. Koch., Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,

p. 39 1, tab. xxx., tigs. 8, 8a.
1 Echemus griseus, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 5, 1904, p. 321.
//„/,.—« Neuholland."

Genus Melanophora, /,. Koch.

(=Prosthesima, L. Koch.)

Obs. — Melanophora subterranea, C. Koch, is the type species of
this genus.

Melanophora platens, L. Koch.

Prosthesima flavens, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873, p.
fc 393, tab. xxx., figs. 9, 9a, 96.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN AKANMD K — RAINBOW. 145

Melanophora flavens, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 5, 1904,
p. 321.
Hab. — Swan River, W. Australia.

Genus Aphantaulax, Simon.

Obs. — Aphantaulax albini, Aud. in Sav., is the type species of
this genus.

Aphantaulax scotoph^us, Simon.

Aphantaulax scotophceus, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i.,
1908, p. 397.
Ifrth. — Boyanup, W. Australia.

Genus Sergiolus, Simon.

Obs. — Sergiolus variegatus, Hentz, is the type species of this
genus.

Sergiolus australianus, Simon.

Sergiolus australianus, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i.,
1908, p. 398.
Hab. — Northampton. W. Australia.

Genus Lampona, Thor.
(—Latona, L. Koch, nom. prceoec).

Obs. — Lampona cylindrata, L. Koch, is the type species of this
genus.

Lampona brevipes, L. Koch.

Lampona, brevipes, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872,
p. 363, tab. xxviii., figs. 3 and 3a.
Hab. — Swan River, W. Australia.

Lampona cylindrata, L. Koch.

Latona cylindrata, L. Koch, Die Arach. fam. der Drass., 1866,

p. 3, tab. i., tigs. 2 and 3.
Lampona cylindrata, L. Kocli, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,

p. 373, tali, xxix., figs. 4, 4a, 4b.
Lampona cylindrata, Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araign., i., 1892,

p, 376, tigs. 331 and 334.

146 HKCORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Lampona cylindrata, Rainbow, Rec. Austr Mus., v., 5, 1904,
p. 332.

Lampona ri/findratn, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 401.
Hab. — New South Wales, Victoria, S. and W. Australia.

Lampona fasciata, L. Koch.

Lampona fasciata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872,

p. 366, tab. xxviii., tig. 5.
Lampona fasciata, Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araign., i., 1892, p. 376,

tigs. 332 and 333.
Lampona fasciata, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 5, 1904, p. 322.
Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria.

Lampona flavipes, L. Koch.

Lampona flavipes, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872, p.
36S, tab. xxviii., figs. 6, 6a.
Hab. — N. Queensland.

Lampona foliifera, Simon.

Lampona foliifera, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 400.
Hab. — JBoorabbin, W. Australia.

Lampona macilenta, L. Koch.

Lampona macilenta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,
p. 369, tal>. xxviii., figs. 7, la.
Hab.— " Neuholland."

Lampona muhina, L. Koch.

Lampona murina, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.. i., L873,

p. 378, tab. xxix., figs. 7, la.
Lampona murina, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 5, 1904, p. 322.
Ihih. — Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria.

Lampona obnubila, Simon.

Liiiiijinmi obnubila, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 400.
Hah. — Boyanup, W. Australia.

A CBN8US OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEIDjE — RAINBOW. 147

Lampona obsgvena, L. Koch.

Lampona obsccena, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,

p. 376, tab. xxix., figs. 6, 6a.
Lampona obsccena, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus , v., 5, 1904, p. 322.
//,,/>.— New South Wales, Victoria, S. and W. Australia.

Lampona panpercula, Simon.

Lampona panpercula, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i.,
1908, p. 402.
Huh. — Boyanup, W. Australia.

Lampona punctigera, Simon

Lampona punctigera, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i.,
1908, |>. 399.
Huh. — W. Australia (widely distributed).

Lampona pusilla, L. Koch.

Lampona pusilla, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873, p. 371,
tab. xxviii., figs. 8, 8a.
//„/,._" Neuholland."

Lampona quadrimaculata, L. Koch.

Lampona quadrimaculata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i.,
1872, p. 365, tab. xxviii., fig. 4.
Hob. — Bowen, Queensland.

Lampona quinqueplagiata, Simon.

Lampona quinquep/ci/in/tr, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr.,
i., 1908, p. 403.
Hab. — Dirk Hartog, Brown Station, and Boyanup, W. Aus-
tralia.

Lampona ruida, L. Koch.

Lampona ruida, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873, p. 375,
tab. xxix., figs. 5, 5a.
Hab.— "Neuholland."

148 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Lampona sordida. L. Koch.

Lampona sordida, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873
p. 373, tab. xxix., fig. 3.

Lampona sordida, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 5, 1904, p. 322.
//ah. — New South Wales aud Victoria.

Lampona subaquila, Urquh.

Lampona subaqtdla, Urquh., Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1893, p. 96.
I In},..— Tasmania.

Family ZODARIID^E.

Subfamily CRYPTOTHELIN^E.

Genus Cryptothele, L. Koch.

Obs. — Cryptothele verrucosa, L. Koch, is the type species of this
genus.

Cryptothele doretana, Simon.

Cryptothele doreyana, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1890, p. 132.
Cryptothele doreyana, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 5, 1904,
p. 322.
Hah. — Fitzioy Island, Great Barrier Reef, N. Queensland.
Previously recorded from New Guinea.

Subfamily ZODARIIN A\.
Genus Storena, Wah-k.

(=Selamia, Simon ; Habronestes, L. Koch ; Storenosoma, Hogg.)
Obs. — Storena cyauea, Walck., is the type species of this genus.

Storena alromaculata, Rainbow.

Storena alboniaculata, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,

xxvii., 1902, p. 485, pi. xviii., figs. 1, la.
Storena alboniaculata, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 5, 1904,
l». 323.
Hah. — Sydney (Burwood and Belmore), N. S. Wales.

Storena annulipes, L. Koch.

Enyo annulipes, L Koch, Verh. der K.K. zool.-hot. Ges. Wien,
1867, p. 194.

A CKNSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANKID.K — RAINBOW. I 19

Habronestes annulipes, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872,
p. 308, tab. xxv., figs. 1, la, 1 />, Ic.
/A//*. — Brisbane, Queensland.

Storena austr aliensis, 0. P. Gambr.

Storena australiensis, 0. P. Cambr., Ann. .Mag. Nat. Hist., iii.

(4), 1869, p. 7, pi. is-, figs. 21-26.
Habronestes australiensis, l>. Kocli, Die Arach. des Austr., i.,

1872, p. 307.
Hub. — Australia.

Storena braccata, A. Koch.

Enyo braccata, L. Koch., Verb, der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1865, p. 859.
Habronestes braccatus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872,

p. 310, tab. xxv., figs. 2, 2a, 26, 2c.
Hab. — Wollongong, N. S. Wales.

Storena bradleyi, 0. /'. Cambr.

Storena bradleyi, O. P. Cambr., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., iii. (4),

1869, p. 5, pi. iv., figs. 12-20.
Habronestes bradleyi, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872,

p. 305.
Hab.—lS. S. Wales.

Storena cyanea, Walck.

Storena cyanea, Walck., Tabl. des Aran., 1805, p. 83, pi. 9, figs.

85 and 86.
Storena cyanea, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., i. 1837, p. 361.
Storena cyanea, L. Koch., Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872, p. 299.
Hab. — Eastern Australia.

Storena eximia, Simon. \

Storena eximia, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 405.
Hab. — Kalgoorlie and Boorabbin, W. Australia.

Storena flavipedes, Urquh.

Habronestes flavipedes, Urquh., Proc. Boy. Soc. Tasm., 1893,
p. 111.
Hab. — Tasmania.

150 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

STORENA FORMOSA, Thor.

Storena formosa, Thor., Oefv. Kongl. Vet.-Akad., Forh., 1870,

n. 4, p. 374.
Habronestes for mosus, L. Koch., Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872,

p. 314, tab. xxv., figs. 5, ba, 5b, 5c.
Storena formosa, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., i., 1908,

p. 405.
llab. — Queensland, N. S. Wales, Victoria, and Central Aus-
tralia.

Storena graeffei, L. Koch,

Storena graeffei, L. Koch., Die Arach. Fam. der Drass., 1866,

p. 192. *
Habronestes graeffei) L. Koch., Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872,

p. 319, tab. xxv., figs. 8, S«, 86, 8c.
Hob. — Wollongong, N. S. Wales.

Storena lycosoides, Hogg.

Storenosoma lycosoides, Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiii., 1900,
p. 95, pi. xiv., fig. 3,

Huh. — Macedon, Victoria.

Storena macedon ens is, Hogg.

Stofi-itu niiffi •iIihh iisis. Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiii., 1900,
p. 98, pi. xiv., Kg. 4.
Huh. — Macedon, Victoria.

Storena maculata, O. 1\ Cambr.

Storena maculata, O. P. Cambr., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., iii. (4),

1869, p. 8, pi. iv., figs. 27-32.
Habrom.'sti-s macn/aftts, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872,
p. 321.
//ah. — Queensland.

Storena ornata, linul!- ■■;/.

Habronestes ornatus, Bradley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, ii.,
1877, p. 119.

Huh. — Cocoanul Island, Torres Strait.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN A KANKI D.K — RAINBOW. 1 5 1

Stokena picta, L. Koch.

En i/o picta, L. Koch, Verh. der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 18G5,

p. 861.
Habronestes pictus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872,

p. 311, tab. xxv., figs. 3, 3a, 3b, 3c.

Huh. — Wollongong, N. S. Wales.

Storena scenica, L. Koch.

Habronestes scenicus, L. Koch, Die Aracli. des Austr., i., 1872,
p. 316.
Hab. — Queensland.

Storena procera, Thor.

Storena procera, Thor., Ragni Mai. e Papuani, i., 1890, p. 340.
Hab. — Northern A ustralia.

Storena scintillans, 0. P. Cambr.

Storena scintillans, O. P. Cambr., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., iii. (4),

1869, p. 3, pi. iv., figs. 7-11.
Habronestes scintillans, L. Koch, Die Aracli. des Austr., i., 1872,

p. 303.
//,,/,. — Swan River, W. Australia ; Central Australia.

Storena spiraeer, L. Koch.

Habronestes spirafer, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872,
p. 318, tab. xxv., figs. 7, la-Id.
j{afK — Port Mackay, Queensland, New South Wales, and
Victoria.

Storena striatipes, L. Koch.

Habronestes striatipes, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872,
p. 313, tab. xxv., figs. 4, iaAd.
Huh. — Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria.

Storena tetkica, Simon.

Storena tetrica, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 403.
Hab. — Albany, W. Australia.

152 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Storena torosa, Simon.

Storena torosa, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 404.
Hab. — Northampton, W. Australia.

Storena tricolor, Simon.

Storena tricolor, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 405.
Hab. — Lion Mill, Collie, and Boyanup, W. Australia.

Storena variegata, 0. P. Gambr.

Storena variegata, O. P. Cambr., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., iii. (4),

1869, p. 2, pi. iv., figs. 1-6.
Habronestes variegatus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872,
p. 302.
Hab. — Swan River, W. Australia.

Family HERSTLTID^E.

Genus Tama, Simon.
(=Hhadine, Simon, nom. pneocc. ; Ghalinura, Thor.).
Obs. — To tun edwardsi, Lucas, is the type species of this genus.

Tama brachyura, Simon.

Tama brachyura, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 406. '
Hab. — W. Australia (widely distributed).

Tama eucalypti, Rainbow.

'lama eucalypti, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxv.,
1900, p. 486, pi. xxiii., figs. 2, '2a-2<-.

Tama eucalypti, Simon, Die Fauna Slid- west Austr., i.. L908,
p. 406.

flat.— Balmoral, Port Jackson, New South Wales.

Tama fickkrti, L. Koch.

Chalinura Jickerti, 1.. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876,
p. .s:?0J tab. Ixxi., figs. 2, 2a, 26, 2.-.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEID-E — RAINBOW. 103

Tama tickerti, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1!»08,
p. 406.
Hab.— New South Wales.

Tama nov.-e-iiollandijE, L. Koch.

Chalinura novce-hollandice, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1876, p. 828, tab. lxxi., tigs. 1, \a-\d.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Family PHOLCID^E.

Subfamily PHOLCINJ5.

Genus Pholcus, Walck.

Obs. — Pholcus phalangioides, Fuess., is the type species of this
genus.

Pholcus litoralis, L. Koch.

Pholcus litoralis, L. Koch, Verh. der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1867, p. 193.
Pholcus litoralis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872, p. 285,

tal). xxiv., figs. 1, \a to \g.
Pholcus litoralis, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 1, 1905, p. 22,

Mg. 3.
/fab. — Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria,

Pholcus piialangioides, Fuess.

Aranea phalangioides, Fuess., Verz. der ihm bekannt. Schweizer.

Insek., 1775, p. 61.
Pholcus phalangioides, Walck., Tab. des Aran., 1805, p. 80.
Pholcus phalangioides, Duges in Cuvier, Regne animal., vii., 1836,

Arachn., p. 49, pi. ix., fig. 6.
Pholcus nemastomoides, C, Kocli, Die Arachniden, iv., 1838,

p. 97, fig. 312.
Pholcus opilionoides, Westr., Aran. Suec. descrip., 1861, p. 296.
Pholcus phalangioides, Black wall, Spiders of Great Britain, ii.,

1864, p. 208, pi. xv, fig. 137.
Pholcus opilionoides, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1866, p. 120,

pi. ii., figs. 1-7.
Pholcus nemastomoides, Comest. et t'avesi, Aran. Ital., 1869, p. 65
Pholcus phalangioides, Thor.-, Rem. on Syn., 1870, p. 145.

154 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Pholcus ])halangioides, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i.,
1908, p. 406.
Hab. — Eastern, Southern, and Western Australia (introduced);
world-wide distribution.

Genus Trichocyclus, Simon.

Trichocyclus nigropunctatus, Simon.

Trichocyclus nigropunctatus, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr.,
i., 1908, p. 407.
Hab. — Yalgoo, W. Australia.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Micromerys, Bradley.

(=Cala2mita, Simon).

Micromerys gracilis, Bradley.

Micromerys </racilis, Bradley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, ii.,
1877, p. 118.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Psilochorus, Simon.

Obs. — Psilochorus pullulus, Hentz., is the type species of this
genus.

Psilochorus sp^eroides, L. Koch.

Pholcus sph<eroides, L. Koch., Die Arach. dea Austr., i., 1872,
p. 283, tab. xxiii., figs. G, 6a-6d.
Hub. — Rockhampton, N. Queensland.

Family THERIDIID^B.
Genus Ariamnes, Thor.

(=Ariadne, Dolesch., nom. /irceocc),

Obs. — Ariamnes flagellum, Dolesch., is the type species of tliis
genus.

Ariamnes coliisrinus, Keys.

Ariavmes colubrinus, Keys., Die Arach, <le^ Austr., Suppl.,
1890, p. 2:57, tab. xxi., figs. 5, 5a-5e.

A CENSUS OK AUSTRALIAN ARAVKID.E — RAINBOW . 155

Ariamnes colubrinus, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 1, 1905,
p. 24.
ffab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Ariamnks flagellum, Dolesch.

Ariadne flagellum, Dolesch., Bid jr. Nat. Tijdschr., xiii., 1857,

p. 4*11, fig. 1.
Ariamnes flagellum, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,

xxiii.i 1899, p. 652.
//,,/,. — Malaysia, Papua, and Australia.

Genus Argyrodes, Simon.

(=1Conopistha, Karsch ; Bellinda, Keys.).

Obs. — Argyrodes argyrodes, Walck., is the type species of this
genus.

Argyrodes antipodiana, 0. P. Cambr.

Argyrodes antipodiana, O. P. Cambr., Proc. Zool. Soc, 1880,

p. 327.
An/i/rodes antipodiana, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc N. S. Wales,

xxiii., 1898, p. 172; Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 1, 1905, p. 25;

Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxvi., 1901, p. 524.
Hob. — Australia, New Zealand, and New Caledonia.

Argyrodes incisifrons, Keys.

Argyrodes incisifrons, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1890,
p. 246, tab. xxii., tigs. 5, 5a, 56.
Hob. — Bowen, N. Queensland.

Argyrodes margaritariuai, Rainbow.

Theridion margarifarium. Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales, xviii. [viii., 2], 1893, p. 290, pi. x., figs. 3, 3a, 36, 3c.
Hab. — Clarence River, New South Wales.

Genus Moneta, 0. P. Cambr.

Obs.— Monet" spinigera, 0. P. Cambr., is the type species of
this genus.
11

156 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Moneta australis, Keys.

Episinus australis, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1890,

p. 251, tab. xxiii., tigs. 4, 4a.
Moneta australis, Simon, Die Fauna Sttd-west Austr, 1908, i.,

p. 408.
Hob. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Moneta longicauda, Simon.

Moneta longicauda, Simon, Die Fauna Slid- west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 407.
Hob. — Subiaco N., W. Australia.

Genus Janulus, Thor.
Janulus bicornis, Thor.

Janulus bicornis, Thor., Studi Ragni. Mai. e Papuana, iii., 1881,
p. 163.
Hob. — Cape York, N. Queensland.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus;

Genus Euryopis, Menge.

Obs. — Euryopis flavomaculata, C. Koch., is the type species of
this genus.

Euryopis mag a, Simon.

Euryopis maga, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 408.
Hab. — Torbay, W. Australia.

Euryopis superba, Rainboiv.

Pachygnatha superba, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,
xxii., 1896, p. 630, pi. xlix., fig. 2.
Hab. — New South Wales and Victoria.

Euryopis umbilicata, L. Koch.

Euryopis umbilicata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872,
p. 274, tab. xxiii., figs. 1, 1", 1/'.
//nb. — Port Mackay, N. Queensland.

A CKN8US OF AUSTRALIAN ARANKID.E — RAINBOW. 1 ~U

Genus Diaprocorus, Simon.

DlAPROCOHUS MULTIPUNCTATUS, Simon.

Diaprocorus multipnnctatus, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France,
1894, p. 137.
Hab. — Interior of Victoria.
Obi-: — This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Phylarchus, Simon.

(=Phycns, O. P.'Cambr.).

Obs — Phylarchus brevis, O. P. Cambr., is the type species of
this genus.

Phylarohus elegans, Keys.

Euryopis elegans, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1890,
p. 249, tab. xxiii., figs. 1, la.
Hab. — N. Queensland to W. Australia.

Genus Theridion, Walck.

{ = Theridium, Steatoda and Neottiura, Menge ; Phyllonethis,
Thor.; Chrysso and Coleosoma, O. P. Cambr.; Faitidius and
Tobesoa, Keys.; Mastostigmus, Adelosomus, Simon ; % Micro-
dipoena, Banks ; Hubba, Anelosimus and Coleosoma, F. 0. P.
Cambr.).
Obs. — Theridion Uneatum, CI, is the type species of this genus.

Theridion albo-striatum. L. Koch.

Theridiwm albo-striatum, L. Koch, Verh. der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges.

Wien, 1867, p. 187; L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i.,

1872, p. 270, tab. xxii., tig. 7.
Theridion albo-striatum, Rainbow, Rtc. Austr. Mus., vi., 1, 1905

p. 27.
Hab. — Queensland, New Guinea, and the Island of Tonga

Theridion convexum, Keys.

Theridium convexum, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., p. 241,
tab. xxii., tigs. 1, la, \b.

Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

158 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Theridion crinitum, L. Koch.
Theridium crinitum, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872,
)>. 271, tal>. xxii., figs. 8, 8a.
Hab. — New South Wales and Victoria.

Theridion decoratum, L. Koch.

Theridium decoratum, L. Koch, Verh. der K.K. zool.-hot. Ges.
Wien., 1867, p. 188 ; Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872, p. 265,
tab. xxii., fig. 4.
Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria.

Theridion extrilidum, Keys.

Theridium extrilidum, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl.,
1890, p. 244, tab. xxii., tigs. 3, 3a.
JJab — New South Wales, Victoria, S. and W. Australia.

Theridion gigantipes, Keys.

Theridium gigantipes, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl.,
p 245, tab. xxii., tigs. 4, 4a.
/fab. — New South Wales and Victoria.

Theridion hartmeyeri, Simon.

Theridion hartmeyeri, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i.,
1908, p. 410.
Hab. — Moora, W. Australia.

Theridion limitatum, L. Koch.

Theridium limitatum, L. Koch. Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872,
p. 256, tab. xxi., tigs. 8, 8a, 86.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Theridion mortuale, Simon.

Theridion mortuale, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 409.
//„/,. _W. Australia.

Theridion mundulum, L. Koch.

Theridium mnndulum, Ij. Koch., Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872,
p. 203, tab. xxii., figs. 3, 3^.
Hab. — Queensland, New Soutli Wales, and Victoria.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANKlDiE — UAINHOVV. 159

Theridion pi latum, Urquh.

Theridium pilatum, Urquh., Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1892 [1893],
p. 109.
Hab. — Tasmania.

Theridion properum, Keys.

Theridium properum, Keys., Die Arach. *des Austr., Suppl., 1890,
p. 242, tab. xxii.,figs. 2, 2a.
Hab. — New South Wales.

Theridion pyramidale, L. Koch.

Theridium pyramidale, L. Koch, Verh. der K.K. zool.-bot.Ges.
Wien, 1867, p. 190; Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872, p. 266,
tab. xxii., fig. 5.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Theridion setosum, L. Koch.

Theridium setosum, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872,

p. 261, tab. xxii., figs. 1, la-
Theridion setosum, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1897, p. 272.
Hab. — The island of Upolu ; and Cooktown, N. Queensland.

Theridion subpingue, Simon.

Theridion subpingue, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 410.
Hab. — W. Australia.

Theridion tepidariorum, C. Koch.

Theridium tepidariorum, C. Koch., Die Arachniden, viii., 1841,
p. 75, tab. cclxiii., tig. 646, tab. cclxxiv., figs. 644 and 64").

Theridium tepidariorum, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872,
p. 268.

Theridion tepidariorum, Rainhow, Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 1, 1905,
p. 27.
Hab. — World-wide. Common around Sydney.

Theridion theridioides, Keys.

Tobesoa theridioides, Keys., Die Arnch. ties Austr., Suppl., 1890,
p. 240, tab. xxi., tigs. 6, 6a, Qb.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

160 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Theridion thorelui, L. Koch.

Theridium thorellii, L. Koch, Verli. der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1865, p. 857 ; Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872, p. 258.
Hob. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Genus Ulesanis, L. Koch.

(=Stegosoma, O. P. Cambr.; Scierogaster, Cavanna ; Heribertus
and Wirada, Keys.).

Obs. — Ulesanis chelys, L. Koch, is the type species of this
genus.

Ulesanis rotunda, Keys.

Wirada rotunda, Keys., Die Arach, des Austr., Suppl., 1890»
p. 336, tah. xxi., figs. 4, ia-ic.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Ulesanis sextuberculata, Keys.

Ulesanis sextuberculata, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl.*
1890, p. 235, tab. xxi., figs. 3, 3«, U.
Hab. — Gayndah, Queensland.

Genus Dipoena, Thor.

(=Pachydacty1 ae, Menge, nom. pr<e.occ; Lasceola, Simon ;
Delauia, Keys).

Obs. — Dipoena melanogaster, C. Koch, is the type species of
this genus.

DlPCENA AUSTERA, Sinii-n.

Dipoena austera, Simon, Die Fauna Slid- west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 411.
llab. — Denham, W. Australia.

Genua Latrodectus, Walck.
(= Lathrodectus, Thor.).

Obs. Latrodectus tredecim gvttutus, Jiossi, is the type speciea
of t his genus.

A CENSUS OK AUSTRALIAN ARANKin.E — RAINBOW. 1G1

LATRODECTUS HA8SELTII, Thor.

Latrodectus hasseltii, Thor, Oefv. af Kongl. Vetensk. Akad.

Forh., 1870, p. 369.
Latrodectus scelio, Thor, loc. cit., \>. 370.
Latrodectus katipo, Powel, Trans. N. Z. Inst., Hi., 1S70, p. 56,

pi. v.
Latrodectus hasseltii, L. Koch., Die Arach. des Austr'., i., 1872,

p. 276, tab. xxiii., tigs. 2, 3, 3a.
Latrodectus scelio, L. Koch, loc. cit., p. 279, tab. xxiii., fig. 4.
Latrodectus hasseltii, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 1, p. 28.

Hab. — Throughout Australia, New Zealand, S. Pacific Islands,
India, Malaysia, Papua, and Eastern Arabia.

Genus Crustulina, Meuge.
(=Wamba, F. O. P. Cambr.)

Obs. — Crustulina guttata, Wider, is the type species of this
genus.

Crustulina bicruciata, Simon.

Crustulina bicruciata, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., i.,
1908, p. 412.
Hab. — Eradu, W. Australia.1

Genus Ancoccelus, Simon.
Ancocoslus livens, Simon.

Ancoccelus livens, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1894, p. 150.
Hab. — Launceston, Tasmania.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Teutana, Simon.

Obs. — Teutana friangulosa, Walck., is the type species of this
genus.

Teutana auumbrata, Simon.

Teutana adumbrata, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 413.
Hab. — Yalgoo, W. Australia.

162 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Teutana grossa, C. Koch.

Theridinm grossum, C. Koch, Die Arach., iv., 1838, p. 112, tab.

cxl., fig. 234.
Theridium coeliferum, L. Koch., Verh. der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges.

Wien, 1867, p. 189 ; Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872, p, 269,

tab. xxii., fig. 6.
Teutana grossa, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,

p. 413.
Hab. — Australia generally ; almost world-wide.

Genus Lithyphantes.
(=Phrurolithns, Ohl.).

Obs. — Lithyphantes corollatus, Linn., is the type species of this
genus.

Lithyphantes niveosignatus, Simon.

Lithyphantes niveosignatus, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr.,
i., 1908, p. 413.
Hab. — Denham and Eradu, W. Australia.

Lithyphantes octonotatus, Simon.

Lithyphantes octonotatus, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i.,
1908, p. 414.
Hab. —Day Dawn, W. Australia.

Genus Enoplognatha, Pavesi.
(—Drepanodus, Menge, nom. prceocc).

Obs. — Enoplognatha mandibularis, Lucas, is the type species
of this genus.

Enoplognatha bid ens, Simon.

Enoplognatha bidens, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 414.
llah. — W. Australia.

Family ARGIOPID^.

Subfamily LINYPHIIN.E.

Genus Delonhipis, Simon.

Obs. — Delorrhipis fronticornis, Simon, is the type species of
this gfmus.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN AKANKID.E — RAINBOW. 163

Belorkhipis ERTTHORCEPHALU8, Simon.

Delorrhipis erythrocephalua, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr.,
i., 1908, p. 415.
Hub. — North Fremantle, W. Australia.

Genus Gonatium, Menge.

(=Dicyphus, Menge).

Gonatium (?) lividuj.um, Simon.

Gonatium (?) lividulum, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., 1908,
p. 416.
Hab. — Torbay, W. Australia.

Genus Neriene, Blackw.

(—(Edothorax, Stylothorax, Bertk. ; Trachygnatha, Chyz. et
Kulcz ; IGnathonaritim, Karsch.).

Obs. — Neriene fusca, Blackw., is the type species of this genus.

Neriene analis, Simon.

Neriene analis, Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araign., i., 1892 [18941,
p. 667.
Hab. — Victoria.

Genus Ceratinopsis, Emert.

Obs. — Ceratinopsis interpres, O. P, Cambr., is the type species
of this genus.

Ceratinopsis melanura, Simon.

Ceratinopsis melanura, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i.,
1908, p. 416.

Hab. — Fremantle, W. Australia.

Gemis Bathyphantes, Menge.

(=Slylophora, Menge ; Diplostyla, Emerton ; Pozciloneta, Chyz.

et Kulcz.).

Obs. — Bathyphantes mgrinus, Westr., is the type species of
this genus.

164 RECORDS OF THE AUSVRAI.IAN MUSEUM.

Bathyphantes vveburdi, Urquh.

Linyphia weburdi, Urquh., Trans. N. Z. Inst., xxii., 1889, p. 236,
pi. xvi., fig. 2.
J/iib. — Jenolan Caves, New South Wales.

Genus Linypliia, Latr.

{=Helophora, Stemonyphantes, Menge ; Fronlina, Keys.).

Obs. — Liny phi a triangularis, Clerck., is the type species of
this genus.

LlNYPHIA CUPIDINEA, Simon.

Linyphia cupidinea, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 417.
I/ab. — Subiaco, W. Australia.

Linyphia meloxantha, Urquh.

/An ,yphia meloxantha, Urquh., Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1892 [1893],
p. 103.
Hab. — Tasmania.

Linyphia nitens, Urquh.

Linyphia nitens, Urquh., Trans. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1892 [1893],
p. 108.
I lab. — Tasmania.

Linyphia quindecempunctata, Urquh.

Linyphia quindecem-punctata, Urquh., Trans. Roy. Soc. Tasm.,
1892 [1893], p. 105.
Hab. — Tasmania.

Linyphia slr-lutea, Urquh.

Linyphia sub-lufea, Urquli., Trans. Hoy. Soc. Tasm., 1892 [1893],
' p. 107.
Hab. — Tasmania.

Gemis Lsetesia, Simon.
(jb*. — Ltrt>'sia mollita, Simon, is the type species of this genus.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN Alt ANKI I>.K — RAINBOW. 165

InETESIA KGREGRIA, Simon.

Lretes/a egregria, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 1 19. '

Hub. — Eradu, W. Australia.

LiETKSIA MOLLITA, Simon.

Lcf tenia mollita, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 419.

Hab. — W. Australia.

Subfamily TETRAGNATH1N. E.

Genus Tetragnatlia, Latr.

(=Eugnatha, Aud. in Sav.; Deinognatha, White; Limoxera,

Thor.)/

Obs. — Tetragnatlia extensa, Linn., is the type species of this
genus.

Tetragnatha bitubhrculata, L. Koch.

Tetragnatha bituberculata, L. Koch, Verh. der K.K. zool.-bot.
Ges. Wien, 1867, p. 184.

Tetragnatha bituberculata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., 1871,
p. 183, tab. xv., tigs. 5, 5a, 5b.

Tetragnatha bituberculata, Keys., op. cit., Suppl., 1887, p. 220,
tab. xx., figs. 2, 2a.

Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Tetragnatha cylindrica, Walck.

Tetragnatha cylindrica, Walck., Nat. des [ns. Apt., ii., 1837,
p. 210.

Tetragnatha cylindrica, L. Koch., Verh. der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1865, p. 842, tab. xx., figs. 18 and 19.

Tetragnatha cylindrica, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,
p. 181, tab. xv., tigs. 3, Za, 36, 3c.

Tetragnatha cylindrica, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., vi , 5, 1907,
p. 333.

166 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Eugnatha cylindrica, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887,
p. 226.

Hab. — New South Wales and Victoria.

Tetragnatha demissa, L. Koch.

Tetragnatha demissa, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,
p. 185, tab. xvi., figs. 1, la, \b.

Tetragnatha demissa, Keys., op. cit., Suppl., 1887, p. 221, tab.
xx., figs. 3, 3a, 3b.

Hob. — N. Queensland, New South Wales, and Central Australia.

Tetragnatha gemmata, L. Koch.

Tetragnatha gemmata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,
p. 186, tab. figs. 2, 2a-2d

Hab. — Port Mackay, N. Queensland.

Tetragnatha luteo-cincta, Simon.

Tetragnatha Luteo-cincta, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i.,
1908, p. 420.

Hab. — W. Australia.

Tetragnatha maeandkata, Simon.

Tetragnatha meandrata, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i.,
1908', p. 421.

Hab. — W. Australia.

Tetragnatha mandibulata, Walck.

Tetragnatha mandibulata, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., ii.,
1837, p. 211.

Tetragnatha mandibulata, Keys., Verb, der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1 865, p. 848, tab. xxi., figs. 6-9.

Tetragnatha mandibulata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i.,
1871, p. 101, tab. xvii., figs. I', 2a, 2b, 3, 3a, 3b.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANKIDiE— RAINBOW. 167

Tetragnatha mandibulata, Keys., op. cit., Suppl., 1887, p. 223.

Hab. — New South Wales and Victoria; also India, New
Granada, Ovalau, Upolu, and Tahiti.

Tetragnatha margaritata, L. Koch.

Tetragnatha margaritata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i.,
1871, p, 172, tab. xiv., figs. 3, 3«-3c.

Hab. — Port Mackay, N. Queensland.

Tetragnatha nitens, Aud. in Sav.

Enguatha nitens, Aud. in Sav., Descrip. de I'Egypfc, xxii., 1827
p. 323, pi. ii., fig. 2.

Tetragnatha nitens, Aud. in Sav., Keys., Verb, der K.K. zool.-
bot. Ges. Wien, 1865, p. 845, tab. xxi., figs. 1-4.

Tetragnatha ferox, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,
p. 173, tab. xiv., tigs. 4, 4a-4c, 5, 5a-5e.

Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales; also Corsica, Egypt,
Mauritius.

Tetragnatha panopea (1), L. Koch.

Tetragnatha panopea, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,
p. 189, tab. xvi., figs. 3, 3a, 3b, 3c, 4, 4a, 46.

Tetragnatha panopea (1), Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiii., 1900,
p. 73.

Hab. — Upolu, Sanioan Islands. Hogg (infra) records this
species from Victoria with a query,

Tetragnatha pkotensa, Walck.

Tetragnatha protensa, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins. Apt., ii., 1837,
p. 209.

Tetragnatha protensa, Keys., Verb, der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1865, p. 847, tab. xxi., tigs. 14-17.

Tetragnatha conica, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,
p. 182, tab. xv., figs. 4, 4a, 4b, 4c.

Tetragnatha protensa, Keys., op. cit., Suppl., 1887, p. 222, tab.
xx., figs. 4, 4a, 4b, 4c.

Hab. — N. Queensland, and the islands of Palao and Ovalau.

168 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

TkTRAGNATHA QUADRI-NOTATA, Urquh.

1'etragnatha quadri-notata, Urquh., Proc. Hoy. Hoc. Tasm., 1892
[1893], p. 113.

Hab. — Tasmania.

Tetragnatha valida, Keys.

Tetra'jnatha valida, Kej's., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887,
p. 218, tab. xx., tigs. 1, \a, 16.
Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria.

Genus Eucta, Simon.
Obs. —Eucta gallica, Simon, is the type species of this genus.

Eucta anguilla, Thor.

Tetragnatha anguilla, Thor., Studi sui Ragni Mai, e Papuani, i.,

1877, p. 103.
Tetragnatha filiformis, Keys, (nee Aud. in Sav.), Verb, zool.-hot.

Ges. Wien, 1865, p. 843 (45), tab. xx., fig. 20.
Eucta anguilla, Keys., Die Arach. Austr., Suppl., 1889, p. 227,

tab. xx., tigs. 7, 7a, lb, 7c.
Hab. — Rockhampton, N. Queensland, and [Malaysian Archi-
pelago.

Eucta oaudifbra, Keys.

Eucta caudifer'a, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1889,
p. 226.
Hub. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Genus Meta, C. Koch.

(=Metaboliu8, F. U. P. Oambr.).

Obs. — Meta menardi, Latr.. is the type species of this genus.

MBTA LONGULA, Thor.

Meta longula, Thor., Studi sui Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881 ,
p. 128.
Hub. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANKID.E — KAINBOW. 109

Meta monoguammata, Butler.

Meta monogrammata, Butler, Cist. Ent., 1876, p. 352, pi. x.
lig. 3.

ffab. — Rockhampton, N. Queensland.

Meta cere a, Hogg.

Meta <erea, Hogg, Rep. Horn Expl. Exped., ii., Zool., 1896, p. 320,
pi. xiv., figs, 4, 5.

ffab. — Tempe Downs, Central Australia.

Meta ornata, L. Koch.

Meta ornata, L. Koch, die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 134,
tab. xl., fig. 6.

Meta ornata, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 5, 1907, p. 334.

ffab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Meta tkivittata, Keys.

Meta trivittata,Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887, p. 213,
tab. xix., figs. 4, 4a.

ffab. — New South Wales and Victoria.

Meta tubatrix, Kegs.

Meta tubatrix, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887, p. 212,
tab. xix., figs. 3, 3a.

ffab. — New South Wales.

Genus Nanometa, Simon
Nanometa gentilis, Simon.

Nanometa gentilis, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908
p. 421.

Hab.—W.. Australia (widely distributed).

Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

170 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Genus Argyroepeira, Emert.
(=Callinethis, Thor.).

Obs. — Argyroepeira hortorwm, Heatz, is the type species of
this genus.

Argyroepeira celebesiana, Walck.

Tetragnatha celebesiana, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., ii.,

1837, p. 222.
Tetragnatha decorata, Black w., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xiv. (3),

1864, p. 44.
Tetragaatha decorata, 0. P. Cambr., Journ. Linn. Soc, Zool., x.,

1870, p. 389, pi. xiii.. figs. 61-68.
Meta decorata, L Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 141.

tab. xl., fig. 5.
Meta celebesiana, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, i., 1877,

p. 422 ; loc. Gil., ii. 1878, pp. 91 and 297 ; he. cit., iii., 1881,

p. 126.
Argyroepeira celebesiana, Thor., Studi Ragni Birmani, p. 138 ;

Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iv., 2, 1890, p. 198; Spiders of

Burma. 1895, p. 155.
Argyroepeira celebesiana, Workman, Malaysian Spiders, 1896,

p. 52, pi. 52.
Argyroepeira celebesiana, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 5, 1907,

p. 335.
Hab. — New South Wales, Queensland, Papua, Malaysia, India
generally, and Ceylon.

Argyroepeira granulata, Walck.

Tetragnatha granulata, Walck., Hist, Nat. des Ins., Apt,, ii.,

1837, p. 222.
Tetragnatha granulata, L. Koch, Verb, der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges.

Wien, 1867, p. 185.
Meta granulata, L. Koch, Hie Aiach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 136,

tab. x., figs. 5, 5a.
Argyroepeira granulata. Rainbow, Rec. Austr. .Mus., vi., 5, 1907,
' p. 335.
//«/). -New South Wales, Queensland, Papua, and Now
Zealand.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANKID.E - RAINBOW. 171

Subfamily NEPHILIN/E.

Geitus Phonognatha, Simon.

PlIONOGNATHA GRAEFFEI, Key*.

Epeira graeffei, Keys., Verb, der K. K. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1865, p. 811, tab. xix., figs. 12, 13.
Epeira graeffei, L. Kocb, Die Aracb. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 98.

/lab. — Queensland and New South Wales, Victoria and
Tasmania.

Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Singotypa, Simon,

SlNGOTYPA MEF.ANIA, L. Koch.

Epeira melania, L. Koch., Die Aracb. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 100,
tab. viii., figs. 3, 3a, 3b.

Hob. — Queensland and New South Wales (Broken Hill), Vic-
toria and Tasmania.

Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Singotypa melanopyga, L. Koch.

Epeira melanopyga, L. Koch., Die Aracb. des Austr., i., 1871,
p. 97, tab. viii., figs. 2, 2a.
Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania.

Genus Doliochus, Simon.

Doliochus zelivira, Keys.

Meta zelivira, Keys., Die Aracb. des Austr., Suppl., 1887, p. 210,
tab. xix., figs. 1, la, 2, 2a.
Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Nephila, Leach.

Obs. — Nephila maculata, Fab., is the type species of this genus.
12

172 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Nephila adelaidensis, Hogg.

Nephila adelaidensis, Hogg, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xxxiv.,
1910, p. 61, pi. xviii., figs. 2, 2a, 26, 2c.
Hab. — S. Australia.

Nephila aurosa, L. Koch.

Nephila aurosa, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 160,
tab. xiii., tig. 4.

Nephila aurosa, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,
p. 152.

Hab. — N. Queensland and New Guinea.

Nephila edwardsii, Rainbow.

Nephila edwardsii, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xx.,

1895, p. 349, pi. xxii., figs. 2, 2a.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Nephila eremiana, Hogg.

Nephila eremiana, Hogg, Rep. Horn Expl. Exped,, ii., Zoology,

1896, p. 318, pi. 24, fig. 3.

Hab — Oodnadatta and Guyder River, Central Australia;
S. Australia.

Nephila flagellans, L. Koch.

Nephila flagdlans, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,
p. 153, tab. xii., figs. 5, 5a, 6, 6a.
Hab. — N. Queensland and the Pelew Islands.

Nephila fletcheri, Rainbow.

Nephila fletcheri, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xx.,
1895, p. 347, pi. xxii., tigs. 1, la.
Hab. — New England District, New South Wales.

Nephila imperatrix, L. Koch.

Nephila imperatrix, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,

p. 159, tab. xiii., figs. 3, 3a, 3b, 3c.
Nephila imperatrix, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii.,
1881, p. 155.
//,,/>. — Queensland, New South Wales (Sydney), and Percy
Island (Hairier Reef); W. Australia.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEiD.E — RAINBOW.

Nephila maculata, Fab.

173

Aranea maculata, Fab., Entom, Syst., ii., 1793, p. -125.
Nephila maculata, Leach, Zool. Misc., ii., 1815, p. 134, pi. ex.
Nephila chry soy aster, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., ii., 1837,

p. 92.
N*phila fuscipes, C. Koch, Die Arach., vi., 1839, p. 136, tab.

ccxii., fig. 528.
Epeira chrysogaster, O. P. Cambr., Proc. Zool. Soc, 1871, p. G20,

pi. xlix., fig. 4.
Nephila maculata, Tlioi\, Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,

p. 146.
Nrphila maculata, Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araign., i., 1892,

p. 750, figs. 832, 833.
//lib. — India, Malaysia, Papua,' N. Queensland, and Polynesia.

Nephila maculata, Fab , var. penicillum, Dol.

Epeira penicillum, .Dol., Bijdr., 1857, p. 412 ; Tweede Bijdr.,

1859, tab ii., fig. 4.
Nephila procera, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 162,

tab. xiv., fig. 1.
Nephila sulphurosa, L. Koch, loc. cit., p. 163, tab. xiv., tig. 2.
Nephila tenuipes, L. Koch, loc. cit, p. 165, tab. xiii., figs. 5, 5a.
Nephila maculata, Fab., var. penicillum, Thor., Studi Ragni

Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881, p. 147.
l/ab. — N. Queensland, Papua, and Malaysia.

Nephila maculata, Fab., var. walckenaerii, Dol.

Epeira walckenaerii, Dol., Bijdr., 1857, p. 412; Tweede Bijdr.,

1 859, tab. i., tig. 4.
Nephila fuscipes, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 156,

ly,b. xiii., tigs. 1, la, lb.
Nephila maculata, var. walckenaerii, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai.

e Papuani, iii., 1881, p. 146.
l/ab — Northern Queensland and Polynesia.

Nephila meridionalis, Hogg.

Nephila meridionalis, Hogg, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xxxiv.,
1910, p. 59, pi. xviii., figs. 1, la, lb, Ic.
l/ab. — Kangaroo Island, S. Australia.

174 RECORDS OF THE AUSVRU.IAN MUSEDM.

Nephila nigritarsis, L. Koch.

Nephila nigritarsis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 18
p. 152, tab. xiL, figs. 4, 4a, ib.
Hab. — Rockham)>ton, Port Mackay, N. Queensland ; Harvey
Agricultural Area, W. Australia.

Nephila ornata, Rainbow.

Nephila ornata, Rainbow, Proc Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxi.,
1896, p. 320, pi. xviii., figs. 1, la, \b.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Nephila picta, Rainbow.

Nephila picta, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxi., 1896,
p. 321, pi. xix., fig. 1.
Hab. — Condobolin, New South Wales.

Nephila venosa, L. Koch.

Nephila venosa, L. Koch, Verli. der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
xvii., 1867, p. 183; Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 148.
tab. xii., figs. 2, 2a.

Nephila prolixa, L. Koch, op.cit., p. 149, tab. xii., figs. 2, 2a.

Nephila venosa, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,
|». 153.
Hab. — Papua, Torres Straits, Queensland, New South Wales,

Victoria, S. Australia, and Polynesia.

Nephila ventricosa, Rainboiv.

Nephila ventricosa, Rainbow, l'roc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xx.,
1895, p. 351, pi. xxiii., figs. 1, 1«, 2, 2a; Uec. Austr. Mus.,
vi., 5, 1907, p. 336, fig. 53.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Nephila victorialis, L. Koch.

Nephila victorialis, L. Koch, Die Aracli. des Austr., i., 1871,
p. 150, tab. xii., figs. •">, 3a, 36.
Huh. Etockharnpton, N. Queensland, New South Wales,
Victoria, and S Australia.

A CKNSUS Ob' AUSTRALIAN ARANKI l>.-E— RAINHOW. 175

Genus Nephilengys, L. Koch.

Obs. — Nephilengys schmeltzii, L. Koch, is the type of this
genus.

Nephilengys rainbowi, Hoyy.

Nephilenyys rainbowi, Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xi., 1899,
p. 141, pi. xiii., fi^s. 1, \a-\d.
Hah. — Upper Endeavour River, Queensland.

Subfamily ARGIOPIN.E.

Genus Argiope, And. in Sav.

(=Pronous, v. Hasselt, non Keys.).
Obs. — Aryiope lobata, Pallas, is the type species of this genus.

Argiope ^mula, Walck.

Epeira cemida, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., ii., 1857, p. 118.
Epeira (Aryiopes) striata, Dol., Bijdr., 1857, p. 415 ; Tweede
Bijdr., p. 30, tab. ix, figs. 2, 2a.

Aryiope maynifica, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,

p. 27, tab. xi., figs. 6, 6«, 6b.
Aryiope cemula, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, 1877, p. 24;

op. cit., vii., 1878, p. 29 ; op. cit., iii., 1881, p. 63; op. cit.,

iv., 1, 1890, p. 94.
Aryiope cemnla, Workman, Malaysian Spiders, 1896, p. 27, pi. 27.
Aryiope cemula, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus , vii., 4, 1909, p. 213.
Flab. — Malaysia, Papua, Queensland, and New South Wales.

Argiope .etherka, Walck.

Epeira cetherea, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., ii., 1837,

p. 112.
Aryiope cetherea, Keys., Verh. der K. K. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1865, p. 803, tab. xix., figs. 1, 2.
Aryiope cetherea, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 36?

tab. iii., tigs. 4, 4a ; op. cit., p. 43.
Aryiope cetherea, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 4, p. 213.

176 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Argiope variabilis, Bradley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, i.,
1876, p. 141, pi. i., fig. 3.
Hab. — New Guinea, Torres Straits, Queensland, New South
Wales, and Victoria.

Argiope bullocki, Rainbow.

Argiope bullocki, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 5, p 46,
fig. 3.
Hab. — Parkville, near Scone, New South Wales.

Argiopk carinata, L. Koch.

Argiope carinata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 29,
tab. ii., figs. 7, la.
Hab. — Australia (Neuholland).

Argiope curvipes, Keys.

Argiope curvipes, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Supph, 1886,
p. 135, tab xi.. figs. 1, la, \b.
Hab. — Gayndah, Queensland.

Argiope Extensa, Rainbow.

Argiope extensa, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxiii.,
1897, p. 519, pi. xvii., figs. 5, 5a, 5b, 5c.
Hab. — Guildford, near Sydney.

Argiope gracilis, Rainbow.

Argiope gracilis, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxiii.,
1897, p. 522.
Hab. — Bungendore, New South Wales.

Argiope t.uguuris, L. Koch.

Argiope lugubris, L. Koch, Die Aracli. des Austr., i., 1871,
p. 209, tab. xviii., figs. 6, 6a, 6b, 7, 7a, lb.
Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria.

Ahgiopk lunata, Bradley.

Argiope lunata, Bradley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, i., 1876,
p. 143, pi. i., fig. 4,
//el). — Sue and Cocoxnut Islands, Torres Straits,

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEIDJE RAINHOW.

Argiope pallida, Rainbow.

177

Argiope pallida, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxiii.,
1897, p. 521, pi. xvii., figs. 6, 6a, 66.
Ilab. — Queaubeyan, New South Wales.

Argiope picta, L. Koch.

Argiope picta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 33,

tab. iii., figs. 3, 3a.
Argiope, goryonea, L. Koch, loc cit , p. 35.
Argiope picta, Thor., Stu'li Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,

p. 64.
Ilab. — Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria ; New
Guinea and 1 Fiji.

Argiope principalis, L. Koch.

Argiope principalis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871r
p. '207, tab. xviii , tigs. 5, 5a.
Hob. — Bowen, N. Queensland.

Argiope protensa, L. Koch.

Argiope protensa, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,

p. 211, tab. xviii., figs. 8, 8a, 86.
lArachnura longicauda, Urquh., Trans. N. Z. Inst., xviii., 1885,

j). 33, pi. ix., fig. 2.
Hob. — Australia generally ; 1 also New Zealand.

Argiope syrmatica, L. Koch.

Argiope syrmatica, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,
p. 213, tab. xviii., figs. 9, 9a, 96.
Hob. — Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, and New
Zealand.

Argiope trifasciata, Dol.

Epeira (Argiopes) trifasciata, Dol., Bijdr., 1857, p. 416; Tweede

Bijdr., 1859, pi. i., fig. 3.
Epeira {Argiopes) reinwardtii, Thor., Tweede Bijdr., 1859, p. 31,

tab. xv., fig. 5.

178 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Argiope plana, L. Koch, Verh. der K. K. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1867, p. 9; Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 31, tab. iii.,

tigs. 1, la-lc, 2.
Argiope doleschalli, Thor., Rem. on Syn., 1873, p. 520; Studi

Ragni Mai. e Papuani, i., 1881, p. 61 ; op. cit., iii., 1878,

p. 38.
Argiope fasciata, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., SuppL, 1886,

p. 133, tab. x., fig. 5.
Hab. — Australia generally; also Polynesia.

Genus Gea, C. Koch.

( = Ebcea, L. Koch).
Obs. — Gea spinipes, C. Koch, is the type species of this genus.

Gea pr.ectncta, L. Koch.

Ebtea prcecincta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 130,

tab. x., figs. 2, 2a, 3, 3a.
Ebcea prcecincta, Bradley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, i., 1876,

p. 147.
Hab. — Palm Island, Great Barrier Reef, and Samoa.

Gea theridioides, L, Koch.

Ebcea theridioides, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,
p. 132, tab. x., figs. 4, 4a-4e.
Hab — Australia generally.

Genus Cyrtophora, Simon.

(=Euetria, Thor.; Hentzia, McCook).

Obs. — Cyrtophora citricola, Forskal, is the type species of this
genus.

Cyrtophora hirta, L. Koch,

Cyrtophora hirta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,
p. 125, tab. ix., fig. 7, la.
//,,/,. — Bowen, N. Queensland.

A CEVSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEID.-E — RAINK0W.

Cyrtophora moluccensis, Dol.

179

Epeira moluccensis, Dol., Bijdr., 1857, p. 418.

Epeira margaritacea, Dol., Tweede Bijdr., 1859, p. 29, tab. ix.,

figs. 3, 3a.
Epeira moluccensis, Tlior., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, ii., 1878,

p. 40 ; op. cit., iii., 1881, p. 80 ; op. cit., iv., 1, 1889, p. 111.
Epeira maritima, Keys., Verb, der K. K. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1865, p. 813, tab. xviii., figs. 22, 23.
Epeira maritima, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 91.
Epeira cupidinea, Thor., Proc. Zool. Soc, 1875, p. 135, pi. xxv.,

fig. 3.
Epeira hieroglyph tea, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,

p. 89, tab. vii., figs. 8, 8a.
Hub. — New Guinea, Torres Strait, Queensland, New South
Wales, and Polynesia.

Cyrtophora parnasia, L. Koch.

Cyrtophora parnasia, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,
p. 126, tab. ix , figs. 8, 8a.
Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria.

Cyrtophora sculptilis, L. Koch.

Cyrtophora sculptilis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austi., i., 1871,
p. 128, tab. ix., figs. 9, 9a.
Hub. — Bowen, N. Queensland.

Gemts Arachnura, Vins.

(=Hapalochrota, Keys.).

Obs. — Arachnura scorpionides, Vins., is the type species of
this genus.

Arachnura caudata, Bradley.

Epeira caudata, Bradley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N S. Wales, i , 1876,
p. 147.
Hab. — New Guinea and N. Queensland.

Arachnura higginsii, L. Koch.

Epeira higginsii, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 120,
tab. xi., figs. 1, la, 16.

180 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Arachnura higginsii, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 4, 1909r
p. 218.
Hab. — Australia and Tasmania.

Arachnura trilobata, Urquh.

Arachnura trilobata, Urquh., Trans. N.Z. Inst., xvii., 1885, ]».37r
pi. ix., fig. 3 ; Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1892(1893), p. 119.
Hab. — New Zealand and Tasmania.

Genus Cyclosa, Menge.
Obs. — Cyclosa conica, Pallas, is the type species of this genus.

Cyclosa bacilliformis, Simon.

Cyclosa bacilliformis, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i.,
1908, p. 423.
Hab. — Lion Mill, W. Australia.

?Cyclosa rhombocephala, Thor.

Epeira rhombocephala, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii.
p. 98.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Cyclosa pallida, Rainbow.

Epeira pallida, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxiii.,
1897, pp. 514 and 535, pi. xvii., fig. 1.
Hab. — Guildford, near Sydney.

ICyclosa vallata, Keys.

1 Epeira vallata, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1886,
p. 149, tab. xii., figs. 5, 5a, 56.
Hab. — N. Queensland.

Genus Larinia, Simon.

(=Lipocrea, Thor.; Drexelia, McCook).

Obs. — Larinia lineala, Lucas, is the type species of this
genus.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANKIPjE — RAINBOW. 181

LARINIA EBURNE1VENTRIS, Simon.

Larina eburneiventris, Simon, Die Fauna Slid- west Austr , i.,
1908, p. 424.
Hab. — West Australia.

Larinia phthisica, L. Koch.

Epeira phthisica, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 103,

tab. viii., figs. 5, 5«.
Epeira phthisica, Keys., op. cit., Suppl., 1887, p. 171, tab. xiv.,

figs 6, 6a.
Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria.

Larinia tabida, L. Koch.

Epeira tabida, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 105,

tab. viii., figs. 6, 6a.
Meta soror, Thor., Studi i., Ragni di Selebes, 1877, p. 433.
Epeira tabida, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887, p. 170,

tab. xiv., tigs. 5, 5a.
Lipocrea soror, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,

p. 689.
Hab. — Port Mackay, N. Queensland.

Genus Araneus, Clerck.

(= Epeira, Auct. ; Zygia, Zilla, et Singa, C. Koch; Heterognatha,
Nicolet; Cerceis, Menge; Arcidia, Perilla, et Milonia, Thov.;
Epeiroides, Keys.; Mahadiva, A/paida et Amamra, F. O. P.
Canibr.; Marxia, Verrucosa et Wayneria, McCook; Cercidia,
Thor.; Tricantha, Tacz.; Vixia, O. P. Cambr.).
Obs. — The type species of this genus is Araneus diadematvs,

Clerck.

Araneus acuminatus, L. Koch.

Epeira acuminata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,
p. 109, tab. ix., tigs. 2, 2a, 26.
Hab. — Port Mackay, N. Queensland ; 1 Howla, Solomon Is.

Araneus albidus, L. Koch.

Epeira albida, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 83,
tab. vii., tigs. 2, la.
Hab, — Rockhampton, N. Queensland.

182 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Araneus albotriangulus, Keys.

Epeira albotriangula, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887,
p. 187, tab. xvi., tigs. 4, 4a, 5, 5a, 56, be.
Uab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Araneus amblycypiius, Simon.

Araneus amblycyphus, Simon, Die Fauna Slid- west Austr., i.,
1908, p. 427.
Hab. — Busselton, W. Australia.

Araneus a n at i pes, Keys.

Epeira anatipes, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887,
p. 175, tab. xv., tigs. 3, 3a, 4, 4a.
Hab. — Pelew Islands ; Queensland.

Araneu% anseripes, Walch.

Epeira anseripes, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., ii., 1837,

p. 146.
Epeira anseripes, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuan i, i., 1877,

p. 65 ; op. cit., ii.. 1878, pp. 80, 273, 297 : op. cit., in., 1881,

p. 124.
Epeira anseripes, Walck., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887,

p. 174, tab. xv., tigs. 1, la, 2, 2a, 26.
Hab. — Celebes, Philippines, New Guinea, New Ireland, Queens-
land, New South Wales.

Araneus arenaceus, Keys.

Epeira arenacea, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1£86,
p. 145, tab. x i i . , tigs. 2, 2a, 3, 3a, 36.
Hub. — Queensland and New South Wales.
%

Araneus biapactus, L. Koch.

Epeira biapacta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 54,
tab. iw, fig. 4.
flab. — Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria.

A CBN8US OF AUSTRALIAN AR.WKI D.-K — K \ I SBOW. 183

Araneus biapicatifera, Strand.

Aranens biapicatifera, Strand, Wiesbaden Jahrb. Ver. Natk.,
lx., 1907, p. 202.
Hab. — Australia.

Araneus bradleyi, Keys.

Araneus bradleyi, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887,
p. 165, tab. xiv., figs. 2, 2a.
Hab. — New South Wales, Victoria.

Araneus brisban.e, L. Koch.

Epeira brisbance, L, Koch, Verh. der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1867, p. 176; Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. Ill, tab.
vi., figs. 4, 4«.

Epeira brisbance, Keys., op. cit., Suppl., 1887, p. 161, tab. xiii.,
figs. 6, QaGd, 7, la.
Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, and New Zealand.

Araneus capitalis, L. Koch.

Epeira capitalis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 58,
tab. v., figs. 1, 1«.

Epeira capitalis, Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xi., 1899, p. 139,
pi. xiii., h'gs. 3, 3a-3b.
Hab. — Upper Endeavor River, Queensland, and the Island of
Ovalau.

Araneus circumsparsus, Keys.

Epeira circumsparsa, Keys, Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887,
p. 190, tab. xvi., figs. 7, la.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Araneus collinus, Keys.

Epeira collina, Keys, Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1886, p. 141,
tab. xi., figs. 5, 5a.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Arankus concinnus, Rainbow.

Epeira variabilis, Rainbow (nom. prceocc), Proc. Linn. Soc. N.
S. Wales, xxiii., 1897, p. 517, pi. xvii., figs. 3, 3a, 3b.

184 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Arrtneus coucinnus, Rainbow, op. cit., xxv., 1900, p. 494.
Hub. — Guildford, near Sydney, New South Wales.

Araenus cordipormis, L. Koch.

Epeira cordiformis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,
j). 82, tab. v., figs. 7, la.
Hab. — Port Mackay, N. Queensland.

Araneus crassipes, Rainbow.

Epeira crassipes, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soe. N. S. Wales, xxiii.,
1897, p. 515, pi. xvii., figs. 2, 2a.
Hob. — Guildford, near Sydney, New South Wales.

Araneus crinitus, Rainbow.

Anepsia crinita, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, xviii.,
1893, p. 23, pi. iii., figs. 5, 5a.
Hab. — Manly, near Sydney, New South Wales.

Araneus cyphoxis, Simon.

Araneus cyphoxis, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i , 1908,
p. 42b\
Hab. — W. Australia.

Araneus cyrtarachnoides, Keys.

Epeira cyrtarachnoides, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl.,
1887, p. 181, tab. xv., figs. 8, 8a, 9, 9a.
/Jab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Araneus decolor, L. Koch.

Epeira decolor, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 71,
tab. vi., figs. 8, 8a.
Ilab. — New South Wales, Victoria ; Viti, Fiji Islands.

Araneus dimidiatus, L. Koch.

Epeira dimidiatd, L. Koch., Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,
p. 95, tab. viii., figs. 1, la.
Hab. — Queensland and Northern New South Wales.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN AKANKIDiB — RAINBOW. 185

AliANKUS DIOBRIS, Walck.

Epeira diobris, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., ii. 1S57, p. 131.
Epeira diobris, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 116.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Araneus diversicolor, Rainbow.

Epeira diversicolor, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xviii.,
1893, p. 16, pi. iii., tigs. 1, la, 16.
Hab.— Manly, near Sydney, New South Wales.

Araneus eburnus, Keys.

Epeira eburua, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl. ,1886, p. 148
tab. xii., tigs. 4, 4a.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales,

Araneus exanthematicus, Dol.

Epeira exanthematica, Dol., Tweede Bijdr., 1850, p. 38, tab. iii.,

tig. 3 ; tab. xi., fig. 4.
Epeira specidabunda, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,

p. 80, tab. v., tigs, 6, 6a.
Epeira exanthematica,, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, ii.,

1878, p. 58 ; op. cit., iii., 1881, p. 98.
Epeira exanthematica, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887,

pp. 165, 185, tab. xvi., tigs. 2, 2a.
Hub. — Amboina, Java, New Guinea, N. Queensland.

Araneus exsertus, Rainbow,

Araneus exsertus, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 2, 1904, p. 102,
tigs. 2fi, 27.

Hub. — Mornington Island, Wellesley Group, Gulf of Car-
pentaria.

Araneus extuberatus, L. Koch.

Epeira extuberata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,

p. 61, tab. v., tig. 3.
Epeira extuberata, Hogg, Rep. Horn Expl. Exped., ii., Zoology,
1896, p. 311.
Hab. — New Zealand and Australia.

186 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Araneus fastidiosus, Keys.

Epeira fastidiosa, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887,
p. 183, tab. xvi , figs. 1, la.
Hab. — Rockliampton, N. Queensland.

Araneus felinus, Butler.

Epeira felina, Butler, Cist. Ent., 1S76, p. 351, pi x., figs. 1, 2.
Hab — Rockliampton, N. Queensland.

Araneus fictus, Rainbow

Epeira ficta, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxii., 1896,
p. 323, pi. viii., tigs. 2, 2a.
Hab. — New England District, New South Wales.

Araneus frosti, Hogg

Epeira frosli, Hogg, Rep. Horn Expl. Exped., ii., Zoology, 18S6,
p. 315, pi. xxiv., fig. 1.
Hab. — Stevens River, Central Australia.

Araneus fuliginatus, L. Koch.

Epeira fuliginata, L, Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,
p. 106, tab. viii., figs. 7, la, 76.
Hab. — New South Wales and Victoria.

Araneus furcifkrus, Keys.

Epeira Jtircifera, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1886,
p. 144, tab. xii., figs. 1, la.
Hab. — Rockliampton, N. Queensland.

Araneus gracilis, Hogg.

Epeira (Singa) gracilis, Hogg, Rep. Horn Expl. Exped., ii.,
Zoology, 1896, p. 317, pi. xxiv., fig. 2.
Hab. — Valley of Stevens River, Central Australia.

Araneus hamiltoni, Rainbow.

Epeira hamiltoni, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xviii.,
1893, p. 21, pi. iii., figs. 7, la.
Hab. — Guntawang, near Mudgee, New South Wales.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN AKANKIDiE — RAINBOW. 187

Arankus heroine, L. Koch.

Epeira heroine, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 51,
tab. iv., figs. 2, '2a.

Epeira heroine, Keys., op. cil., Suppl., 1886, p. 138, tab. xi.?
figs. 3, 3a.

Araneus heroine, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxii.,
1896, p. 331 ; op. cit., xxiii., 1897, p. 531 ; Rec. Austr. Mus.,
vii.. 4, pp. 221 and 223, pi. lxii.
Hob. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Araneus humilis, L. Koch.

Theridium humile, L. Koch, Verh. der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1867, p. 19.

Epeira, humilis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 107,
tab. ix., figs. 1, la, lb.
II ab. — Queensland.

Araneus idoneus, Keys.

Epi ira idonea, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887, p. 177,
tab. xv., figs. 5, 5a.
Hob. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Araneus inquietus, Keys.

Epeira inquieta, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887,
p. 189, tab. xvi., tigs. 6, 6«.

Hub. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Araneus interjectus, L. Koch.

Epeira interjecta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 96,
tab. vii., figs. 7, 7a, lb.

Hob. — Port Mackav, N. Queensland

Araneus inustus, L. Koch.

Epeira inusta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 94,
tab. vii., figs. 3, 3a, 3b.
Hab. — Bowen, N. Queensland.
13

18b RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Araneus lacrimosus, Walck.

Epeira lacrimosa, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., ii., 1837,

p. 34.
Epeira lacrimosa, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 83.
Hob. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Araneus lancearius, Keys.

Epeira lancearia, Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887, p. 157,
tab. xiii., figs. 3, 3a, 36.
Hob. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Araneus leai, Rainbow.

Epeira leai, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xviii., 1893,
p. 287, pi. x., fig. 1.
Hab. — Bungendore, New South Wales.

Araneus liberalis, Rainboiv.

Araneus liberalis, Rainbow, Proc Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxvii.,
1902, p. 486, pi. xviii., figs. 2, 2a.
Hab. — Prospect, near Sydney, New South Wales.

Araneus lodiculus, Keys.

Epeira lodicula, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887,
p. 159, tab. xiii., figs. 4, 4a.
Hab. —Sydney, New South Wales.

Araneus lugubris, Walck.

Epeira lugubris, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., ii., 1837,

p. 34.
Epeira indaqatrix, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i , 1871,

p. 66, tab. v., figs. 8, Sa, 9, 9a.
Hab. — N. Queensland.

Araneus lutueentus, Keys.

Epeira Inlulenta, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1886,
p. 143, tab. xi., figs. 6, 6a.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEID^E — HAINHOW. 1 H9

AKANEUS macleayi, Bradley.

Epeira macleayi, Bradley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, i., 1877,
p. 145, pi. i., fig. 5.

Ilab. — Hall Sound, and Percy Island, N. Queensland.

Araneus mamillanus, Keys.

Epeira mamillana, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887,
p. 154, tab. xii., figs. 8, 8a, 86.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Aran bus mastersi, Bradley.

Epeira mastersi, Bradley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, i., 1887,
p. 146, pi. i., fig. 6.

Ilab. — Percy, Cocoanut, and Sue Islands, Torres Straits ; also
Cape Granville.

Araneus memorii, Hogg.

Araneus memorii, Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiii., 1900, p. 99,
pi. xv., fig. 1.

Hab. — Macedon, Victoria.

Araneus mucronatus, L. Koch.

Epeira mucronata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,

p. 74, tab. vi., figs. 2, 3, 3a.
Epeira mucronata, Butler, Cist. Ent., 1876, p. 352.
Hab. — Rockhampton, N. Queensland.

Araneus mulierarius, Keys,

Epeira midieraria, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl. , 1887,
p. 200, tab. xviii., figs. 1, la.
Hab. — Cape Yoik, N. Queensland.

Araneus naviculus, L. Koch.

Epeira navicula, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 102,
tab. viii., figs. 4, 4a, 4b.

Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

190 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Araneus necopinus, Keys.

Epeira necopina, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887,
p. 198, tab. xvii., figs. 7, 7 a.
Hob. — W. Australia.

Araneus nigropunctatus, L. Koch.

Epeira nigropunctata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,
p. 65, tab. vi., figs. 7, 7a; Keys., op. cit., Suppl., 1887,
p. 201, tab. xviii., figs. 5, 5a.
Hab. — N. Queensland.

Araneus obstructus, Urquh.

Epeira obstructa, Urquh., Trans. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1892 (1893),
p. 116.
Hab. —Tasmania.

Araneus parvulus, Rainbow.

Araneus parvulus, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxv.,
1901, p. 489, pi. xxiv., tigs. 3, 3a, 3b, 3c.
Hub. — Guildford, near Sydney, New South Wales.

Araneus phalkratus, Urquh.

Epeira phalerata, Urquh., Trans. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1892 (1893).
p. 114.
Hab. — Tasmania.

Araneus pr^esignis, L. Koch.

Epeira prmsignis, L. Kocb, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871.
p. 110.
Hab. — Bowen, N. Queensland.

Arankus phoductus, L. Koch.

Epeira producta, L. Koch, Verb, der K. K. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1867, p. 178; Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 55, tab. iv.,
ti^s. 5, 5a, 6, 7, 7a.

Epeira producta, Bradley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, i., 1877,
p. 14 1.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEID.-E — RAINBOW. 191

Epeira producla, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,

p. 90.
Epeira producla, Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict, xi., 1899, p 139,

pi. xiii., figs. 4, 4a, 46.
Araneus productus, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 4, 1909,

p. 2 -J 2.

tlab. — IJall Sound, New Guinea; Percy Island, Great Barrier
Reef ; Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria.

Araneus pronubus, Rainboio.

Epeira pronuba, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xviii.,
1893, p. 298, tab. x., figs. 2, 2a-2c.
II ab. — Bungendore, New South Wales.

Araneus psittacinus, L. Koch.

Epeira psittacina, L. Koch, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl.,
1887, p. 173, tab. xiv., tigs. 7, la, lb.
Hob. — New South Wales and Victoria.

Araneus pustulosus, Walck.

Epeira pustnlosa, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., ii., 1837,
p. 132.

Epeira pustulosa, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr. i., 1871, p. 116.
/Jab. — Australia and Tasmania.

Araneus quaesitus, Keys.

Epeira quaesita, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887,
p. 197, tab. xvii., tigs. 6, 6a.
Hob. — Australia.

Araneus quekibundus, Keys.

Epeira qneribundus, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887,
p. 195, tab. xvii., tigs. 4a, 4b, 5a, 56.
Hab. — Austra lia.

Araneus quietus, Keys.

Epeira quieta, Keys, Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887, p. 192,
tab. xvii., figs. 1, la.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

192 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Araneus rabiosulus, Keys.
Epeira rabiosnla, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887,
p. 194, tab. xvii., figs. 3, 3a.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Araneus ramulosus, Keys.

Epeira ramulosa, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887,
p. 203, tab. xviii., figs. 4, 4a.
Hab. — Australia.

Araneus rarus, Keys.

Epeira rara, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887, p. 193,
tab. xvii., figs. 2, 2a.
Hab. — Queensland and Victoria.

Araneus rotundulus, Keys.

Epeira rotundula, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887,
p. 178, tab. xv., figs. 6, 6a, 7, la.
Hab. — Queensland.

Araneus ruuicundulus, Keys.

Epeira rubicundula, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1887,
p. 1G4, tab. xiv., figs. 1, la, \b.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Araneus scutiferus, Keys.

Epeira scutifera, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1886,
p. 152, tab. xii., figs. 7, 7a.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Araneus scctigerens, Iloyg.

Araneus scutigerens, Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiii., 1900,
p. 100, pi. xv., fig. 2.
//ah. — Macedon, Victoria.

Araneus semicaudatus, Simon.

Araneus semicaudatus, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i.,
1908, p. 425.
Hab. — W. Australia.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEID^ — RAINBOW.

Araneus semicaudatus, var. simplex, Simon.

193

Araneus semicaudatus, var. simplex, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west
Austr., i., 1908, p. 426.
Hab. — W. Australia.

Araneus similaris, Rainbow.

Epeira similaris, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxii.,
1896, p. 324, pi. xviii., tig. 3.
/Za&. — New England District, New South Wales.

Araneus singularis, Rainbow.

Araneus singularis, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxv.,
1900, p- 490, pi. xxiv., tigs. 4, 4a, 46.
llab. — Bungendore, New South Wales.

Araneus sinuosus, Rainbow.

Epeira sinuosa, Kainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xviii.,
1893, p. 20, pi. iii., fig. 6.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Araneus squamiferus, Keys.

Epeira squamifera, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1886,
p. 151, tab. xii,, Hgs. 6, 6a.
Hab. —Peak Downs, Queensland.

Araneus stolidus, Keys.

Epeira stolida, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887, p. 186,
tab. xvi., figs. 3, 3a.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Araneus sub-flavidus, Urquh.

Epeira sub-Jlavida, Urquh., Trans. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1892(1893),
p. 117.
Hab. — Tasmania.

Araneus sydneyicus, Keys.

Epeira sydneyica, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887,
p. 155, tab. xiii., figs. 1, la, 2, 2a, 2b.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales, and Victoria.

194 RECORDS OF THI<: AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Araneus sylvicolus, Rainbow.

Epeira sylvicola, Rainbow, Proc Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxiii.,

1897, }). 518, pi. xvii., figs. 4, 4a.
Araneus sylvicolus, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 4, 1909,

p. 222.
Hab. — lllawarra, Guildford, Fairfield, and Liverpool, New
South Wales.

Araneus talipedatus, Keys.

Epeira talipedata, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887,
p. 169, tab. xiv., figs. 4, 4a.
Bab. — Australia.

Araneus tenellus, L. Koch.

Epeira tenella, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 76,

tab. vi., figs. 5, 5a, 6, Qa.
Epeira (?) tenella, Butler, Cist. Ent., 1876, p. 352.
Hab. — Rockhampton, N. Queensland.

Araneus theisii, Walck.

Epeira theis, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., ii., 1837, p. 53,

pi. xviii., tig. 4.
Epeira theis, Walck., Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 88.
Epeira mangareva, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., iv., 1847,

p. 469.
Epeira mangareva, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr. i., 1871,

p. 85, tab. vii., figs. 4, 4a 5, 5a.
Epeira thesii, Tlior., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, i.. 1877,

p. 51 ; op. cit.,\i\., 1881, p. 114; op. cit.,\\\, i., 1889, p. 150.
TSpeira mangareva, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,

p. 85, tab. vii., figs. 4, 4a, -lb.
llah. — New Guinea, Queensland, and Polynesia.

Araneus thyridotus, Thor.

Epeira thyridota, Thor., Oefv. af K. Vetensk.-Akad. Fbrh., 1870,
p. 367.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANKIDjE — RAINBOW. 195

Epeira thyridota., L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 52,
tab. iv., figs. 3, 3a ; tab. vii., fig. 1
Ilab. — Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria.

Araneus transmarinus, Keys.

Epeira transmarine^ Keys., Verh. der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1865, p. 814, tab. xviii., figs. 15, 16.
Epeira transmarine/, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,

p. 59, tab. v., figs. 2, 2a; op. cit., Suppi., 1886, p. 139, tab.

xi., tigs. 4, 4a, 46.
Ilab. — Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria.

Araneus trigona, L. Koch.

Epeira trigona, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 50,

tab. iv., figs. 1, la, lb.
Epeira trigona, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,
pp. 15 and 19.
Hab. — Papua generally ; Port Mackay, N. Queensland.

Araneus usualis, Keys.

Epeira usualis, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887,
p. 201, tab. xviii., tigs. 2, 2a, 3, 3a.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Araneus urbanus, Keys.

Epeira arbana, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887,
p. 160, tab. xiii., tigs. 5, 5a.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Araneus verrucosus, Walck.

Epeira verrucosa, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., ii., 1837,

p. 135.
Epeira verrucosa, Keys., Sitz. der Isis zu Dresden, 1863, p. 139,

tab. iv., figs. 20, 21.
Epeira verrucosa, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 112,

tab. ix., figs. 4, 4a.
Hab. — Australia and New Zealand.

196 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Araneus viridipes, Dol.

Epeira viridipes, Dol., Tweede Bijdr., 1859, p. 29, tal>. i., figs.

7,7a.
Epeira nephilina, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 90,

tab. vii., figs. 6, 6a.
Epeira viridipes, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, ii., 1878,

p. 45 ; op. cit., iii., 1881, p. 84.
Epeira viridipes, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1887,

p. 167, tab. xiv., figs. 3, 3a.
Hob. — Ainboina and Yule Islands, New Guinea; N. Australia.

Araneus wagneri, Rainbow.

Epeira wagneri, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxii.,
1896, p. 325, pi. xix., figs. 2, 2a-2d ; Rec. Austr. Mus., vii.,
4, 1909, p. 222.
Ilab. — New South Wales.

Genus -^Erea, Urquh.

Genus invisum et incertum.

JEhea. magnifica, Urquh.

jErea magnifica, Urquh., Trans. Roy. Soc. Tasra., 1892 (1893),
p. 119.
Ilab. — Tasmania.
Obs. — This species is the type of the genus.

Genus Heurodes, Keys.

Heurodes turrita, Keys.

Heurodes turrita, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1886,
p. 116, tab. ix., figs. 3, 3a.
Hob. — Australia and Tasmania.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Carepalxis, L. Koch.
Obs. — Carepalxis montifera, L. Koch., is the type of the genus.

A CKNSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANIUD.E — RAINBOW. 197

Carepalxis beelzibub, von Has.

Epeira beelzibub, von Has., Tijds. Ent., viii., 2, 1873, p. 240,
pi. xii., figs, a, b, c.
/fab. — Victoria.

Carepalxis bilobata, Keys.

Carepalxis bilobata, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl.. 1886,
p. 118, tab. ix., figs. 4, 4a.
Hah. — Queensland.

Carepalxis coronata, Rainbow.

Epeira coronata, Rainbow, froc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxii..
1896, p. 629, pi. xlix., fig. 1.
Hab. — New England District, New South Wales.

Carepalxis furcula, Keys.

Carepalxis furcula, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1886,
p. 121, tab. ix., figs. 6, 6«-6c.
Hab. — Queensland.

Carepalxis montifera, L. Koch.

Carepalxis montifera, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,
p. 123, tab. x., figs, la-lf.
Hab. — Port Mackay, N. Queensland.

Carepalxis tuberculata, Keys.

Carepalxis tuberculata, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl.,
1886, p. 119, tab. ix., figs. 5, 5a-5b.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Genus Acroaspis, Karsch.

Acroaspis olorina, Karsch.

Acroaspis olorina, Karsch., Zeitschr. f. d. Ges. Naturw., li., 1878,
p. 80.
Hab. — Melbourne, Victoria.
06s. — This is the type species of this genus.

198 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

ACROASPIS TUBERCULIFERA, Thar.

Acroaspis tuberculifera, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, i.,
1881, p. 52.
Hob. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Geiius Gasteracantha (Sensu siricto), Sund.

(=Plectana, Walck. ; Augusta, O. P. Cambr. ; uEtrocantha,
Karsch. ; Isoxya, Simon ; Stanneoc/atis, Butler ; also the
subgenera : Tetracantha, Collacautha, Atelacantha, Isacautha,
Actinacantha, and Macrocantha, Simon ; Anchacautha and
Tatacantha, Butl. ; Thelacantha, von Has.).
Obs. — Gasteracantha cancriformis, Linn., is the type species of

this genus.

Gasteracantha minax, Thor.

Gasteracantha minax, Thor., Oefv. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh., xv.

(1859), p. 301 ; Konl. Svenska Fregatten Engenies Resa

Zool. Arach., i., 1865, p. 21.
Gasteracantha flavomaculata, Keys., Verh. der K.K. zool. -hot.

Ges Wien., 1865, p. 801, tab. xix., figs. 8, 9.
Gasteracantha minax, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. JMus., vii., 4, 1909,

p. 226, pi. lxiii., figs. 1, 2, 3.
/fab. — New South Wales, Victoria, S. and W. Australia.

Gasteracantha minax, var. astrigera, L. Koch.

Gasteracantha astrigera, L. Koch, Die Aracli. des Austr., i., 1871,

p. 1-1, tab. i., figs. 9, 9«.
Gasteracantha minax, var. astrigera, Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict.,

xiii., 1900, p. 79.
Gasteracantha minax, var. astrigera, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus.,

vii., 4, 1909, p. 227.
Hob. — New South Wales and Victoria.

Gasteracantha minax, var. lugubris, L. Koch.

Gasteracantha lugubris, L. Koch, Die Aracli. des Austr., i., 1871,

tab. i., tig. 8.
Gasteracantha miuax, var. lugubris, Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict.,

xiii., 1900, p. 79.

A CENSUS OK AUSTRALIAN ARANEIDiE — RAINBOW. 199

Gasteracantha minax, var. higubris, Rainbow, Kec. Austr. Mus.,
vii., 4, 1909, p. 227.
Hab. — New South Wales and Victoria.

Gasteracantha ocellata, Urquh.

Gasteracantha ocellata, Urquh., Trans. N. Z. Insit., xx., 1888,
p. 190, pi. xi.
Bab. — Norfolk Island.

Gasteracantha pentagona, Walck.

Plectana pentagona, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., ii., 1837,

p. 168.
Gasteracantha pentagona, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i.,
1871, p. 9.
llab. — New Ireland ; " Neuholland."

Gasteracantha quadrispinosa, 0. P. Cambr

Gasteracantha quadrispinosa, O. P. Cambr., Proc. Zool. Soc ,
1879, p. 281, pi. xxvi., fig. 1.

Nab. — Australia (Sydney).

Gasteracantha sacerdotalis, L, Koch.

Gasteracantha sacerdotalis, L. Koch., Die Arach. des Austr., i.,
1871, p. 198, tab. xviii., fig. 1 ; op. cit., Suppl., 1886, p. 94.
Hab. — N. Queensland and Pelew Islands.

Gasteracantha simoni, 0. P. Cambr.

Gasteracantha simoni, O. P. Cambr., Proc. Zool. Soc, 1879,
p. 289, pi. xxvii., fig. 18.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Gasteracantha suminata, L. Koch

Gasteracantha suminata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,
p. 11, tab. i., figs. 7, la ; Keys., op. cit , Suppl., 1886, p. 97.
Hab. — N. Queensland, Pelew Islands, and New Caledonia.

200 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Gasteracantha taeniata. Walck.

Plectana taeniata, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., ii., 1837,

p. 169.
Gasteracantha taeniata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,

p. 10.
Gasteracantlia violenta, L. Koch, op. cit , p. 5, tab. i., tig. 3.
Gasteracantha taeniata, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii.,

1881, p. 8.
Hab. — Papua, Queensland, New South Wales, and the Falk-
land Isles.

Gasteracantha theisii, Guer.

Gasteracantha theisii, Guer., Voy. Coquille, Zool., ii., 1830, p. 5-1
Plectana prcetextata, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., ii., 1837,

p. 166.
Gasteracantha pr<etextata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i.,

1871, p. 8.
Gasteracantha theisii, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii.,

1881, p. 44
Isacantha prtetextata, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1886,

p. 94.
Hab. — Moreton Bay, Queensland ; Papua.

Gasteracantha variegata, Walck.

Plectana varieyata, Walk., Hist Nat. des Ins., Apt., ii., 1837,

p. 160.
Gasteracantha variegata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,

p. 2 : Ke}'.s., op. cit., Suppl., 1886, p. 97.
Gasteracantha variegata, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii.,

1881, p. 27.
Hab. — Cape York, Bowen, and Palm Island, Great Barrier
Reef, N. Queensland ; Papua, Polynesia.

Gasteracantha westringii, Keys.

Gasteracantha westringii, Keys., Sitz. der Isis zu Dresden, 1863,

p. 66.
Gasteracantha westringii, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i.,

1871, p. 3, tab. i.,' fig. 2.

A CENSUS OP AUSTRALIAN ARANEIDjE — RAINBOW. 201

€asteracantha westringii, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc, 1873, p. 160.
/lab. — Australia.

Genus Anepsia, L. Koch.

Anepsia rhomboides, L. Koch.

Epeira rhomboides, Verb, der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1867,

p. 177.
Anepsia rhomboides, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,
p. 46, tab. iii., tigs. 8, 8«-8e, 9, 9a.
Hob. — Rockhampton, N. Queensland, and the Island of Upolu.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Gemts Paraplectanoides, Keys.

Obs. — Paraplectanoides crassipes, Keys., is the type species of
this genus.

Paraplectanoides cerula, Simon.

Paraplectanoides cerula, Simon. Die Fauna Siid-west. Austr., i.,
1908, p. 428.
Ilab. — Dirk Hartog, Brown Station, W. Australia.

Paraplectanoides crassipes, Keys.

Paraplectanoides crassipes, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl.,
1886, p. 112, tab. ix., figs. 1, la-lc.
Hah. — Queensland and New South Wales.

1 Paraplectanoides kochii, 0. P. Cambr.

Paraplectana kochii, O. P. Cambr., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xix.,

4, 1877, p. 35.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Genus Cyi tarachne, Thor.

4=Cyr tog aster, Keys. (nom. prceocc.) ; Peltosoma, Sim. ; and
Dema, Karsch.)

Obs. — Cyrtarachne grubei, Keys., is the type species of this
genus.

202 RECORDS OF THE AUSTKALIAN MUSEUM.

Cyrtarachne latifrons, Hogg.

C yrtarachne latifrons, Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiii., 1900,
p. 102, pi. xv., figs. 4, 5.
Hab. — Macedon, Victoria.

Cyrtarachne latifrons, var. atuberculata, Hogg.

Cyrtarachne latifrons, var. atuberculata, Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc.
Vict., xiii., 1900, p. 103.
Hab. — Macedon, Victoria.

Cyrtarachne rubicunda, L. Koch.

Cyrtarachne rubicunda, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871,
p. 18.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Cyrtarachne setosa, Keys.

Cyrtarachne setosa, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1886,
p. 98, tab. vii., fig. 5.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Cyrtarachne tricolor, Dot.

Plectana tricolor, Dol., Tweede Bijdr., 1859, p. 44, tab. viii.,

fig. 3.
Cyrtarachne tricolor, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii.,

1881, p. 57.
Hab. — Malaysia, Papua, and Somerset, Cape York, N. Queens-
land.

Genus Poecilopachys, Simon.

Pcecilopachys bispinosa, Keys.

Cyrtarachne bispinosa, Keys., Verb, der K.K. zool.-boL Ges.
Wien., 1865, p. 4 ; Keys., Die Arach. des Austr,, Suppl.,
1886, p. 98.
Jlab. — New South Wales, Queensland, and the Island of
Upolu.

Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN \i; AN El DM RAINBOW. 203

PacciLOPACiiYs speciosa, L. Koch.

Cyrtarachne speciosa, L. Koch, Die Aracli. des Austr., i., 1871,
p. 202, tab. xviii., figs. :">, 3a; Keys., op. cit., Suppl., 1886,
p. 98.
Hab. — Queensland.

POBCILOPACHYS VERRUCOSA, L. Koch.

Cyrtarachne verrucosa, L. Koch, Die Aracli. des Austr., i., 1871,

p. 16, tab. ii., fig. 1 ; Keys., op. cit., Suppl., 1N86, p. 98.
Cyrtarachne verrucosa, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii.,
1881, p. 55.
Hab. — Gayndah, Queensland, and tlie Islands of Upolu and
Aru.

Genus Ordgarius, Keys.

(=Notocentria, Thor.; Eunesiotes, Rainbow).

Ordgarius monstrosus, Keys.

Ordgarius monstrosus, Keys., Die Aracli. des Austr., Suppl., 1886,
p. 114, tab. ix., tigs. 2, 2a-2c.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Dicrostichus, Simon.

Obs. — Dicrostichus fnrcatus, O. P. Cambr., is the type species
of this genus.

Dicrostichus caliginosus, Rainbow.

Cyrtarachne caliginosus, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,
xix.. 1894, p. 155, pi. x., tigs. 2, 2a, 2b.

Dicrostichus caliginosus, Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araign., i., 1892,
p. 883, fig. 948.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Dicrostichus furcatus, 0. P. Cambr.

Cyrtarachne furcala, O. V. Cambr., Proc. Zool. Soc, 1877, p. 563,
pi. lvi., fig. 2.
14

204 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSKUM.

Dicrostichiis furcatus, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 4, 1909,
p. 229, pi. lxiv.
Hob. — New South Wales.

DlCROSTICHUS FURCATUS, var. DISTINCTUS, Rainbow.

Dicrostichiis furcatus, var. distinctus, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc
N. S. Wales, xxv, 1900, p. 492.
Hab.—N. Sydney, New South Wales.

DlCROSTICHUS MAGNIFICUS, Rainbow.

Dicrostichiis magnificus, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,
xxiii., 1897, pp. 523 and 539, text-tigs. 2, 3, pi. xvii.. figs. 8,
8a, 86; Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 4, 1909, p. 229.
#«&.— New South Wales.

Genus Poltys, C. Koch.

(= Pleuromma, Dol.; Cyphagogus, Gun t her; Mastigosoma, Auss. ;
Rhyncharachne et G'errosoma, Bradley).
Obs. — Poltys illepidus, C. Koch, is the type species of this
genus.

Poltys bimaculatus, Keys.

Poltys bimaculatus, Keys., Die Aracli. des Austr., Suppl., p. 13.1,

tab. x., fig. 4.
Poltys bimaculatus, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 4, 1909,

p. 231.
llab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Poltys coronatus, Keys.

Poltys coronatus, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., lN^tf,
p. 128, tab. x., figs. 2, 2a.
llab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Poltys frknchi, Hogg.

Poltys /'reuchi, Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xi., 1899, p. 14M,
pi. xiii., figs. 2, 'la-'ly.
llab. — Upper Endeavour River, Queensland.

A CBNSUS OK AUSTRALIAN ARANKIDiE — RAINBOW.

205

PoLTYS KKYSERLINGI, Keys.

Poltys teeyserlingi, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1886,
p. 12*9, tab. x., fig. 3.
llab. — Gayndah, Queensland.

Poltys lacinosus, Keys.

Poltys lacinosus, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1886,
p. 123, tab. ix., tigs. 7, 7a, 76, 7c.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Poltys mammeatus, Keys.

Poltys mammeatus, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1886,
p, 125, tab. x., tigs. 1, la.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Poltys multituberculatus, Rainbow.

Poltys multitubercnlatus, Rainbow, Ree. Austr. Mus., iii., 4,
1898, p. 82, pi. xviii., figs. 2, 2a, 2b.
Hab. — Cooktown, N. Queensland.

Poltys salebrosus, Rainbow.

Poltys salebrosus, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 2, 1904, p. 30,
figs. 28, 29
Hab. — Freniantle, W. Australia.

Genus Celaania, Thor.

( = Cyrtoyaster, L. Koch ; Thlaosoma, O. P. Cambr.).

Obs. — Celamia kimbergi, Thor., is the type species of this
genus.

Celvenia calotoides, Rainbow.

Celcenia calotoides, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 1, 1908,
pp. 44, 46, figs. 2 and 4.
Hab. — Parkville, near Scone, New South Wales.

CeljENia distincta, 0. P. Cambr.

Celcenia distincta, O. P. Cainhr., Journ. Linn. Soc, Zoo!., x.,
1870, p. 274, pi. ix, tigs. 36-38.

206 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Celcnnia distincta, L. Koch, Die Aracli. des Austr., i., 1871,

p. 238.
Celcenia distincta, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxvii.,

1902, p. 488, pi. xviii., tigs. 4, ia-ie ; Rec. Austr. Mus., vii.,

4, 1909, p. 231.
Hab. — New South Wales.

Cel/ENia dubia, 0. P. Cambr.

Thlaosoma dubium. O. P. Cambr., Journ. Linn. Soc, Zool., x.,

1870, p. 272, pi. ix., figs. 25-35.
Celcenia dubia, L. Koch, Die Aracli. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 236.
Hab. — New South Wales and Victoria.

Celcenia excavata, L. Koch.

Cyrtogaster excavata, L. Koch, Verh. der K. K. zool. -hot. Ges.

Wien, 1867, \>. 175.
Celcenia excavata, L. Koch, Die Aracli. des Austr., i., 1871,

p. 234, tab. xx., figs. 1, \a-\h.
Celcenia excavata, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxii.,

1896, p. 336; Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 4, 1909, p. 231,

pi. lxiii., fig. 4.

Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, S. Australia,
and Tasmania.

Celcenia kimbekgii, Thor.

Celcenia kinibergii, Thor., Svenska Fregatten Eugenies Resa Zool.

Arach. i., 1863, p. 1.
Celcenia kinibergii, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i, 1871,

|». 25.
If tib. — Australia.

Genus Arcys, Walck.
Obs. — Arcys laucearins is the type species of this genus.

Arcys alatus, Keys.

Arcys alatm, Keys., Die Arach. des Auatr., Suppl, 1890, p. 267,
tab. xxiii., tigs. 8, 8a, 86.
I/iih. —Sydney, New South Wales.

A CKNSUS OF AUSTRALIAN AKANKID.K KA1NMOW. 207

ARCYS CI.AV ATI'S, Keys.

Arcys c/avatus, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1890,
p. 259, tab. xxiv., figs, i, la, 16, 2, 2a.
Hab. — New South Wales and Victoria.

Arcys cornutus, L. Koch.

Arcys cornutus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 218,
tab. xix., figs. 2, 2a, 2b, 2c ; op. cit., Keys., Suppl., 1890,
p. 256, tab. xxiii., fig. 7.

Arcys cornutus, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 4, 1909, p. 232.
Hob. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Arcys lancearius, Walck.

Arcys (Arkys) lancearius, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., i.,

1837, pi. 497.
Arcys lancearius, L, Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 216,

tab. xix., figs. 1, \a-\d ; op. cit., Keys., Suppl., 1890, p. 258,

tab. xxiii., figs. 9, 9a, 9b.
Arcys lancearius, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 4, p. 232.
Hob. — Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, and Tasmania.

Arcys nitidiceps, Simon.

Arcys nitidiceps, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 429.
Hab. — Torbay, W. Australia.

Genus Archemorus, Simon.

Obs. — Archemorus simsoni, Simon, is the type species of this
genus.

Archemorus curtulus, Simon.

Archemorus curtulus, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xlvii., 1903,
p. 27.
Hab. — Eastern Australia.

Archemorus simoni, Simon.

Archemorus simoui, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1893, p. 328;
Hist. Nat. des A.aign., i., 1892, p. 898, fig. 976.
Bab. — Tasmania and (I) Victoria.

208 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Genus Dolopliones, Walck.

(=Tholia, L. Koch).

Obs. — Dolophones notacantha, Walck., is the type species of
this genus.

Dolophones clypeata, L. Koch.

Thalia clypeata, L. Kocli, Die Arach. rles Austr., i., 1871, p. 23,

tab. ii., tigs. 4, 5, 5a.
Tholia (?) clypeata, Butler, Cist. Ent., 1876, p. 349.

Hab. — 1 Rockhainpton, N. Queensland ; Island of Ceram,
Moluccas.

Dolophones conifera, Keys.

Tholia conifera, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1886,
p. 109, tab. viii., figs. 6, 6a.
Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, W. Australia.

Dolophones macleayi, Bradley.

Tholia macleayi, Bradley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, i., 1877,
p. HO, pi. i., tig. 2.
Hab. — Palm Island and Cleveland Bay, N. Queensland.

Dolophones mammeata, Keys.

Tholia mammeata, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1886,
p. 107, tab. viii., tigs. 4, 4a, 46, 5, 5a.
Hab. — Australia.

Dolophones maximus, Hogg.

Dolophones maximus, Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiii., 1900,
p. 104, pi. xv., fig. 5.
Hab. — Victoria.

Dolophones nasalis, Butler.

Tholia nasalis, Butler, Cist. Ent., 1876, p. 349, pi. x., tigs. 4, 5.
Hub. — Queensland.

Dolophones pei.tata, Keys.

Tholia peltata, Keys., \)\c Arach. dea Austr., Suppl., 1886, p. 100,
tab. vii., tigs. 6, 6a.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN AKANKI DJE — UAIN HOW. 209

Hab, — 1 Locality. Keyserling (supra) remarks ; " In Bradley's
Sammlung eiu Exemplar ohnenahere Augabe des Vorkommens."

DOLOPHONES PILOSA, L. Koch.

Tholia pilnsa, L. Koch, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl.,

1886, p. 105, tab. viii., figs. 2, 2a, 3, 3a, 36.
I) otophones pilosa, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 4, p. 233.
Hah. — Queensiand, New South Wales, and Victoria.

DOLOPHONES SIMPLA, Key.-:.

Tholia simpla, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl., 1886, p. 1 10,
tab. viii., figs. 7, 7a, 76.
Ilab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

DOLOPHONES TESTUDINEA, L. Koch.

Tholia testudinea, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 20,

tab. ii., figs. 2, 2a-'2c; op. cit., p. 204, tab. xviii., figs. 4, 4a,

46.
Do/ophoues testudinea, Simon, Hist. Nat. des Aiaign., i., 1892,

p. 903 (footnote).
Dolophones testudinea, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 4, 1909,

p. 233.
Hob. — N. Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, and New
Caledonia.

Dolophones tuberculata, Keys.

Dolophones tuberculata, Keys., Die Arach. des Austr., Suppl.,
1886, p. 102, tab. vii., figs. 7, 7a; tab. viii., figs. 1, la, 16.

Dolophones tuberculata, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 4, 1909,
p. 233.
Ilab. — Bungendore, New South Wales.

Dolophones turrigera, L. Koch.

Gasteracantha turrigera, L. Koch, Verb, der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges.

Wien, 1867, p. 173.
Tholia turrigera, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1871, p. 22j

tab. ii., figs. 4, 5, 5a.
Dolophones turrigera, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 4, 1909,

p. 233.
Ilab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

210 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSKUM.

Genus Billima, Simon.

BlLLIMA ATTRITA, Simon.

Billima atlrita, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 430.
Hob. — Subiaco North, W. Australia.
Obs. — This is the type species of tlie genus.

Genus Chasmocephalon, 0. P. Canibr.

Chasmocephalon neglectum, 0. P. Cambr.

Chasmocephalon neglectum, O. P. Cambr., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,

1889, p. 45, pi. ii., fig. 6.
Chastnocephaloji neglectum, Rainbow. Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 4,
p. 233.
/Jab. — Swan River, W. Australia.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Family MIMETID^E.
Genus Mimetus, Ilentz.
(=zCtenophora, Black w.).

Obs. — Mimetus interfeclov, Hentz, is the type species of this
genus.

Mimetus maculosus, Rainbow.

Mimetus maculosus, Rainbow, Bee. Austr. .Mus., v., 5, 1904»
p, 330, text-figs. 40, 41, 42, pi. xlvi., figs. 5, 6.
llab. — Jenolan Caves District, New South Wales.

Family THOMISID^.

Subfamily MISUMENIN^.

Genus Amycisea, Simon.

(= Amycle, O. P. Cambr., nom. praiocc.).

Obs. — Amycicea forticeps, O. P. Cambr., is the type species of
this genus.

A GBN8US OK AUSTRALIAN ARANKlD.fi — RAINBOW. "211

Amyci^a albomaculata, 0. P. Cambn.

Amycicea cUbomaculata, 0. P. Cambr., Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist.,
xiv., 4, 1874, p. L78

Hab. — N. Australia.

Genus Tinarus, Simon.
( = Motiasfes, Lucas ; Monceses, Thor., ad part).
Obs. — Tmarus piger, Walck., is the type species of this genus.

Tmarus albidus, L. Koch.

Monetises albidus, L. Kocli, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876,
p. 778, tal>. lxviii., tigs. 3, 3a.
Hab.— Gayndah, Queensland.

Tmarus angulatus, L. Koch.

Monceses angulatus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,
p 523, tab. xl., fig. 1 ; op. cit., ii., 1876, p. 781.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Tmarus cinerackus, L. Koch.

Monceses cineraceus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., p. 768,
1876, tab. lxii., tigs. 5, 5a, 6, 6a.
Hab. —Peak Downs, Rockhampton, and Gayndah.

Tmarus macilentus, L. Koch.

Monceses macilentus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876,
p. 773, tab. lxvii., tig. 8.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Tmarus marmokeus, L. Koch.

Monceses marmoreus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1876,
tab. lxvii., figs. 7, 7a.
Hab. — N. Queensland to Tweed River, New South Wales.

Tmarus projectus, L. Koch.

Monceses projectus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876,
p. 780, tab. lxviii., tigs. 4, 4a.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

21 2 RECORDS OF THK AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Tmarus truncatus, L. Koch.

Moncnses truncatus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1876,
p. 765, tab. Ixvii., figs. 3, 3a, 4, 46.
Hub. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Tmarus variabilis, L. Koch.

Afonceses variabilis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876,
p. 775, tab. Ixviii., figs. 1, la, 2, 2a.
Hah. — Gayndah, Peak Downs, and Port Mackay, Queensland.

Genus Momeses, Thor.

{=Monastes, Lucas, nom. prceocc, Rhyncognatha, Thor.).

Obs. — Monceses paradoxus, Lucas, is the type species of this
genus.

MoNjESES BREVICAUOATUS, L. Koch.

Momeses brevicaudatus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,
p. 526, tab. xl., fig. 3 ; op. cit., ii., 1 <s 7 6 , p. 775.
Hab. — Peak Downs and Rockhampton, Queensland.

MoN/ESES XYH1IOIDES, L. Koch.

Moiueses xyphoides, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i , 1873,
p. 525, tab. xl., fig. 2 ; op. cit., ii., 1876, p. 775.
Hab. — Peak Downs and Port Mackay, Queensland.

Genus l'on hopis, L. Koch.
Obs. — Porrhopis Jlavifrons, L. Koch, is the type of this genus.

PORRHOPIS CALL1PODA, Thor.

/'orr hopis callipoda, Thor., Studi llagni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,
p. 359.
Hub. — Somerset, Cape York, N. Queensland, and Yule Island.

PORRHOPIS FLAVIFRONS, L. Koch.

Porrhopis JUwifrons, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876,
p. 807, tab. lxix., figs. (J, 9a-9e.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANKID.K— KA IN ROW. 213

PORRHOPIS NITIDULA, Thor.

Porrhopis nitidula, Thor., Ktudi Ragni Male Papuani, iii., 1881,
p. 362.

Porrhopis nitidula, Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araign., i., 1892,
p. 1001, fig. 1067.
Hah. — Somerset, Cape York, N. Queensland.

Porrhopis tristicula, Thor.

Porrhopis tristicula, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,
p. 364.
Hab. — Somerset, Cape York, N. Queensland.

Genus Bomis, L. Koch.

BOMIS LARVATA, L. Koch.

Bomis larvata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873, p. 528,

tab. xl., tigs. 4, 4«-4rZ ; op. cit., ii., 1876, p. 798, tab. lxix.,

figs. 4, 4«.

Bomis larvata, Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araign., i., 1892, p. 1003,

tigs. 1068, 1069; Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., i., 1908, p. 430.

Hab. — Port Mackay and Rockhampton, N. Queensland, and

Dirk Hartog, W. Australia.

Obs. — This is tlie type species of this genus.

Genus Corynethrix, L. Koch.

CORYNETHRIX ORSCURUS, L. Koch.

Corynethrix obscurus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr, ii., 1876,
p. 805, tab. lxix., figs. 8, 8a-8d.
Hab. — Peak Downs, N. Queensland.
Obs. — This is the type species of this genus.

Genus Cymbacha, L. Koch.

Obs. — Cymbacha /estiva, L. Koch, is the type species of thi8
genus.

Cymracha ckrka, L. Koch

Cymbacha cerea, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876, p. 789,
tab. lxix., figs. 1, lrt-b/.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

214 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Cymbacha FESTIVA, L. Koch.

Cymbacha /'estiva, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1874, p. 539,
tab. xli., figs. 3, 3«-3« ; op. cit., ii., 1876, p. 791.

Cymbacha f'estiva, Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araign., i., 1892, p.
1008, figs. 1072-1074.

Cymbacha festiva, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxii.,
1896, p. 337 ; op. cit., xxiii., 1897, p. 550, pi. xviii., fig. 7.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Cymbacha ocellata, L. Koch.

Cymbacha ocellata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1874,
p. 544, tab. xli., fig. 6.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Cymbacha saucia, L. Koch.

Cymbacha saucia, 1.. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1874,

p. 542, tab. xli., figs. 5, 5«, 56.
Cymbacha saucia, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,

p. 358.
Cymbacha saucia, Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araign., i., p. 1008.

fig. 1075.
Cymbacha saucia, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxii.,

1896, p. 337.
llab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Cymbacha setosa, A. Koch.

Cymbacha setosa, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1874, p. 546,
tab. x 1 ii., figs. 1, la.
Hab. — Rockhampton, N. Queensland.

Cymbacha simii.is. L. Koch.

Cymbacha simi/is, L. Koch, hie Arach. des Austr., ii., 1874,
p. 785, tab. lxviii., ligs. 6, 6a.
Hab. — New South Wales, Victoria, and Tasmania.

Cymbacha stkiatu'es, A. Koch.

Cymbacha striatipes, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876,
}). 783, tab. lxviii., fig. 5.
Hab. — Peak Downs, N. Queensland.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANKID/E — KA1NBOW. 215

Genus Tharpyna, L. Koch.

Obs — Tharpyna diademata, \j Koch, is the * >'!*** species of
tliis genus.

Tharpyna albo-signata, L. Koch.

Tharpyna albo-signata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876,
p.' 791, tab. Lnviii., tig. 8, 8a, 9, 9a.
Hob. — Queensland and New South Wales

Tharpyna campestrata, L. Koch.

7'harpyna campestrata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1874,
p. 551, tah. xlii., figs. 4, 4a, 5, 5a 5c.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland, to W. Australia.

Tharpyna diademata, L. Koch.

Tharpyna diademata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1874,
p.' 548, tab. xlii., figs. 2, 2a-2d.
Hab. — Fitzroy Island, Gulf of Carpentaria, Queensland, Sydney,
New South Wales, Victoria, and Lord Howe Island.

Tharpyna hirsuta, L. Koch.

Tharpyna hirsuta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,
p. 602, figs. 4, 4a.
Hab. — Australia.

Tharpyna munda, L. Koch.

Tharpyna munda, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,
p. 600, tah. xlvii., fig. 3.
Hab. — Australia.

Tharpyna venusta, L. Koch.

D'twa venusta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1874, p. 574,
tab. xliv., figs, 4, 4a, 5, 5a; op. cit., ii., 1876, p. 823.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Genus Poecilothomisus, Simon.

PCECILOTHOMISUS SPECIOSUS, TJlOV.

Platythomisus speciosus, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii.,
1881, p. 327.
Hab. — -N. Australia.
06s — This is the type species of the genus.

216 RKCOKUS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Genus Thomisus, Walck.
(=Daradiu8, Tlior.).
Obs. — Thomisus albus, Gmel., is the type species of this genus.
Thomisus pustulosus, L. Koch.

Xysticus pustulosus, D Koch, Verh. der K.K. zool.-bot., Ges.

Wien., 1867, p. 220.
Misumena pustulosa, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1874,

p 531, tab. xh, figs 6, 6a, 7, 7a.
Pistias pustulosus, Thor., Studi Kagni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,

p. 331.
Hab. — Queensland, New Guinea, and New Britain.

Genua Runcinia, Simon.

(-Biincinioj)is, Simon ; Machomenus, Marx.).

Runcinia klongata, L Koch.

Misumena elongata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1874,

p. 529, tub. xl., tig. 5, 5a ; op. cit., ii., 1876, p. 803.
Pistius acnminatus, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,
p. 333.
Hab. — Queensland.
06s. — This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Disea, Thor.
Obs. — Dicea dorsata, Fab., is the type species of this genus.

DlJEA ADUSTA, L. Koch.

Xysticus adustus, L. Koch, Verh. i\ev K.K. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1867, p. 214.
Diaea adusta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1874, p, 576,

xliv., !i<,'s. 6, 6a; op. cit., ii., 1876, p. 824.

Hab.— Queensland.

I ) I K A ALBICERIS, L. Koch.

Misumena albiceris, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876,
p. 801, tab. Ixix., tigs. 6, G(t.
Il<d). — Peak Downs, Queensland.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEIDjE — KA1NHOW. 217

DliGA CJECUTIKNS, L. Koch.

Dicta ccBcutiens, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876, p. 813,
tab. lxx., tigs. 3, 3a.
Hab. — Peak Downs, N. Queensland.

Di,ea cimicina, Thor.

Dioza cimicina, Tlior., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,
p. 342.
Hab. — New Guinea and N. Queensland.

Di.ea circumlita, L. Koch.

Diosa circnmlila, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876, p. 817,
tab. lxx , tigs. 5, 5a.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Dl,EA DIMIDIATA, L. Koch.

Xysticus dimidiatus, L. Koch, Verh. der K.K. zool.-hot. Ges.

Wien, 1867, p. 210.
Dicea dimidiata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 591,

tab. xlvi., fig. 3.
Hab. — Brisbane, Queensland.

DliEA ELEGANS, L. Koch.

Dicea eleyans, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876, p. 815,
lxx., figs. 4, 4a-4c.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Dl^A EVANIDA, L. Koch.

Xysticus evauidus, L. Koch, Verh. der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1867, ]). 569.

Dima evanida, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1874, p. 569,
tab. xliv., figs. 1, la.

Hab — Queensland.

DliEA HiEMATODACTYLA, L. Koch

Diaia^ hatmatodactyla, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,
p. 584, tab. xlv., figs. 4, 4a.

Hab. — Port Mackay, N. Queensland.

218 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

DliEA INSECTA, L, Koch.

Dicea insecta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 579,
tab. xlv., fig«. 1, la.
Hab. — Rockhampton, N. Queensland.

DliEA JACUNDA, TItor.

Dicea jacunda, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,
p. 340.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

DliEA LACTEA, L. Koch.

Misamena lactea, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876,
p. 799, tab. lxix., tigs. 6, 6a.
Hab. — New South Wales and Victoria.

DliEA MOLLIS, L. Koch.

Dicea mollis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 587,
tab. xlv., figs. 6, 6a.
Hab. — Rockhampton, N. Queensland.

Di^a multimaculata, Rainbow.

Dicea multimaculata, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 2, 1904,
p. 106, tigs. 30, 31.
Hab. — Perth, W. Australia.

DliEA MULTIPUNCTATA, L. Koch.

Dicea midtipunctata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1874,
p. 565, tab. xliii., tigs. 5, 5a.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

DliEA oi.ivacea, L. Koch.

Dicea olivacea, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 589,
tab. xlvi., tigs. 2, 2a.
Hab. — King George Sound, W. Australia.

Dl^KA PLUMBEA, L. Koc/l.

Dicea plnmbea, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 595,
tab. xlvi., tigs. 6, 6a.
Hab. — New South Wales.

A CENSUS OK AUSTRALIAN ARANEID.E — RAINBOW. 219

DliEA PRASINA, L. Koch.

Dicta prasina, L. Koch, Die Arach. dea Auatr., ii., 1876, p. 819,

tab. lxx., figs. 6, 6a.
Dicta prasina, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,

p. 339.
Ilab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

DlTEA PUNCTATA, L. Koch.

Dicta punctata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 592,
tab. xlvi., figs. 4, 4a.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

DijEa punctipes, L. Koch.

Dicta punctipes, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 583,
tab. xlv., figs. 3, 3a.
Hab. — Rockhampton, N. Queensland.

Di;ea rosea, L. Koch.

Dicta rosea, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 581,
tab. xlv., figs. 2, 2a; op. cit., ii., 1876, p. 821, tab. lxx., figs.
8, 8a.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Di.ea tenuis, L. Koch.

Dicea tenuis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 586,
tab. xlv., fig. 5 ; op. cit., ii., 1876, p. 823.
Hab. — N. Queensland and New South Wales.

Di#:a tristania, Rainbow.

Misumena trislania, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., iii., 7, 1900,
p. 171, pi. xxx., figs. 1, la.
Hab. — Cobbity, New South Wales.

Di^:a tumefacta, L. Koch.

Dicta tumefacta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1874, p. 572,
tab. xliv., figs. 3, 3a, 36 ; op. cit., ii., 1S76, p. 824.
Hab. — Port Mackay and Rockhampton, N.Queensland, and
Sydney, New South Wales.
15

220 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Dl^EA VARIABILIS, L. Koch.

Dicea variabilis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 578,
tab. xliv., tigs. 7, 7a.

Hub. — Queensland and New South Wales.

DliEA VKLATA, L. Koch.

Dicea velata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876, p. 820,
tab. lxx., figs. 7, la.

Hab. — Queensland.

DijEA xanthogaster, L. Koch.

Misumena xanthogaster, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,
p. 597, tab. xlvii., figs. 1, la.

Hab. — New South Wales.

Genus Xysticus, C. Koch.
( = Psammitis, Spiracme, et Coriarachne, Menge).

06s. — Xysticus cristatus, C Koch, is the type species of this
genus.

Xysticus autumnalis, L. Koch.

Xysticus autumnalis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,
p. 609, tab. xlviii., figs. 3, 3a.

Hab. — New South Wales.

Xysticus rilimbatus, L. Koch.

Xysticus bilimbatus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,
p. 607, tab. xlviii., tig. 2.

Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Xysticus bimaculatus, L. Koch.

Xysticus bimaculatus, L. Koch, Verh. der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1867, p. 215; Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1874, p. 5.04,
tab. xlii., tigs. 6, 6a; op cit., ii., 1876, p. 809, tab. lxx., figB.
1, la, 16.

7/a6. — Queensland.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEID.*;— KA1NBOVT. 221

Xysticus cruentatus, L. Koch.

Xysticus cruentatus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1874,
p. 558, tal>. xliii., fi<js. 1, \a; op. cit., i., 1875, p. 607, tab.
xlviii., figs. 1, la, 1 b.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales, and Victoria.

Xysticus d^emelii, L. Koch.

Xysticus dcemelii, L. Koch, Die Aracli. des Austr., i., 1874, p. 561,
tah. xliii., figs. 3, 3«.
Hab. — New South Wales and Victoria.

Xysticus geometres, L. Koch.

Xysticus geometres, L. Koch, Die Aracli. des Austr., i., 1874,
p. 556, tab. xlii., figs. 7, 7a.
Hab. — Bowen, N. Queensland.

Xysticus inornatus, L. Koch.

Xysticus inornatus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876,
p. 811, tab. lxx., figs. 2, 2a.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Xysticus periscelis, Simon.

Xysticus periscelis, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 431.
Hab. — West Australia.

Xysticus pilula, L. Koch.

Xysticus pilula, L. Koch, Verb, der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1867, p. 212 ; Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1874, p. 563, tab.
xliii., figs. 4, 4«, 46.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Xysticus walesianus, Karsch.
Xysticus walesianus, Karsch, Z. Ges. Naturw., iii., 3, 1879, p. 881.
Hab. — New South Wales.

Genus Saccodomus, Rainbow.
Saccodomus formivorus, Rainbow.

Saccodomus formivor us, Rainbow, Eec, Austr. Mus.,iii., 7, 1900
pp. 169, 174, pi xxx., tigs. 2, 2a-2e; see Proc. Linn. Sue.
N. S. Wales, xviii., 1897, p. 549, pi. xviii., figs. 6, 6«
(Misuniinse).

222 KKCOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

llab. — Allalong, Williams River, and Tamvvorbli, New South
Wales.

Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Subfamily STEPHANOPSIN.lv

Genus Tharrhalea, L. Koch.

(=Ceriuius, Thor.).

Tharrhalea albipes, L. Koch.

Tharrhalea albipes, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,
p. 604, tab. xlvii,, tigs. 5, 5a, 6.
Bab. — Cape York, N. Australia.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Tharrhalea irrorata, Thor.

Cerinius irrorafats, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papua ni, iii., 1881,
p. 355.
Hah. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Genus Hedana, L. Koch.
(=Cetuma, Simon; Erissus et fsaloides, F. O. P. Cambr.).

Obs. — Hedana gracilis, L. Koch, is the type species of this
genus.

Hedana gracilis, L. Koch.

Hedana gracilis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1874, p. 534,
tab. xli., figs. 1, la, 16, lr.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Hedana maculosa, Hogg.

Hedana maculosa, Hogg, Hep. Horn Expl. Kxped., ii., Zoology,
1896, p. 335, pi. 24, fig. 11.
Hab. — Central Australia.

Hedana valida, L. Koch.

Ileilana valida, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 59(J,
tab. xlvii., figs. 2, 2a, '2b.
Hab. — Australia.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANBIDyB — RAINBOW, 223

Genus Stephanopsis, 0. P. Cambr.

(= Paratobias el Metatobias, K. 0. P. Cambr,).

Obs. — Stephanopsis altifront, O. P., Cambr., is the type species
of this genus.

Stephanopsis altifrons, 0. P. Cambr.

Stephanopsis altifrons, 0. P. Cambr., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., iii.,

4, 1869, p. 61, pi. v., figs. 33-39.
Stephanopsis altifrons. L. Koch, Die Arach, des Austr., i., 1874,

p. 495, tab. xxxviii., tig. 1.
Stephanopsis altifrons, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii.,

1881, p. 316.
Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia.

Stephanopsis armata, L. Koch.

Stephanopsis armata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1874,
p. 503, tab. xxxviii., fig. 4.
Hab. — Queensland .

Stephanopsis aspera, Rainbow.

Stephanopsis aspera, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,
xvii., 1902, p. 471, pi. xii., figs. 1-5.
Hab. — Bungendore, New South Wales.

Stephanopsis bicornis, L. Koch.

Stephanopsis bicornis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1874,
p. 501, tab. xxxviii., tigs. 3, 3a.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Stephanopsis cambridgii, Thor.

Stephanopsis cambridgii, Thor., Ofv. Kongl. Vetens.-Akad. Forh.,

4, 1870, p. 378.
Stephanopsis cambridgii, Bradley, Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales,

ii., 1871, p. 231.
Stephanopsis cambridgii, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1874>

p. 510, tab. xxxviii., tigs. 7, la, lb; op.cit., i., 1875, p. 744,

tab. lxv., tigs. 3, 3a.
Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria.

224 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Stephanopsis clavata, 0. P. Cambr.

Stephanopsis clavata, O. P. Cambr., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., iii., 4,

1869, p. 62.
Stephanopsis clavata, L. Koch, Die Arach. dts Austr., i., 1874,
p. 498.
Hab. — ? Australia.

Obs. — Cambridge {supra) says: — "A single 9 >n tue Hope Coll.
Oxford, without label, but supposed to be from Australia."

Stephanopsis corticalis, L. Koch.

Stephanopsis corticalis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,
p. 748, tab. lxv., figs. 5, 5«.
Hab. — Gayndah, Queensland.

Stephanopsis depressa, Bradley.

Stephanopsis depressa, Bradley, Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, ii.,
1871, p. 236.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Stephanopsis elongata, Bradley.

Stephanopsis elongata, Bradley, Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, ii.,
1871, p. 236.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Stephanopsis lata, 0. P. Cambr.

Stephanopsis lata, O. P. Cainbr., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., iii., 4,

1869, p. 63.
Stephanopsis lata, O. P. Cambr., Die Arach. des Austr,, i., 1874,
p. 498, tab. xxxviii., figs. 2, 'la.
Hab. — New South Wales, Victoria, and Tasmania.

Stephanopsis longimana, Thor.

Stephanopsis longimana, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii.,

1881, ].. 322.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Stephanopsis macleayi, Bradley.

Stephanopsis macleayi, Bradley, Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, ii.,
1871, p. 238.
Hab. — Goulburn, New South Wales.

A CENSUS OK AUSTKALIAN ARANKID.K — RAINBOW. 225

Stepiianopsis malacostracea, Walck.

Thomisus malacostracea, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., i.,
1837, p. 513.

Stepiianopsis malacostracea, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i.,
1874, p. 523.
Ilab — Australia.

Stepiianopsis minuta, L. Koch.

Stepiianopsis minuta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,
p. 756, tab. Ixvi., tigs. 4, 4a.
Hab. — -Peak Downs, Queensland.

Stephanopsis monticola, Bradley.

Stepiianopsis monlicola, Bradley, Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales,
ii., 1871, p. 234.
Hab. — New England District, New South Wales.

Stephanopsis nigra, 0. P. Cambr.

Stephanopsis nigra, (). P. Cambr., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., iii., 4,
1869, p. 62, pi. v., tig. 40,

Stephanopsis nigra, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1874,
p. 495.

Hab. — N. Australia.

Stephanopsis obtusifrons, Rainbow.

Stephanopsis obtusifrons, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,
xxvii., 1902, p. 491, pi. xviii., tigs. 3, 3a, 36.
Hab. — Jervis Bay, New South Wales.

Stephanopsis ornata, L. Koch.

Stephanopsis ornata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,
p. 746, tab. lxv., tig. 4.

Hab. — Sydney.

Stephanopsis palliolata, Simon.

Stephanopsis palliolata, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i.,
1908, p. 432.
Hab. — Wooroloo, W. Australia.

226 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Stephanopsis rufiventris, Bradley.

Stephanopsis rufiventris, Bradley, Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales,
ii., 1371, p! 237.
Hab. — New England District, New South Wales.

Stephanopsis scabka, L. Koch.

Stephanopsis scdbra, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1874,
p. 505, tab. xxxviii., figs. 5, 5a-~>d, 6, Ga, tib.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Stephanopsis thomisoides, Bradley.

Stephanopsis thomisoides, Bradley, Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales,
ii., 1871, p. 237.
Flab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Stephanopsis tuberculata, Bradley.

Stephanopsis tuberculata, Bradley, Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales,
ii., 1871, p. 235.
Hab. — Nepean Towers, New South Wales.

Stephanopsis vilosa, Rainbow.

Stephanopsis hirsuta, Rainbow {nom. prmocc), Proc. Liun. Soc.
N. S. Wales, xviii., 1893, p. 292, pi. x., figs. 4, 4a-4/
Hab. — Clarence River, New South Wales.

Genus Sy rial us, Simon.
Synalus angusta, L. Koch.

Stephanopsis angusta, L. Kocli, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876»
p. 794, tab. Ixix., rigs. 2, 2a.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Synalus terrosus, Simon.

Synalus terrosus, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxxix., 1895,
p. 411
11 nb. — Tasmania.

A OEN8U8 OF AUSTRALIAN ARANKIDiB — RAINBOW. 227

Oenus Sidy ma, Simon.
Obs. — Sidyma lucida, Keys., is the type species of this genus.

SlDYMA BICUSPIDATA, L. Koch.

Stephanopsis bicuspidata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,
p. 514, tab. xxxix., figs. 2, 2a; op. cit., 1876, p. 753, tab.
Ixvi., figs. 2, 2a, 2b.
Ilab. — Queensland.

SlDYMA HIRSUTA, L. Koch.

Stephanopsis hirsuta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,
p. 520, tab. xxxix., tigs. 5, ba ; op. cit., 1876, p. 753, tab.
Ixvi., figs. 2, 2a, 26.
Hab. — Queensland.

Sidyma kochi, Simon.

Sidyma kochi, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 435.
Hab. — North Fiemantle, W. Australia.

SlDMYA LOB ATA, L. Kcch.

Stephanopsis lobata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,
p. 516, tab. xxxix., fig. 3 ; op. cit., 1876, p. 755, tab. xlvi.,
tig. 3.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Sidyma longipes, L. Koch.

Stephanopsis longipes, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,
tab. xxxix., tig. 4.
Hab. — Queensland.

Sidyma rubrosignata, L. Koch.

Stephanopsis rubrosiyaata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i.,
1873, p. 521, tab. xxxix., tig. 6 ; op. cit., 1876, p. 762, tab.
lxvii., tigs. 1, la, 16, 2, 2a.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales,

Sidyma trapezia, L. Koch.

Stephanopsis trapezia, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,
p. 512, tab. xxxix., figs. 1, la.

228 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Sidy ma trapezia, Simon, Die Fauna Slid- west Austr., i., 1908,
' p. 433.
/Jab. — East and West Australia.

Genus Isala, L. Koch.

ISALA PUNCTATA, L. Koch.

Isala punctata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876, p. 796,
tab. Ixix., fig. 3.
Hub. — Australia.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Subfamily PHILODROMINT^E.
Genus Gephyra, L. Koch

Gephyra limbata, L. Koch.

Gephyra limbata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 614,
tab. xlviii., figs. 5, 5a-5rf.
Hab. — Rockhampton, N. Queensland.
Obs. — This is the t}rpe species of the genus.

Genus Philodroinus, Walck.

( = Artamus, C. Koch ; Opitis. L. Koch).

Obs. — Philodroinus aureolns, Olerck., is the type species of the
genus.

Philodromus austerus, L. Koch.

Opitis auslera, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876, p. 824.
tab lxx., fig. 9.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Phh.oduomus luteo-viuescens, Urquh.

Philodromus luteo-virescens, Urquh., Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1892
(1893), p. 122.
Hab. — Tasmania.

Philodkomus planus, L. Koch.

Opitis plana, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 611,
tab. xlviii., figs. 4, 4rt-4<?.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Australia.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANKID.E — RAINBOW. 229

Genus Tibellus, Simon.

( — Metastenns, Bertk.)

Obs. — Tibellus oblonyus, Walck., is the type species of this
genus.

Tibellus tenellus, L. Koch.

Thanatus tenellus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876,
p. 849, tab. lxxiii., figs. 2, 2a-2e.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Family CLUIJIONTD^E.

Subfamily SELENOPIN^E.

Genus Selenops, Latr.

( = Hypoplalea, Macl.).

Obs. — Selenops radiatus, Latr., is the type species of this genus.

Selenops australiensis, L. Koch.

Selenops australiensis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876,
p. 615, tab. lxviii., fig. 6.
Hab. — East and West Australia.

Subfamily SPARASSIN^E.

Genus Delena, Walck.

(=Damastes, Simon).

Delena cancerides, Walck.

Delena cancerides, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., i., 1837,

p. 490.
Delena impressa, C. Koch, Die Arach., xii., 1845, p. 53, tab.

cccix., figs. 988, 989.
Delena cancerides, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i , 1875,

p. 656, tab. lii., figs. 2, 2a, 2b.
Delena cancerides, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1902, p. 465.
Hab. — Australia and Tasmania.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

230 RKCOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Helena craboides, Walch.

(Species incerte sedis.)

Delena craboides, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., i. 1837, p. 492.

Delena craboides, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii. , 1876,

p. 856.

Hob. — Australia.

Obs. — Hogg (supra) observes that D.cancerides, Walck., is the
only species of its genus occurring on the mainland. I), craboides
is unknown to me, but as Walckenaer has recorded it from " New
Holland," I include it in our fauna for the present.

Genus Isopoda, L. Koch.
(— Voconia (nom. prseocc.) Holconia et Isopoda, Thor.).
Obs. — Isopeda vasla, L. Koch, is the type species of this genus.

ISOPEDA ARDROSSANA, Hogg.

Isopeda ardrossaua, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 446,
fig. 95.

Hab. — Ardrossan, S. Australia.

ISOPEDA AUREA, L. Koch.

Isopeda aurea, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 696,

tab. lix., fig. 3.
Isopeda aurea, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 453.
Hab. — Port Mackay, N. Queensland.

Isopeda cana, Simon.

Isopeda cana, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908, p. 440.
Hab. — Cranbrook, W. Australia.

Isopeda cerussata, Simon.

Isopeda cerussata, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 439.
Hab.- — Northampton, W. Australia.

TSOPEDA CONSPERSA, L Koch.

Isopoda conspersa, L. Koch, l»i<' Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,
p. 689, tab. Kiii , figs. 1, la, 2, 2a.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN AKANElDiE — KAINHOW. 231

Isopoda conspersa, Thor., Studi Etagni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,
p. 298.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

ISOPEDA CORDATA, L. Koch.

(•Species dubins incerte ted is.)

Isopeda cor data, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 694,

tab. lix., fig. 2.
Isopeda cordala, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 453.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Isopeda. dolosa, L. Koch.

Voconia dolosa, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i. 1875, p. 648,
tab. Iii., fig. 2.

Isopeda dolosa, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 648.
Hab. — Australia.

Obs. — This form is doubtfully separable from /. insignis. See
Hogg, supra.

Isopeda flavibarbis, L. Koch.

Isopeda Jiavibarbis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,
p. 698, tab. lix., rig. 4.

Isopeda Jiavibarbis, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 454.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Isopeda flavida, I. Koch.

Isopeda Jlavida, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 68(i,
tab. lvii., fig. 2.

Isopeda Jlavida, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 443.

Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria.

Isopeda frenchi, Hogg.

Isopeda frenchi, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 435,
tie. 89.

Hab. — Victoria.

Isopeda hirsuta, L. Koch.

Isopeda hirsuta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 693,
tab. lix., figs. 1, la, lb.

232 RECORDS OP THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Isopeda hirsnta, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Loud., 1902, p. 453.
Hab. — Bowen, Queensland.

Isopeda immanis, L. Koch.

Delena immanis, L. Koch, Verh. zool. -hot. Ges. Wien, 1867,

p. 208.
Voconia immanis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr, i., 1875,

p. 642, tab li., figs. 4, 4a-4c.
Isopeda immanis, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 433,

fig. 88d.
Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria.

Isopeda insignis, Thor.

Voconia insignis, Thor., Of v. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Fbrh., 4, 1870,

p. 383.
Voconia insignis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,

p. 645, tab. Hi., figs. 1, la-lc.
Isopeda insignis, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 432,

fig. 88, a-c.
Hab. — New South Wales, Victoria, S. and W. Australia.

Isopeda leai, Hogg.
Isopeda leai, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 445, tig. 94.
Hab. — Adelaide, S. Australia.

Isopeda leishmanni, Hogg.

Isopeda leishmanni, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, 1902, p. 437,

tig. 90.
Isopeda leishmanni, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,

p. 438.
JJab.—W. Australia.

Isopeda leishmanni. var. hoggi, Simoti.

Isopeda leishmani, var. hoggi, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr.,
i., 1908, p. 439.
j/alK — Midland, W. Australia.

Isopeda maculigastra, Strand.

Is oped a maculigastra, Strand, Wiesbaden Jahrb. Ver. Natk., lx.,
1907, p. 208.
Hab. — Australia.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEID/B — RAINBOW. 233

TSOPEDA MONTANA, Hogg.

Isopeda montana, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, 1902, p. 439,
fig, 91.
Hab. — Macedon, Victoria.

ISOPKDA NIGRIGULARIS, Simon.

Isopeda nigrigularis, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., i. 1908,
p. 438.
Hab, — W. Australia.

Isopeda pengellya, Hogg.

Isopeda pengellya, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 447,
fig. 96.
Hab. — Pengelly, W. Australia.

Isopeda pessleri, Thor.

Heteropoda pessleri, Thor., Ofv. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forh., 41,

1870, p. 084.
Isopeda pessleri, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 684,

tab. Ivii., tig. 1.
Isopeda pessleri, Hogg, Proc. Zool Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 444.
Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, Lord Howe Island.

Isopeda pococki, Hogg.

Isopeda pococki, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 440,
tig. 92.
Hab. — Australia.

Isopeda robusta, L. Koch.

Isopeda robusta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 691,

tab. lviii., fig. 3.
Isopeda robusta, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 452.
Hab. — Australia.

Isopeda saundersi, Hogg.

Isopeda saundersi, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 448,
fig. 97.
Hab. — Chapman River, W. Australia.

234 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSKUM.

Isopeda simoni, Rainbow.

Isopeda woodivardi, Simon (nom. praocc), Die Fauna Slid west
Austr., i. 1908, p. 437.
Hab. — Kalgoorlie, W. Australia.

Isopeda subdola, Thor.

Holconia subdola, Thor., Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881, p. 304.
Isopeda subdola, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 435.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Isopeda tepperi, Hogg.

Isopeda tepperi, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 442,
fig. 93.
Hab. — Adelaide, 1 Kangaroo Island, S. Australia.

Isopeda tietzi, Hogg.

Isopeda tietzi, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 450, fig. 98.
Hab. — S. Australia, Victoria.

Isopeda vasta, L. Koch.

Ocypete vasta, L. Koch, Verb, der K.K. zool. bot. Ges. Wien,

1867, p. 207.
Isopeda vasta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 681,

tab. lvi., figs. 4, ia-ic.
Isopeda vasta, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 443.
Hab. — Queensland.

Isopeda vastata, Strand.

Isopeda vastata, Strand, Wiesbaden Jahrb. Ver. Natk., lx., 1907,
p. 211.
Hab. — Australia.

Isopeda villosa, L. Koch.

Isopeda villosa, L. Koch, Die Aracb. des Auslr., i., 1875, p. 687,

tab. lvii., figs. 3, 4.
Isopeda villosa, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 444.
Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANKIDiB — RAINBOW 235

Isopbda woodwardi, Hogg.

Jsopeda -woodwardi, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 451,
tig. 99.
Hab. — 8. Australia.

Genus Typostola, Simon.

Obs. — 7\/postola barbata, L. Koch, is the type species of this
genus.

Typostola barbata, L. Koch.

Isopeda barbata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 680,

tab. lvi., tigs. 3, 3a, 36, 3c.
Typostola barbata, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 455.
Ilab. — Queensland ; New South Wales.

Typostola broomi, Hogg.

Typostola broomi, Hogg, Proc Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 455,
fig. 100.
Hab. — Muldiva, N. Queensland.

Typostola magnifica, Hogg.

Typostola magnifica, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 457,
tig. 101.
Hab. — Queensland.

Typostola major, Hogg.

TyposUla major, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 459.
Hab. — Queensland.

Genus Zachria, L. Koch.
{=Eodelena, Hogg).
Obs. — Zachria jiavicoma, L. Koch, is the type species of this

Zachria flavicoma, L. Koch.

Zachria jiavicoma, L Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,
p. 650, tab. Hi., tigs. 3, 3a.
Hab. — King George Sound, W. Australia.
16

236 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Zachria oblonga, L. Koch.

Zachria oblonga, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 651,

tab. Hi., figs. 4, 4rt-4c/.
Zachria hcemorrhoidalis, L. Koch, op. cit., p. 653, tab. Hi., tig. 5.
Zachria oblonga, L. Koch, Hogg, Proc. Zoo]. Soc. Lond., p. 454.
Zachria hcemorrhoidalis, Hogg, op. cit., p. 454.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Zachria spenceri, Hogg.

Eodelena spenceri, Hogg, Proc. Zool Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 464,
fig. 104.
Hab. — King's Island, Bass Strait.

Genus Olios, Walck.

(=Sarotes, Thor. ; Pelmopoda, Karsch. ; Midamus, Sidala, Vin-
dullus, et Macrinus, Simon ; JYeosparassus, Hogg).

Obs. — Olios spongitarsus is the type species of this genus.

Olios calligastkr, Thor.

Heteropoda calligaster, Thor., Of v. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forh., 4,

1870, p. 385.
Heteropoda calligaster, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,

1». 734, tab. lxiv., figs. 2. 2a, 26, 3, 3a, 36, 3o.
Neosparassns calligaster, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902,

p. 428.
Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, and S.
Australia.

Olios conspicuus, L. Koch.

Heteropoda conspicua, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,

p. 717, tab. lxii., tigs. 1, la.
Neosparassus co?ispicuus, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902,

p. 429.
Hab. — Bowen, N. Queensland.

Olios diana, L. Koch.

Heteropoda diana, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,

p. 730, tab. lxiii., fig. 5, 5a, 56, 5c.
Neosparassus diana, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 428.
Hab. — Victoria, S. and W. Australia.

A CKNSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANBIDiE — RAINBOW. 237

Olios festivus, L. Koch.

Heteropoda festiva, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,

p. 710, tab. lxi., tig. 2.
Neosparassus festivus, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Loud., 1902, p. 428.
llab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Olios grapsus, Walck.
Olios grapsxis, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., i., 1837, p. 564.
Hab. — Australia (" Neuholland ").

Olios hemorrhoidals, L. Koch.

Heteropoda hcemorrhoidalis, L. Koch, Die Arach. ties Aust.r., i.,

1875, p. 726, tab. lxiii., fig. 2.
Neosparassus hcembrrhoidalis, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1902, p. 428.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Olios inoomtus, L. Koch.

Heteropoda incomta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,

p. 727, tab. lxiii., fig. 3.
Neosparassus incomtus, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902,

p. 428.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Olios inframaculatus, Hogg.

Heteropoda inframaculata, Hogg, Rep. Horn Expl. Exped., Zool.,

ii., 1896, p. 343.
Neosparassus inframaculatus, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,

1902, p. 428.
Hab. — Central Australia.

Olios magareyi, Hogg.

Neosparassus magareyi, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902,
p. 425, fig. 86.
Hab. — Northern Territory of S. Australia ; Port Stephens,
New South Wales.

Olios macilentus, L. Koch.

Heteropoda macilenta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i. 1875,
p. 711, tab. lxi., figs. 3, 3a.

238 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Neosparassus macilentus, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902,
p. 427.
Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria.

Olios morbillosus, W. S. Macleay.

Thomisus morbillosus, W. S. Macleay, King's Survey of the
Intei trop. and Western Coasts of Anstralia, 1828, p. 469.

Olios morbillosus, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., ii., 1837,
p. 473.

Olios morbillosus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876,
p. 857.
Hob. — Australia.

Olios nitellinus, L. Koch.

Heteropoda nitellina, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,

p. 722, tab. lxii., figs. 4, 4a.
Neosparassus nitellinus, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902,

p. 429.
Hob. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Olios paqurus, Walck.

Olios pagurus, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., i. 1837, p. 564.
Olios pay ur us, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876, p. 857.
Hab. — Australia (" Neuholland ").

Olios pallidus, L. Koch.

Heteropoda pallida, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,

p. 713, tab. lxi., figs. 4, 4a.
Neos/>arassns pallidus, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 427.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Olios patellatus, Karsch.

Ileteropoda patellata, Karsch, Zeit. ges. Naturw. Berlin, li., 1878,

p. 809.
Neos)>arassus patellatus, Hogg, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond., 1902,

p. 429.
llab. — Tasmania.

A CENSUS OP AUSTRALIAN ARANEID-B — RAINBOW. 239

Olios pictus, L. Koch.

Heteropoda picta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 714,

tab. lxi., figs. 5, 5a.
Neosparassus pictus, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 428.
//ab. — Australia.

Olios PRiECLARUs, L. Koch.

Heteropoda prozclara, L. Koch, Die Aracb. des Austr., i., 1875,
p. 723, tab. lxii., 6gs. 5, 5a ; tab. lxiii., tigs. 1, la.

Neosparassus pr&clarus, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902,
p. 428.
Hab. — Queensland.

Olios punctatus, L. Koch.

Sparassus punctatus, L. Koch, Verb.. K.K. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1865, p. 872.
Heteropoda punctata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,

p. 719, tab. lxii., figs. 2, 2a, 26, 2c, 3, 3a, 36.
Sparassus punctatus, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii.,

1881, p. 259.
Neosparassus punctatus, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902,

p. 429.
Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, and Central
Australia.

Olios rutilus, L. Koch.

Heteropoda rutila, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,
p. 729, tab. lxiii., figs. 4, 4a.

Neosparassus rutilus, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 428.
Hab. — Bowen, N". Queensland,

Olios salacius, L. Koch.

Heteropoda salacia, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,

p. 737, tab. lxiv., tigs. 4, 4a, 46; tab. lxv., figs. 1, la.
Neosparassus salacius, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 429.
Hab — Queensland and New South Wales.

Olios thoracicus, Hogg.

Neosparassus thoracicus, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc Lond., 1902,
p. 426, fig. 87.
Hab. — N. Australia.

240 • RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Genus Heteropoda, Latr.
(=Sarotes, Sund.; Ocypete, C. Koch ; Ethilla, Simon).

Obs. — Heteropoda venatoria, Linn., I regard as the type species
of this genus. Simon in his "Histoire Naturelle des Araignees,"
vol. ii., 1897, p. 52, gives H. regia, Fab., as the type, and in a
footnote on the same page remarks, although he gives no reason
for saying so. that "nearly all authors since Latrielle (Gen. Crust.,
■etc., i., p. 114) have erroneously applied to that species the name
of Aranea venatoria, Linn." Pocock, in " Fauna of British
India — Arachnida," in 1900, although he should have had ample
opportunities of verifying Simon's statement, gives as the type of
tliis genus H. venatoria, which would seem to show that much
confusion still exists in respect of H. venatoria and H. regia.
Until this is cleared up, I shall be content to regard H. venatoria
as the type.

Heteropoda cervina, L. Koch.

Sarotes cervinus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 673,

tab. lx., figs. 4, 4a, 46, 5, 5a.
Heteropoda cervina, Simon, Rev. Spar., 1880, p. 50.
/fab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Heteropoda jugulans, L. Koch.

Sarotes jugulans, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr,, ii., 1876,

p. 852, tab. lxxiii., figs. 4, 4a.
Heteropoda jugulans, Simon, Rev. Spar., 1880, p. 49.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Heteropoda keyserlingi, Hogg.

Heteropoda keyserlingi, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902,
p. 418, fig. 85.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Heteropoda longipes, L. Koch.

Sarotes longipes, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 660,

tab. Ii ii. , figs. 3, 3a, 36.
Heteropoda longipes, Simon, Rev. Spar., 1880, p. 49.
Sarotes longipes, Hogg, Rep. Horn Expl. Exped., ii., Zool., 1896,
p. 339.
Hab. — New South Wales, Victoria, and Central Australia.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEIDiE — RAINBOW. 241

Heteropoda lycodes, Thor.

lleteropodes lycodes, Thor., Studi llagni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,

p. 282.
Heteropoda lycodes, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Loud., 1902, p. 417.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Heteropoda procera, L. Koch.

Oct/ pete procera, L. Koch, Verh. zool.-bofc. Ges. Wien, 1869,

p. 205.
Snrotes procerus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875, p. 667,

tab. liv., figs. 4, 4a, 46, 4c.
Snrotes procerus, Karsch, Zeitsch. ges. Natur., li., 1878, p. 792.
Heteropoda procera, Simon, Rev. Spar., 1880, p. 50.

Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, and S. Aus-
tralia.

Heteropoda suspiciosa, L. Koch.

Sarotes suspiciosus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,

p. 665, tab. liv., figs. 3, 3a.
Heteropoda suspiciosa, L. Koch, Simon, Rev. Spar., 1880, p. 50.
Hab. — New South Wales, Victoria, and the Island of Upolu.

Heteropoda venatoria, Linn.
Aranea venatoria, Linn., Syst. Nat., Ed. xii., 1767, p. 1035.
Aranea regia, Fab., Ent. Syst., ii., 1792, p. 408.
Thomisus leucosius, Walck., Tabl. des Aran , 1805, p. 36, fig. 33.
Olios leucosius, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., i., 1837, p. 566.
Thomisus venatorius, Latr., Gen. Crust, et Ins., i., 1806, p. 114.
Ocypete draco, C. Koch, Die Arach., xii., 1845, p. 44, fig. 983.
Heteropoda venatoria, Linn., Thor., Studi Ragui Mai. e Papuani,
iii., 1881, p. 274.

Heteropoda venatoria, McCook, Amer. Spiders and their Spinning

Work, ii., 1890, pp. 109, 153, 272, 273.
Heteropoda venatoria, Pocock, Fauna Brit. Ind., Arach., 1900,

p. 260.
Heteropoda regia, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 418.

Hab. — This species appears to have circumnavigated tlie globe,
having been distributed by the process of " ballooning." It is
found in all those regions influenced by the N.E. and S.E. trade
winds. Originally it came from India, and is now very common
on the Australian mainland.

242 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Genus Pandercertes, L. Koch.

(=1 Pedinopistha, et Zatapina, Karsch).

Pandercertes gracilis, L. Koch.

Pandercertes gracilis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,

p. 740, tab. lxv., figs. 2, 2a, 26.
Pandercertes gracilis, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii.,

1881, p. 314.
Pandercertes gracilis, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 419.
Hah. — Port Mackay, and ? Cape York, N. Queensland.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Pediana, Simon.
( — Po/ydamna, Thor.).

Obs. — Pediana regina, L. Koch, is the type species of this
genus.

Pediana horni, Hogg.

Iso])eda horni, Hogg, Rep. Horn Expl. Exped., ii., Zool., 1896,

p. 340, pi. 24, fig. 12.
Pediana horni, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 462.
Hob. — Oodnadatta, S. Australia.

Pediana occidentals, Hogg.

Pediana occidentalis, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 461,
fig. 102.

Hob.— Perth, W. Australia.

Pediana regina, L. Koch.

Heteropoda regina, L Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,

p. 716, tab. lxi., figs. 6, 6a, 66.
Pediana regina, Simon, Rev. Spar., 1880, p. 39.
Polydamna regina, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii , 1881,

p. 300.
Pediana regina, Hogi,', Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.. 1902, p. 460.
ffab. — Queensland and Yule Island, New Guinea.

Pediana tenuis, Hogg.

Pediana tenuis, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 462,
fig. 103.
Hab.—W. Australia.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANKID.E — RAINUOW. 243

Genus Anchognatha, Thor.

Anchognatha avida, Thor.

Anchognatha avitla, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,
p. 229.
Ilab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Palystes, L. Koch.
(=Helicopis, L. Koch (nom. prteocc) ; Gnathopalystes, Rainbow).

Obs. — Palystes castaneus, Latr. (P. frenatus, L. Koch), is the
type species of this genus.

Palystes ignicomus, L. Koch.

Palystes ignicomus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1875,

p. 701, tab. lx., figs. 2, 2a.
Palystes ignicomus, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 420.

Hab. — Originally recorded from New Ireland ; Brisbane,
Queensland.

Palystes pinnotherus, Walch.

Olios pinnotherus, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., i., 1837,

p. 565.
Palystes pinnotherus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1 875,

p. 703, tab. lx:, figs. 3, 3a, 36.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Subfamily CLUBIONIN^E.

Genus Clubiona, Latr.

(=Hirtia et Alalia, Thor. ; Flavor, F. O. P. Cambr.).

Obs. — Clubiona pallidula, Clerck., is the type species of this
genus.

Clubiona achillbs, Hogg.

Clubiona achilles, Hogg, Rep. Horn Expl. Exped., ii., Zool.,
1896, p. 330, pi. 24, fig. 9.
Hab. — Finke River, Central Australia.

244 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Clubiona apiata, Vrquh.

Clubiona apiata, Urquh., Proc, Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1892 [1893],
p. 102.
Hob. — Tasmania.

Clubiona cycladata, Simon.

Clubiona cycladata. Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 160.
Hab. — W. Australia.

Clubiona elaphines, Urquh.

Clubiona elaphines, Urquh., Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1892 [1893].
p. 100.
Hab. — Tasmania.

Clubiona laudabilis, Simon.

Clubiona laudabilis, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 161.
Hab. — Denham, W. Australia.

Clubiona maculosa, L. Koch.

Clubiona maculosa, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,
p. 423, tab. xxxiii., figs. 8, 8a.
Hab. — Port Mack ay, N. Queensland.

Clubiona modesta, L. Koch.

Clubiona modesta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,
p. 416, tab. xxxiii., figs. 1, la.
Hab. — Port Mackay, N. Queensland.

Clubiona munis, Simon.

Clubiona munis, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 160.
Hab. — Daydawn, W. Australia.

Clubiona notabilis, L. Koch.

Clubiona notabilis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,
p. 424, tab. xxxiii., tigs. 9, 9a.
Hab. — Port Mackay, N. Queensland.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEIDiE — RAINBOW. 245

CLUMONA ROIiUSTA, L. Koch.

Clubiona robusta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,

p. 417, Lab. xxxiii., figs. 2, 2a, 26, 3, 3a.
Clubiona robusta, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., ii., 1909,

p. 159.
[Jab. — New South Wales, Victoria, S. and W. Australia.

Clubiona subnotabilis, Strand.

Clubiona subnotabilis, Strand, Wiesbaden Jahrb. Ver. Natk., lx.,
1907, p. 214.
Hob. — Australia.

Clubiona vacuna, L. Koch.

Clubiona vacuna, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873, p. 426,
tab. xxxiii., figs. 10, 10a.
Hab. — Port Mackay, N. Queensland.

Genus Chiracanthium, C. Koch.
(=Eutittha, Thor.).

Obs. — Chiracanthium punctorium, Villers, is the type species
of this genus.

Chiracanthium brevicalcaratum, L. Koch.

Chiracanthium brevicalcaratum, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
i., 1873, p. 405, tab. xxxi., figs. 6, 6«, 66, 6c, 7, 7a, lb.
Hab. — Swan River, W. Australia.

Chiracanthium gilvum, L. Koch.

Chiracanthium gilvum, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,
p. 410, tab. xxxii., figs. 5, 5a, 56, 5c, 6, 6a, 66.
Hab. — Queensland and the Island of Upolu.

Chiracanthium gracile, L. Koch.

Chiracanthium gracile, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,
p. 402, tab. xxxi., figs. 4, 4a, 46.
7/a6. — Brisbane, Queensland.

Chiracanthium impressum, Thor.

Chiracanthium impressum, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Fapuani,
hi., 1881, p. 219.
7/a6. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

246 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Chiracanthium longimanum, L. Koch.

Chiracanthium longimanum, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i.,
1873, p. 398, tab. xxxi., figs. 1, la, \b, \c, 2, 2a, 26. .
Hab. — Queensland, Samoa, Tonga, and Viti.

Chiracanthium nervosum, Simon.

Chiracanthium nervosum, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr.,
ii., 1909, p. 161.
Hab. — N. Fremantle, W. Australia.

Chiracanthium pknnuliferum, Simon.

Chiracanthium pennulijerum, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr.,
ii., 1909, p. 162.
Hab. — W. Australia.

Chiracanthium silaceum, Rainbow.

Chiracanthium silaceum, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,
xxiii., 1907, p. 524, pi. xviii., figs. 1, la.
Hab. —Guildford, near Sydney, New South Wales.

Chiracanthium tenue, L. Koch.

Chiracanthium tenue, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,
p. 407, tab. xxxii., tigs. 1, la, 16, \c.
Hab. — Port Mackay, Queensland.

Genus Uliodon, L. Koch.

(==Agrceca, Lenz (non Westr.); Amaurobioides, O. P. Cambr ;
Uduba, Simon).

Obs. — Uliodon albopunctatus, L. Koch, is the type species of
this genus.

Uliodon albo-punctatum, L. Koch.

Uliodon albo-punctatum, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,
p. 432, tab. xxxiv., figs. 2, 2a-2e.
Hab. — Australia.

Uliodon australiensis, L. Koch.

Zora australiensis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,
p. 441, tab. xxxiv., fig. 7.
ffab. — Wollongong, New South Wales.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANKID^E —RAINBOW. 247

Uliodon ckrvinum, L. Koch.

Uliodon cervinum, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Au*ti\, i., 1873,
p. 433, tab. xxxiv., figs. 3, 3a.

Hab. — Australia.

Uliodon ferruginea, L. Koch.

Zora ferruginea, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr , i., 1873, p. 443,
tab. xxxiv., figs. 8, 8«.
Hab. — New South Wales, Victoria, and Central Australia.

Uliodon marmorea, Hogg.

Zora marmorea, Hogg, Rep. Horn Ex pi. Exped., ii., Zoology,
1896, p. 326.
Hab. — McDonnell Ranges, Central Australia.

Uliodon tarantulina, L. Koch.

Zora tarantulina, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,
p. 445, tab. xxxv., tigs. 1, la.
Hab. — Port Mackay, N. Queensland.

Uliodon torva, L. Koch.

Zora torva, L. Koch., Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873, p. 444,
tab. xxxiv., fig. 9.

Hab. — Australia.

Genus Odomasta, Simon.

ODOMASTA GUTT1PES, SiniOU.

Odo guttipes, Simon, Ann. Ent. Soc. Belg., xlvii., 1903, p. 29.
Odomasta guttipes, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 167.

Hab. — Tasmania.

Obs. — -This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Thasyrsea, L. Koch.

Obs. — Thasyrcea ornata, L. Koch, is the type species of this
genus.

ThasyRjEa lepida, L. Koch.

Thasynea lepida, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1878,
p. 984, tab. lxxxvi., fags. 2, 2a.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

248 KECORDS OF THK AUSTRALIAN MUSKUM.

Thasyr/ea ornata, L. Koch.

Thasyraza ornata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1878,
p. 983, tab. lxxxvi., fig. 1.
Hob. — Gayndah, Queensland.

Subfamily LIOCRANIN^E.
Genus Miturga, Thor.
Obs. — Miturga lineata, Thor., is the type species of this genus.

Miturga agelinina, Simon.

Miturga agelinina, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 172.
Hah. — Victoria, W. Australia, and Tasmania.

Miturga catograpta, Simon.

Miturga catograpta, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., ii. 1909,
p. 170.
Bab. — W. Australia.

Miturga ferina, Simon.

Miturga ferina, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 170.
Bab. — Broome Hill, W. Australia.

MlTUKGA GILVA, L. Koch.

Miturga gilva, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872, p. 354,
tab. xxvii., figs. 8, 8a.
Bab. — Queenslani, New South Wales, and Victoria.

Miturga impedita, Simon.

Miturga impedita, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 171.
Bab. — Pickering Brook, W. Australia.

Miturga lineata. Thor.

Miturga lineata, Thor., Oef. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Forh., 1, 1870,

p. 376.
Miturga lineata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872, p. 351,

tab. xxvii., figs. 6, 6a, 7, la-le.
Hah. — New South Wales, Victoria, and Central Australia.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN AKANKID.H — RAINBOW. '249

Miturga maculata, Hogg.

Miturga maculata, Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiii., 1900,
p. 109, pi. xvi., fig. 3.

Hab. — Victoria.

1 Miturga necator, Walck.

Clubiona necator, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., i., 1837,
p. 597.
Hab. — Tasmania.

Miturga occidentams, Simon.-

Miturga occidental is, Simon, Die Fauna Slid- west Austr., ii.,
1909, p. 169.
Hab. — W. Australia.

Miturga severa, Simon.

Miturga severa, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 174.
Hab. — Victoria.

Miturga thorelli, Simon.

Miturga thorelli, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 173.
Hab. — Cooktown, N. Australia.

Miturga whistleri, Simon.

Miturga whistleri, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., ii., 1909,
l». 171.
Hab. — W. Australia.

Genus Diaprograpta, Simon.

DlAPROGRAPTA STRIOLA, Simon.

Diaprograpta striola, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., ii.,
1909, p. 175.
Hab. — Boorabbin, W. Australia.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

250 KKCORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Genus Syspira, Simon.
Obs. — Syspira tigrina, Simon, is the type species of this genus.

SvSPIRA RUBICUNDA, Hogg.

Syspira rubicu7ida, Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiii , 1900,
p. 108, pi. xvi., rig. 2.

Hab. — Victoria.

Genus Argoctenus, L. Koch.
(=Miturgina, Simon).

Obs. — Argoctenus iynens, L. Koch, is the type species of this
genus.

Argoctenus hystriculus, Simon,

Argoctenus hystriculus, tSimon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., ii.,
1909, p. 164.
//ab. — Connington, W. Australia.

Argoctenus igneus, L. Koch.

Argoctenus igneus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1897,
p. 990, tab. Ixxxvi., figs. 4, 4a.
Hab. — W. Australia.

Argoctenus nebulosus, Simon.

Argoctenus nebulosus, Simon, Die Fauna Svid-west Austr., ii.,
1909, p. 163.

Hab. — (Jranhrook, W. Australia.

Argoctenus pectinatus, Hogg.

Argoctenus pectinatus, Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiii., 1900,
p. 106, pi. xvi., fig. 1.
Hab. — Victoria.

Argoctenus pictus, L. Koch.

Argoctenus pictus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1897,
p. 992, tab. Ixxxvi., rigs. 5, 5a, 5c, 5c?.

Hub. — New South Wales, Victoria, S. and VV. Australia.

A CKNSUS OP AUSTRALIAN AKAN'KI D.K — RAINBOW. 251

Genus Elassoctenus, Simon.

ElassoctenuH harpax, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Ausbr., ii.,
1909, p. L65.
Hah. — W. Australia.
Obs. — This is the type species of this genus.

Genus Hestimodema, Simon.
Hkstimodkma ambigua, Simon.

Hestimodema ambigua, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., ii..
1909, p. 166. '
Hab. — W. Australia.
Obs. — This is the type species of this genus.

Hkstimodkma latkvittata, Simon.

Hestimodema laievittata, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., ii.,
1909, p. 167.
Hab.—W. Australia.

Genus Ctenomma, Thor.
i=Ctenophthalmus, Simon, nom. prceocc).

Ctenomma lineatum, Simon.

Ctenophthalmns lineatum, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxiii.,
1880, p. clxxiv.

Ctenomma lineatum, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., ii.,
1909, p. 168.
Hab. — W. Australia and New Caledonia.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Subfamily MICARIIN/E.

Genus Myandra, Simon.

Obs.— Myandra cambridgei, Simon, is the type species of this
genus.

Myandra bicincta, Simon.

Myandra bicincta, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 442.
Hab. — Boyanup, W. Australia.
17

252 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Myandra cambridgei, Simon.

M yandra cambridgei, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1887, Bull.,
p. clix.; Hist. Nat. des Araign., ii. (2nd ed), 1897, p. 155,
fig. 158.
Hab. — Victoria.

Genus Molycria, Simon.
(= M utusca, O. P. Cambr.). j

Obs. — Molycria mammosa, 0. P. Cambr., ia the type species of
this genus.

Molycria alboplagiata, Simon.

Molycria alboplagiata, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., i.,
1908, p. 445.
Hab. — Lion Mill, W. Australia.

Molycria mammosa, 0. P. Cambr.

Mutusca mammosa, O. P. Cambr., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xiv.,
4, 1874, p. 173.
Hab. — Vicinity of Sydne}', New South Wales.

Molycria flavipes, Simon.

Molycria jiavipen, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 444.
Hab. — E. Fremantle, \V. Australia.

Molycria splendida, Simon.

Molycria splendida, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., i., 1908,
p. 444.
Hab. — Northampton, W. Australia.

Genres Honunius, Simon.

HONUNIUS QUADRICAUDA, Simon.

II munins quadricauda, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., i.,
1908, p. 445.
Hab. — Harvey, W. Australia.
Obs. — This is the type species of this genus.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN AltANEIF)^ — RAINBOW. 253

Genus Ceryerda, Simon.
Ceryerda cursitans, Simon.

Ceryerda cursitans, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 158.
Hab. — Day Dawn, W. Australia.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Methesis, Simon.

Obs. — Methesis semirufa, Simon, is the type species of this
genus.

Methesis bimaculata, Simon.

Methesis bimaculata, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xl., 1896,
p. 411.
Hob. — Cooktown, N. Queensland.

Genus Supunna, Simon.

(=Agrceca, L. Koch, non Westr.).

Obs. — Supunna insularis, L. Koch, is the type species of this
genus.

Supunna albopunctatum, Hogg.

Liocranum albopunctatum, Hogg, Horn Expl. Exped., ii., Zool.,
p. 328, pi. 24, fig. 8.
Hab. — Central Australia.

Supunna punerea, Simon.
Supunna funerea, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xl., 1896, p. 407
Hab. — Tasmania.

Supunna michaelseni, Simon.

Supunna michaelseni, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., ii
1909, p. 175.
Hab. — Harvey, W. Australia.

Supunna picta, L. Koch.

Agrceca picta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873, p. 438,
tab. xxxiv., figs. 5, 5a.

Hab. — Brisbane, Queensland.

254 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

SUPUNNA SMARAGDINEA, Simon.

Snpunna smaragdinea, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., ii.,
1909, p. 176.

Hab. — Wooroloo, W. Australia.

SUPUNNA VERSICOLOR, Simon.

Supunna versicolor, Simon, Ann. Sou. Eat. Belg., xl., 1896,
p. 407.
Hab. — Victoria.

Genus Pcecilipta, Simon.

POECILIPTA JANTHINA, SilHOIl.

Pcecilipta janthina, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xl., 1896,
p. 408.
Hab. — Cooktown, N. Queensland.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

POSCILIPTA VENUSTA, Rainbow.

Poecilipta venusta, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mas., v., 5, 1904, p. 333,
pi. xlvi., figs. 7, 8, 9.
Hab. — Enfield, near Sydney, New South Wales.

Genus Corinnoinniii, Karsch.

(Corinna, Thor., non C. Koch).

Obs. — Corinnomma severum, Thor., is the type species of this
genus.

Corinnomma formicieorme, Rainbow.

Corinnomma formiciforme, Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 5,
p. 335, pi. xlvi., tigs. 10, 11, 12.
Hab. — Enfield, near Sydney, New South Wales.

CORKINNOMMA SUAVEUURKNS, Simon.

Corinnomma suaverubens, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xl., L896,
p. 403.

Hab. — Cooktown, N. Queensland.

A CENSUS OK AUSTRALIAN AKANKID.E — RAINBOW. 255

Genus Micaria, Westr.
(=Macaria, C. Koch, nam. prceocc).

Obs. — Micaria Jul gens, Walck., is the type species of this
genus.

Micaria crcesia, L. Koch.

Micaria crcesia, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873, p. 380,
tab. xxix., tig. 8.
Hub. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Micaria inornata, L. Koch.

Micaria inornata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873, p. 381,
tab. xxix., tig. 9.

Hah. — Au stral ia.

Genus Liparochrysis, Simon.

LlPAROCHRYSIS RESPLENDENS, Simon.

Liparochrysis resplendeus, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr.,
ii., 1909, p. 177.
Hab. — Lunenberg, W. Australia.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Subfamily CORiNNIN^E.

Genus Asadipus, Simon.

Obs. — Asadipus insolens, Simon, is the type species of this
genus.

Asadipus insolens, Simon.

Asadipus insolens, Simon, Ann. Ent. Soc. Belg., xl., 1896, p, 413.
Hab. — Cooktown, N. Queensland.

Asadipus nitidiceps, Simon.

Asadipus nitidiceps, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 178.
Hab. — W. Australia.

256 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Genus Aristerus, Simon.
Aristerus phaleratus, Simon.

Aristerus phaleratus, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 179.
Hub. — W. Australia.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Stratius, Simon.
Stratius muticus, Simon.
Asadipus muticus, Simon, Ann. Ent. Soc. Belg., xli., 1897, p. 15,
Ilab. — New South Wales.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Centrothele, L. Koch.
Centrothele lorata, L. Koch.

Centrothele lorata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,
p. 414.
Ilab — Port Mackay, N. Queensland.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Medmassa, Sii>i<>u.
(=Megcera, Simon, nom prceocc. ; Astratea, Thor.).

Obs. — Medmasxa frenata, Simon, is the type species of this
genus.

1 Medmassa albopunctatum, Hogy.

Liocranum albopunctatum, Hogg, Horn Expl. Exped., ii., Zool.,
1896, p. 3"28, pi. 24, fig. 8 ; also, Proc. lioy. Soc. Vict./xiii.,
1900, p. 111.
Hab. — Tllamurta, Central Australia.

1 Medmassa australiense, L. Koch.

Liocranum australiense, L. Koch, |)i.> A rach. des Austr., i., 1873,
p. 429.

Bab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Medmassa bicolor, Hogg.

Medmassa bicolor, Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc Vict., xiii., 1900, p. 112
pi. xvi., fig. 4.
II ah. — Victoria.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANKIDiE — RAINBOW. 257

Medmassa pusca, Hogg.

Medmassa Jusca, Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiii., 1900, p. 113,
pi. xvii., fig. 1.
Hab. — Victoria.

? Medmassa pallipes, L. Koch.

Liocranum pallipes, L. Kocb, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1873,
p. 430, tab. xxxiv., tig. 1.
Hab. — New South Wales and Victoria.

Medmassa semiflava, Simon.

Medmassa semiflava, Simon, Ann. Ent. Soc. Belg., xl., 1896,
p. 414.
Hab. — Cooktown, N. Queensland.

Family AGELENIDjE.
Subfamily NICODAMIN^.
Genus Nicodamus, Simon.

( — Centropelma, L. Koch, nom. prozocc. ; Ozaleus, Thor.).

06s. — Nicodamus bicolor, L. Koch, is the type species of this
genus.

Nicodamus bicolor, L. Koch.

Centropehna bicolor, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872,

p. 246, tab. xx., figs. 5, 5a, 56, 5c, 6, §a-6g.
Nicodamus bicolor, Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araign., ii. (2nd ed.),

1897, p. 222, figs. 209 and 214.
Hab. — S. New Guinea, Australia generally, and Tasmania.

Nicodamus dimidiatus, Simon.

Nicodamus dimidiatus, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1897,
p. 15.
Hab. — E. Australia.

Nicodamus pekigrinus, Walck.

Theridion perigrinum, Wulck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., ii.,
1837, p. 297.

258 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Nicodamus periyrinus, Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araign., ii. (2nd
ed.), 1897, p. 222, figs. 210, 211.
Hab. — Australia. Erroneously recorded by Walckenaer
(supra) as coming from Brazil.

Nicodamus semiflavum, L. Koch.

Theridium semiflavum, L. Koch, Verb, der K.K. zool. -hot. Ges.
Wien, 1865, p. 858 ; Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872, p. 259,
tab. xxi., figs. 6, 6a, 7.
Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, and Tasmania.

Nicodamus tarandus, Thor.

Ozaleus tarandus, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, i., iv.,
1889, p. 294.
Hab. — N. Australia.

Subfamily CYB^IN^.

Genus Desis, Walck.

(■= Robsonia, Walck. ; Dandridgea, White; Paradesis, Pocock).
06s. — Desis maxillosa, Fabr., is the type species of this genus.

Desis hartmeyeri, Simon.

Desis hartmeyeri, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 180.
Hab. — Albany, W. Australia.

Desis kenyon^e, Pocock.

Desis kenyonm, Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 102,
fig. 21.
Hab. — Victoria.

Desis marina, Hector.
Aryyroneta marina, Hector, Trans. N.Z. Inst., x., 1877, p. 300.
Desis robsoni, Powell, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xi., 1878, p. 263, pi. xii.
Robsonia marina, O. P. Cambr., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1879,

p. 686.
Desis marina, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xvi., 6, 1895, p. 143;
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 101.
flab. — E. Australia, New Zealand, and New Caledonia.

A CKNSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANKID^E RAINBOW. 259

Genus Rubrius, Simon.

(=A/y>ithes, Simon).

Obs. — Rubrius subfasciatus, Simon, is the type species of this
genus.

Rubhius milvinus, Simon.

Rubrius milvinus, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xlvii., 1903,
p. 34.
Hab. — Tasmania.

Rubrius pauoculus, Simon.

Rubrius paroculus. Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xlvii., 1903,
p. 35.
Hab. — Tasmania.

Rubrics periscelis, Simon.

Rubrius periscelis, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xlvii., 1903,
p. 35.
Hab. — Tasmania.

Genus My ro, 0. P. Cambr.

Obs. — Myro kergnelenensis, O. P. Cambr., is the type species
of this genus.

Myro maculatus, Simon.

Myro maculatus, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xlvii., 1903, p. 34.
Hab. — Tasmania.

Genus Ommatauxesis, Simon,

Ommatauxesis macrops, Simon.

Ommatauxesis macrops, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xlvii., 1903,
p. 38.
Hab. — Tasmania.
Obs. — This is the type species of this genus.

260 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Subfamily AGELENIN.E

Genus Tegenaria, Latr.

(=Histopo7ia, Thor.).

Tegenaria domestica, Clerck.

Araneus domesticus, Clerck (ad part), Svenska Spind., 1757, pi.

ii., tab. ix., fig. 2.
Araneus domestica, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1758, ed. x., i., p. 620.
Aranea derhami, Scop., Entom. Carn., 1763, p. 400.
Aranea civilis, Walck., Faune parisienne, ii., 1802, p. 216.
Tegenaria domestica, C. Koch, Deutschl. Ins., 1834, p. 125.
Tegenaria civilis, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins., Apt., ii., 1837, p. 7.
A gelena familiar is, Walck., op. cit., p. 25.
Tegenaria civilis, O. Koch, Die Arach., viii., 1841, p. 37, figs. 618,

619.
Tegenaria civilis, Blackw., Spiders of Gt. Britain, i., 1861, p. 166,

pi. xii., tig. 107.
Tegenaria derhami, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.. i., 1872,

p. 358.
Tegenaria domestica, Simon, Arach. de France, ii., 1875, p. 75.
Tegenaria derhami, O. P. Cambr., Spiders of Dorset., i., 1879,

p. 63.
Ilab. — World-wide. Australia (introduced).
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Nyssus, Walck.
Nyssus coloripes, Walck.
Nyssus coloripes, Walck., Tab. des Aran., 1805, p. 52.
Nyssus coloripes, Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araign., ii., 1897, p. 259
(footnote).
Hah. — Australia.

Obs. — This is the type species of the genus. It is'not possible
to identify either genus or species with certainty.

Genus Cicirra, Simon.

ClCIRKA DECEMMACULATA, Simon.

Cicirra decemmaculata, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1886, p.|lxi.
Ilab. — Tasmania.
Obs. — This in the type specie* of the genus.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEIDiE — RAINHOW. 261

Subfamily HAHNIIN^E.
Genus Scotopsilus, Simon.

Scotopsilus bicolor, Simon.
Scotopsilus bicolor, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1886, p. lxi.
Hab. — Tasmania.
Obs. — This is the type species of this genus.

Scotopsilus, SP.

Scotopsilus sp., Simon, Die Fauna Slid- west Austr., ii, 1909,
p. 181.
Hab. — Torbay, "W. Australia.

Genus Tetragonophthalma, Karsch.

(=Perenthis, L. Koch).

Obs. — Tetragonophthalma phylla, Karsch, is the type species
of this genus.

Tetragonophthalma unifasciata, Dol.

Dolomedes unifascialus, Dol., Tweede Bijdr., 1859, p. 10, tab. vi.,

figs. 6, 6a.
Ocyale (?) unifascialus, Thor., Studi Kagni Mai. e Papuani, ii.,

1878, p. 307.
Perenethis venusta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1878,

p. 980, tab. lxxx., figs. 7, la.
Perenethis venusta, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,

p. 372.
Hab. — The Island of Amboina and Queensland.

Family PISAURID^E.
Genus Dendrolycosa, Dol.

( = Therimachus, Thor.).

Obs. — Dendrolycosa fusca, Dol., is the type species of this
genus.

Dendrolycosa kochi, Simon, MS.

Dendrolycosa kochi, Simon, MS., Hist. Nat. des Araign., ii., 1898
pp. 285 and 289.

262 RECORDS OF THK AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Obs. — In a letter dated Paris, 6th July, 1910, M. Simon
informs me he has not yet described this species, but that he
included it in his work under manuscript name in order to define
the range of the genus.

Hab. — N. Australia (Cooktown) and E. Australia.

Dendrolycosa linkata, Thor.

Dendrolycosa lineata, Thor., Stndi Kagni Mai. e Papuani, iii.,
1881, p. 366.
Hab.— Cape York, N. Queensland.

Genus Nilus, 0. P. Cambr.

(=Sphedanus et Char minus, Thor.; 1 jEnigma, Karsch; Tallonia,

Simon).

Obs.— Nilus curtns, O. P. Cambr., is the type species of this
genus.

? Nilus australianus, Karsch.

I.JEnigma australiana, Karsch, Zeitsch. f. d. g. Naturw., li., 1878,
p. 825.
Hab. — Australia.

Nilus elegans, L. Koch.

Dolotnedes elegans, L. Koch, Die Aracli. des Austr., ii., 1876,
p. 861, tab. lxxiii., figs. 6, 6a, 66.
Hab. — Port Mackay, N. Queensland.

Nilus icadius, L. Koch.

Nilus icadius, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876, p. 859,
tab. lxxiii., figs. 5, 5a.
Hab. — Queensland.

Genus Pycnotenus, L. Koch.

Pycnotenus robustus, L. Koch.

Pycnotenus robustus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1878,
p. 996, tab. Ixxxvii., figs. 2, 2a, 2b.
Hub. — Sydney, New South Wales.
Obs.- This is the type species of the genus.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANE1D/E RAINBOW. 263

Genus Dolomedes, Latr.

Obs. — Dolomedes fimbriatus, Clerck, is the type species of this
genus.

Dolomedes albicomus, L. Koch.

Dolomedes albicomus, L. Koch., Verh. der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1867, p. 199; Die Arach. dea Austr., ii., 1876, p. 875,
tab. Ixxv., figs. 3, 3a.
Hab. — Brisbane, Queensland.

Dolomedes australianus, L. Koch.

Dolomedes australianus, L. Koch, Verb, der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges
Wien, 1865, p. 863 ; Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876, p. 873,
tab. Ixxv., tigs. 2, 2a.
Hab. — New South Wales and Victoria.

Dolomedes cervinus, L. Koch.

Dolomedes cervinus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876,
p. 872, tab. Ixxv., fig. 1.
Hab. — Nepean River, New South Wales.

DoLOMEDKS FACETUS, L. Koch.

Dolomedes facetus, L.Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876,

p. 869, figs. 5, ha, bb.
Dolomedes facetus, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxxiv.,
1909," p. 274.
Hab. — Australia generally, New Zealand, and the Island of
Upolu.

Dolomedes flaminius, L. Koch.

Dolomedes flaminius, L. Koch, Verh. der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien. 1867, p. 197 ; Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876, p. 877,
tab. Ixxv., figs. 4, 4a, 4b.
Hab. — Brisbane, Queensland.

DoLOMEDKS INSTABILLS, L. Koch.

Dolomedes instabilis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876,.
p. 863, tab. Ixxiv., figs. 1, la.
Hab. — New South Wales and Victoria.

264 HKCOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

DOLOMEDES MIRIFICUS, Walck.

Dolomedes mirificus, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Ins, Apt., i., 1837,

p. 355.
Dolomedes mirificus, Walck., Die Aracli <les Austr., ii., 1876,

p. 879.
Hab. — -Australia and New Zealand.

DOLOMKDES STILATUS, Karsch.

Dolomedes stUatus, Karsch, Zeitsch. f. g. Naturw., Ii., 1878,
p. 814.
Hab. — W. Australia.

Genus Anoteropis, L. Koch.

Obs. — Anoteropis flavescens, L. Koch, is the type species of this
genus.

Anoteropus lonoipes, L. Koch.

Anoteropus longipes, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1878,
p. 973, tab. lxxxv., tigs. 2, 2a.
/Jab. — 'l Australia. Koch (supra, p. 974) says simply : — " Mr.
Bradley's Sammlung."

Genus Voraptus, Simon

Obs. — The type species of this genus is Voraptus tenellus,
Simon.

Voraptus, spp.

Voraptus, spp., Simon, two undescribed forms, Hist. Nat. des
Araign., ii., 1897, p. 341.
Hah. — Australia.

Family LYCOSID^E.

Genus Anomalounna, Simon.

(=1Lysania, Simon).

Obs. — Anomalomma lycosinum, Simon, is the type species*of
this <renus.

Anomalomma cinctipes, Simo7i.

Anomalomma cinctipes, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xlii., 1898,
p. 24.
flab, — Cooktown, N. Queensland.

A CKNSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANBID.fi — RAINBOW. 265

Anomalomma KOCHI, Simon,

Anomalomma kochi, Simon, Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg., xlii., 1898,
p. 23.
Hab. — Cooktown, N. Queensland.

Genus Lycosa, Latr.

(=Tarentula et, Pirata, Sund. ; Arctosa, Trochosa et Potamia,
C. Koch ; Diapontia, Keys. ; Tricca, Simon).

Obs. — Lycosa tarentnla, Rossi, is the type species of this
genus.

Lycosa aukea, Hogg.

Lycosa aurea, Hog<r, Rep. Horn Ex pi. Exued., ii., Zool., 1896,
p. 345, pi. 24, fig. 13.
Hab. — Ellery Creek, Central Australia.

Lycosa arena ris, Hogg.

Lycosa arenaris, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1905, p. 586,
fig. 88.
Hob. — McDonnell Ranges, Central Australia.

Lycosa albo-guttata, L. Koch.

Lycosa albo-guttata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1878,
p. 975, tab. lxxxv., tigs. 3, 3a.
Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria.

Lycosa albo-pilata, Urquh.

Lycosa albo-pilata, Urquh., Trans. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1892 [1893],
p. 123.
Hab. — Tasmania.

Lycosa albo-spaksa, L. Koch.

Lycosa albo-sparsa, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877,
p. 886, tab. lxxvi., fig. 4.
Hab. — Rockhampton, N. Queensland, and Central Australia.

Lycosa Berenice, L. Koch.

Lycosa berenice, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Auslr., ii., 1877, p. 937,
tab. lxxxi , figs. 3, 3a.
Hab. — New South Wales and Victoria.

266 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Lycosa bicolor, Hogg.
Lycosa bicolor, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1905, p. 580. fig. 85.
Hab. — Australia.

Lycosa Brisbane, L. Koch.

Lycosa brisbance, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1878,
p. 976, tab. lxxxv,, figs. 4, 4a, 46.
Hab. — Brisbane, Queensland.

Lycosa candicans, L. Koch.

Lycosa catidicans, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877,
p. 888, tab. Ixxvi., figs. 5, 5a, 6, 6a, 66.
Hab.— New South Wales.

Lycosa castanea, Hogg.

Lycosa castanea, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1909, p. 577,
fig. 83.
Hab. — Adelaide, S. Australia.

Lycosa chkistopheri, Simon.

Lycosa christopheri, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-wesfc Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 182.
Hab. — Fremantle, W. Australia.

Lycosa clara, L. Koch.

Lycosa clara, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877, p. 912,
tab. lxxix., figs. 1, la, 16.
//a6. — Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, and S.
Australia.

Lycosa cowlkf, Hogg.

Lycosa cowlei, Hogg, Hep. Horn Expl. Kxped., ii., Zool., 1896,
p. 349, pi. 24, fig. 15.
Hab. — Ayer's Rock, Central Australia.

Lycosa ckispipes, L. Koch.

Lycosa crispipes, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877,

p. 923, tab. lxxix., figs. 8, 8a ; tab. lxxx., figs. 1, la.
Lycosa crispipes, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1905, p. 588.
Hab. — N. Queensland and Central Australia.

A CENSUS OP AUSTRALIAN ARANEID.E — RAINBOW, 267

LYCOSA DIMOTA, Simon.

Lt/cosa dimota, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 184.
Hab. — Day Dawn, W. Australia.

Lycos a eg en a, L. Koch.

Lycosa egena, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877, p. 935,
tab. lxxxi., figs. 2, 2a.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Lycosa errans, Hogg.

Lycosa errans, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1905, p. 579,
fig. 84.
Hab. — Australia.

Lycosa exculta, L. Koch.

Lycosa exculta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877, p. 881,
tab. lxxvi., figs. 1, la, lb, Ic.
Hab. — Gayndah, Queensland.

Lycosa expolita, L. Koch.

Lycosa expolita, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877, p. 917,
tab. lxxix., figs. 4, 4a, 5, 5a.
Hab. — Brisbane, Queensland.

Lycosa fallax, L. Koch.

Lycosa fallax, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877, p. 934,
tab. lxxx., tigs. 8, 8a.
Hab. — Bowen, N. Queensland.

Lycosa pestina, L. Koch.

Lycosa festina, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877, p. 927,
tab. lxxx., figs. 3, 3a, 4, 4a.

Hab. — N. Queensland.

Lycosa pestiva, Urquh.

Lycosa /estiva, Urquh., Trans. Roy. Soc. Ta«HJ., 1892 T18931,
p. 126.
Hab. — Tasmania. .
18

268 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Lycosa flavisternis, L. Koch.

Lycosa flavisternis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877,
p. 950, tab. lxxxii., figs. 4, 4a, 5, 5a.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Lycosa furcillata, L. Koch.

Lycosa furcillata, L. Koch, Verh. der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1867, p. 201 ; Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877, p. 903, tab.
lxxviii., figs. 1, la, 16, 2, 2a, 2b.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Lycosa gilberta, Hogg.

Lycosa gilberta, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1905, p. 582,
fig. 86.
Hab. — Australia.

Lycosa godeffroyi, L. Koch.

Lycosa godeffroyi, L. Koch, Verh. der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1865, p. 867 ; Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877, p. 957, tab.
lxxxiii., figs. 3, Za, 4, 4a.

Lycosa bellatrix, L. Koch, Verh. der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1865, p. 866.
Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria.

Lycosa habilis, Hogg.

Lycosa habilis, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, 1905, p. 588, fig. 89.
Hab. — Gilbert River, Riverina, New South Wales.

Lycosa hasseltii, L. Koch.

Lycosa hasseltii, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1867, p. 690,
tab. lxxxiii., figs. 5, 5«.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Lycosa immansicuta, Simon.

Lycosa immanseuta, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 183, fig. 1.
Hab. — W. Australia.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN AKANKIDiE — RAINBOW. 269

Lycosa impkoita, Simon.

Lycosa impedita, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 187, tig. 6.
Hab. — Gooseberry Hill, W. Australia.

Lycosa infknsa, L. Koch.

Lycosa infensa, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877, p. 932,
tab. lxxx., fig. 7.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Lycosa inornata, L. Koch.

Lycosa inornata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877,
p. 938, tab. lxxxi., figs. 4, 4a.
Hab. — The island of Upolu and (1) Victoria.

Lycosa lacertosa, L. Koch.

Lycosa lacertosa, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877, p. 952,
tab. lxxxii., tigs. 6, 6a.
Hab. — Adelaide, S. Australia.

Lycosa l^eta, L. Koch.

Lycosa Iceta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877, p. 944,
tab. lxxxi., figs. 7, 7a, 76 ; tab. lxxxii., figs. 1, la.

Tarentula Iceta, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,
p. 382.
Hab. — N. Queensland and Central Australia.

Lycosa leuckartii, Thor.

Tarentula leuckartii, Thor., Oef. af Kongl. Vet.-Akad. F6rh., 4,

1870, p. 388.
Lycosa leuckartii, L. Kocb, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877,

p. 896, tab. lxxvii., figs. 3, 3a; tab. lxxxi., figs. 1, la.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Lycosa leucoph^ea, L. Koch.

Lycosa leucophcm, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877,
p. 948, tab. lxxxii., figs. 3, 3a.
Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, and Central
Australia.

270 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Lycosa meracula, Simon.

Lycosa meracula, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., ii., 1909
p. 190.
Hab. — W. Australia.

Lycosa mercentior, Simon.

Lycosa mercentior, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 185, fig. 3.
Hab. — W. Australia.

Lycosa molyneuxi, Hoyg.

Lycosa molyneuxi, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1905, p. 575,
fig. 82.
Hab. — Gilbert River, Riverina, New South Wales.

Lycosa NjEvia, L. Koch.

Lycosa ncevia, L Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1878, p. 978,
tab. lxxxv., figs. 5, 5a.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Lycosa neptunus, Rainbow.

Dolomedes neptunus, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,
xxii., 1896, p. 326, pi. xviii., figs. 4, 4a.
Hab — Shores of Port Jackson, New South Wales.

Lycosa obscura, L. Koch.

Lycosa obscura, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877, p. 954,
tab. lxxxiii., figs. 1, la, 2, 2a.
Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, and S.
Australia.

Lycosa oraria, L. Koch.

Lycosa oraria, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877, p. 883,
tab. lxxvi., figs. 2, 2a, 3, 3a.
Hab. — W. Australia.

Lycosa ornatula, L, Koch.

Lycosa ornatula, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877, p. 902,
tab. lxxvii., figs. 6, 6a, 66.
Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEIDjE RAINBOW. 271

Lycosa palabunda, L. Koch.

Lycosa pallabunda, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877,
p. 906, tab. lxxviii., figs. 3, 3«, 36, 4, 4a.
Hob. — Queensland, New South Wales, and South Sea Islands.

Lycosa percauta, Simon.

Lycosa percauta, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 187.
Hob. — Rottnest, W. Australia.

Lycosa phegeia, Simon.

Lycosa phegeia, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 189, fig. 8.
Hab. — Cannington, W. Australia.

Lycosa phyllis, Hogg.

Lycosa phyllis, Hogg, Proc. Zool Soc. Lond., 1905, p. 573, fig. 81.
Hab. — Gilbert River, Riverina, New South Wales, and Kan-
garoo Island, S. Australia.

Lycosa pictiventris, L. Koch.

Lycosa pictiventris, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877,
p. 899, tab. lxxvii., figs. 4, 4a, 46, 5.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Lycosa properipes, Simon.

Lycosa properipes, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 189.
Hab. — W. Australia.

Lycosa propitia, Simon.

Lycosa propitia, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 186, fig. 5.
Hab. — Cannington, W. Australia.

Lycosa pruinosa, L. Koch.

Lycosa pruinosa, L Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877,
p. 925, tab. lxxx , figs. 2, 2a.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

272 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Lycosa pullastra, Simon.

Lycosa pullastra, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 184, fig. 2.
Hab. — W. Australia.

Lycosa pulvere-sparsa, L. Koch.

Lycosa pulvere-sparsa, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877,
p. 941, tab. lxxxi., figs. 6, 6a.
Hab. — Rockhampton, N. Queensland, and Central Australia.

Lycosa ramosa, L. Koch.

Lycosa ramosa, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877, p. 910,
tab. lxxviii., figs. 6, 6a.
Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria.

Lycosa segregis, Simon.

Lycosa segregis, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 186, fig. 4.
Hab. — Fremantle, W. Australia.

Lycosa senilis, L. Koch.

Lycosa senilis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877, p. 946,
tab. Ixxxii., figs. 2, 2a.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Lycosa semi-cincta, L. Koch.

Lycosa semi-cincta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877,
p. 908, tab. lxxviii., figs. 5, 5a, 5b.
Hab. — Queensland.

Lycosa serrata, L. Koch.

Lycosa serrata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877, p. 930,
tab. lxxx., figs. 5, 5a, 6, 6a.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Lycosa sibyllina, Simon.

Lycosa sibyllina, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 188, fig. 7.
Hab. — Albany, W. Australia.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANKIDJE — RAINBOW. 273

Lycosa simsoni, Simon.

Lycosa simsoni, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xlii., 1898, p. 29.
Hab. — Tasmania.

Lycosa speciosa, L. Koch.

Lycosa speciosa, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877, p. 890,
tab. lxxvii., figs. 1, la, lb.
Hab. — New South Wales.

Lycosa spinipes, Rainbow.

Dolomedes spinipes, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxii.,
1896, p. 327, pi. xviii., fig. 5.
Hab. — Shores of Port Jacksou, New South Wales.

Lycosa sterlings, Hogg.

Lycosa sterling ce, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1905, p. 584,
fig. 87.

Hab. — Gilbert River, Riverina, New South Wales.

Lycosa subligatus, L. Koch.

Pirata subligatus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877,
p. 963, tab. lxxxiv., figs. 2, 2a, 26, 2c.
Hab. — Bowen, N. Queensland.

Lycosa tasmanica, Hogg,

Lycosa tasmanica, Hogg, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1905, p. 571,
tig. 80.

Hab. — Table Top, Tasmania.

Lycosa topaziopsis, Hogg.

Lycosa topaziopsis, Hogg, Rep. Horn Expl. Exped., ii., Zool.,
1906, p. 347, pi. 24, fig. 14.
Hab. — Stevenson RiTer, Central Australia.

Lycosa tristicula, L. Koch.

Lycosa tristicula, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877,
p. 892, tab. lxxvii, figs. 2, 2a.

Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

274 RECORDS OF THK AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Lycosa woodwardi, Simon.

Lycosa woodivardi, Simon, Die Fauna Sitd-west Austr., ii., 1908,
]). 182.
Hab. — W. Australia.

L. zualella, Strand.

Tarentula zualella, Strand, Weisbaden Jahr. Ver. Natk,, 1907,
pp. 177, 219.
Flab. — Australia.

Genus Venator, Hogg.
Obs. — Venator spenceri, Hogg, is the type species of this genus.

Venator fuscus, Hogg.

Venator J uscus, Hogg, Proe. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiii., 1900, p. 118»
pi. xvii., fig. 3.
Hab. — Victoria.

Venator marginatus, Hogg.

Venator marginatus, Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiii., 1900,
p. 120, pi. xvii., fig. 4.
Hab. — Victoria.

Venator spenceri, Hogg.

Venator spenceri, Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiii., 1900, p. 11G,
pi. xvii., fig. 2.

Hab. — Victoria.

Genus Trab;ea, Simon,
(—Aiilmi'xi, Emert.).

Obs. — Tralxia paradoxa, Simon, is the type species of this

genus.

Traii.KA AUBTKALIENSIS, /;. Koch.

Trabon auatraliensis, L. Kocli, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877,
p. 968, tab. lxxxiv., tii,'s. 6, 6a, 0b.
Hab.— Shelly's Flats, N. S. Wales.

A CKNSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEII)*: RAINBOW. 27&

Trauma lineata, L. Koch.

Trabcea lineata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1878, p. 970,
tab. lxxxiv., tigs. 7, 7a, 'lb.
Hob. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Genus Artoria, Thor.

Obs. — Artoria parvula, Thor., is the type species of this
genus.

Artoria cingulipes, Simon.

Artoria cingulipes, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 193, fig. 10.
Hab. — Collie, W. Australia.

Artoria flavimanus, Simon.

Artoria flavimanus, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 193, fig. 9.
Hab. — Mandering Wier, W. Australia.

Artoria t.<eniifera, Simon.

Artoria tazniifera, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 193, fig. 11.
Hab. — Bunbury, W. Australia.

Genus Lycosella, Thor.

Obs. — Lycosella tenera, Thor., is the type species of this genus.
No Australian Lycosella appear to have been described, although
Simon (Hist. Nat. des Araign., ii., 1897, p. 344) states that he
knows of two forms from the north of Queensland.

Genus Venonia, Thor.

Obs. — Venonia coruscans, Thor., is the type species of this
genus.

Venonia micarioides, L. Koch.

Aulonia micarioides, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1877,
p. 961, tab. lxxxiii., figs. 6, 6a; tab. lxxxiv., figs. 1, la.
Hab. — N. Queensland.

Genus Cycloctenus, L. Koch.

Obs. — Cycloctenus Jlaviceps, L. Koch, is the type species of
this genus.

276 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Cycloctenus abyssinus, Urquh.

Cycloctenus abyssinus, Urquh., Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxii., 1889,

p. 237, pi. xvi.
Cyclotenus abyssinus, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,

xvii , 1892, p. 473, pi. xii., figs. 6-12.
Hob. — Jenolan Caves, New South Wales.

Cycloctenus plavicbps, L. Koch.

Cycloctenus fiaviceps, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1878,

p. 988, tab. lxxxvi., figs. 3, 3a-3d.
Cycloctenus lepidus, Urquh., Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxii., 1889, p. 261,

pi. xvii., fig. 1.
Hab. — Australia and New Zealand.

Genus Pardosa, C. Koch.
(— Lcimonia, C. Koch, nom. prceocc. ; Passiena, Thor.).

Obs. — Pardosa striatipes, C. Koch, is the type species of this
genus.

Pardosa pr^evblox, Simon.

Pardosa prcevelox, Simon, Die Fauna Slid- west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 191.
llab — N. Fremantle, W. Australia.

Pardosa versicolor, L. Koch.

Pardosa versicolor, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1876,
p. 977, tab. lxxxiv., figs. 4, 4a, 5, 5a.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Family OXYOPID^.

Genus Peucetia, lltor.

(=Pasithea, Blackw., nom. j)rwocc.).

Obs. — Peucetia viridis, Blackw., is the type species of this
genus.

Peucetia albescens, L. Koch.

Peucetia albescens, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1878,
p. 998, tab, lxxxvii., figs. 3, 3a.
JIab. — N. Queensland.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEIDiE — RA1NHOW. 277

Genus Oxyopes, Latr.
(=Sphasus, Walck.).

Obs. — Oxyopes heterophthalmns, Latr., is the type species of
this genus.

Oxyopes amcenus, L. Koch.

Oxyopes amotnus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1878,
p. 1017, tab. lxxxix., figs. 4, 4a, 5, 5a.
//db. — Queensland.

Oxyopes attenuatus, L. Koch.

Oxyopes attenuates, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1878,
p. 1002, tab. lxxxvii., figs. 6, 6a.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland, and Central Australia.

Oxyopes elegans, L. Koch.

Oxyopes elegans, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1878, p. 100S,
tab. Ixxxviii., figs. 5, 5a, 6, 6<x, 66.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Oxyopes gratus, L. Koch.

Oxyopes gratus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1878,
p. 1006, tab. Ixxxviii., figs. 3, 3a, 4, 4a, 46.
Hab. — Queensland and Central Australia.

Oxyopes lautus, L. Koch.

Oxyopes lautus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1878,
p. 1015, tab. lxxxix., figs. 3, 3a.
Hab. — Port Mackay, N. Queensland.

Oxyopes macilentus, L. Koch.

Oxyopes macilenUis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1878,

p. 1000, tab. lxxxvii., figs. 4, 4a, 5, 5a, 56.
Oxyopes macilentus, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii.,
1881, p. 393.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland, and New Guinea.

Oxyopes molarius, L. Koch.

Oxyopes molarius, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1878,
p. 1004, tab. Ixxxviii., tigs. 1, la, 2, 2a.
Hab. — Queensland.

278 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

OXYOPES MUNDULUS, L. Koch.

Oxyopes mundnlus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1878,
p. 1025, tab. xc, figs. 3, 3a.
Ilab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Oxyopes papuanus, Thor.

Oxyopes vapuanus, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii.,
1881", p. 395.

Ilab. — New Guinea, and Cape York, N. Queensland.

Oxyopes punctatus, L. Koch.

Oxyopes punctatus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1878,
p. 1011, tab. Ixxxviii., figs. 7, la, 8, 8a.
Ilab. — Queensland.

Oxyopes quadrifasciatus, L. Koch.

Oxyopes quadrifasciatus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1878, p. 1020, tab. lxxxix., tigs. 6, 6a.
Ilab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Oxyopes rubicundus, L. Koch.

Oxyopes rubicundus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1878,
p. 1013, tab. lxxxix., tigs. 1, la, 2, 2a, 26.
Ilab.— New South Wales.

Oxyopes variabilis, L. Koch.

Oxyopes variabilis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., tab. xc,
tigs. 1, la, 2, 2a, 26.
Ilab. — Queensland and Central Australia.

Family SALTICID^.

(=Attidce, Auct. ).

Section 1 : — Salticidje pluridentati.

Genus Linus, G. W. and E. G. Peckh.

(=Sinis, Thor., nom, pratocc).

Linus fimbriatus, Dot.

SaUicus fimbriatus, Dol., Tweede Bijdr., 1859, p. 22, tab. v.,
tigs. 8, 8a, 86.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN AKANKIDiE — RAINBOW. 279

Sinis fimbriatus, Thor., Studi Ragni di Amboina, 1878, pp. 270,

310.
Sinis fimbriatus, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,
p. 499.
Nab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Lagnus, L. Koch.

Obs.-— Lagnus longimanus, L. Koch, is the type species of this
genws.

Laonus kochi, Simon.

Lagnus kochi, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xliv., 1900, p. 381 ;
Hist. Nat. des Araign., ii., 1897, p. 434, figs, a, b, c, d.
Hah. — Cooktown, N. Queensland.

Genus Astia, L. Koch.
(—Vindima, Thor).
Obs. — Astia hariola, L. Koch, is the type species of this genus.

ASTIA AUKEA, L. Kocll.

Astia aurea, L. Koch, Die Aracli. des Austr., ii., 1880, p. 1167,
tab. ci., tigs. 4, 4a-4o\ 5, 5a, 56, 5c.
Hob. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Astia hahiola, L. Koch.

Astia hariola, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1879, p. 1153,
tab. c, figs. 3, 3a, 36, 3c, 4, 4a.
Hob. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Astia nodosa, L. Koch.

Astia nodosa, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1880, p. 1156,
tab. c.j fig. 5, 5a-5o\
Hab. — Gayndab, Queensland.

Astia tkisticula, Simon.

Astia trislicula, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 194.
Hab. — W. Australia.

280 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Genus Helpis, Simon.

Obs. — Helpis minitabunda, L. Koch, is the type species of this
genus.

Helpis minitabunda, L. Koch.

Astia minitabunda, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1880,

p. 1160, tab. ci., figs. 1, \a, \b, lc.
Helpis minitabunda, Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araign., ii., 1897,
p. 431, figs. F, G.
Hob. — New South Wales.

Helpis occidentalis, Simon.

Helpis occidentalis, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 195.
Hab. — W. Australia.

Helpis respersa, L. Koch.

Astia respersa, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1880, p. 1163,
tab. ci., tigs. 2, 2a-2d, 3, 3a-3d.
Hab.— Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria.

Genus Arasia, Simon.

Arasia mollicoma, L. Koch.

Astia mollicoma, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1880, p. 1 158,

tab. c, figs. 6, 6a, 66, 7, la-Id.
Arasia mollicoma, Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araign., ii., 1897, p. 431,

fig. E.

Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Adoxotoma, Simon.

Obs. — Adoxotoma nigro-olivacea, Simon, is the type species of
this genus.

Adoxotoma ciiionopogon, Simon.

Adoxotoma chionopogon, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., ii.,
1909, p. 196.
Huh. — W. Australia.

A CKNSUS OK AUSTRALIAN ARAXEID.-E — RAINBOW. 281

Adoxotoma NIURO-OLIVACEA, Simon.

Adoxotoma nigro-olivacea, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Anstr., ii.,
1909, p. 196.
Hab.— Collie, W. Australia.

Genus Bavia, Simon.
Obs. — Bavia rericeps, Simon, is the type species of this genus.

Bavia ludicra, Keys.

Acompse ludicrus, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,

1882, p. 1320, tab. cxiii., tigs. 1, la, 16, lc, 2, 2a, 26, 2c.
Hab. — :Rockhampton, N. Queensland.

Bavia modesta, Keys.

Acompse modesta, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.r

1883, p. 1455, tab. cxxii., tigs. 8, 8a, 86, 8c.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Genus Copocrossa, Simon.
(—Stenodina, Simon, nom. prceocc).

Obs. — Copocrossa tenuilineata, Simon, is the type species of
this genus.

1 Copocrossa tenerrima, L. Koch.

Marptusa tenerrima, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1879,
p. 1115, tab. xcvii., tigs. 5, 5a, 56.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Copocrossa tenuilineata, Simon.

Stenodina tenuilineata, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xliv., 1900,
p. 388 ; Hist. Nat. des Araign., ii., 1875, p. 474, tigs, e
and I.
Hab. — Cooktown, N. Queensland.

Genus Diolenius, Thor.

Obs. — Diolenius phrynoides, Walck., is the type species of this
genus. No Australian forms of this genus appear to have been
described, but Simon (Hist. Nat. des Araign., ii., 1897, p. 479)
says he has one unnamed from Eastern Australia.

282 RECORDS OF THD Australian MUSEUM.

Genus Discocnemius, Thar.

DlSCOONEMIUS L.ACBRT08U8, Thar.

Discoont -mi/is lacert08U8, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii.,
L881, p. 429.
Huh. -Cape York, N. Queensland.

Obs.- -This is I lie type species of this genus.

Genua EEaterius, Simon.

HaTBRIUS BEMITECTUS, Simon.

Haterius semitectus, Simon, Ann, Soc. Ent. Belg., xliv., 1900,
p. 403.
//d/>. — Cooktown, N. Queensland.
Oba. Tin* is (he type species of this genus.

Genus Ligonipes, fCarsch,

[ /i/iombonot us, L. Koeh ; /i/iomochirus, Thor.).

Ligonipes illustris, Kcwach,

/.n/oiii/ii's illustris, Karach, MT. d. Munch. Ent, Vers., 1S78,

p. 26.
\Rhombonotu8 gracilis, L. koeh. Die Arach, des Austr,, ii.. 1879,

p. 10t>7, iai>. xeiii., tii,'s. 8, 8a, 86, 8c ; tul). jtciv., figs. 1, la,

1/*, Lc.

//<il>. -Queensland and New South Wales.
Obs. This is the tvpe species of the genUS.

(irons Myrmaraohne, Much ay.
i Pyrophorus (notn. prcBoee.) et Tortus, C. Koch ; Pyroderw et

Pyrophorus, Simon; Jouiorro, Karseh; //fnuosn et Iola,

Peokh.j Ascalus et Pergasus, Thor.

()l>s .]fi/rmur<irhnf mtlouoftphalus, Maeleay, is the typ*?
npeoies of this genus.

Myrmaraohne bioolor, A. Koch.

Salticns bioolor, 1> Koch, I Me Arach. des Austr., ii., 1S79,
p. 1055, tab. xeiii.. figs, 'J, 'Ju, 26, '2c.
l/nli. Teak l>o\vns, (Queensland.

A CENSUS OK AUSTRALIAN ARANKIDjE — RAINBOW. 283

Mykmakachnk cognatus, L. Koch.

Leptorchestes cognatns, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1880,
p. 1063, tali, xciii., figs, 6, Ga, 66.
Hab. — New South Wales and Victoria.

1 Mykmakachnk cupreus, Hogg.

% Leptorchestes cupreus, Ho«g, Rep. Horn Expl. Exped., ii.,
Zoology, 1896, p. 352, pi. 24, figs. 16 and 17.
Hab. —Stevenson River, Central Australia.

Mykmakachnk erythkocephalus, L. Koch.

Leptorchestes erythrocephalns, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1880, p. 1057, tab. xciii., tigs. 3, 3a, 36, 3c.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Myrmarachne luctuosus, L. Koch.

Leptorchestes luctuosus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1880, p. 1065, tab. xciii., figs. 7, 7a, 7b, 7c.
Hab. — New South Wales.

Myrmarachne lupata, L. Koch.

Synemosyna lupata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1879r
p. 1052, tah. xciii., figs. 1, la, 16.
Hab. — Queensland.

1 Myrmarachne macleayanus, Bradley.

Salticus macleayanus, Bradley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, i.,
1876, p. 220, pi. ii., figs. 1, la, 16.
Hab. — Endeavour River, N. Queensland.

Myrmarachne simoni, L. Koch.

Leptorchestes simoni, li. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1880,
p. 1061, tab. xciii., figs. 5, 5a, 56, 5c.
Hab. — North Queensland.

1 Myrmarachne, sp.

1 Leptorchestes, sp.t Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiii., 1900, p. 77.
I fab. — Victoria.
19

284 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Myrmarachne striatipks, L. Koch.

Leptorchestes striatipes, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1880,
p. 1059, tab. xciii., tigs. 4, 4a, 46, \c.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Section 2 ; Salticid^: unidenti.
Genus Damcetas, G. W. and E. G. Peckh.
(=Scirtetes, L. Koch, nom. praeocc).
Damostas nitidus, L. Koch.

Scirtetes nitidus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1880,
p. 1070, tab. xcw., figs. 2, 2a, 26, 2c, 3, 3a, 36.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

Damostas, sp.
1. Scirtetes, sp., Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiii., 1900, p. 77.
Hab. — Victoria.

Genus Chrysilla, Thor.

Obs. — Chrysilla delicata, Thor., is the type species of this
genus.

1 Chrysilla pilosa, Karsch.

Epiblenum pilosnm, Karsch. MT. d. Munch, ent. Ver., ii., 1878,

p. 27.
? Chrysilla pilosa, Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araign., ii., 1897, p. 601,

footnote {Chrysilla).
Hab. — New South Wales.

Genus Cosmophasis, Simon.
(=r--Sobara, nom. praiocc, et Selaophora, Keys.).

Obs. — Cosmojihasis thalassina, C. Koch, is the type species of
this genus.

Cosmophasis hit^niatus, Keys.

Sobara bit<eniata, Keys, in L Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1882, p. 1365, tab. ex v., figs. 8, Sa-8o?, 9.
Uah. — Sydney. New South Wales, and Opossum Creek, Central
Australia.

A CENSUS OK AUSTRALIAN ARANEIDiE — RAINBOW. 285

COSMOPHASIS MICANS, L. Koch.

Amycus micans, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1880,
p. 1173, tab. cii., figs. 1, la, 16, lc.
llab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

COSMOPHASIS MICAIUOIDES, L. Koch.

Amgcus micarioides, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., 1880,
p. 1178, tab. cii., tigs. 3, 3a, 36, 3c.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland, and New Guinea.

COSMOPHASIS MODESTUS, L. Koch.

Amycus modestus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1880,
p. 1176, tab. cii., figs. 2, 2a-2d.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Cosmophasis obscurus, Keys.

Selaophora obscura, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1883, p. 1376, tab. cxvii., figs. 1, la, 16.
Hab. — Cape York.

Cosmophasis rubra, Keys. '

Selaophora rubra, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1883, p. 1374, tai). cxvi., figs. 5, 5a-5d.
Hab. — N. Queensland and Opossum Creek, Central Australia.

1 Cosmophasis thalassinus, C. Koch.

Plexippus thalassinus, C. Koch, Die Arach., xiii., 1846, p. 124,

tab. ccccliii., tig. 1184.
Amycus splendidus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii. 1880,

p. 1171, tab. ci., tig. 6, 6a 6d.
Amycus tristriatus, L. Koch, op. cit., p. 1181, tab. cii., tigs. 4,

4a-4e.
Mcevia thalassina, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,

p. 468.
Hab. — Malaysia, New Guinea, N. Queensland, and Pelew
Island.

Genus Heliophanus, C. Koch.

Obs. — Heliophanus (cneus, Hahn (truncorum, C. Koch), is the
type species of this genus.

286 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

? Heliophanus maculatus, Karsch.

1 Heliophanus maculatus, Karsch, MT. d. Munch, ent. Ver., ii.>
1878, p. 23.
Hub.— New South Wales.

Genus Saitis, Simon.

{= Prostheclina et Therosa, Keys.; 1 Maratus, Karsch).

Obs. — Saitis barbipes, Simon, is the type species of this genus

Saitis heteropogon, Simon.

Saitis heteropogon, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., ii., 1909
p. 198.
Hob. — Busselton, W. Australia.

Saitis insecta, Hogg.

Prostheclina insecta, Hogg, Rep. Horn Expl. Exped., ii., Zool.,
1896, p. 354, pi. 24, tig. 18.
Hab. — Rudall's Creek, Central Australia.

Saitis magniceps, Keys.

Therosa magniceps, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.r
1883, p. 1414, tab. cxix., tigs. 7, 7a, 76.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Saitis michaelseni, Simon.

Saitis michaelseni, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., ii., 1909r
p. 197.
Hab, — Bovanup, VV. Australia.

Saitis michaelseni, var. obscurior, Simon.

Saitis michaelseni, var. obscurior, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west
Austr., ii., 1909, p. 198.
Hab. — W. Australia.

Saitis nigkiceps, Keys.

Thorellia nigriceps, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1882, p. 1359, tab. ex v., tigs. 5, 5a, 56, 5c, 6, 6a, 66.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN AKANKIDiE RAINBOW. 287

Saitis pallida, Keys.

Prostheclina pallida, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Aracli. des Austr.,
ii., 1882, p. 1368, tab. cxvi., figs. 1, la-Id, 2, 2a, 26.
JIab. — Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria.

Saitis piscula, Keys.

Attus pisculus, L. Kocli., Verh. der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1867, p. 224.
Thorellia piscula, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,

1882, p. 1356, tab. cxv., figs. 3, 3a, 36, 3c, 4, 4a, 46.
7/a6. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Saitis speciosus, 0. P. Cambr.

Salticus speciosus, O. P. Cambr., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xiv., 4,

1874, p. 180, pi. xvii., tig. 5.
Habrocestum speciosum, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1883, p. 1468, tab. cxxiii., tigs. 8, 8a, 86, 8c.
7/a6. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Saitis splendens, Rainboiv.

Attus splendens, Rainbow, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxii.,
1896, p. 632, pi. xlix., figs. 3, 3a.
Hob. — Sydney, New South Wales. j

Saitis tjsniata, Keys.

Saitis tosniata, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1883,
p. 1434, tab. cxxi., figs. 4, 4a, 46, 4c.
Hab. — Australia.

Saitis verspitilis, Simon.

Saitis verspitilis, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, lxx., 1901,
p. 68.
7/a6. — E. Australia.

Saitis volans, 0. P. Cambr.

Attus volans, O. P. Cambr., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xiv., 4, 1874,

p. 178, pi. xvii., figs. 4, 4a-4a\
IMaratus amabilis, Karsch, MT. d. Munch, ent. Ver., 1878,

p. 27.

288 KEC0RDS OF THIS AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Saitis volant, Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araign.. ii., 1897, p. 559,
figs, c, D, E.
Hab. — Queensland and New -South Wales.

Genus Lycidas, Karsch.

Lycidas anomalus, Karsch.

{Genus et species incertce sedis.)

Lycidas anomalus, Karsch, MT. d. Munch, ent. Ver., ii,, 1878
p. 26.

Hab. — New South Wales.

Obs. — This is the type species of the genus. L. anomalus is
unknown to me. Simon considers it may prove to be a synonym
of Habrocestum nigriceps, Keys, (vide Simon, Hist. Nat. des
Araign., ii. (2nd ed.), 1903, p. 868).

Genus Jotus, L. Koch.
Obs. — Jotus anripes, L. Koch, is the type species of this genus.

Jotus auripes, L. Koch.

Jotus auripes, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1881, p. 1243,

tab. cvii., figs. 1, la-lc?.
Jotus auripes, Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araign., ii., 1897, p. 561,

fig. 683.
II, ch. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Jotus braccatus, L. Koch.

Joins braccatus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1881,
p. 1254, tab. cvii., figs. 6, 6a, 6/), 6c, 7, 7a-7e.
II ah.— Gayndah, Queensland.

Jotus debilis, Z. Koch.

Jotm dnbilis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1881, p. 1252,
tab. cvii., figs. 5, 5a, 5b, 5c.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Jotus FROST J I, G. W. and E. G. Peckh.

Jotus frosti, G. W. ami E. G. Peckh., Trans. Wisconsin Acad.,
jtiii., 1901, p. 332, pi. xxv.. fig. 12 ; pi. xxvi., tigs. 9, 9a.
Ilid>. — Victoria.

A CBN8US OP AUSTRALIAN ARANEIl).*. — RAINBOW. 289

JOTUS MINUTU8, L. Koch.

Jotus minutus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1881, p. 1257,
tab. cviii., figs. 1, la, 16.
llab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Genus Salpesia, Simon.

Obs. — Salpesia soricina, Simon, is the type species of this
genus.

Salpesia bicolor, Keys.

Cyrba bicolor, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1883,
p. 1441, tah. cxxi., figs. 1, la-la?.

Nab. — Rockhainpton, N. Queensland.

Salpesia bimaculata, Keys.

Cyrba bimaculata, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.>
1883, p. 1439, tah. cxxi., tigs. 7, la, 76, 1c.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Salpesia squalida, Keys.

Cyrba, squalida, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1883, p. 1436, tab. cxxi., figs. 5, 5a, 56, 5c, 6, 6a.
Hab — Queensland and New South Wales.

Salpesia villosa, Keys.

Cyrba villosa, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1883,
p. 1444, tah. cxxii., figs. 3, 3a, 36.

Hab. — Australia.

Genus Lauharulla, Keys.
Lauharulla pretiosa, Keys.

Lauharulla pretiosa, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1883, p. 1432, tab. cxxi., figs. 3, 3a, 36, 3c.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.
Obs. — This is the type species of this genus.

Lauharulla, sp.
Lauharulla, sp., Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiii , 1900, p. 78.
Hab. — Victoria.

290 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Genus Salticus, Latr.

(= Epiblemum, Karsch).

Obs. — Salticus scenicus, Clerck., is the type species of this
genus.

Salticus flavicruris, Rainbow.

Attus flavicruris, Rainbow, Pioc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxiii.,
1897, p. 526, pi. xviii., fig. 2.
Hah. — Guildford, near Sydney, New South Wales.

Salticus jugularis, Simon.

Salticus jugularis, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xliv., 1900,
p. 404.
Hab. — Cooktown, N. Queensland.

Genus Breda, G. W. and E. G. Peckh.
Obs. — Breda milvina, C. Koch, is the type species of this genus.

Bkeda jovialis, L. Koch.

Marptusa jovialis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1879,
p. 1109, tab. xcvii., figs. 1, la-le, 2, la, 2b, 2c.

Hab. — Australia generally.

Genus Holoplatys, Simon.

Obs. — Holoplatys pianissimo,, L. Koch, is the type species of
this genus.

Holoplatys bicolor, Simon.

Holoplatys bicolor, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xlv., 1901,
p. 159.
Hab. — Cooktown, N. Queensland.

Holoplatys fractivittata, Simon.

Holoplatys fractivittata, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., ii..
1909, p. 199, fig. 13.
/lab. — W. Australia.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANKID.E — RAINBOW. 291

HOLOPLATYS PLANISSIMA, L. Koch.

Marptusa pianissimo,, L. Koch, Die Aracli. des Austr., ii., 1879,
p. 1100, tab. xcri., figs. 4, ia-id, 5, 5a, 5b, 5c.

Ilab. — Port Darwin to Cape York, and from thence to W.
Australia.

HOLOPLATYS QUINQUECINGULATA, Simotl.

Holoplatys quinquecincingulata, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-wesb
Austr., ii., 1909, p. 199, fig. 12.

Hab. — Day Dawn, VV. Australia.

Gemis Ocrisiona, Simon.

Obs. — Ocrisiona leucocmis, L. Kocii, is the type species of this
genus.

Ocrisiona aerata, L. Koch.

Marptusa aerata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1879,
p. 1117, tab. xcvii., tigs. 6, Qa, 6b.

Hab. — Port Mackay, N. Queensland.

Ocrisiona complanata, L. Koch.

Marptusa complanata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1879,
p. 1093, tab. cxv., figs. 7, la, lb, 1c, 8, 8a, 86, 8c

Marptusa complanata, Rainbow, Pioc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,
xxvi., 1901, p. 531.

Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales, Mast Head Island,
Great Barrier Reef, and Noumea.

Ocrisiona elegans, L. Koch.

Marptusa elegans, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1879,
p. 1119, tab. xcvii., figs. 7, la, lb, 1c.

Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

1 Ocrisiona fusca, Karsch.

Marpissa fusca, Karsch, MT. d. Munch, ent. Ver., ii., 1878, p. 28.
Hab.— New South Wales.

292 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

OCKISIONA INVENUSTA, L. Koch.

Marptusa invenusta, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1879,
p. 1099, tab. xcvi., tigs. 3, 3a, 36, 3c.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland, to Sydney, New South
Wales.

OCRISIONA LEUCOCOMIS, L. Koch.

Marptusa leucocomis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1879,
p. 1096, tab. xcvi., figs. 1, \a, 16, Ic, 2, 2a, 2b.
Hab. — N., E., and W. Australia, and New Zealand.

OCRISIONA LITURATA, L. Koch.

Marphisa liturata, L. Koch., Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1879,
p. 1103, tab. xcvi., figs. 6, 6a, 66.
Hab. — Gayndah, Queensland.

OCRISIONA MELANCHOLIA, L. Koch.

Marptusa melancholia, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1879,
p. 1113, tab. xcvii., figs. 4, 4a, 46, 4c.
7/a6. — Sydney, New South Wales.

OCRISIONA MELANOPYGA, Simon.

Ocrisiona melanopyga, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xlv., 1901,
p. 160.
Hab. — Tasmania.

Ocrisiona parallei.-striata, L. Koch.

Marptusa par alld-str lata, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1879, p. 1121, tab. xcvii., tigs. 8, 8a-8d.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Genus Muziris, Simon.

Obs. — Muziris doleschalli, Thor., is the type species of this
genus.

Muzikis carinatus, Simon,

Muziris carinatus, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 200.
I fuh — Wooroloo, \V. Australia.

A CENSUS OK AUSTRALIAN ARANBIDiB— RAINBOW. 293

Genus Clynotis, Simon,

Obs. — Clynotis viduus, Simon, is the type species of this genus.

Clynotis alro-rarratus, L. Koch.

Icius albo-barbatus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1882,
p. 1138, tab. xcix., tigs. 2, 2a-2d, 3, '3a, 3b, 3c.

Hob. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Clynotis pauvulus, L. Koch.

Icius parvulus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr , ii., 1883, p. 1449,
tab. xxii., tigs. 5, 5a-5e.

Hob. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Clynotis semiater, L. Koch.

Icius semiatur, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1882, p. 1133,
figs. 6, 6a-6d.

Hab. — Rockhampton and Peak Downs, Queensland.

Clynotis semieerruginkus, L. Koch.

Icius semiferrnginens, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1882,
p. 1135, tab. xcix., figs. 1, la-l<?.
Hab. — Gayndah, Queensland.

Clynotis severus, L. Koch.

Icius severus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii. 1882, p. 1128,
tab. xcviii., tigs. 3, 3a-3d.
Hub. — Australia.

Clynotis viduus, L. Koch.

Icius viduus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1882, p. 1129
tab. xcviii., figs. 4, 4a-4o?, 5, 5a-5d.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Genus Alcniena, C. Koch.

Obs. — Alcmena psittacina, C. Koch, is the type species of this
genus. The occurrence of Alcmena in Australia is certainly
doubtful. It is a Brazilian genus, and as A. su])erba is unknown
to nie it is here recorded tentatively. ...

294 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

^Alcmena superba, Karsch.

1 Alcmena superba, Karsch, MT. d. Munch, ent. Ver., ii., 1878,
p. 29.

Hab. — N. Australia.

Gemis Bianor, G. W. and E. G. Peckh.

(=Beata et Eris, G. W. and E. G. Peckh. ; (Edipus, Menge, nom.
prceocc. ; Ericidus, Simon, nom. prceocc. ; Scythropa, Keys.,
nom. prceocc).

Obs. — Bianor maculatus, Keys., is the type species of this
genus.

1 Bianor bulla, Karsch.

Eris bella, Karsch, MT. d. Munch, ent. Ver., ii., 1878, p. 22
Hab. — New South Wales.

Bianor concolor, Keys.

Ballus concolor, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1883, p. 1335, tab. cxiv., tigs. 1, \a-\d.

Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Bianor maculatus, Keys.

Scythropa maculata, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1883, p. 1447, tab. cxxii., tigs. 4, 4a-4e.

Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Genus Rhene, Thor.

(=Bhanis, C. Koch, nom. prceocc. ; Anamosa, G. W. and E. G.

Peckh.).

Obs. — Rhene flaviyera, C. Koch, is the type species of this
genus.

Rhene aurata, L. Koch.

HomcUattus auratus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1879,
p. 1087, tab. xcv., figs. 4, 4a, 4b, 4c, 5, 5a, 5b, 5c.

Hab. — Queensland.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANKID/E — RAINBOW. 295

RlIENR OPULENTA, L. Koch.

Homalattus opulentw, L. Koch, Die Arach. ties Austr., ii., 1179,
p. 1083, tab. xcv., figs. 1, la, \b, \c.
Hab. — Queensland

Genus Pystira, Simon.

(= Bootes, G. W. and E. G. Peckh.).

Obs. — Pystira ephippigera, Simon, is the type species of this
genus.

Pystira orbiculata, L. Koch.

Hasarius orbicularis, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1881,
p. 1285, tab. ex., figs. 1, la, lb, 2. 2a, 2b, 2c.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Pystira obscurofemorata, L. Koch.

Euophrys obscurofemoratus, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des
Austr., ii., 1883, p. 1430, tab. exxi., figs. 2, 2a-2d.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Genus Zenoderus, G. W. and E. G. Peckh.

(==Ephippus, Thor.).

Zenoderus d'urvillei, Walck.

Attus d'urvillei, Walck., Hist. Nat. des Tns., Apt., i., 1837,
p. 459.

Ephippus d'urvillei, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii.,
188L p. 653.

Ephippus durvillei, Keys, in I.. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1883, p. 1422, tab. cxx., figs. 4, Aa-id, 5, 5a.
Hab. — Malaysia, New Guinea, and W. Australia.
Obs. — This is the type species of this genus.

Genus Mollica, G. W. and E. G. Peckh.
Mollica metallescens, L. Koch.

PhiUens metallescens, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1879,
p. 1080, tab. xciv., rigs. 7, 7a, 8, 8a, 86, 8c.
Hab. — N. Queensland.
Obs. — This is the type species of the genus.

296 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Genus Margaromma, Keys.

( = Tanypus et Hadrosoma, Thor.).

Obs. — Margaromma funesta, Keys., is the type species of this
genus.

Margaromma funesta, Keys.

Margaromma funesta, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1882, p. 1347, tab. cxiv., figs. 5, 5a, 5b, 6, Qa-Qd.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Margaromma marginatum, Simon.

Margaromma marginatum, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xlvi.,
1902, p. 35.
Hab. — Cooktown, N. Queensland.

Margaromma obscura, Keys.

Hadrosoma obscura, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1883, p. 1418, tab. cxx., tigs. 2, 2a-2d.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Margaromma semirasus, Keys.

Tanypus semirasus. Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1883, p. 1416, tab. cxx., figs. 1, la-Id
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Genus Habrocestum, Simon.

Obs. — Habrocestum pidlatum, Simon, is the type species of
this genus.

Habrocestum bitaeniatum, Keys.

Habrocestum bitaeniatum, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des
Austr., ii., 1883, p. 1405, tab. cxix., figs. 2, 2a.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Habrocestum chrysomelas, Simon.

Habrocestum chrusomelas, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr., ii.,
1909, p. 201.
Hab. — Lion Mill, \V. Australia.

A CKNSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARAVRIDJE — RAINBOW. 297

Hahrocrstum fl avi pes, Key 8.

Habrocestum flavipcs, Kf^ys. in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1883, p. 1403, tab. cxix., figs. 1, la, 16, lc.
Hob. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Habrocestum nigriceps, Keys.

Habrocestum nigriceps, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1883, p. 1409, tab. cxix., rigs. 4, 4a, 46, 5, 5a, 56, 5c.
7/a6. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Habrocestum opalescens, Hogg.

Habrocestum opalescens, Hogg {nom. mid.), Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict.,
xiii., 1900, p. 77.
77a6. — Victoria.

Habrocestum pilosum, Keys.

Habrocestum pilosum, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1883, p. 1401, tab. cxviii., figs, b, 8a, 86, 8c.
Hob. — Bowen, N. Queensland.

Habrocestum punctiventris, Keys.

Habrocestum punctiventris, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des
Austr., ii., 1883, p. 1412, tab. cxix., figs. 6, 6a, 66.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Habrocestum speculiferum, Simon.

Habrocestum speculiferum, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr.,
ii., 1909, p. 202.
Hab. — N. Fremantle, W. Australia.

Genus Mopsus, Karsch.

{=Asclytus, Keys., non Asclytus, Karsch).

Obs. — Mopsus mormon, Karsch, is the type species of this
genus.

Mopsus mormon, Karsch.
Mopsus mormon, Karsch, MT. d. Miinch. ent. Ver., 1878, p. 31.
Mopsus mormon, Thor., Studi Kagni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,
p. 462.
Hab. — New Guinea and N. Australia.

298 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

MOPUS PENICILLATUS, Karsch.

Ascyltus penicillatus, Karsch, MT. d. Munch, ent. Ver., 1878, p. 30.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Genus Sandalodes, Keys.

Obs. — Sandalodes bipenicillaius, Keys., is the type species of
this genus.

Sandalodes albobarbatus, Keys.

Mopsus albobarbatus, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.
1881, p. 1333, tab. cxiii., figs. 4, ia-\d, 5, 5a.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland, and Central Australia.

Sandalodes albovittatus, Keys.

Icitis albovittatus, Keys, in L. Kocli, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1883, p. 1451, tab. cxxii., figs. 6, 6«, 66, 6c.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Sandalodes bipenicillatus, Keys.

Mopsus bipenicillatus, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1881, p. 1330, tab. cxiii., figs. 3, 3a-3d.
Hab. — Gympie, Queensland.

Sandalodes calvus, Simon.
Sandalodes calvus, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1902, p. 389.
Hab. — Cooktown, N. Queensland.

Genus Gangus, Simon.

Obs. — Ganyns concinuus, Keys., is the type species of this
genus.

Gangus concinnus, Keys.

Acompse concinnus, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Aracli. des Austr., ii.,
1881, p. 1322, tab. cxii., figs. 6, 6a, 66, 6c, 7, la.
Hab. — Queensland.

Gangus decorus, Simon.
Gangus decerns, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1902, p. 390.
Hah. — Cooktown, N. Queensland.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANRID.E — RAINBOW. 299

G angus longulus, Simon.
■Gangus longulus, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1902, p. 390.
Hab. — Cooktown, N. Queensland.

1 Gangus sexmaculatus, C. Koch.

JPlexippui sexmaculatus, C. Koch, Die Arach., xiii., 1846, p. 119,
tab. cccclii., fig. 1179.
Hab. — W. Australia.

Genus Ligurinus, Karsch.
Ligurinus scopifer, Karsch.

Ligurinus scopifer, Karsch, MT. d. Munch, ent. Ver., ii., 1878,
p. 27.
Hab.—*Se\v South Wales.
Obs. — This is the type species of this genus.

Genus Eugasmia, Simon.

Obs. — Eugasmia sannis, Thor., is the type species of this
genus.

Eugasmia chlorophthalma, Simon.

Eugasmia chlorophthalma, Simon, Die Fauna Sud-west Austr.,
ii., 1909, j». 203.
Hab. — York, W. Australia.

Genus Hypoblemum, G. W. and E. G. Peckh.

(=^Acmaia et Drepanophora, Keys., nom. prosocc).

Obs. — Hypoblemum villosum, Keys., is the type species of this
genus.

Hypoblemum albovittatum, Keys.

Habrocestum albovittatum, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des
Austr., ii., 1883, p. 1407, tab. cxix., figs. 3, 3a-3<f.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Hypoblemum villosum, Keys.

Acmcea villosa, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1883,
p. 1421, tab. cxx., figs. 3, 3a-3</.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.
20

300 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Genus Sigytes, Simon.

Obs. — Sigytes paradisiaca, Simon, is the type species of this
genus.

Sigytes albocinctus, Keys.

Hasarius albocinctus, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1881, p. 1277, tab. cix., figs. 4, 4a, 46, 4c.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Sigytes dialeuca, Keys.

Ergane dialetica, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,

1881, p. 1263, tab. cviii., figs. 4, AaAe.
Hasarius lineatus, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,

1881, p. 1275, tab. cix., figs. 3, 3a. 36, 3c.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

1 Sygites diloris, Keys.

Hasarius diloris, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,.
1881, p. 1302, tab. cxi., tigs. 3, 3a-3e.
Hab. — N. Queensland, Fiji, and Solomon Islands.

Sigytes scutulata, Keys.

Ergane scutulata, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1881, p. 1268, tab. cviii., figs. 6, 6a-6d, 7, 7a-7a\
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Genus Plexippus, C. Koch.

Obs. — Plexippus paykulli, Aud. (P. ligo, C. Koch), is the type
species of this genus.

Plexippus bleekeri, Dol.
Salticus bleekeri, Dol., Tweede Bijdr., 1859, p. 17, tab. iii., fig. 6.
Plexippus bleekeri, Thor., Studi Ragni di Amboina, ii., 1878,
pp. 260, 310 ; Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881, p. 631.
Hab. — Malaysia, New Guinea, and N. Queensland.

Plexippus expectans, Thor.

Plexippus expectans, Thor., Studi Ragni Rial, e Papuani, iii ,
1881, p. 589.
Hab.— Malaysia, New Guinea, and N. Queensland.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEID/E — RAINBOW. 301

Plexippus frontiliger, Thor.

Plexippus frontiliger, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii.,
1881, 'p. 607.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Plexippus incavus, Karsch.

Plexippus incavus, Karsch, MT. d. Munch, ent. Ver., ii., 1878,
p. 25.
Hab. — New South Wales.

Plexippus piiyllus, Karsch.

Plexippus phyllus, Karsch, MT. d. Munch, ent. Ver., ii, 1878, p. 25.
Bab. — New South Wales.

Plexippus pupulus, Thor.

Plexippits ]nipulus, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,
p. 622.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Plexippus severus, Thor.

Plexippus severus, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii, 1881,
p. 596.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Plexippus sinuatus, Dol.

Salticus sinuatus, Dol., Tweede Bijdr., 1859, p. 18.
Attus sinuatus, Dol., op. c.it., 1859, tab. iii., fig. 2.
Salticus Jloricola, Dol., op. cit., 1859, p. 20, tab. v., fig. 1.
Plexippus sinuatus, Thor., Studi Ragni di Araboina, ii., 1878,

pp. 240, 309 ; Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,

p. 603.
Hab. — Malaysia, New Guinea, and N. Queensland.

Plexippus validus, Urqnh.

Plexippus validus, Urquh,, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1892 [1893],
p. 127.
Hab. — Tasmania.

302 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Plexippus wallacei, Thor.

Plexippus wallacei, Thor., Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,
p. 628.
Hah. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Genus Palpelius, Simon.

Obs. — Palpelius beccarii, Thor., is the type species of this
genus.

Palpelius dearmatus, Thor.

Plexippus dearmatus, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii.,
1881, p. 588.
Hab. — Cape York, N. [Queensland, Yule, Wokan, and Aru
Islands.

Genus Bathippus, Thor.

Obs. — Bathippus macrognathus, Thor., is the type species of
this genus.

Bathippus montrouzieri, Lucas.

Plexippus montrouzieri, Lucas, Revue et Mag. de Zool., 1869,

p. 12, pi. ii., figs. 8-12.
Plexippus montrouzieri, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii.,

1881, p. 527.
Hab. — New Guinea, N. Queensland, and New Caledonia.

Section 3 : Salticid^ fissidentati.

Genus Thorellia, Keys.

Obs. — Thorellia ensifera, Thor., is the type species of this
genus.

Thorellia nigromaculata, Keys.

Ergane nigromaculata, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1883, p. 1463, tab. cxxiii., figs. 5, ba-bd.
Hab. — Rockhampton, N. Queensland.

Genus Hasarius, Simon.

Obs. — Hasarius adansoni, Aud., is the type species of this
genus.

▲ CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEIDiE — RAINbOW. 303

1 Hasarius albkrtisii, Thor.

Attus albertisii, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,
p. 517.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Hasarius inhonestus, Keys.

Hasarius inhonestus, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1881, p. 1312, tab. cxi., figs. 8, 8a, 86, 8c.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Hasarius mulciber, Keys.

Hasarius mulciber, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1881, p. 1310, tab. cxi., figs. 7, la, 7b, 7c.
Hab. — Port Mackay, N. Queensland.

Hasarius obscurus, Keys.

Hasarius obscurus, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1881, p. 1315, tab. cxii., figs. 2, 2a, 2b, 2c.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Hasarius paupkratus, Keys.

Hasarius pauperatus, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1881, p. 1300, tab. cxi., figs. 2, 2a, 2b, 2c.
Hab. — Port Mackay, N. Queensland.

Hasarius pumilis, Keys.

Hasarius pumilis, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1881, p. 1317, tab. cxii., figs. 3, 3a-3c*.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

1 Hasarius varicans, Thor.

Attus varicans, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,
p. 514.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Hasarius villosus, Keys.

Hasarius villosus, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.
1881, p. 1281, tab. cix., figs. 6, 6a, 66, Gc.
Hab. — Peak Downs, N. Queensland.

304 RECORDS OP THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Hasarius vittatus. Keys.

Hasarius vittatus, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,

1881, p. 1304 tab. cxi., figs. 4. 4a, 46, 4c, 5, 5a, 56, 5c.
Hob. — Peak Downs, N. Queensland.

Genus Viroqna, G. W. and E. G. Peckh.
Viroqua ultima, Keys.

Jotus ultimus, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1882,
p. 1259, tab. cviii., figs. 2, 2a-2d.
Hab. — E. Australia.
06s. — This is the type species of the genus.

Genus Chalcotropis, Simon.

Obs. — Chalcotropis acutpfrenata, Simon, is the type species of
this genus.

Chalcotropis barbipalpis, Keys,

Hyllns barbipalpis, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,

1882, p. 1344, tab. cxiv., figs. 4, 4a, 46, 4c.
ffab. — Gayndah, Queensland.

Genus Ptocasius, Simon.

Obs. — Ptocasius loeyseri, Simon, is- the type species of this
genus.

Ptocasius plumbeiventris, Keys.

Hasarius 2>lumbeiventris, Keys, in L. Koch, die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1881, p. 1295, tab. ex., figs. 7, la, lb.
Hab. — Rockhampton, N. Queensland.

Genus Cytsea, Keys.

Obs. — Cytcea alburna, Keys., is the type species of this genus.

Cyt;ea albiventris, Keys.

Hasarius albiventris, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1881, p. 1291, tab. ex., figs. 5, ba, 56, 5c.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEID-E — RAINBOW. 305

CYTiEA ALBURNA, KeijS.

Cytcea alburna, Keys, in L. Koch. Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1883, p. 1383, tab. cxvii., figs. 3, 3a-3d, 4, 4a.

Hab. — Queensland.

Cytcea clarovittatus, Keys.

Hasarius clarovittatus, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1881, p. 1313, tab. cxii., figs. 1, la, 16.

Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

?Cyt.ea grisea, Keys.

1 Cyfoea grisea, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1883, tab. cxvii., figs. 5. ba-bd.

Hab. — Gayndah, Queensland.

CYTiEA INFRASTRIATUS, Keys.

Hasarius infrastriatus, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1881, p. 1279, tab. cix., figs. 5, 5a, 56, 5c.

Hab. — Rockhaoapton, N. Queensland.

?CY1\EA PILIGERA, Keys.

iCytaa piligera, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1883, tab. cxvii., tigs. 2, 2a-2d.

Hab. — Gayndah, Queensland.

CYTiEA, SP.

Cytwa, sp., Hogg, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiii., 1900, p. 77.
Hab. — Victoria.

Genus Ascyltus, Karsch.

Obs. — Ascyltus pterygodes, L. Koch,, is the type species of this
genus.

Ascyltus simplex, Karsch.

Ascyltus simplex, Karsch, MT. d. Munch, ent. Ver. ii.. 1878, p. 31.
Hab. — Queensland.

30S RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM,

Genus Canama, Simon.
Obs. — Canama j or ceps, Dol., is the type species of this genus.

Canama hinnuleus, Thor.

Plexippus hinnuleus, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii.,
1881, p. 539.

Hob. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Canama xanthopus, Keys.

Hasarius xanthopus, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.r
ii., 1881, p. 1297, tab. ex., figs. 8, 8a, 86, 8c.

Hab. — Queensland.

Genus Euryattus, Thor.

Obs. — Euryattus porcellus, Thor., is the type species of this-
genus.

Euryattus albescens, Keys.

Hasarius albescens, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,ii.,
1881, p. 1299, tab. cxi., figs. 1, la, 16.

Hab. — Rockhampton, N. Queensland.

Euryattus nigriventris, Keys.

Euryattus nigriventris, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1881, p. 1293, tab. ex., figs. 6, 6a, 66, 6c.

Hab. — Rockhampton, N. Queensland.

Genus Plotius, Simon.
06s. — Plotius curtus, Simon, is the type species of this genus.

Plotius chrysostomus, Keys.

Hasarius chrysostomus, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1881, p. 1307, tab. cxi., tigs. 6, 6a-6/.

7/a6. — N. Queensland.

A CBN8U3 OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEID/E RAINBOW. 307

Genua Servsea, Simon.
(—Sccea, L. Koch, nom. prceocc).
Obs. — Servcea vestita, L, Koch, is the type species of this genus.

Servsea barbatissimus, Keys.

Hasarius barbatissimus, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1881, p. 1272, tab. cix., figs. 1, la, 16, 2, 2a.
I/ab. — Queensland and New Soutli Wales.

SERViEA VESTITA, L. Koch.

Scasa vestita, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1879, p. 1142,
tab. xcix., figs. 4, 4a-4e, 5, 5a-5e.
Hab, — E. Australia and Tasmania.

Genus Trite, Simon.

Obs. — Trite pennata, Simon, is the type species of this genus.

Trite albipilosa, Keys.

Plexippus albipilosus, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1883, p. 1426, tab. cxx., figs. 6, 6«-6o\
Hab. — New South Wales and Victoria.

Trite daembl.ii, Keys.

Plexippus daemelii, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1883, p. 1427, tab. cxxi., figs. 1, la-l«.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Trite longula Thor.

Marptusa longula, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,
p. 454.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Australia.

Trite rubriceps, Thor.

Marptusa rubriceps, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii.,
1881, p. 437.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Australia.

308 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Trite vulpecula, Thor.

Marptusa vulpecula, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii.,
1881, p. 452.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Genus Opisthoncus, L. Koch.

Obs. — Opisthoncus polyphemus, L. Koch., is the type species of
the genus.

Opisthoncus abnormis, Keys.

Opisthoncus abnormis, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1881, p. 1221, tab. cv., figs. 1, la, lb, lc, 2, 2a-2d.
Hob. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Opisthoncus albiventris, Keys.

Opisthoncus albiventris, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1881, p. 1228, tab. cv., figs. 4, 4«, 46, 4c, 5, 5a, 5b, 5c.
Hob. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Opisthoncus alborufescens, L. Koch.

Opisthoncus alborufescens, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1880, p. 1197,' tab. ciii., figs. 4, ia-id, 5, 5a-5d.
llab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Opisthoncus bit^niatus, L. Koch.

Opisthoncus mordax, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1880,
p. 1195, tab. ciii., tigs. 3, 3a-3d.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Opisthoncus clarus, A'^.

Opisthoncus clarus, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1883, p. 1460, tab. cxxiii., figs. 3, 3a, 3b, 3c.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Opisthoncus confinis, Keys.

Opisthoncus confinis, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1881, p! 1225, tab. cv., figs. 3, 3a-3d.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANKIDiE — RAINBOW.

309

Opisthoncus devexus, Simon.
Opisthoncus devexus, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 205.
Hab. — W. Australia.

Opisthoncus grassalor, Keys.
Opisthoncus grassalor, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1883, p. 1457, tab. cxxiii., figs. 1, la, 16, lc, 2, 2a, 26, 2c.
Hab. — Queensland.

Opisthoncus lineativentris, L. Koch.

Opisthoncus lineativentris, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1880, p. 1185, tab. cii., figs. 5, 5a, 56, 5c, 6, Qa-6d.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Opisthoncus machaekodus, Simon.

Opisthoncus machaerodus, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., ii.,
1909, p. 206, tig. 14.
Hab. — Midland, W. Australia.

Opisthoncus magnidens, L. Koch.

Opisthoncus magnidens, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1880,
p. 1209, tab. civ., tigs. 3, 3a-3d, 1, 4aAd.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Opisthoncus mandibulars, L. Koch.

Opisthoncus mandibidaris, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,

1880, p. 1202, tab. ciii., tigs. 6, 6a-6tf.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Opisthoncus mordax, L. Koch.

Opisthoncus mordax, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1880,
p. 1192, tab. ciii., tigs. 2, 2a-2e.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Opisthoncus necator, Keys.

Opisthoncus necator, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,

1881, p. 1237, tab. cvi., figs. 3, 3a, 36, 3c.

Hab. — New South Wales, Queensland, and New Guinea.

310 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Opisthoncus pallidulus, L. Koch.

Opisthoncus pallididus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1880,
p. 1190, tab. ciii., figs. 1, la, 16.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Opisthoncus parcedentatus, L. Koch,

Opisthoncus parcedentatus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1880, p. 1205, tab. civ., figs. 1, la, 16, lc, 2, 2a-2e.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

Opisthoncus polyphemus, L. Koch.

Opisthoncus polyphemus, L. Koch, Verb, der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges.

Wien, 1867, p. 222.
Opisthoncus polyphemus, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1881, p. 1215, tab. civ., figs. 5, 5a-5d, 6, 6a-6e.
Hab. — New South Wales, Queenslaud, and New Guinea.

Opisthoncus quadratarius, L. Koch.

Attus quadratarius, L. Koch, Verh. der K.K. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1867, p. 227.
Opisthoncus quadratarius, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des

Austr., ii., 1882, p. 1337, tab. cxiv., tigs. 2, 2a, 26, 2c.

Hab. — Brisbane, Queenslaud.

Opisthoncus serrato-fasciatus, Keys.

Opisthonctis serrato-fasciatus, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des
Austr., ii,, 1881, p. 1233, tab. cvi., figs. 1, la, 16, lc.
Hab. — Sydney, New South Wales.

Opisthoncus tenuipes, Keys.

Hyllus tenuipes, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.f
1882, p. 1342, tab. cxiv., figs. 3, 3a, 36, 3c.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Opisthoncus unicolor, Keys.

Opisthoncus unicolor, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
ii., 1881, p. 1235, tab. cvi., tigs. 2, 2a, 26, 2c.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEIDiE — RAINBOW. 311

Opisthoncus verisimilis, G. W. and E. G. Peckh.

Opisthoncns verisimilis, G. W. and E. G. Peckh., Trans. Wise.
Acad., xiii., 1901, p. 346.
Hab. — Victoria.

Genus Simsetha, Thor.
(=Eulabes, nom. preeocc, et Pirithous, Keys.).
Obs. — Sirruetha thoracica, Thor., is the type species of this genus.

SlMiETHA FISSIDENS, Keys.

Eulabes Jissidens, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1883, p. 1391, tab. cxviii., figs. 1, lo-le, 2, 2a, 26, 2c.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

SiMjETHA PiETULA, Keys.

Eulabes poztulus, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1883, p. 1388, tab. cxvii., figs. 6, 6a, 66, 6c, 7, 7a.
Hab. — Queensland.

SlMiETHA ROBUSTIOR, Keys.

Eulabes robustior, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1883, p. 1396, tab. cxviii., figs. 5, 5a, 56, 5c.
Hab. — (?) Northern Australia (Pulbakay, sic).

SIM.ETHA TENUIDEUS, Keys.

Eulabes tenuideus, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr.,
1883, p. 1393, tab. cxviii., figs. 3, 3a, 36, 3c, 4, 4a.
i/a6. — Queensland.

SlM^ETHA THORACICA, Thor.

Simcntha thoracica, Thor., Studi Ragni Mai. e Papuani, iii., 1881,
p. 521.
Hab. — Cape York, N. Queensland.

Genus Simsethula, Simon.

Obs. — Simcethula janthina, Simon, is the type species of this
genus.

312 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

SlMiETHULA AURONITENS, L. Koch.

Homalattus auronitens, L. Koch., Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1879,
p. 1085, tab. xcv., figs. 2, 2a, 26, 2c, 3, 3a, 36, 3c.
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.

SlMiETHULA CHALCOPS, Simon.

Simcethula chalcops, Simon, Die Fauna Siid-west Austr., ii., 1909,
p. 207.
Hob. — Sibiaco N., W. Australia.

SlMiETHULA JANTHINA, Simon.

Simcethula janthina, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xlvi., 1902,
p. 399.
Hob. — Cooktown, N. Queensland.

SlMiETHULA tenuior, Keys.

Eulabes tenuior, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1883, p. 1399, tab. cxviii., figs. 6, 6a, 7.
Hah. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

SlMiETHULA VIOLACEA, L. Koch.

Homalattus violaceus, L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii., 1879,
p. 1090, tab. xcv., figs. 6, 6a, 66, 6c.
Hab. — Peak Downs, Queensland.

Genus Tara, G. W. and E. G, Peckh.

(=Atrytone, Keys., nom. praiocc.).

Tara anomala, Keys.

A try tone anomala, Keys, in L. Koch, Die Arach. des Austr., ii.,
1883, p. 1378, tab. cxvi., figs. 6, 6a, 66, 6c.
Hab — Sydney, New South Wales.

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANEIDJE RAINBOW.

313

INDEX TO FAMILIES, SUBFAMILIES, AND GENERA.

Note. — Names of Families are printed in Capital Letters,
Subfamilies in Small Capitals, Genera in Roman, and Synonyms
in Italics.

Paoe

Acanthodon

Ill

Acmcea ...

299

A compse ...

281, 298

Acroaspis

197

Actinacantha ...

198

AcTINOPODINiE ...

107

Actinopus

109

Adelosomus

... 157

Adoxotoma

280

JEnigma...

262

iErea

196

^■Etroeantha

198

Aganippe

Ill

Agelenid^e

257

Agelena ...

260

Ageleninm:

260

Agrceca ...

246,253

Alcmena. .

293

A Ipaida ...

... 181

Amamra

181

Amaurobioides ...

246

Amaurobius

.. 126

Amaurobius

129

Amycijea

.. 210

Amycie ...

210

Amy cits ..

285

Aname ...

118

Anamosa

294

Anchaeantha ...

198

Anchognatha ...

... 243

Anelosimus

157

A nepsia ...

194, 201

A ngusta ...

198

Anidiops

112

Anococcelus

... 161

Anomalomma ...

264

Anoteropis

264

Aphantaulax

145

Aphyctoschaema

130

Arachnura

179

Arachnura

.. 177

134,

Aranea
Araneus
Araneus ...
Arasia ...
Arbanitis
Archemorus
Arcidia ...
Arctosa ..
Arcys
Ariadna ...
Ariadne ...
Ariamnes
Ari8ton ...
Aristerus

Argiope

Argiopes...

ARGIOPID.E ...

Argiopina;

A rhys

Argoctenus

Argyroepeira ...

Argyrodes

Argyroneta

Artamus...

Artoria ...

A seal us ...

Ascyltus... *..

Ascyltus

Asidipus ..

Astia

A stia

A -it rat ea...

A (alia

Atelacantha

Atrax

Atrytone...

Attidie ...

A this 287, 290,

Aulonia

Avella ...

AVICULARIDJ-;

AVICULARIN.E ...

Page
153, 173, 241, 260

181

260

280

112

207

181

265

206

135

154

154

124

... 256

175

175, 177

162

175

207

250

170

155

258

22S

275

282

305

297

255

279

280

256

243

198

121

312

278

295,' 301, 302, 310

274, 275

123, 124

107

116

314

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Badumna

Ballus

Barychelinae

Bathippus

Bathyphantes ...

Bavia

Beata

Bellinda

Bianor ...

Billima ...

Blakistonia

Bomis

Bootes

Brachythele

Breda

Calapnita

Callevophthalmus

Callinethis

•Canaraa ...

Cantuaria

Cantuarides

•Carepalxis

Celsenia ...

■Centropelma

Centrothele

•Ceratinopsis

Gerceis ... .„

Cercidia ...

Cerinius ..

•Ceryerda...

Cetuma ...

Chalcotropis

Chalinura

Char minus

•Chasmocephalon

Chenistonia

Chiracanthium ...

Chrysilla

■Chryxso ...

Cicirra

Ginetomorpha . . ,

Giniflo ..

Gloste.rochiluH . . .

Clubiona

■G/nbiona . . .

■CLUBIONID/E"

Clhbionin.*;

•Clynotis ...

Coleosoma

Collocantha

Conopi.iiha

"Conothele

Copocrossa

Page

... 128

Coriarachnt

... 294

Corimsethes

... 114

Corinna ...

... 3C2

Corinnin.e

... 163

Corinnomma

... 281

Corynethrix

... 294

Cosmophasis . .

.. 155

Cryptothele

... 294

Cryptothelin\e

... 210

Crustulina

... 112

Ctknizni,e

... 213

Ctetiiza ...

... 295

Ctenomma

118, 119

Ctenophora

... 290

Ctenophthalmus .

Cyb.«in.b

... 154

Cycloctenus

... 132

Cyclosa ...

... 170

Cymbacha

... 306

Cyphagogus

... 113

Cyrba

... 113

Cytaea

... 196

Cyrtarachne

... 205

Cyrtarachne

... 257

Cyrtogaster

... 256

Cyrtophora

... 163

... 181

Damcetas

... 181

Damastes

... 222

Dandridgea

... 253

Daradius

... 222

Dekana ...

... 304

Delania ...

... 152

Delena

... 262

Delena

... 210

Deinognatha

... 119

Delorrhipis

... 245

Dema

... 284

Dendrolycosa ..

... 157

Derexema

... 260

Desis

... 134

Di.-ea

... 126

Dicta

... 107

Diaprocorus

... 243

Diaprograpta

249

Diapontia

229

Dicrostichus

... 243

Dictis

... 293

Dictyna ..

... 157

DICTYNiaaS ...

... 198

D icy ph us

... 155

Dinopis ...

... 110

Diolenius

... 281

Dipcena ...

Page

... 220

... 140

... 254

... 255

... 254

... 213

... 284

... 148

... 148

.. 161

... 110

... 110

... 251

... 210

... 251

... 258

... 275

... 180

... 213

... 204

... 289

... 304

... 201
202, 203

... 205

... 178

... 284

... 229

... 258

... 216

... 120

... 160

... 229

... 232

... 165

... 162

.« 201

... 261

... 132

... 258

... 216

... 215

... 157

... 249

... 265

... 203

133, 134

.. 132

... 126

... 163

... 122

... 281

... 160

A CKNSUS OF AUSTRALIAN ARANBID^E — RAINBOW.

315

Diplostyla

DipumiN.K

Discocnemius

Doliochus

Dolomedes

Dolomedes

Dolophones

DRASSID/E .

Drassodes

Drassodin.%:

Drassus ...

Drepanodus

Drepanophora .,

Drexelia...

Dysderinje

Dyarcyops

Dyction ...

Dysdera .. v

DYSDERID.E.'.

Ebcea

Echemus

Ectatostica

Elassoctenus

Elavor

Encyocrypta

Enoplognatha ..

Enyo

Eodolena

Epeira ... 171 .

Epeiroides
Ephippus
Epiblzmum
Epimecinus
Episimis...
Errjane ...
Ericulus ...
Eriodon ...
Eris

Erissns ..
Ethilla ...
Eucyrtops

Eucta

Euetria ...

Eugasmia

Eugnatha

Eulabes ...

Eunenioles

Euophrys

Euryattus

Euryopis

Euryopis

Eutittha ...

21

Pa ok

16.3

118

'282

171

263

..261, 262, 270, 273

208

136

141

141

141, 144

162

299

180

135

113

143

135

135

178

144

122

251

243

114

162

148, 149, 151

235

173, 175, 177, 179,
180, 181, 197, 201

181

295

290

131

156

300, 302

294

107

294

222

240

Ill

168

178

299

J65, 166, 167
311,212

203

157,295

306

156

157

245

Faitidius
Filistata...
FIUSTAT1D.K
Frontina

Gamasomorpha

Gangus

Gasteracantha ..

Gasleracantha ..

Gea

Gephyra...

Gerrosoma

Gippsicola

Gmogala...

Gnaphosoides ...

Gnathonarium ...

Gnathoj^alystes . . .

Gonatium

Habrocestum ...

Habrocestum

Habronestex

Hadronyche

Hadrosoma

HADROTAR.SID.E

Hahniinve

Hapalochrota . . .

Haplothele

Haterius. .

Hasarius

Hasarius .. 295,

Hedana ...
Helicopis
Heliophanus
Helophora

Helpis

Hemiclcea

Hemiclwa

Hemiclceni.*: ...

Hentzia ...

Heribertns

Hermosa...

HERSlLIIDiE

Heterofjnatha ...

Heteromigas

Heteropoda

Heteropoda

Hestimodema ...

Heurodes

Ilirfia

Histopona

Holronia

Page

157

133

133

.:. 164

134

298

L98

209

178

228

204

135

135

141

163

243

163

296

299

148

121

... 296

135

261

179

120

282

.. 302

300, 304, 305,

306, 307

222

243

285

164

280

... 136

139, 140

136

178

160

282

152

181

110

.. 240

233, 536, 237,

238, 239

251

196

243

260

230

316

RECORDS OE THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Holoplatys

Homolattus

Homotdttus

Homtethele

Honunius

Hylohiua...

Hyllus ...

Hypoblemum

HYPOCHILID.E

Hypoplatea

Hubba ...

Icius

Idioctis ...
Idiommata
Idiommata
J 'Hops
ldiosoma
Imogala ...
Iola

Isacantha
Isala

haloides ...
Ischnocolus
Isopeda ...

Isopoda

Isoxya ...
Ixalus ..
Ixamatus

Janigera ...
Janulus ...
Jotus
Jotus

Lasiiola ...
Laetesia ...
Lagnua ...
Lam pon a
Larinia ...
Lathrodectus
Lathyarcha

Lathys

T.atbys ...

Latona ...

Latrodectus

Lauhamlla

Leimonia

/,' ptorchestes

Ligonipes

Ligurinus

Limoxera

Linus

Linyphia

110,

Pace

Pagk

... 290

Linyphia

164

... 312

LlNYPHIINiE

162

294, 295

LlOCRANIN.B

24S

... 143

Liocrauuin

253, 256, 257

... 252

Liparochvysis ...

255

... 128

Lipocrta...

180

304, 310

Lithyphantes ...

162

... 299

Lycidas ...

288

... 122

Lycosa ...

265

... 229

Lycosella

... 275

... 157

LYCOSID.E ...

264

Lysania ...

264

293, 298

... 115

Macaria...

255

... 114

Macedonia

135

... 115

Ma' via ...

285

111, 114

Macomenus

216

... 110

Macrinus

236

... 135

Macrocantha

198

... 282

Macrothele

120

... 19S

Macrothele

121

... 228

Mahadiva

181

... 222

Ufaoriana

113

... 116

Maratvs ...

2S6

235, 242

Margarumma ...

296

... 230

Marptwta.., 281,

290, 291, 292, 307

... 19S

Mastigosoma

204

... 120

Mastostigmus ...

157'

... 1 20

Marxia ...

181

Medmassa

256

... 282

Megcvra ...

256

... 156

Megamyrnuucion

143

... 288

Melanophora

144

... 304

Menneus...

123

Meta

168

... 168

Meta

170, 171, 181

... 164

Metaboliv.fi

168

... 279

Metaiobias

223

... 145

Metastenus

229

... 180

Methesis...

253

... 160

MlAdUAIMMOI'IN.K

125

.. 132

Miagrammopes ...

125

... 132

Midamut

236

... 132

Migas

110

... 145

Miginee ...

110

.., 160

MIMKTID.L ..

210

... 289

Mimetus...

210

... 276

Micaria ...

255

283, 284

MlCAKlIN.K

251

. .. 282

Microdipoeiia

157

. . . 299

Mieromcrys

154

.. 165

Milonia ...

1S1

... 278

Missulena

107, 109

... 164

\ Misumena

216, 218, 219, 220

MlSUMENINJE

Miturga ...
Miturgina

Mollica ..
Molycriu..
Moniuses
Momeses
Monaste.s
Moneta ._
Mopsua ...
Mopsus ...
Mutusca ...
Myandra...
Mynthes ...
Myrmarachne
My ro
Muziria ...

Nanometa
Neosparassits

Nepiiilin.e

Nephila ...

Nephilengys

Neottiura

Neriene ..

Nicodamin.f.

Nicodamus

Nilua

Notocentria

Nyaaus . . .

Ocvisiona

Ocyale

Oa/pete ...

Odo

Odomasta

(ECOBIID.E

(Ecobius ...

(Edijms ...

(Edothorax

Olioa

Olios

Omanus ...

Ommatauxesis

Oonops ...

Opisthoncus

0 pit in

Ordgarius

Orithyia ...

Oxyopes ...

OXYIOPID^

Ozaleus . . ,

'211

241

Page

210
248
250
295
252
212
211
212
155
297
298
252
251
259
282
259
292

169

236

171

171

175

157

163

257

257

262

20.3 I

260

291
261
240
247
247
133
133
294
163
236
243
133
259
134
308
228
203
124
277
276
257

N ARANKID.E — RAIN110W.

317

Pack

Pachydactylut ...

... 160

Pachyynatha

... 156

Pachyloscelis

... 107

Pachyloscelia

... 108

Palaevagrus

... 122

Palpeliua

... 302

Palystes ...

... 243

Pandevcertes

... 242

Paradesis

.. 258

Paraplectunoiiles

... 201

Paratobias

... 223

Pardoaa ..

... 276

I'usithea...

... 276

Passiena...

... 276

Pediana ...

... 242

Pedinopistha

.. 242

Pelmopoda

... 236

Peltosoma

... 201

Ptrenthis

... 261

Peryasus

... 282

Peritla ...

... 181

Peuretia ...

... 276

Philwus ...

... 295

Phii.odrominje .

... 228

Philodromua

... 228

Phi/oponus

... 124

P/i/oyius ..

116, 117

pholcid.e

... 153

Pholcin^:

... 153

Pholcus ...

... 153

Pholcus ...

... 154

Pholeuon

... 112

Phonognatha ...

... 171

Pli rictus ..

116, 117

Phryganoporus ...

... 129

Phriirolitlnis

... 162

Phycus ...

... 157

Phylarchus

.. 157

Phyllonettris

... 157

Pirata ...

... 265

Pirithons

... 311

PISAURID^E

... 261

Phctana...

198, 202

Pleuromma

... 204

Plexippus

... 300

Phxippus 285, 299, 302,

306, 307

Plotius ...

... 306

Poscilipta

... 254

Pa'ciloneta

.. 163

Precilopachys ...

... 202

Pcecilothomisus

... 215

Poltya

... 204

Polylamna

.„ 242

Porrhopis

-. ?12

318

RECORDS OP THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Page

Potamia...

... 265

Proshermacha ...

113

Pronous ...

175

Prostheclina

286

Prosthesima

144

Psammitis

220

PSECHRID.R...

125

Psilochorus

154

Ptocasius

304

Pycnotenus

262

Pylarus ...

135

Pyroderes

282

Pyrophoru*

... 282

Pry n us ...

140

Pystira ...

295

Rebilus ...

139

Rhanin ...

294

Rhadine ...

152

Rhene ...

294

Rhombonotus

2S2

Rhomochirus

282

Rhyncharachne

204

khyricognaiha ..

212

Robsonia

25S

Rubrics ...

259

Runcinia

216

Runciniopis

216

Saccodomus

... 221

Saitis

286

Salpesia...

289

SALTICID^E ..

278

Salticus ...

290

Shlticus ...

. 283,287, 300, 301

Sandalodes

298

Sarotes ...

236, 240

Sccea

307

Scirtetes ...

284

Sclerogasta

160

Scoptosilus

261

Scythropa

294

Scy lodes ...

133

SCYTODIN.E

133

S( lamia ...

148

Selaophora

284

Segcstria

135

Si i.i sr B 1 1 n.i ■: .

135

Sk.i.icnopina:

229

Selenops...

229

Selenocosmia .

116

Selenotholus

US

Selenotypus

118

Servsea ...

307

Sergiolus
SICARIID.*: ...
Sidala ...
Sidy ma ...

•Sigytes

Sinuetha

Simsthula

Shiga

fiinis

Singotypa

Sobara ...

Sparassinje

Sparaxsas

Sphasus ...

Sphedanus

Sphodroa

Sjtiraeme

Stanneoclatis

Slcatoda ..

Stegosoma

Stemonyphantes

Stenodiiid

Stenygrocercus ..

Stephanopsin.*:

Stephanopsis

Stephanopsis

Stiphidion

Storena ...

Storenoaoma

Stratius ...

Stylophora

Stylothorax

Synalus ...

Sym mosyna

Synothele

Syrorissi ...

Syspira ..

Supunna...

Tallonia...
Tama
Tuny put ..

Tara

Tiirentula

Tatacantha

Taurongia

Tegenaria

ierutodes

Tetracantha

Tetrugnatha

Tttragnalha

Tetraonathinjb

Tetragonophthalina

Teutana...

Page
145

.. 133

236

227

300

311

311

181

.. 278

171

284

229

239

. .277

262

107, 108, 109

220

19S

157

. . 160

164

281

121

222

223

226, 227

125

148

148

256

163

163

226

283

116

131

250

253

262

152

296

312

... 265

19S

128

260

133

198

165

170

165

261

161

A CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN AKANEIDiE — RAINHOW . O 1 y

Page

I\v:k

Thalamia

133

Uduba ...

246

Thanalus

229

LTlesanis...

160

Thaipyna

215

Uliodon ...

246

Thasyisea

247

ULOBORIO.K...

122

Tharrhalea

222

Ur.OKOKlN^K

122

Thelacantha

19S

Uloborus

124

Theragreten

107

THERIDI1D.K

154

Theridion

157

Venator ...

274

Theridion

122, 155

257

Venonia...

275

Theridium

157, 162, 1S7

258

Verrucosa

181

Therimachm

261

Vindu/tus

236.

Therosa ...

286

Vutdima...

279

Thlaosomia

205

Viroqua...

304

Tholia ..

208

Vixia

181

THO.MISID.E..

210

Voconia ...

230

Thomisus

216

Voraptus

264

Tkomisus

225, 238

241

Thorellia

302

Thorellia

286

287

Wamba ...

161

Tibellus

229

Wagneria

181

Titaiueca

126

Wirada ...

160

Tmarus ...

211

Tobesoa ...

157

Toxeus ...

282

Xysticus...

220

Trabrea ...

274

Xysticus...

216, 217

Trachycosmus ..

141

Trarliygnatha ..

u.;;

Trachytrema

140

Zachria ...

... 235

Tricantha

181

Zatapina

242

Trichocyclus

154

Zenoderus

295

Tricea ...

265

Zilla

181

Trite

307

Zora

246, 247

Trittame...

115

ZODARIID.E ...

148

Trochosa

265

ZoOAKIINjE

148

Typostola

235

Zygia

181

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN CRUSTACEA.

No. 3.*

By Allan R. McCulloch, Zoologist, Australian Museum.

(Plates x.-xi., and Figs. 42-53).

Family OCYPODIDiE.

Euplax tridkntata, A. Milne Edwards.

G leistostoma tridentatum, A. Milne Edwards, Journ. Mus. Codeff.,
i., iv., 1873, p. 82.

Chcenostoma tridentatum, de Man, Jahrb. Hamburgischen Wiss.
Anstalten, xiii., 1896, pp. 93-95, pi. iii., fig. 5, 5a, 5b (not
fig. 4).

Metaplax hirsutimana, Grant and McCulloch, Proc. Linn. Soc.
N. S. Wales, xxxi., 1906, p. 21, pi. i., fig. 3, 3a, 36.

Miss M. J. Rathbun has kindly examined specimens of our
M. hirsutimana and writes as follows : — " It is quite a puzzling
case and belongs to the Family Ocypodidae, Subfamily Macroph-
bhalminse.

"In 1873 A. Milne Edwards described C leistostoma triden-
tatum from Upolu and gave as its collection number 3666a. In
1896, de Man described and figured, as he supposed, the rem-
nants of the type specimen (g) of G. tridentatum, A. M. Edw. ;
he figured the front, maxillipeds and claw, and described the
abdomen also. He says that on the bottle there is a label No.
2429, Australia, and inside is the number 3666«, and therefore
it is doubtful whether it came from Australia or Upolu. The
specimen described and figured by de Man is, I think, the same
species as your hirsutimana, and probably came from Australia.
If de Man really handled the type specimen, then A. Milue
Edwards' description is quite inadequate.

" De Man further says that the species manifestly does not
belong to the genus Cleistostoma, in which the maxillipeds fit
close together, but perhaps to the genus Chamostoma, Stimpson.
I agree with him that it is not a Gleistostoma, but would call it

* For No. 2 see Vol. vii., p. 305.
21

322 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Euplax, H. M. Edw. ( = Chce no stoma, Stimpson). I have com-
pared it with E. boscii, Audouin. If, then, we accept de Man's
identification, your species would be known as Euplax tridentata,
A. Milne Edwards, with the type locality probably Australia."

The types of M. hirsutimana were taken on the mudflats at
the mouth of Auckland Creek, Port Curtis, Queensland, where
it was common. I have since collected it at Ryde and Parra-
matta, Parramatta River, New South Wales, where it burrows
in the mud among the mangroves just below the high water
mark. Its colour when alive is brownish grey, with darker
marblings on the carapace and legs ; the external maxillipeds
and pterygostomian regions are white with a broad brown longi-
tudinal bar on either side of the buccal cavern. The abdomen
and hands of the males are violet, and the fingers orange.
Length of carapace, 10 '5 mm.

Family GRAPSID^E.

Sesarma smithii, Milne Edwards.

Sesarma smithii, Milne Edwards, Arch. Mus. Paris, vii., 1855,
p. 149, pi. ix., fig. 2. Id., Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., vii., 1894,
p. 722 — references.

The Australian Museum collection includes two Queensland
examples of this species ; one from Yeppoon, near Rockhamp-
ton, and another from the Annan River, Cooktown (Coll. Hedley
and McCulloch, Aug., 1906). It has not been previously recog-
nised from Australia.

Sesarma meinerti, de Man.

Sesarma meinerti (de Man), Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal,
lxix., 1900, p. 417.

Three fine specimens are in the collection from Cooktown,
which were received from Mr. E. A. C. Olive. They are ap-
parently the first of this species recorded from Australia.

Of the nine species of Sesarma recorded from Australia, only
five are in the Australian Museum ; they may be distinguished
as follows : —

a. Upper surface of the hand of the male with oblique
comb-like ridges.

b. Sides of the carapace without teeth. ..eryt/tro I 'art yla.

bb. Sides of the carapace with one tooth behind the
orbital angle ►. hidens.

STUDIKS IN AUSTRALIAN CHUSTACEA — MtCULLOCII.

323

<t<t. No oblique comb-like ridges on the hand.

c. Breadth between the outer orbital angles greater
than the length meinerti.

cc. Breadth less than the length.

</. Two teeth behind the orbital angle; greatest
breadth between the posterior teeth. ...smilhii.

dd. One tooth behind the orbital angle; carapace
expanded behind atrorubens.

The type specimen of S. atrorubens, Hess,1 was said to' come,
from Sydney, together with many other tropical species which
do not occur here. The species probably extends to Northern
Australia, however, since it has been recorded from several
localities in the East Indian Archipelago, New Guinea, and Fiji.
Specimens are in the Australian Museum from the two latter
localities and the Solomon Islands.

Hess also gave Sydney as the locality for his S. rotundala,
S. similis ( = S. impressa, M. Edw.).2 and S. schutteii (=S. gra-
cilipes, M. Edw.),2 but they have not since been taken here,
though they are recorded from various tropical localities.

Family GONOPLACiD^E.

LlTOCHKIRA BISPIKOSA, KiuahllU.

(Fig. 42).

Litocheira bispinosa, Kinahan, Journ. Roy. Dublin Soc, i.,
1858, p. 121, pi. iii., fig. 1. Id, Miers, Zool. "Alert," 1884,
p. 243; Id., Miers, "Challenger" Rept., Zool, xvii., 1886,
p. 232. Id., Grant in Sayce, Vict. Nat., xviii., 1902, p. 154.
Id., Fulton and Grant, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xix. (n.s.),
1906, pp. 9, 18.

Melia 1 brevipes, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vi., 1881,
p. 545, and Cat. Austr. Crust., 1882, p. 72, pi. i., fig. 7.

1 Brachygrapsus htvis, Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.,
1880, p. 203.

A fine series of specimens has been presented to the Australian
Museum by Mr. C. T. Harrison, who collected them at Hohart,

1 Hess— Arch. Nat., xxxi., 1865, p. 23, pi. vi., fig. 12.

2 Fide de Alan— Zool. Jahrb., 1SS7, ii., pp. C4") and G53.

324

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Tasmania. Others are in the collection from Griffith Point (type
of M. brevijyes) and Port Phillip, Victoria ; St. Vincent Gulf,
South Australia; and near Albany, West Australia. Miers
("Alert") has noted that there are specimens in the British
Museum from Port Curtis, Queensland, while in the "Challen-
ger" Report he has added Bass Strait and King George Sound

Fig. 42.

to the. list of localities. Kinahan's type waa dredged in 15
fathoms, Port Phillip, while lie also referred to others in the
British Museum which were said to he collected by Macgillivray
in Torres Strait. These last are not noticed by Miers unless
they be the Bass Strait specimens he mentions. At any rate,
I think the Port Curtis ami Torres Strait localities need verifi-
cation.

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN CRUSTACKA — McCULLOCH.

312.-)

If Brachygrapaua Uevis, Kingsley, is identical with this
species, as seems probat)le, then its range must he extended to
New Zealand.

Family XANTHINE.

PlLUMNUS SEMILANATUS, MierS.

(Fig. 43).

Pilumnus semilanatus, Miers, Zool. " Alert," 1884, p. 222, pi.
xxii., fig. 13, and "Challenger" Rept., Zool., xvii., 1886,
p. 149. Id., Grant and McCulloch, Proc, Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales, xxxi., 1906, p. 17.

Miers' figure apparently represents the young of this species.
In large specimens the hairs on the carapace and legs are much

Fig. 43.

longer and more shaggy than he shows them, though their
distribution appears to be the same. I therefore give a figure
of a full-grown specimen measuring 18 mm. across the carapace.

Examples are in the Australian Museum from Port Curtis
and Port Denison, Queensland, while I have also examined
one from Port Hedland, North-Western Australia.

326 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Genus Megametope, Fi/hol.

Megainetope, Filhol, Miss. File Campbell, Crust., 1886, p. 373
(Xantho rotundifrotis , Milne Edwards).

Gabrielia, MeCulloch, Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 1908, p. 54 (Cyclo-
xanthus haswelli, Fulton and Grant).

Megametope was published by Filhol only as a MS. name which
was attached to the type of Xantho rotund if rons3 in the Paris
Museum, but the fact that it was definitely associated with a
species entitles it to stand as a generic name. Gabrielia, mihi,
is synonymous with it, while judging from Filhol's figure (pi.
xliv., fig. 3), G. haswelli,* Fulton and Grant, is very probably
identical with M. rotundifrous.

Family MAIID^E.

Subfamily INACHIN.E.

Genus Naxia, Latreille.

Naxia, Leach in Latteille, Encycl. Meth., En torn., x., 1825, p.
140 — type Pisa aitrita, Latreille (not Naxia, M. Edwards
= Naxioides).

Naxia, Rathbun, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., xi., 1897, pp. 157-8.

Halimus, Latreille, Encycl. Meth., Entom., x., 1825, p. 700
(uo type mentioned).

Halimus, Latreille, Fam. nat., p. 272 {fide Milne Edwards).

Halimus, Latreille, Cuv. Regne Anim., 2 ed., iv., 1829, p. 60
(type H. aries, Latreille).

Halimus, Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., i., 1834, p. 340.

Kalimus, Griffiths, Cuv. Anim. Kingdom, xiii., 1833, p. 168,
(misprint).

From the fact that Latreille definitely fixed Pisa aurita as
the type of Naxia, and as that species is congeneric with
Halimus aries, there seems to be no doubt that Naxia must be
used instead of the generally accepted Halimus.

3 Milne Ed wards— Hist. Nat. Crust., i., 1834, p. 397.

4 Fulton and Grant — I'roc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xix. (n.s. ), 1906, p. 6,
pi. iii. ; MeCulloch — Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 1908, p. 54, pi. xii.,
fig. 5, 5a.

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN CRUSTACKA — McCULLOCH. 327

Naxia aurita, Latreille.

Pisa aurita, Latreille, Encycl. Metli., Entoni., x., 1825, p. 140.

Halimus auritus, Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Orust., i., 1834,
p. 341, and Atlas, Cuv. Regne Anim., 1849, pi. xxviii., fig.
3, 3 a-b. Id., Kinahan, Journ. Roy. Dublin Soc., i., 1858,
p. I Id., Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., vii., 1893, p. 39.

Halimus Icevis, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, iv., 1880,
p. 435, and Cat. Austr. Crust., 1882, p. 6. Id., Baker,
Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xxix., 1905, p. 119, pi. xxi.,
fig. 1-la. Id., McCulloch, Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 1908,
p. 54.

The third edition of Cuvier's " Regne Animal " not being
available to me, I am indebted to Dr. W. T. Caiman for a
photograph of the plate on which this species is figured. I have
compared specimens of Halimus Icevis with it and am convinced
that that species is svnonymous with H. auritus. As in other
species of the genus there is some variation in the breadth of
the carapace and the length of the legs, though I have not seen
any examples in which the rostral horns are formed exactly
as in the figure, they being generally slightly longer and more
divergent. Haswell considered that his species differed from
H. auritus in the size of the chelipeds, but I have specimens of
H. Icevis with these limbs similar to those figured by Milne
Edwards.

N. aurita was originally described from D'Entrecasteaux
Channel, Tasmania, but Milne Edwards gave its habitat as the
Indian Ocean. It has been recognised by b'oth Kinahan and
Ortmann from Victoria, and as H. Icevis it has also been
recorded from South and South Western Australia.

Naxia aries, Guerin.

Halimus aries, Latreille in Guerin, Icon. Regne Anim., iii.,
1829-1844, Crust., pi. ix., figs. 2, 2a-c (sine descr.).

Halimus aries, Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., i., 1834, p.
341, and Atlas, Cuv. Regne Anim., Crust., 1849, pi. xxviii.,
figs. 2, 2a-c.

Halimus gracilis, Baker, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xxix., 1905,
p. 124, pi. xxiii., fig. 4, 4a.

Halimus gracilis is apparently identical with H. aries ; the
only difference shown in Baker's and Guerin's figures is in the

328

RECORDS OP THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

length of the legs, but as this character is known to be variable
in N. tumida, Dana, and other species, it cannot be used as a
specific character.

Hyastenus aries, Lalreille.

(Fig. 44).

Pisa aries, Latreille, Encycl. Meth., Entom., x., 1825, p. 140.

Chorinus aries, Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., i., 1834,
p. 315.

Hyastenus aries, Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, lxiv.
(n. ser.), 1895, p. 211.

Some confusion having arisen between this and the preced-
ing species, I wrote to the authorities of the Indian Museum
asking for their assistance to make the matter clear. The

tf*

^^^^-~
^0^-

Fig. 44.

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN CltUSTACKA — M< CULLOCH. 329

Director, Dr. N. Annandale, very generously forwarded ine for
examination one of the specimens determined by Alcock as
Hyaatenus aries, which I have here figured for comparison with
Guerin's illustration of the other species. It was taken in the
Gulf of Martaban, 20 fathoms.

Genus Naxia, Latreille.

Subgenus Micuohalimus, Has well.

Microhalimus, lias well, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, iv., 1880,
p. 435 (M. deflexifrons, Haswell); Id., Cat. Austr. Crust.,
1882, p. 7.

The relationship of Microhalimus and Pseudomicippe, Heller,5
has been the subject of considerable discussion. Miers6 placed
the latter in the Majidie, but Or tin arm7 has shown that it really
belongs to the Inachidce and is allied to Halimus (—Naxia).
Haswell considered Microhalimus to be a subgenus of Halimus,
and, having examined his six specimens, I agree with his
opinion. Miers8 also suggested that Microhalimus was identical
with Pseudomicippe, but it differs in lacking the broad antero-
superior orbital lobe, in having a long spiniform process
projecting forwards from the basal antennal joint, in having the
hepatic region armed with strong spines, and in the penultimate
joints of the ambulatory legs being slightly expanded instead
of cylindrical. Its general form is much more like that of
Naxia than of Pseudomicippe.

I regard Microhalimus as only a subgenus of Naxia because
there are some species of the latter genus possessing characters
which are almost intermediate between the two. Haswell
considered that it differed in having the rostrum deflexed and
in lacking prominent spines on the carapace, but N. lumida
Dana1' and N. spiuosa, Hess10 often have the rostrum as much
deflexed as M. deflexifrons while the armature of the carapace
is very similar to that of N. tumida. In the structure of the

s Heller-Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien., xliii., i. 1861, p. 301, pi. i., fig. 3.

6 Miers— Joum. Linn. Soc, Zool., xiv., 1879, p. 661.

7 Ortmann— Zool. Forseh. Austr., v., 1894, p. 39.

8 Miers— Zool. "Alert," 1S84, p. 198, and "Chall. " Rept., Zool., xvii.
1886, p. 68.

B Dana— Wilkes U.S. Explor. Exped., Crust., i., 1S52, p. 165, pi. iv.,
figs. 2a-d.
io Hess— Arch. Nat., xxxi., 1865, p. 129, pi. vi., fig. 1.

330 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

orbit and the postorbital spine N. tumida is intermediate
between Naxia and Microhalimus, and as regards the legs, the
penultimate joint is often as little dilated in N. aurita
Latreille11 as in M. deflexifrons.

Naxia, Microhalimvs, and an allied new genus Zewa, may be
distinguished as follows : —

a. Eye-stalks of medium length, not or barely reaching the
anterior hepatic spine when laid back. Penultimate
joints of ambulatory legs more or less dilated.

b A post-ocular spine separated from the orbit by a
more or less distinct interspace ; postero-superior
orbital spine present or absent. Penultimate
joints of legs usually much compressed and dilated
distal ly Naxia.

bb. No post-ocular spine, only a postero-superior
orbital spine. Penultimate joints of legs very
little dilated Microhalimus.

aa. Eye stalks long and slender, reaching to or beyond the
anterior hepatic spine when laid back. Penultimate
joints of legs cylindrical, not dilated Zewa.

Naxia (Microhalimus) deflexifrons, Hasicell.

(Plate x, tigs. 1—4).

Microhalimus deflexifrons, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales, iv., 1880, p. 435, pi. xxv., fig. 2, and Cat. Austr.
Crust., 1882, p. 7. Id., Wl.itelegge, Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S.
Wales, xxiii., 1889, p. 225. Id., Fulton and Grant, Proc.
Roy. Soc. Vict., xix, (n.s.), 1906, p. 16.

Carapace subpyriform, the regions well defined and the
surface uneven but smooth ; together with the legs, it is more or
less densely covered with hooked hairs, among which are groups
of stronger, curled ones. Branchial regions with two short but
strong lateral spines followed by a tubercle ; a second smaller
tubercle may be present anteriorly, above the first spine. A
rounded tubercle on the hinder margin of the carapace on the
median line, and another just in front of it. A low swelling is
present on either side near the groove between the branchial and
gastric regions, and the cardiac region may tend to form two

11 Latreille — see ante.

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN CRUSTACEA — McCULLOCII. 331

low tubercles. Gastric region greatly swollen, almost or quite
smooth. Two prominent tubercles between the eyes. Rostrum
more or less obliquely deflexed, more so in females than males,
and formed of two rather thick, widely diverging spines, which
are about as long as the distance from their base to the hinder
orbital margin. Orbits without an anterior spine; posterior
spine present and sometimes preceded by a very small notch.
No post-orbital spine.12 Eyes of moderate length, and with a
small, distal tubercle. Hepatic region with two diverging
spines of which the anterior is much the larger and usually has
a small tubercle on its front margin ; latero-inferior surface
with a small tubercle. -Basal joint of the antenna much longer
than broad with a long denticulate spine at its antero-exterior
angle projecting obliquely forward, and visible from above ;
flagellum stout, nearly twice as long as the rostral horns and
wholly visible from above. Merus of external maxilliped with
its antero-exterior angle forming a rounded lobe, its front
border slightly emarginate ; flagellum articulated at the antero-
internal angle. Pterygostomial regions each with a prominent
tubercle, and there is a smaller one before each anterior angle of
the buccal cavern.

Arm of cheliped with obscure tubercles of which the most
prominent are two or three on the median line above ; a large
compressed distal spine or lobe. Wrist with an obtuse crest on
the outer surface in the male, rounded in the female. Palm
compressed, smooth, much longer than broad, its edges rounded ;
fingers rather long and slender though shorter than the palm,
curved, finely denticulated and acutely pointed. Ambulatory
legs of moderate size, decreasing in length backwards. The
penultimate joints only very slightly dilated and provided with
long, coarse, curved setse on their lower surfaces ; dactyli rather
long, curved, with a double row of spinules on their inner
margins.

Abdomen of the male consisting of seven segments, of the
female, five.

Described from six specimens, one male 12 mm. long being
the specimen figured, and 6ve females 14-18 mm. long.

This species is allied to Naxia tumida, Dana, from which it
may be readily recognised by having the penultimate joints of
the ambulatory legs much less dilated and the gastric region
smootli, not tubercular.

13 I consider that the second posterior orbital spine mentioned by
Haswell belongs to the hepatic region.

332 KEC0RDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Hab. — Haswell's original specimens were collected in Port
Jackson and are the only ones I have seen. Fulton and Grant
recorded the species from Port Phillip, "Western Port, and
Wilson Promontory, but the only specimens labelled M.
deflexifrons in Mr. Grant's collection, which was purchased by
the Trustees, are really JST. tumida, so that those records possibly
refer to that species.

Genus Zewa,1^.. gen. nov.

Carapace subpyriform, convex, either tuberculate or smooth,
without long spines. Rostrum formed of two diverging spines.
Eye-stalks long, partially retractile towards the sides of the
carapace. No true orbit : supraocular eave with a spine at its
hinder angle ; no true postocular spine, but a flattened one pro-
jects forwards from the hepatic region which is not cupped
and affords little shelter to the eye when retracted. Basal
antennal joint of moderate breadth, its antero-external angle a
little produced outwards; flagellum visible from above. Merus
of external maxillipeds a little broader than the ischium, ex-
panded at the antero-external angle, and bearing the palp at the
anterointernal angle. Chelipeds of adult male enlarged. The
first pair of ambulatory legs the longest. Penultimate joints
of all the legs cylindrical, not expanded distally. Abdomen of
the male composed of seven distinct segments.

Type. — Z. banfieldi, sp. nov. Also includes Pseudomicij^ye
variaus, Miers.

This genus is allied to Pseudomicippe, Heller, from which it
differs in the formation of the orbits, there being no large
antero-superior lobe as in that genus, while the hinder angle is
produced as a sharp spine. It differs from Naxia, Latreille
(Halimus, Auct. ) in having no large spines on the carapace and
in the penultimate joints of the legs being cylindrical instead of
dilated distally.

/ i:\va banfieldi, sp. nov.

(Plate x., figs. 5-6).

Carapace elongate-triangular, the regions fairly well defined,
the surface uneven and rough with large tubercles. A very

J3 " Zewa," a name for a crab in the Miriam language, Torres Strait.

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN CRU8TA0BA — McOULLOOH. 333

prominent tubercle above each orbit. Gastric region with four
strong ones on bhe median line and two others on either Bide.
Cardiac region surmounted by two pairs of small tubercles,
between which and a sharp intestinal one is a still smaller pair.
A large tubercle in the hollow between the gastric and branchial
regions, while many others are present on the hepatic, branchial,
and hinder regions of the carapace. Rostral horns a little de-
flexed, cylindrical, their length equal to rather more than one-
third the rest of the carapace Anterior hepatic (post-orbital)
spine directed obliquely forwards, broad distally, followed by a
small tubercle; a large infero lateral and one or two postero-
lateral hepatic tubercles.

Antennal flagella stout, a little longer than the rostral horns
and wholly visible from above. Antero-external angle of the
merus of the maxillipeds forming a broadly rounded lobe.
Pterygostomial regions each with a large external tubercle, and
there is another in front of each anterior angle of the buccal
cavern.

Anterior segment of the sternum of the male with two raised
ridges diverging backwards, ending in small tubercles, and
parallel with the margins ; each of the three following segments
bears several tubercles. Abdomen with a large median tubercle
on each segment, the fifth joint narrowest, the last broadly
triangular.

Arm of the chelipeds with two or three tubercles on the
median line above and a compressed distal lobe. Wrist with an
obtuse crest on its outer surface. Palm a little swollen, longer
than broad, and smooth ; fingers pointed, finely denticulated,
slightly gaping posteriorly. All the joints with long, coarse
scattered seta). Walking legs long and slender, decreasing in
length backwards ; all the joints except the dactyli, are cylin-
drical and are provided with stiff" setpe, among which are groups
of curled setee on their upper surfaces. The penultimate joints
have also numerous long and strong setae on their lower sur-
faces. Dactyli long and curved, with a double row of spinules
on their inner margins.

Hob. — Described from a single male specimen, 29 mm. long-
including the rostrum, from Dunk Island, near Cairns, Queens-
land. It is named after its collector, Mr. E. J. Banfield, to
whom the Trustees are indebted for many rarities of both
Crustacea and fish.

334: RECORDS OP THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Zewa varians, Miers.

Pseudomicippe 1 varians, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5), iv.,
1879, p. 12, pi. iv., tig. 8, also Zool. "Alert," 1884, p. 197,
and "Challenger" Rent., Zool., xvii., 1886, p. 68. Id., Ort-
mann, Zool. Forsch. Austr., v., 1894, p. 40. Id., Caiman,
Trans. Linn. Soc, (2), viii., 1900, p. 39, pi. ii., figs. 25-26.

Both Miers aud Caiman have expressed doubts as to this
species being correctly referred to Pseudomicippe, though their
opinion was not shared by Ortmann. I consider that it belongs
to the same genus as my Zewa banjieldi, differing from Pseu-
domicippe in the general form of the anterior portion of Ihe
carapace and particularly in the structure of the orbits.

I have examined two specimens, the first a female with a
carapace, including the rostral horns, 18 mm. long, from Thurs-
day Island ; the second is a small male, 10 mm. long, collected
at Dunk Island by Mr. E. J. Banfield. The species is also
recorded from Port Denison, Queensland ; Torres Strait ; and
Shark Bay, Western Australia. Miss Rathbun has kindly re-
examined the Port Jackson specimen received from this Museum
as P. varians, x 4 and informs me that it is really Micippoides
longimanus, Haswell, so that Z. varians is probably contined to
the tropics.

Tumulosternum, yen. nov.
(Fig. 45).

Carapace triangular, with tubercles and short tubercular spines;
the regions fairly well delimited. Rostrum formed of two short
broad spines, which are a little oblique in the male, and more so
in the female. Eyestalks short, each retractile against a stout,
angular post-ocular spine, which is somewhat excavated to receive
it; no preocular spine, hinder angle of supraocular eave pro-
duced outwards. Basal antenna] joint broad, bilobed anteriorly
and deeply grooved on the lower surface. External inaxillipeds
deeply sculptured, the merus as wide as the ischium, with a broad
external lobe ; palp articulated at antero-internal angle. Ptery-
gostomian and hepatic regions with large upstanding Hat-topped
tnbercules, of which the two largest are on the side of the
hepatic regions, and are visible from above.

J* Rathbun— Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xvi., 1693, pp. t)7 ai d 92.

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN CRUSTACKA MtCULLOCII.

335

Legs rather short and thick; chelipeils very large in the male
with broad, flattened palms.

Abdomen consisting
of seven segments in
both sexes.

Type. — Micippoides
longimanus, Haswell
(fig. 45).

When describing M,
longimanus, Haswell re-
cognised that it was
probably distinct from
Micippoides, A. Milne
Edwards, while Miss
Rathbun has recently
informed me that she
also thinks that it does
not belong to thatgenus.
It differs in the form of
the basal antennal joint

and the structure of the orbit, while Micippoides also lacks the
flattened tubercles which are so characteristic of longimanus.

Fk<. 45.

GONATORHYNCHUS TUMIDUS, II US well.

(Fig. 46).

Gonatorhynchus tumidus, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,

iv., 1880, p. 437, pi. xxv.,

fig. 4, and Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. (5), v., 1880, p. 145;

Id., Haswell, Cat. Austr.

Crust., 1882, p. 10. Id.,

Miers, "Challenger" Rept.,

Zool., xvii., 1886, p. "25.

Id., Fulton and Grant,

Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xix.

(n.s.), 1906, p. 16.

A large female specimen, 33

mm. long, is in the Museum

from South -western Australia,

which was collected by Mr. A.

" Abjornssen. The species is

known from Port Jackson and

Port Phillip.

Fig. 46.

336

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Eruma, gen. nov.

(Fig. 47).

Carapace triangular, smooth, the regions well defined. Ros-
trum formed of two rather short spines, obliquely deflexeu".

Eyestalks long, retractile against
the sides of the carapace when
they are partly hidden from
above by the two postocular
spines ; no preocular spine,
hinder angle of the supraocular
eave produced outwards. Basal
anteunal joint broad with the
antero-external angle greatly
produced, visible from above ;
a very small spine near the
antero-internal angle. Merus of
external maxillipeds as wide as
the ischium, the antero-external
angle scarcely expanded; palp
articulated at the antero-internal angle.

Legs rather short and thick, the propodus and dactylus of
each with a small raised buttress fitting against the overlapping
lobes of the preceding joint. Chelipeds not much enlarged in
the male.

Abdomen consisting of seven segments in both sexes.

Type. — Paramicippa hispida, Baker.

Fig. 47.

EruxMa iiispidum, Baker.

(Fig. 48).

Paramicippa hispida, Baker, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xxix.,
1905, p. 126, pi. xxiv., fig. 6, 6a.

Two specimens, a male and female, are in the Museum which
were received from Mr. W. Baker as his P. hispida from South
Australia. They differ so much in some important details from
his figures that I have re-figured them here.

Mi-. Baker compared his species with /'. tuberculosa, Milne
Edwards, which is the type of the genus Paramicippa ami
belongs to the subfamily Maiinse, but it appears to me to belong

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN CRUSTACEA — McCULLOCH.

337

to the Inachime and is closely allieil to Gonatorhynchus, Haswell.
I have therefore proposed the new genus Emma for it as above.

Fig. 48.

Subfamily MAIIN^E.

Paramicippa tuberculosa, Milne Edivards.

Paramicippa tuberculosa, Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., i.,
1834, p. 333. Id., Baker, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austr., xxix.,
1905, p. 125. Id., Fulton and Grant, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict,
(n.s.), xix., 1906, p. 17.
Micippa parvirostris, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), iv., 1879,
p. 13, pi. iv., fig. 9. Id., Haswell, Cat. Austr. Crust., 1882,
p. 23.
Acting on information written on the label of the type speci-
men of Micippa parvirostris in the British Museum, Fulton and
Grant referred to that species as P. tuberculosa in their Census
of the Victorian Decapod Crustacea, though they did not give
their reasons for doing so. Baker also did the same without
22

338 RECORDS OP THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

explanation. I therefore forwarded a specimen of M. parviros-
tris to the Paris Museum for comparison with the type of P.
tuberculosa, and Professor L. E. Bouvier has very kindly informed
me that it is undoubtedly identical with that species.

Family PARTHENOPIDiE.

Ceratocarcinus dilatatus, A. Milne Edivards.

Ceratocarcinus dilatatus, A. Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus.
Paris, viii., 1872, p. 256, pi. xiv., fig. 2.

A fine female example, dredged near Murray Island, Torres
Strait, agrees very well with the figure quoted. Neither the
genus nor the species appear to have been previously recognised
from Australia.

Family PAGURID^E.

Paguristes squamosus, sp. nov.

(Fig. 49).

Paguristes barbatus, Whitelegge, Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S, Wales,
xxiii., 1889, p. 232. Id., Stead, Zoologist, 1898, p. 208
(? not Clibayiarius barbatus, Heller).

Carapace smooth only towards the centre, otherwise rough
with irregular pits and furrows ; frontal region hollowed out
above with some larger and smaller elevations. Sides of the
carapace hairy, while scattered tufts are present on the rougher
parts above. Rostrum triangular, projecting well beyond the
antero-lateral angles, each of which bears a minute spine ; the
interspaces between them and the rostrum are excavated and
have thick raised edges. Eye-stalks rather slender, their length
equal to about two-thirds the width of the anterior portion of
the carapace, a trifle longer than the antennular peduncle.
Ophthalmic scales large, bi- or trifid at tlie tip. Basal portion
of antenna] acicle broad, densely setose, with 3-4 external, and
1 internal spine; anterior portion styliform, hairy, with 2-3
strong spines on its inner and outer borders, reaching almost to
the end of the peduncle. Flagellum extending to the tips of the
chelineds.

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN CRUSTACEA — McCULLOCH.

339

Chelipeds subequal, densely covered with hair, especially on
tlie edi^es where it is long and felted, and completely hides the
characters beneath it. Anns with some spines along their
lower edges, and two or more above. Inner border of wrist
with about four strong black-tipped spines; remaining por-
tions of upper surface densely spiny, the spines changing to

more or less squamiform tubercles anteriorly ; lower and
inner surfaces smooth, a small spine at the lower articulation
with the hand. Hand with three strong black-tipped spines in a
line with those of the carpus ; outer surface with irregular rows
of spines, upper surface with squamiform tubercles which have
crenulated edges and are fringed with hairs. Fingers with
similar tubercles, the upper also with spines ; their cutting

340 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSBDM.

edges are crenulate and have broad black horny tips, and meet
along their whole length. Inner surfaces of hands a little
rough, with tufts of setae.

Second and third legs reaching beyond the chelipeds, with
long felted hairs along their upper and lower borders. All the
legs are similar. Upper border of the merus with a few weak
spines which are most distinct on the third pair. Carpus with
strong spines above, and a very distinct groove on the hinder
surface which also extends on to the propodus and dactylus.
Anterior faces of the last two joints with broad squamiform
tubercles which have crenulate and hairy margins like those of
the chelipeds. Dactylus broad and longer than the penultimate
joint, with a black terminal spine, and some smaller ones on the
upper and lower edges near it.

Colour. — Whitish in spirits. In life, pink with pale brownish
hairs; the rougher parts more or less tinted with green. Spines
on chelipeds madder brown. Eye-stalks green. Antennules,
antenna?, and third maxillipeds with alternating brown and
white rings. Abdomen translucent grey and white, caudal
appendages white.

I have examined the specimens which Whitelegge doubtfully
identified as Paguristes barbatus, Heller, and find them to be
identical with those described above. I consider that they
differ from that species in having the upper surface of the hand
covered with squamiform tubercles. Neither Heller nor
Ortmann mention any such tubercles in their description of
P. barbatus, whereas they are so distinct in all that I have seen
that it is not likely that they would have been overlooked. Mr.
Stead has enabled me to examine the specimens which he recor-
ded as P. barbatus, but I regard them also as distinct from
that species.

Type. — A male, with a carapace 19 mm. long, from Maroubra,
near Sydney. Others are in the Australian Museum from the
same locality which are somewhat larger ; Whitelegge's specimens
were from several localities in Port Jackson and on the coast
near Sydney.

Paguristes barbatus, Heller.

C/ibayiarius barbatus, EJeller, Verh. zool, but. Ges* Wien., 1862,
p. 52 I, and Ueise "Novara", Crust., 18G5, p. 90, pi. vii.. t * «_r - 5.
Id., Miers, Cat. Crust. N. Zealand, 1870. p. 67. Id., Filhol,
Miss. I'ile Campbell, iii., 1886, Crust., p. 424. To?., Thomson,

Trans. N. Z. Inst., xxxi., 1898, p. 172.

8TUDIKS IN Al STKAUAN CRUSTACEA McOULLOCH, 34]

Paguristes barbatus, Henderson, "Challenger" Kept., Zoo),
icxvii., 1886, p. 78. Id., Orttnatin, Zool. Jahrb., vi., L892,
1>. 279, pi. xii., iig. 7.

Henderson was the first to indicate that Clibanarius barbatus,
Heller, was really a Paguristes when lie compared it with his
1'. subpilosus, but Ortmann has since described Japanese speci-
mens, which he identities as Heller's species, and gives his
reasons for placing it in Paguristes.

Heller's type was said to have been taken at Auckland, New
Zealand, while Miers identified specimens in the British Museum
as C. barbatus from the same locality. Thomson, however, states
that these are the only records of its occurrence in New Zealand,
and that it has not heen again collected there; as many of the
" Novara " localities were incorrect, and as but little reliance
can be placed on Miers' identification, it may be that P. barbatus
is not a New Zealand species.

I have shown (ante) that the specimens from New South
Wales, which were identified by Whitelegge and Stead as P. bar-
batus, are not that species, hut P. squamosus. Lucas15 recorded
a specimen of Heller's species from Port Phillip, Victoria, but
the late Mr. F. E. Grant, according to his notes, believed that it
was really P. sulcatus, Baker. If this is correct, as I think
probable, the true P. barbatus has not yet been recognised from
Australia.

Paguristes pugil, sp. nov.

(Fig. 50).

Paguristes, sp., Whitelegge, Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxiii.,
1889, p. 232, sp. 361.

Frontal region hollowed out as in P. squamosus. Sides of
carapace hairy, upper parts with scattered tufts. Rostrum
elongate triangular, projecting well beyond the antero-lateral
angles, each of which forms a minute spinule ; the interspaces
between them and the rostrum are excavated and have thick
raised edges. Eye-stalks slender, their length equal to the width
of the carapace, a trifle longer than the antennular peduncles.
Ophthalmic scales large, bi-or trifid at tip. Basal portion of
antennal acicle with 2-3 external and 1-2 internal spinules ;
anterior portion styliform, tomentose, with several strong spines
on their inner and outer borders, reaching to the anterior third

16 Lucas— Proo. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxii., 1886, p. 62.

342

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

of the peduncle. Flagellum not nearly reaching the tips of the
chelipeds.

Chelipeds sub-equal, densely covered with felted hair which is
longest on the outer edges and largely hides the characters
beneath it. Arms with a row of spiniform tubercles along each
lower edge, those of the inner the most prominent ; two spinules

Fig. 50.

are present on the upper anterior margin, and some smaller
ones on the ridge behind the distal constriction. Inner border
of wrist with four strong black-tipped spines, while other
smaller ones cover the upper surface ; a very large rounded boss
over the upper articulation with the hand. Lower and inner
surfaces smooth, only a small spinule at the lower anterior
articulation. Hand with three strong black-tipped spines in a
line with those of the wrist; outer surface thickly set with

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN CRUSTACEA — McCULLOCH. 343

spiniform tubercles, which become squamifonn with crenulate
and hairy edges on the upper face. Fingers similar to the
hand ; they have black tips, and leave a narrow gap between
them when closed. Inner face of the hand swollen, with tufts
of bristles.

Second and third legs reaching well beyond the chelipeds,
with long felted hairs along their upper and lower borders.
All the legs are alike, but the armature of the hinder pairs is
weaker than that of the front. Upper and lower borders of the
merus with some very indistinct tubercles, which are largest in
the third pair. Carpus with large spines above, and a very
deep sulcus behind which also extends on to the propodus and
dactylus. Anterior faces of the last two joints with broad
squamiform tubercles which have crenulate, hairy edges, like
those of the chelipeds ; both are rather longer than in P.
squamosus, and the dactylus is a little longer than the propodus.
It terminates in a black spine and there are some small ones on
the edges near the tip.

Colour. — Whitish in spirits, the hairs pale brown.

This species is very similar to P. squamosus but is charac-
terised by the large rounded bosses on each wrist. It has also
more slender legs and chelipeds than that species, and the eye-
stalks are longer.

Type and Localities. — A male, with a carapace 11 mm. long,
from Watson Bay, Port Jackson. Another smaller specimen
from the same locality is also in the museum collection, while
Mr. J. Gabriel has also sent me three others which he dredged
in Port Phillip, Victoria.

Paguristes tuberculatus, Whitelegge.

(Fig. 51).

Clibanarius, sp., Whitelegge, Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxiii.,
1890, p. 232, No. 359.

Paguristes tuberculatus, Whitelegge, Mem. Austr. Mus., iv.,
1900, p. 169, figs. 11, 11a.

The Trustees have received from Mr. C. T. Harrison a fine
large male of this species which he collected in the estuary of
the Derwent River, Tasmania. It is more than twice the size
of Whitelegge's specimens, the carapace being 115 mm. long,
which in the type is scarcely 5 mm. It differs from the type

344

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

only in having the dactylus of the third left leg more distinctly
hollowed out behind, and the posterior margin prominent and
provided with tubercles like that of the propodus. As White-
legge's figures only show portions of the animal I take this
opportunity of giving a complete figure of the Tasmanian speci-
men.

Fig. 51.

The specimen from off Port Jackson which Whitelegge identi-
fied as Clibanarius, sp., in a shell of Turritella yiinni, is still in
the Museum collection, and is really Paguristes tuberculatum.
Four others from near Albany, West Australia, are in the Aus-
tralian Museum (Coll. A. Ahjornssen).

While withdrawing a number of the "Thetis" specimens
from their shells for their better preservation, I noticed that

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN CRUSTACEA — M< CULLOOH. 345

almost every shell had a colony of Polyzoa growing around its
mouth. It is possibly a species of Cellepora, and the fact that
it is the same on all leaves little doubt that the association of
the two animals is not accidental. Similar growths occurred on
tho shells of specimens from Wreck Bay, New South Wales, 20
fathoms (Coll. C. Uedley).

Paguristes acigulus, Grant.

Paguristes aciculns, Grant, Proc. Linn. Soc. N". S. Wales, xxx.,
1905, p. 319, pi. xi., figs. 3, 3a.

Having re-examined the type of P. aciculns I find that
several important characters have not been quite correctly de-
scribed by Grant. He also makes no mention of a row of
minute spinules on the raised margin behind the anterior con-
striction on the arms of the chelipeds. The merus joints of the
anterior ambulatory legs have spines along their lower margins ;
they are described as being without spines. The dactyli also
have a row of very fine spinules along their supero-internal
angles, which, however, are not easily distinguished among the
long hairs. The armature of the second ambulatory legs is not
nearly so strong as that of the first.

In the figure the legs are drawn as viewed obliquely from
above, so that the joints appear more slender than they really
are. The antennal peduncles are too long, they being slightly
shorter instead of longer than the eye-stalks.

The following is a key to the Australian species of Paguristes
represented in the Australian Museum : —

a. Left cheliped much larger than the right.

b. Hands and fingers with rows of large compound

tubercles, interspaces smooth tuberculatus.

bb. Hands and fingers closely covered with very small
granules frontalis.

aa. Chelipeds sub-equal.

c. Dactyli of legs stout, their anterior faces and those of

the propodi with squamiform tubercles having
hairy edges.

d, Chelipeds and legs with long felted hair which hides
the characters beneath it ; upper face of hand
with squamiform tubercles.

346 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

e. Wrist with a large anterior rounded boss...;;n^i7.

ee. Wrist without such a boss squamosus.

dd. Hair on chelipeds and legs, though thick and
long, not hiding the characters beneath it ;
upper surface of hand with spines sulcatus.

cc. Dactyli slender ; propodi and dactyli without squamiform
tubercles on their anterior faces.
/, Spines on hand numerous and evenly distributed over
the whole upper surface aciculus.

ff. Spines on hand fewer, upper surface with broad smooth
interspaces Mans.

Pagurus lacertosus, Henderson.

Eupagiirus lacertosus, Henderson, "Challenger" Rept., Zoo!.,
xxvii., 1888, p. 63, pi. vi., fig. 7. Id., Grant inSayce, Vict,
Nat., xviii., 1902, p. 155.

The only record of this species in Australian waters is that of
the late Mr. F. E. Grant, who dredged it off Queenscliff, in Port
Phillip, together with its variety nana, Henderson. As the
typical form is a deep-water species, having been taken in 275
fathoms off New Zealand, Grant's identification needs confirma-
tion. Seven specimens, received from Professor J. Thomson
Flynn, were dredged in 40-60 fathoms outside Schouten Island,
Tasmania, and others are in the Museum collection from 100
fathoms, five miles east of Cape Pillar, Tasmania. The latter
were dredged by Messrs. Hedley and May in 1907, together
with many other invertebrates on a firm bottom of sand, pebbles
and shells.

Clibanarius virescens, Krauts.

(Plate xi., fig. 2).

Pagurus virescens, Krauss, Sudafcik. Crust., 1843, p. 56, pi. iv.,
fig. 3.

Clibanarius virescens 1, Dana, Wilkes U.S. Explor. Exped.,
Crust., i., 1852, p. 466, pi. xxix., figs. Ga.b.

Clibanarius virescens, de Man, Journ. Linn. Soc, Zool., xxii.,
1888, p. 247. Id., Whitelegge, Mem. Austr. Mus.,iii., 1S97,
p. 143. Id., Grant and McCulloch, Proc. Linn. Soc.
N. S. Wales, xxxi., L906, p. 34.

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN CRUSTACEA — McCULLOCH. 347

Clibanariua, sp., Whitelegge, Proc. Hoy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxiii.,
1890, p. 23*2, No. 358.

Anterior portion of carapace much longer than broad, almost
smooth, but with more or less numerous minute pits ; a few tufts
of long seta? on the sides and behind the cervical groove. Rostrum
triangular, acute, projecting a little beyond the antennal angles,
which are broad and without terminal spines. Eye-stalks slender,
as long as or longer than the width of the anterior portion of the
carapace, and a trifle longer than the antennular peduncles.
Ophthalmic scales close together, their outer margins rounded
and finely denticulated. Antennal scales with long setae ;
their bases each with a single external spine, and five or six
on the anterior portions, which reach to or slightly beyond the
penultimate joints of the peduncles. Flagellum reaching well
beyond the chelipeds.

Chelipeds equal and similar, with very long seta*. No spines
on the arm above, but one or two at their infero-external ex-
tremities ; lower internal margin with a row of spiniform
tubercles, the inner and outer surfaces with slightly raised
white prominences of varying size, which are largest anteriorly.
Wrist with three spines on its upper margin increasing in size
forwards ; outer surface with or without one or two pointed
tubercles and a more or less striking white spot. Hands and
fingers with large upstanding spines, white in colour, some with
darker tips. Fingers slightly gaping, with large black horny
tips.

• Legs of the left side shorter than, but otherwise almost simi-
lar to, those of the right. The meropodites have one or two
spinules at the infero-external extremities. The carpopodites
have each a strong distal spine, and the propodites are only
armed with some small denticulations on their lower extremities;
that of the hinder left leg is shorter and thicker than the others,
and has a distinct, somewhat tubercular ridge separating the
upper and outer surfaces. The dactylopodites are usually con-
siderably shorter than the preceding joints, and are tipped with
a strong black, curved spine ; there are six or seven rather
strong spinules in a row along the lower surface.

Colour. — Legs, chelipeds and other appendages greenish or
olive-brown, the dactyli white or yellowish. Carapace lighter,
only the anterior angles brownish. Eyes with a white ring just
before the cornea. Antennal flagellum blue. All the spines
and roughnesses of the chelipeds are white or yellowish, as is the
greater part of the fingers. The propodites of the legs have a

348 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

broad dark terminal band following a small white distal spot ;
the dactyli may have a median darker band, but this is often
entirely wanting.

Hab. — The specimen figured is a male from Cairns Reef, off
Cooktown, Queensland, with a carapace 12 mm. long. Many
other specimens are in the Australian Museum from the follow-
ing localities: Funafuti, Kllice Group; New Caledonia; Lord
Howe Island, South Pacific ; Queensland, various localities from
Murray island, Torres Strait to Port Curtis ; Port Jackson ;
Western Australia.

I am indebted to Miss M. J. Rath bun for a copy of Krauss'
description and figures of this species, while she has also
examined Australian specimens for me and agrees that they are
C. virescens.

Clibanarius strigimanus, White.

Pagurus strigimanus, White, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1847, p. 121.

Pagurus aculeatus, Milne Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool. (3), x.,
1848, p. 62.

Clibanarius strigimanus, Miers, Zool. ''Erebus" and "Terror,"
Crust., 1874, p. 3, pi. ii., fig. 4.

On the supposition that Pagurus strigimanus and /'. aculeatus
were identical, I forwarded a specimen of the former from
Western Port, Victoria, to Professor L. E Bouvier for compari-
son with Milne Edwards' type, which came from the same locality.
He has kindly looked into the matter, and informs me that the
type no longer exists in the Paris Museum, it being probably
lost in the confusion caused by the war in 1870. He agrees
with me, however, that the description of P. actdeakis fits the
specimen very well, and that the name should be considered a
synonym of P. strigimanus.

Clibanarius striolatus, Dana (?).

Clibanarius striolatus, Dana, Wilkes U. S. Explor. Exped.,
Crust., i., 1852, p. 403, pi. xxix., figs. 3-3a. Id., Has well,
Cat. Austr. Crust., 1882, p. 159. Id., Alcock, Cat. Ind.
Dec. Crust., pt. ii., 1905, p. 46, pi. iv., fig. 7.

A single damaged specimen from Western Australia in t lie
Australian Museum is either G. striolatus, Dana, or C. pada-
rensis, de Man. The former has already been recorded from

STUDIBS IN AUSTRALIAN CRUSTACEA — McCULLOOH. 349

Australia by Has well, while there are Australian specimens of
G.padavensia in the Australian Museum from Murray Island,

Torres Strait (Coll. Hedley and McCulloch, Aug., 1907); Cook-
town, Queensland (Coll. Hedley and McCulloch, Aug., 1906) ;
Hood Bay, New Guinea ; and New Caledonia.

Clibanarius tjeniatus, Milne Edwards.

(Plate xi., fig. 1).

Pagurus clibanarius, Quoy and Gaiuiard, Voy. " Uranie and
Physicienne," 1825, p. 529, pi. lxxviii., fig. I (not Herbst).

Pagurus tamiatus, Milne Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool. (3), x.,
1848, p. 63.

Clibanarius keniatus, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.,
1858, p. 235. Id., Miers, Zool. "Alert," 1884, p. 265. Id.,
de Man, Notes Leyd. Mus., xii., 1890, p. 113. Id., Grant
and McCulloch, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxxi., 1906,
p. 34.

Although the original figure of this species shows the charac-
teristic colour marking, it is very imperfect in other details, so
I take this opportunity of figuring a specimen from Cooktown.

Hab. — The specimen described by Quoy and Gaimard was
collected in Shark Bay, Western Australia. Others are in the
Australian Museum from North Australia; Mapoon, Gulf of
Carpentaria (Coll. C. Hedley, 1903); Cooktown, Queensland
(Coll. Hedley and McCulloch, 1906); Holborn Is., near Pt,
Denison (Coll. W. A. Haswell) ; Rat Is., Pt. Curtis (Coll.
McCulloch, 1909); Masthead Is., off Pt. Curtis (Coll. F. E.
Grant, 1905); Port Hacking, New South Wales. The specimen
recorded by Whitelegge1 6 from Pleasant Island, Central Pacific,
is not this species, but C. eurysternns, Hilgendorf.

Clibanarius eurystrrnus, Hilgendorf.

Pagurus (Clibanarius) eurysternus, Hilgendorf, Monatsber.
Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1878, p. 822, pi. iii., figs. 9-10.
Hab. — I collected six specimens of this species at Murray
Island, Torres Strait, in shells of S trombus hdmanus, Linne ; it
has not been previously recognised from Australia. The charac-
teristic dark lines on the carapace and legs are much more
striking than in Hilgendorf's figure.

" Whitelegge— Uec. Austr. Mus., v., 1903, p. 11.

350 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Clibanarius corallinus, Milne Edwards.

Pagurus corallinus, Milne Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool., (3),
x., 1848, p. 63.

Clibanarius corallinus, Borradaile, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1898,
p. 463. Id., Alcock, Cat, Ind. Crust., pt. ii., 1905, p. 48,
pi. v., fig. i.

Clibanarius cruentatus, Whitelegge, Mem. Austr. Mus., iii.,
1897, p. 143. Id., Grant and McCulloch, Proc. Linn. Soc.
N. S. Wales, xxxi., 1906, p. 33 (not C. cruentatus, M.
Edw.).

Having examined Whitelegge's Funafuti specimens, and
those determined by Grant and myself as C. cruentatus, I find
they are not that species, but are G. corallinus. The differences
between the two are clearly shown in Alcock's splendid paper.
Other specimens of P. corallinus are in the Museum collection
from Murray Island, Torres Strait (Coll. Hedley and McCulloch,
Aug. 1906) and from the Solomon Islands.

Ours being the only record of P. cruentatus from Australia,
that species must be struck off the Australian list.

Clibanarius infraspinatus, Hilgendorf.

(Fig. 52).

Clibanarius infraspinatus (Hilgendorf), de Man, Journ. Linn.
Soc, xxii., 1888, p. 237. Id., Ortmann, Zool. Jahrh.Syst.,
vi., 1892, p. 290. Id., Alcock, Cat. Ind. Crust., pt. ii.,
1905, p. 44.

A fine series of this species was collected by Mr. C. Hedley,
it Mapoon, in the Gulf of Carpentaria, which I have compared
with specimens from Tavoy, India, received from the Indian
Museum. Ortmann has recorded a specimen from Sydney, but
it is a tropical species, and this locality is almost certainly
incorrect ; it has not been taken here by any Australian
collectors.

As no figure of this species appears to have been published,
T take this opportunity of illustrating my largest specimen from
Mapoon. Its carapace is 37 mm. long.

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN CRUSTACEA — McCULLOCH. 351

Fig. 52.

Key to Australian species of Clibanarius.

a. Dactylus of third leg as long as, or shorter than the

propodus.

b. General colour dark red, legs spotted with yellow.

Chelipeds and legs thickly hirsute, especially

the propodus of third left leg corallinns.

bb. General colour greenish, fingers and dactyli whitish.
Chelipeds and legs normal, not thickly hirsute

...virescens.

352 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

aa. Dactylus of third leg longer than the propodus.

c. Inner faces of hands with raised, file-like stridulating
surfaces. Reddish, legs with yellow spots

. . .strigimanus.

cc. Inner faces of hands without stridulating surfaces. Legs

longitudinally banded.

d. Carapace remarkably flattened. Carapace and all its

appendages with conspicuous, dark, longitudinal

bands -, enrystei'nus.

dd. Carapace normal, not remarkably flattened.

e. Eye-stalks shorter than the antennular peduncles.
Arms of chelipeds with a prominent tubercle

or obtuse spine below infraspinatus.

ee. Eye-stalks as long as or longer than antennular
peduncles.
/. Spines on chelipeds very large, wrist with
several strong spines. Carapace as well as legs

with striking colour bands keniatus.

ff. Spines on chelipeds smaller, wrist with only 1-2
spines. Markings on the carapace indefinite or
absent.
g. Hands about twice as long as broad. Rostrum
but little more prominent than antennal angles.
Eye-stalks as long as front of carapace

...striolatus.
gg. Hands more than twice as long as broad.
Rostrum more prominent than antennal angles.
Eyestalks longer than front of carapace

...padawmsis.

Petrolisthks elongatus, Milne Edwards.

Petroli8tli.es elongatns (Milne Edwards), Miers, Cat. Crust. N.
Zealand, 1876, p. 60. Id., Haswell, Cat. Austr. Crust.,
1882, p. 146 (after Miers).

Hab. — According to Miers, this common New Zealand species
occurs rarely on the Australian coast. As there does not appear
to be anjT other reference in which a definite Australian locality
is assigned to it, I take this opportunity of recording specimens
received from Professor J. Thomson Fly nn, who collected them
in the estuary of the Derwent River, Tasmania, where the
species is very common.

STUDIES IN Al STKAUAN CRUSTACEA — Mi CULLOOII.

353

Pktkolisthbs boscii, Audouin
(Fig. 53).

Porcellana boscii (Audouin), d« Man, Journ. Linn. Soc, Zool.,
xxii., 1888, p. 217.

Petrolisthes rugosus (Milne Edwards), Miers, Zool. "Alert.,"
L884, p. 270.

Petrolisthes boscii, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2), v. 1893,
p. 427. Id., Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., x., 1897, p 284.

Hah. — As P. rugosus, Miers has already recorded this species
from North Australia. The specimen figured is from Port
Hedlaiul, North Western Australia.

Fig. 53.

23

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Fig. I. Naxia {Microhalimus) deflexi/rons, Haswell.
,, 2. Naxia {Microhalimus) deflexifrons, Haswell. Lower surface of
cephalothorax..

,, 3. Naxia {Microhalimus) deflexifrons, Haswell. Side view of cara-
pace of female.

,, 4. Naxia [Microhalimus) deflexifrons, Haswell. Side view of cara-
pace of male.
,, 5. Zewa banfieldi, McCulloch.
,, 6. Zeiva banfieldi, McCulloch. Lower surface.

REV. AI'STi;. Mi's., Vol.. IX.

lYvn X

a. r. Mcculloch, del

Austr. Mus

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XL

Fig. 1. GlibanariuH tceniatus, Milne Edwards.
,, 2. Clibanarius virescens, Krauss.

REC. ATSTK. MI'S. VOL. IX.

Platk X l

A. R. McCULT.OCH, del.
Austr. Mus.

STUDIES i\ AUSTRALIAN FISHES,

No. 3. *

By Allan B, McCdlloch, Zoologist.

(Plates xii.-xx, and figs, 54-55),

Family CLUPEIDJE.

Sardinella eunzei, BleeJcer.

(Plate xii, and figs. 54-55),

Harengula Jcunzei, Bleeker, Nat. Tyd. Ned. Ind., xii., 1856-7,
p. 209,

Glupea moluccensis, Gunther, Brit, Mas. Cat. Fish, xii., L868
p 427 (part).

Glupea Jclunzei, Day, Fish. Ind., 1878, p. 036, pi, clxiii. fig. 1,

Glupea (Harengula) Jcunzei, Bleeker, Atl. Ichth., vi,, 1870-2,
p, 107, pi. cclxiii., fig. 1,

Harengula stereolepis, Ogilby, Proc, Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,
xxii., 1898, p. 759.

This species is very common at Murray Island, Torres Strait,
where it swims in dense shoals in the lagoon. The natives
obtain large numbers by simply throwing a three, or four-
pronged spear into a mass of them (PI, xii., fig. 1), generally
securing several at each throw. They are also captured with
small cast-nets which are simply thrown over them as they pass
(PI. xii., fig. 3), while a peculiar method of taking them, known
as " Werir " (PL xii. fig. 2), was also commonly practised by
small parties of natives. In this class of fishing the principal
performer carries a cone-shaped basket, called " Weres" (tig. 54),
which is formed of split-bamboo ribs held in position by lashings
of bamboo bark or fibre. At the open end the ribs are few and
widely spaced, but towards the head of the cone they are more

* For No. 2, see Vol. VII., p. 315.
24

356

RECORDS Ob' THE AUSTRALIAN MUSUEM,

numerous and very close together. Two attendants each carry
a bamboo pole, ten or twelve feet long, and with a mop of
twisted cocoa-nut fibre at one end.

The party walk along the beach until they see a shoal within
reach, when the two polemen suddenly beat the water with
their mops and so frighten the fish into a denser mass. At the
same moment the man with the basket dives head-foremost into

Fig: 54

their midst and scoops up as ninny as he can, often securing
several pounds weight of fish at a time. These are emptied into
other baskets carried by the girls of the party, and all then
move on to repeat the process a little further along the beach.

[Since the above was set up I have seen the fourth volume of
the " Reports of the Cambridge Anthropological Expedition to
Torus Strait," in which Professor A. C. Haddon describes this
method of fishing very fully on p. l-r>.r)5 tig 170],

Sharks (Oarcharias melanopterus, Quoy & Gaimard), four or
five feet in length, also prey upon the unfortunate herrings, and
on several occasions we saw them strand themselves as they
rushed through a shoal which was too close to the edge of the
water.

I have compared one of the types of Harengula stereolepis,
Ogilby, with a co-type of //. hunzei, Bleeker, and consider that
they are the same species. 1 have tailed, however, to find the
palatine teeth mentioned by both Bleeker and Day. and they are
wanting in Bleeker's CO-type, The Torres Strait tish as a whole
are more slender than the figures of 8. hunzei, but they van

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN PISHES — MCCULLOCH.

357

considerably, and some are quite as deep as the typical form.
The position of the ventrals is also variable, being sometimes
before the middle of the dorsal, and sometimes behind that point.
The accompanying figure represents a Murray Island specimen.

Hngssf*

Fig. 55.

Ogilby has pointed out that his types of Harengula stereol&pis
are the specimens which Alley ne and Macleay1 identified as
Spratelloides delicatulus, Bennett. The latter species is recorded
from Australia by Gunther,2 who examined specimens which
were collected by Macgillivray, possibly in the neighbourhood of
Torres Strait. I also have some very young examples from
Murray Island which are probably 8. delicatulus, so that
although the specimens of Harengula( = Sardinellcb)' are the
only herrings now in the Macleay Museum bearing Alleyne and
Macleay's label, it is probable that those authors had specimens
of both Harengula and Spratelloides, and their remarks really
refer to the latter.

Family ATHERINID^E.

Craterocephalus stercus muscarum, Gunther

Atherina stercus muscarum, Gunther, Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist., (3),
xx., 1867, p. 64.

Craterocephalus maculatus (Macleay), McCulloch, Proc. Roy.
Soc. Q'land, xxiv., 1912, p. 52, pi, i., fig. 2.

Mr. Ogilby having suggested the identity of C. maculatus and
Atherina stercus muscarum, I forwarded a specimen of the

1 Alleyne and Macleay — Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, i., 1877, p. 350.

2 Gunther— Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish.,vii., 1868, p. 4(54.

3 Fide Jordan and Richardson — Check-list Fish. Phillipine Is. (Manila

Bur. Sci., No. 1, 1910. p. 6).

358 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

former to the British Museum for comparison with Giinther's
type. Mr. Tate Regan has very kindly looked into the matter
and informs me they are the same species.

Family BERYCID^E.

Trachichthopes, ( rilch rist .

Trachichthodes, Gilchrist, Marine Invest. S. Afr. ii., 1903, p.
203 (T. spinosus, Gilchrist).

Aiistrooeryx, McCulloch, Zool. Res. "Endeavour," i., 1911, p.
39 (Beryx affinis, Giinther).

My genus Atistroberyx is evidently identical with Trachich-
tliodes. Gilchrist does not mention the trenchant abdomen with
a row of slightly enlarged, keeled scales, though he notes that it
is without scutes. He states that the only head-scales are on
the cheeks, but his figure also shows them on the operculum as
in Austroberyx. In all other details his definition agrees with
mine.

Family MACROURID^E.

Macruronus NOV.s-zELANPi.ffi, Hector.

Coryphamoides novce-zelandice, Hector, Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., iii.,
' 187J, p. 136, pi. xviii., tig. 1. and Cat. Fish. N. Zeal., 1S72,
p. 49, pi. viii., fig. 7'.'.

cruronus novce-zelandice, Giinther, Challenger Kept., Zool.,
i,. 1880, p. 22, andxxii. 1887, p. L57 : Id., Goode and Bean,
Oceanic Ichth., Sp. Bull, U.S. Nat, Mus., ii., 1895, p. 390,
pi. ci., %. 150; /</., Waite, Rec. Cantb. Mus., i., 1911,

p. 1 Hi, pi. XXX , fig. 1,

Coryphee n (tides Tasmania?, Johnston. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm.,
L882 ( 1883), p. L43,

Through the kindness of Mr. Robert Hall, Curator of the
Tasmanian Museum, the Australian Museum has recently
received a specimen of Coryphamoides tasmanice, Johnston, It
was one of several in the old collection of the museum, which,
though labelled as lieing that species, were without other data.
I think they were very probably identified and presented 1>\
Mr. Johnston. Others are in the Australian Museum from the
northern coast of Tasmania, ami they agree perfectly with
Waite's figure of Wacruronus novat-zelandai, which species has
already been recorded from Tasmania by Giinther.

Ma

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN FISHES- MCCULLOCH. 359

Family SNKKAN I DJS.
Eypopli ctrodes JA3IE80NI, Ogilby.

(Plate xiii., fig. 1).

Kypoplectrodes jamesoiii Ogilby, Proc. Roy. Soc. Q'land, xxi.,
1908, p, 16.

I collected an example of this species, 110 nun. long, at
Cowan Creek, a salt-water branch of the Hawkesbury River,
which is figured on PI. xiii. It differs from ;i More ton Bay
specimen received from Mr, J. D. Ogilby, only in having
the maxillary bone larger and reaching to below the hinder
margin of the eye instead of only to its centre. Another smaller
specimen has been presented by Dr. R. Pulleine who dredged ii
at Port Curtis, Queensland.

Family THERAPONKLE.

Therapou bidyana, Mitchell.

Acerina (JJemua) Bidyana, Mitchell, Three Exped. Int. Eastern
Anstr., i., 1838, p. 95, pi. viii.

Vatnia elliptica, Richardson, Voy. Erebus and Terror, Fish.,
18-18, p. 118, pi. lii., tig. 4-8.

Therapon ellipticus, Ogilby, Ed. Fish. N. S. Wales, 1893, p. 28,
pi. xxviii.

Terapon ellipticus, Stead, Ed, Fish. N. S. Wales, 1908, p. 7-1,
pi. xiii.

Mitchell's figure of Cernua bidyana from the Karanla River4
New South Wales, leaves little doubt that it represents the
Therapon ellipticus of later writers, though the fin formula given
by him — D. xi./?, A. iii./6, V. i,/6, is very different to what is
found in that species. I know of nothing, however, having any
such number of spines and rays, while it must be noted that the
figure shows them to be more in accordance with T. ellipticus.
The few notes given relating to colour and the sound-produciug
habit also agree with what is known of the Silver Perch or
Grunter, though they might also apply to related species: and
finally, T. ellipticus is apparently a common form in all the
western rivers of New South Wales.

4 The Macintyre River of later maps.

360 I4ECORDS OY THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Mitchell's name does not appear to have been again noted in
literature since he first used it, but as it is ten j'ears earlier tban
that of Richardson's Datnia elliptica it must take precedence.

Family CH^ETODONTIU^E.

Holacanthus duboulayi, Gunther.
(Plate xiv).

Holacanthus duboulayi, Gunther, Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist. (3), xx.,
1867, p. 67 ; Id. Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, ii.,
1878, p. 352 ; Id. Klunzinger, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien,
lxxx. i., 1879, p. 361.

A fine specimen has been presented to the Australian Museum
by Mr, F. B. Richmond. It was caught near Rat Island in
Port Curtis, Queensland, and is figured on PI. xiv. Other
specimens are in the collection from Port Darwin and Cape
York.

Khanzinger and Macleay have noted considerable variation in
the arrangement of the lighter markings on the broad brown
body band. These may form either a network with the lines
descending from the back to the belly, or be longitudinal and
nearly straight. In others, again, as in that figured, they may
be absent and represented only by a few irregular spots
near the edges of the otherwise uniform brown surface. The
lines on the fins are characteristic, but appear dark violet in
some specimens and pale blue in others ; the margins of the bus
are similarly either light or dark.

Family POMACENTRIDvE.
Dascyllus aruanus, Liimwus.

Dascyllus aruanus, Gunther, Journ. Mus. Godeff., v., 1 s 7 7 , p.

235, pi. exxiv., fig. B.

Dascyllus aruanus vel blochii, Castelnau, Res. Fish. Austr. (Vict.
Offic. Rec. Philad. Exhibi), 1875, p. 33.

This species was recorded from Queensland by Castelnau bui
does noi appear to have since been recognised From there. Hi,
(specimen was young and had a rounded instead of a bifid tail,

and thinking lliat it might prove to b' a distinct species, lie

proposed the alternative name blochii for it. I have examined

BTDDlES IN AUSTRALIAN PISHES— MCCULLOCH, 361

young specimens of D. aruanus in the Museum collection and
find that in worn specimens the lobes of the tail are often
rounded off, though in all cases their ragged edges are easily
detected, As Castelnau did not properly describe his specimen,

I think it better to regard blochii as a synonym of /'. aruanus,
especially as I have collected fifteen typical examples of the
latter at Murray Island, Torres Strait.

As Tetradrachmum aruanum, Fowler'' has included this
species in a collection said to have been made in Victoria,
but there can be little doubt that several species from the South
Pacific Islands have been mixed with the Victorian fishes, of
which V. aruanum is one.

Family LABRID^E.

For the preparation of these notes on the Australian
species of Pseudolabrus and allied genera LI have examined
a much larger collection of both species and specimens
than has been previously brought together. For this
advantage I am indebted to the following gentlemen who
have lent me material under their charge. Mr. J. A.
Kershaw, Curator, National Museum, Melbourne; Dr. R.
Hamlyn-Harris, Director Queensland Museum ; Professor W, A.
Has well and Professor T. W. F. David, Committee of the
Macleay Museum; Mr. Bernard H. Woodward, Director Western
Australian Museum. Of the specimens in the Australian
Museum a considerable number have been collected for
the Trustees by Mr. A. Abjornssen, Inspector of Fisheries,
Western Australia, while Mr. J. H. Wright has contributed a
valuable series of our local species. My thanks are also due to
Mr. E. La T. Armstrong, Chief Librarian and Secretary of the
Public Library of Melbourne for a copy of Bleeker's description
of Pseudolabrus guntheri.

Characters which are variable. — In describing various species
of Labrichthys (= Pseudolabrus) Count Castelnau, Sir William
Macleay and Mr. C. W. de Vis relied largely upon their
colour and colour-mai-kings to distinguish them, and often
regarded important structural details as being of only secondary
value. But if a series of fresh specimens of any one species of
this genus be examined it will be found that the actual colouration
of different individuals differs considerably, and that, even the

5 Fowler— Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., lix , 1907 (1908), p. 4:33.

362 RECORDS "1 nil. AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

colour-marking varies greatly in degree of development,
according to the age of the specimens. Again, as I have found
in P. tetricus, the young may bear no resemblance whatever,
either in form or colour to the adults, and I have good reason
to suppose that similar changes occur in ]', gymnogenis and
1'. parilus.

The colour variation has already been noted by Johnston6 as
follows: — " I consider the classification of the genus Labrichthys
to be far from satisfactory. I have good reason to believe that
dependence upon colour-markings, however peculiar and brilliant,
is to a great extent delusive. Like the genus Monocanthus,
many of them change colour with age."

One of the most striking changes in form with growth is the
alteration of the form of the head. In the young it is more or

less conical, the snout being pointed, whereas in adults the upper
and lower profiles become convex, so that the head is larger and
broader; the eye, also, is proportionately much smaller in adults.
In some species in which the fins are not covered with scales
the small body scales near the bases of the dorsal and anal may
be so crowded in young specimens that they overlap the extreme
bases of those tins : as the body increases in size they have more
room and arc then confined to their proper place. In the young
the tubules of the lateral line are much less branched than in
older specimens. Finally, the forms of the pectoral and caudal
tins vary considerably, the latter being often rounded in the
yonng, and truncate or even emarginate in adults: the upper
rays of the pectoral sometimes grow out beyond the margin ol
the rest of the fin.

With all this extraordinary variation it is difficuH to find
characters by which the various species may be distinguished,
but in the following key and diagnoses I have selected such as
seemed to be constant in the specimens available to me,

.1.— 1). ix. / 12, A. iii. LO-11. Body elongate. Pectoral fin

rounded. El I i.i 1. 1< li I HYS.

.1.1. — I), ix. 1 1. A. iii. 1". Body not elongate.

II. — Pectoral fin rounded. Membrane of dorsal and anal
fins not produced beyond the spines as free pencils.

Pli III \l.|.l s

/•'/■'. Pectoral fin not rounded, the upper rays at leas! as
long as i lie middle ones.

• .I'.lmston — Proc. Boy. Sec. Tasm., ISM (1882), i>. 124.

STUDIES IN AUSTBALIAM PISHES — MCCULLOCH.

C. — Membrane of dorsal and anal fins no! produced

beyond the spines as free pencils; the basal
halves of botli iins covered with Large scales.

AUSTBOLABRUS.

('('. — Membrane of dorsal and anal tins produced
beyond the spines as free pencils; the tins partly
covered with scales or naked Pseudolabeus.

Key to the Australian species of Pseudolabrus.

a Four or more rows of scales on the cheeks extending forward

to below middle of eye.

b Dorsal and anal tins with large scales covering their bases.

c Broad dark bands from snout and interorbital space
passing through the eye and on to the body. A
black blotch usually present between the anterior
dorsal spines. Young with more or less distinct
cross-bands and 4-G pairs of brown spots between
the lateral line and the dorsal tin guntheri.

cc Only narrow, dark lines, radiating from the eye which
are sometimes wanting, Interorbital space without
markings. Anterior dorsal spot usually wanting
;»-4' large, dark blotches, with white interspaces, at
base of soft dorsal, sometimes wanting .. htculentus.

hi) Dorsal and anal without scaly basis.

P. convexus appears to belong to this section.

d Caudal usually with one or both lobes produced.
Pink or yellow, with or without a dark
blotch at end of dorsal fin; no dark bar on
base of pectoral miles.

dd Caudal loins not, or rarely slightly produced.

e Body darker, without distinct dark spots
or blotches. Pectoral tin with a dark
basal band.

364 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

f Back without light spots ; scales
with or without script-like
markings. Membrane between
auterial dorsal spines dark.
Young light coloured with
brown niottlings inscriptus.

ft Purple, with four more or less

distinct yellow spots on the

back ; humeral region yellowish

fucicola.

ee Body light green or reddish, with darker
spots and blotches. Pectoral with or
without a dark basal band. Young
with ill-defined bands celidotus.

an Cheek scales in 1-3, rarely 1 rows, usually confined to
postorbital portion of head.

g Bases of dorsal and anal fins scaly bostockii.

gg Bases of dorsal and anal not scaly, except in young
specimens.

It Cheek scales large, one row behind and two below the
eye, extending well forwards on the cheeks .... elegans.

Jih Cheek scales smaller, in one row above and usually
three below, confined to posterior portions of checks.

tetricus

P. richardsonii, bleekeri and cuvieri also
appear to belong here.

Ii/ih Cheek scales smaller, in one or two rows, confined to
posterior portions of cheeks.

i Caudal usually truncate, the lobes often somewhat

produced in adults. Cheek scales in one row

gymnogenis.

i'l Caudal more or less rounded. Cheek scales usually in
one row above and two below.

j Body with small brown spots, sometimes forming
cross-bands. Brown marks radiating From the eye

parilus.
ii Body closely dotted with small blue ocelli... punctulatus.

Ciail No cheek scales UnicolOT.

STUDIES IN (kDSTRALJAN PISHES— MCCULLOCH. 365

Genus Eupetbjchthys, Ramsay and Ogilby.

Eupetrichthys, Ramsay & Ogilby, Proc Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,
(2), ii., 1888, p. 631 ; Id., Gill, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xiv.,
1892, p, 404' (I'J. angustipes, Rams, and Ogil.).

D. ix./J2 ; A. iii./10-ll. Pectoral tin rounded ; ventrals elon-
gate in adults. Membrane of dorsal and anal fins produced
beyond, but not behind the spines. Scales not extending on to
the bases of the dorsal and anal tins. Tubes of lateral line
ramose.

Eupetrichthys ANGTSTiPES, Ramsay & Ogilby.

(Plate xv.).

Eupetrichthys angustipes, Ramsay & Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc.
N. S. Wales, ii., 1888, p. 631 ; Id., Gill, Loc. alt. ; bl,
Waite, Mem. Nat. Club N. S. Wales, 1904, p. 39 ; Id.,
Hedley, Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 1908, p. 134.

Cheek scales in one row above and two below, extending to
below the centre of the eye. Colour dark green above, yellow
below, with six transverse bands extending obliquely forward
below where they are broadest. Head aud throat with many
dark bars and spots. Dorsal, anal, and caudal fins each with a
broad, dark, inframarginal band, composed of wavy lines ; an
anterior dorsal spot.

Three specimens examined, 80-150 mm. long, including the
type which is figured.

Hub. — Near Sydney, New South Wales.

Genus PlCTILABRUS, Gill.

Pictilabrus, Gill, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus, xiv„ 1892, p. 403
(Labrus laticlavius, Richardson).

This name was proposed to distinguish 1'. laticlavius from
Pseudolabrus in its restricted form on account of the membrane
of the dorsal and anal fius not being produced as free pencils
beyond the spines ; also the head is proportionately smaller.
A more definite character is afforded by the pectoral tins which

366 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEOM.

are broadly rounded, the medium rays being longer than the
upper ones. The body scales slightly overlap the bases of the
dorsal and anal, but do not extend on to the fins as in
A ustrolabrus.

Pictilabrus laticlavius, Richardson.

Labrus laticlavius, Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1839, p. 99,
and Trans. Zool. Soc, iii., 18-49, p. 139.

Labrus vel Tautoga laticlavia, Richardson, Zool. " Erebus " and
"Terror," 181-8, p. 128, pi. lvi., tigs. o-6.

Labrichthys laticlavius, Gunther, Brit. Mas. Cat, Fish,, iv., 1862,
pp. 115 and 507, and Ann. Mag. Nat, Hist. (3), xx., 1867,
p. 66; Id., Castelnau, Proc. Linn. Soc. N, S. Wales, iii.,
1879, p. 354; Id., Klunzinger. Sitzb., Akad, Wiss. Wien,
lxxx, i., 1879, p. 402 ; Id., Macleay, Proc, Linn. Soc. N.S,
Wales, vi., 1881, p. 80 ; LI, Johnston, Proc, Roy. Soc.
Tasm., 1882 (1883), p. 121, and 1890 (1891), p. 35 ; Id.,
Hector, Trans, N. Z. Inst. xvi„ 1881. p. 323; Id., Ogilby,
Cat. Fish. N. S. Wales, 1886, p. 11; Id., McCoy, Prodr,
Zool. Vict., xvii., 1888, pi, clxiii. ; Id., Lucas, Proc, Roy.
Soc. Vic. (2), ii, p. 32.

Labrichthys labiosa, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc, N, S, Wales, vi.,
L881, p. 88, pi. i., fig, 2; Id., Ogilby, Cat. Fish, N.S. Wales,
1886, p. 45.

Pseudolabrus laticlavius, Waite, Mem. Nat. Club N. S. Wales.
1901, p, 39, and Rcc. Cantb. Mus., i., 1907, p. 22; Id.,
Stead, Ed, Fish. N. S. Wales, 1908, p. 84.

Pictilabrus laticlavius, Gill, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.. xiv., 1892,
p. 103 : hi, Hutton, Index Faun. N. Zeal., 1901, p. 18.

Cheek scales in one row above, and two, rarely one or three
rows below. Body green with two broad longitudinal purple
bauds, the upper following the lateral line and joining the lower
on its downward curve; often a third band is present Oil the
lower surface of the body and tail. A triangular dark blotch
descends from the second bar above the origin of the anal, and
there may be two other indefinite ones behind it. Both hands
and spots vary in degree of development and may Ik- almost
absent. Scales of lower parts with blue lines. Dorsal, anal
and caudal tins each with a broad suhniarginal dark hand
spotted with blue. A large anterior dorsal spot.

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN PISHES — MCCULLOCH. 307

Hab.- South and South-eastern Australia, from Port Jackson
to Tasmania and Kin ^ Greorge Sound, I have examined Eour
specimens from near Sydney, eighl from Victoria, one from
Tasmania, and one from South Australia.

Genus Austrolabrus, Steindachner.

Austrolabrus, Steindachner, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien,
lxxxviii., i., 1883 (1884), p. 1102; Id., (iiil. Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., xiv., IH02, p. 404 (Labrichthys maculatus,
Macleay).

Steindachner relied upon the large scales covering the dorsal,
anal and caudal lins to separate maculatus from the other
species of Pseudolabrtis : tins character is, however, shared Iry
/'. guntheri and J", luculentus, which appear to me to be true
Pseudolabri, while P. bostockii is intermediate between the
species with scaly tins and those without. One may, perhaps,
use the absence of free pencils projecting from the spines of
the dorsal and anal fins as a distinguishing character, but it
must be noted that in Steindachner's figures of A. maculatus
they are shown as present in the female though not in the
male. They are wanting in the only two I have examined, in
which the fins are formed exactly as shown on Plate v. of
Steindachner's paper. If this character is not reliable I can
find no other to separate Austrolabrus from Pseudolabrus.
The shape of the pectorals and the scaly fins distinguishes it
from Pictilabrus, and the latter character and the different fin
formula from Mupetrichthys ; Steindachner describes and figures
twelve rays in the dorsal fin but in my two specimens the last
ray. though widely branched from the base, must be counted
as a single split ray.

Austrolabrus maculatus, Macleay.
(Plate xvi.).

Labrichthys maculata, Macleay, Proc, Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales
vi., 1881, p, 89.

Labrichthys (Austrolabrus) maculata, Steindachner, Sitzb, Akad.
Wiss. Wien, lxxxviii. i., 1883 (1884), p. 1100, pi. v., and
pi. vi., tig. ].

Austrolabrus maculatus, Mill, Proc, U. S. Nat. Mus., xiv.. 1892,
p. 404.

368 recoups of the Australian museum.

Cheek scales iu one or two rows above and three or four
below. Upper pectoral rays longest. Basal halves of dorsal
and anal tins covered with large scales, the membrane not
produced beyond the spines as free pencils (see above). Caudal
rounded. Tubes of lateral line ramose. Greenish, most of the
scales of the upper half with large black spots, which are
smaller below and on the head ; on the caudal peduncle they
may unite to form a large blotch. Dorsal, anal and caudal
usually with tine dusky wavy lines.

Hah. — King George Sound and St. Vincent Gulf, West and
South Australia. I have examined the type which is 103 mm.
long and a second larger example 140 mm. long which is figured.
It was collected for the Trustees by Mr. Abjornssen at Albany.

PSEUDOLAtfRUS GUNTHERI, BleeliCT.

(PI, xvii.).

Vseudolabrus guntheri, Bleeker, Vers!. Akad. Amsterdam, xiv.,
1862, p." 130 ; Id., Waite, Rec. Austr. Mus., vi„ 1905,
p. 70.

Labrichthys guntheri, Giinther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., iv., 1862,
p. 507 ; Id., Macleay, Proc, Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, vi.,
1881, p. 82; Id., de Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, ix.,
1885, p. 879.

Fseudolabrus luculentus vel richardsonii, Steindachner, Sitzb.,
Akad. Wiss. Wien, lvi. i., 1867, p. 330.

Labrichthys dorsalis, Macleay, Loc. cit., vi., 1881, p. 87.
melanura, Macleay, Loc. cit., vi., 1881, p. 89,
dux, de Vis, Loc. cit., viii., 1883, p. 287 ; /(/..
Macleay, Loc. cit., ix., 1884, p. 47.
,, cruentatm, de Vis, Loc. fit., ix., 1885, p. 879.

„ sexlineattis, de Vis, Lor. cit., ix., 1885, p. 880.

? „ rex, de Vis, Loc. cit, ix., 1885, p. 880.

? „ maculatus, de Vis, Loc. cit., ix., 1885, p. 881 (non

I., maculatus, Macleay).

U. ix„ 11; A. iii., L0; P, 12 ; V. i., 5; C. L3-H ; I,, lat. 26-
27; L. fcr. 8-4-1-9.

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN FISHES — MCCULLOCH 369

Height 3-3j in the length to the hypural and equal to or

a little more than the length of the head including the opercular
flap. Eye 2 in the snout in adults and 6 in the head, much
larger in the young. Breadth of caudle peduncle l-,s„ in the
head.

Body moderately elongate, compressed, covered with rather
large scales which extend on to the hases of the dorsal, anal
and caudal fins. Cheeks with 4-5 rows of scales below the eye
and 2 behind it ; operculum covered with large irregular scales,
head otherwise naked. Preorhital much broader than the eye,
almost equal to the interorbital space. A pair of strong,
widely separated canines in front of the upper jaw, and two
pairs in the lower ; sides with a single series of smaller canine-
like teeth which decrease in size backwards, and a second inner
series anteriorly. Posterior canine present or absent. Nostrils
close together, near the supero-anterior angle of the eye ; the
anterior tubular, posterior rounded. Lateral line slightly
arched antei-iorly, then following the curve of the back to the
end of the dorsal, where it bends down to the middle of the
caudal peduncle.

Dorsal fin commencing above the hinder half of the oper-
culum ; the spines increasing in length backwards, the last
about three in the head, and each topped by a prolongation of
the membrane. Soft portion of the fin angular behind, the
anterior rays a little longer than the posterior, about 2^ in the
head. Anal similar to, and terminating almost evenly with the
dorsal. Pectoral 1| in the head, the upper rays longest, the
margin rounded. Ventrals pointed, either the first or second
rays the longest and reaching almost to the vent or some distance
short of that point. Caudal truncate, the outer rays either
rounded off or slightly produced.

Colour. — Adult specimens greenish or reddish, with or with-
out about six indistinct darker cross-bands. Seven broad bars
extend across the head and on to the anterior half of the body
which are arranged as follows : two from the occiput to above
the lateral line ; one from the snout passing through the eye to
below the lateral line, and a short one between it and the
pectoral fin ; two from the angle of the mouth, the upper one
passing through the eye, and the lower across the angle of the
preoperculum ; an intermediate one from the preoperculum to
the base of the pectoral. Two similar bars connect the eyes
across the interorbital space. A large black spot is present

370 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM,

between the second and third dorsal spines ; l'ernaiuder of the
fin with indefinite lighter and darker bands and a whitish edge.
Anal marked similarly to the dorsal. Caudal with the central
portion dusky and two more or less distinct blotches at the base.
A black spot or bar at the base of the pectoral. When fresh,
the colouration consists largely of scarlet bars on a rich green
ground colour.

Young specimens have the same markings as adults bui the
vertical bars on the body are much more pronounced, and there
are four to six pairs of dark brown spots between the back and
the lateral line, and one on the caudal peduncle. These are
sometimes persistent in the full-grown fish.

Having examined all de Vis' specimens, with the exception of
P. /v.*: and P. maculatus, which are lost, I am certain they all
belong to one species ; though they have lost all traces of colour,
they still retain more or less of their markings which are similar
to those described above. The descriptions of P. rex and P.
maculatus indicate that they also are identical with the others;
this view is strengthened by the fact that they were obtained
with his P. cruentatus.

The only difference between the type specimens of V. dorsal is
and P. melanurus is that in the latter the markings on the head
ai'e darker than the ground-colour, whereas they are whitish in
the former. There is no room for doubt however that this is
merely the result of indifferent preservation, P. dorsalis being
little more than a skin from which the interior parts have
decayed.

Steindachner described a Port Jackson specimen as 7'. hn-u-
lentus, Richardson, but thinking that it might prove distinct
from that species, he proposed the alternative name richard&onii
lor it. The description agrees well with my specimens of
/'. guntheri.

Huh. — This species is apparently rare in New South Wales
but is common in Queensland, The Australian Museum collec-
tion includes live adults and twenty-six young specimens ranging
From 33-180 mm. in length, from the following localities: —
Moreton Bay, and Masthead Island off Port Curtis, Queensland;
Lord Howe Island ; Cape Solander, Botany Pay. All the
specimens described by de Vis were taken in Moreton

3TUDTES IN Al'STIUM A\ FISHES — MCI T l.l I >C II. 371

Bay, with the exception of P. sexlineatua, which came
from the " Barrier Reef." P. dorsalis and P. melttnurw,
Macleay, were described from Pod Jackson. The type specimen
of /'. auntheri was simply said to have come from Australia, but
the species lias been recognised under thai name by de Vis from
Moreton Bay, and by Waite from Kremant le, Western Australia.
The specimen figured was caught at Cape Solander by Mr. J. H.
Wright, who presented it to the Trustees.

PSEUDOLABRUS LUGDLENTUS, RicJiardsoti.

Labrus vel Tccutoga iuculentus, Richardson, Zool. Erebus and
Terror, Fishes, 1848, p. 130.

Lairichthys luculenta, Giinther, Brit, Mus. Cat. Fish., iv. 1862,
p. 116: Li, Castelnau, Proc. Linn, Soc, N, S. Wales, iii.,
1879, p, 354; Id., Macleay, Proc. Linn, Soc. N. S, Wales,
vi., 1881, p. 82; Id., Ogilby, Cat. Fish., N. S. Wales, 1886,
p. 45, and Mem. Austr. Mus., ii„ 1889. p, 67.

Pseudolabrus Iuculentus, Waite, Rec, Austr. Mus., v., p. 29, pi.
- iv., fig. 1, and Mem. N. S. Wales Nat, Club, 1904, p. 38,
and Trans. N, Z. Inst,, xlii,, 1910, p. 378.

Cheek scales in about five rows. Bases of the dorsal and
anal fins scaly. Caudal truncate or slighty rounded. Upper
rays o£ pectoral longest, the margin of the fin rounded. Greenish,
the scales with brownish centres. Two or three narrow brown
bands extend from the snout through the eye to the back
of the head, of which the upper ones are less distinct than the
lower, or all may be absent. Throat and lower part of head
sometimes with many brown spots. A broad black bar across
the base of the pectorals. Three large black blotches beneath
the soft dorsal, in fi'ont of each of which is a similar white
blotch ; both light and dark blotches may be wanting. A dark
spot is sometimes present on the anterior part of the dorsal fin,
which in life is also tipped with scarlet. The soft dorsal is pale
orange on the upper half, with narrow, irregular, blue lines
through it ; lower portion green. Anal green with three bands
of pale orange. Caudal, pectorals, and ventral s greenish.

Hah. — This species is known from Norfolk and Lord Howe
Islands the Kermadec Islands, Port Jackson and Western
Australia. There are forty-one specimens, 47-185 mm, long,
in the Australian. Museum from Lord Howe Island, and one
from "Cape Solander, Botany Bay, which was presented by Mr.
J. H. Wright.

25

37'2 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

PSEDDOLABEUS CONVEXUS, GastelnCLU.

Labrichthys convexus, Castelnau, Res. Fish, Austr. (Vict, Offie.
Rec. Philad. Exhib.), 1875, p. 38 ; Id., Macleay, Proc.

Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales. vi„ 1881, p. 86.

Pseudolabrus convexus, Gill, Pvoc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xiv., 1892, p.
402.

Cheeks with four series of very large scales. Purplish,
lighter below. Length less than seven inches without, the tail.
The original and only known specimen of this species was almost
as imperfect as its description.

JIab. — Swan River, Western Australia.

Pseudolabrus miles, Bloch and Schneider.

Labrus miles, Bloch and Schneider, Syst, Ichth., 1801, p. 264,
and L. ronuiien* Forster (M.S.).

Labrus psittaculus, Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1840, p. 26;
Trans, Zool. Soc, iii., 1849, p. 141, and Zool. Erebus and
Terror, Fishes, 1848, p. 129, pi. liv., figs 7-10.

Labrichthys psittaculus, Gunther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., iv., 1862,
p. 114 ; Id., Hutton, Cat. Fish. N.Z., 1872, p. 43, and Trans.
N,Z. Inst,, v., 1873, p, 165, pi. x,, fig. 69, and Loc. cit., ix.,
1877, p. 354; Id., Castelnau, Proc." Zool. Soc. Vict,, ii.,
• 1873, p, 52 ; Id., Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, vi„
1881, p. 79; Id., Johnston, Proc, Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1882
(1883), p. 124, and Loc. cit., 1890 (1891), p. 35 ; II, Lucas,
Proc, Roy, Soc. Vict. (2), ii., 1890, p. 32.

Labrichthys rubicunda, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,
vi„ 1881, p, 89.

Labrichthys mortoni, Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1884
(1885), p. 256,

Pseudolabrus miles, Gill, Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci, Washington, vi.,
1893, pp. 98, 1 i 7.

Pseudolabrus coccim us, Waite, Rec, Cantb. Mus., i., 1907, p. 22.

Pseudolabrus psittaculus, McCulloch, Zool. Res. Endeavour,
i„ 1911, p. 77. fig, 19.

STUDIES i\ AUSTRALIAN PISHES — MCCULLOCH. 373

Cheeks with tour rows of scales extending forward to below
the eyes, Bases of dorsal and anal tins not .scaly. Upper
pectoral rays longest. Caudal truncate with the lobes more or
less produced. Colour pink with a yellow spot in the cent re of
each scale on the sides. A black spot on the back at t lie bases
of the last dorsal rays may be present or absent, and may be
followed by a second less distinct one on the caudal peduncle.
Hows of lighter spots are present on tbe dorsal and anal fins,
which also have lighter margins.

Hab. — This species is recorded from Tasmania, Victoria and
New Zealand. I have examined eleven specimens fi-om Tasmania
and Bass Strait down to 60 fathoms, and three from Hobson's
Bay and Westernport, Victoria ; also four from the Great
Australian Bight, west of the meridian of Eucla, 70-120 fathoms
(Coll. P, I. S. "Endeavour.")

Pseudolabrus inscriptus, Richardson.

Labrus vel Tautoga inscriptus, Richardson, Zool. Erebus and
Terror, Fishes, 1848, p. 134, pi. Ivi., fig. 1-2.

LabricMhys inscripta, Giinther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Pish., iv., 1862,
p. 115 ; Id., Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc, N, S.Wales, vi., 1881,
p. 80; Id., Ogilby, Mem. Austr. Mus„ ii., 1889, p. 66.

Pseudolabrus inscriptus, Waite, Rec, Austr. Mus., v., 1904, p.
212, and Trans. N. Z, lust., xlii., 1910, pp. 378 and 381.

Cheek scales in about five rows. Bases of dorsal and anal fins
not scaly. Caudal more or less rounded. Upper pectoral rays
longest, the margin rounded. Dark green or brownish, the
scales with moi'e or less distinct script-like markings which are
often wanting in preserved specimens ; the scales sometimes
bear rows of dark spots. Cheek and operculum with small
darker spots and lines. A blackish bar across the base of the
pectorals. The membrane between the auterior dorsal spines
darker. Young light green, with striking olive green or brown
mottlings.

Hab. — This species is recorded from Norfolk and Lord Howe
Islands and the Kermadec Islands. There are thirty-there
specimens from the two first-named localities in the Australian
Museum, ranging from 40 to 40-5 mm. in length.

374 RECORDS OP THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Pseudolabkus fucicola, Richardson.

(Plate xviii.).

Labrus fucict >lit. Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1840, p. 26;
Trans. Zool, Soc, iii., 1849, p, 137, and Zool, Erebus and
Terror, 1848, p. 127, pi. liv., figs. 1-2.

Labrichthys fucicola, GKintber, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., iv., 1862,
p. 112 footnote: /,/., Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Inst, v., 1873,
p. 265 ; Id., Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, vi., 1881,
p. 87; Id., Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm. 1882 (1883).
p. 124.

Labrichthys bothryocosmus, Hutton, Cat. Fish. N. Zealand, 1872,
pi. vii., fig. 68 (non P. bothryocosmus, Richardson, fide
Hutton).

Psevdolabrus fucicola, Gill, Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. Washington,
vi., 1893,' p. 116.

Pseudolabrus fuscicola, Waite, Ree. Cantb. Mus., i,, 1907, p. 22

A single specimen of this species is in a collection received
from the National Museum, Melbourne. It is smaller than
Richardson's specimen, being only eleven-and-a-half inches long,
and has a more pointed head which is characteristic of the
younger fish, The pectoral fin, also, is somewhat pointed above
instead of being rounded, but otherwise it agrees very well with
Richardson's figure.

Tin- life-colours have been described by both Hutton and
Johnston as purple with some irregular yellow spots on llie hack
and humeral region. This specimen has become greenish in
spirits with only traces of purple on the head and tins, but the
yellow markings are still traceable, as is a dark bar across the
base of the pectoral lin, and some others on the cheeks and
operculum, Their are five rows of scales on the cheeks, the
bases of the dorsal and anal tins are not scaly, and the caudal
lin is slight ly rounded.

llnh. — The specimen was obtained off the east coast of Flinders

Island, Pass Strait. The species is known from New Zealand
and Tasmania, ami possibly the southern coasts of Australia,

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN FISHES— MCCULLOCH, 375

PSBUDOLABRUS CELIDOTUS, Foi'Ster.

Labrus .celidotm, Forster in Hindi and Schneider, Syst. [chtb.,
L801, p. 133, and \)v*cv. Anim., Ed. Licht., L844, p. 133;
Id., Richardson, Zool, Erebus and Terror, Pishes, 1848, p.
53, pi. x.wi.. Gigs. 1-5.

Labrus poecilopleura, Cavier and Valenciennes, Hist, Nat. Poiss.,
xiii., 1839, p. 95.

Julis ? notatiis, Richardson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xi., 1843,
p. 425 (Sparus notatiis, Solander, M.S.). i

Labrus bothryocosmus, Richardson, Zool. Erebus and Terror,
Fishes, L848, p. 53> pi. xxxi., Hgs. 0-10.

Labrichthyscelidota, Gunther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., iv., 1862,
p. 113 : Id., Hutton, Cat. Fish. N. Z„ 1872, v. 42 ; Id.,
Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vi., 1881, p. 78 ; /</.,
Ogilby, Cat. Fish. N. S.Wales, 1886, p. 44.

Labrichthys bothryocosmus, Gunther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish, iv.,
L862, p. 114; Id, Hutton, Cat. Fish. N.Z., 1872. p. 43.
and Tr. N. Z. Inst., v., 1873, p. 265, pi. x., fig, 68: /,/.,
Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wall's, vi., 1881, p. 79 ; Id.,
Johnston, Proc. Boy. Soc. Tasm., 1882 (1883), \>. 123,
and 1890 (1891), p. 35.

Psetidolabrus celldotus, Gill, Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci., Washington,
vi., 1893, pp. 98, 117 • Id., Waite, Mem. N. S. Wales Nat,
Club, 1904, p. 38, and Bee. Cantb. Mas., i., 1911, p. 224.

Cheek scales in about five rows. Bases of the dorsal and anal
tins not scaly. Caudal truncate or slightly rounded. Upper
pectoral rays longest, the margin rounded. Light green or red-
dish olive, with some smaller spots on the upper half of the
body; some specimens with a large black blotch on the lateral
Hue. Some dark postorbital markings present or absent.
Sometimes there is a dusky longitudinal band on the dorsal and
anal fins. Pectoral with or without a dark basal band.

According to Waite, 1'. celidotus and V. bothryocosmus are
merely colour varieties of one species. I have only examined
one of his New Zealand specimens, 320 mm. long, which has the
colour marking of the typical celidotiis ; there is no dark bar
across the base of the pectoral, but Mr. Waite informs me thai
this may be present or absent. He also tells me the young are
marked with ill-defined bands.

376 RECORDS OF HIE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM. •

Hah. — This species is common in New Zealand and Tasmania,
and is also recorded from South Australia and Botany Bay, New
South Wales. The specimen referred to by Giinther from Port
Essington, North Australia, is doubtless some other species.

PSEUDOLABRUS BOSTOCKII, CttstehlCM.

Labrichthys tetrica, Giinther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., iv., 1862, p.
116 (part.) ; Id., Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, vi„
1881, p. 81 (appied from Giinther).

Labrichthys bostockii, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., ii., 1873,
p. 137 ; Id., Macleay, Loc. cit., p. 85.

Labrichthys biserialis, Klunzinger, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien.
Ixxx.'i., 1879, p. 402.

Pseudolabrus bostocldi, Gill, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xiv., 1892,
p, 402; Ic/.,McCulloch, Rec. W. Austr. Mus., i., 19P2, p.
91, pi. xi., fig. 1.

Pseudolabrus biserialis, Grill, Luc, cit., p. 402.

Pseudolabrus tetricus, Waite, Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 1905, p. 70
(nee Richardson).

Cheek scales in two rows. Bases of dorsal and anal tins scaly.
Upper pectoral rays much the longest. Caudal truncate, the tips
usually a little produced. Red or green, each scale with a large
central darker spot ; a yellow band fi-om above the pectoral base
to the middle of the caudal peduncle. Dorsal black basally, then
orange and margined with a dark violet line. Anal red, margined
with violet and with or without a darker median band. Caudal
orange with dark edges. Pectorals and ventrals pink, the
former with a black basal band.

//,,/, — South-western Australia. J have examined one from
near Albany, Another from Mandurah,and four from Fremantle.
Length, 160-200 mm.

Psei dolabri S elegans, Steindachner.

Labrichthys eleyans, Steindachner, Sitzb. Akad. '\Yi>>. Wien,
Ixxxviii, L, 1883 (1884), p. 1102, pi. vi.. ags. 2-::.

Pseudolabrus eleyans, Gill, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xiv,, 1892, p,
403.

STUDIES: IN AUSTRALIAN FISHES- MCCULLOCH. -577

Cheek scales large, in one row behind the eye and two below ,
extending well forward on to the anterior portions of the cheeks.
Bases of dorsal and anal tins not scaly. Caudal move or less
rounded. Colour marking different in the two sexes. Male
with a series of dark blotches in a row above the lateral line ;
sides of head spotted with brown. Dorsal and anal tins each
with two broad dark bands, one at the outer border of the fins
and the other near their bases. Hinder, upper and lower borders
of caudal dark violet, as are the outer halves of the ventrals.

Female with dark cross bands on the body, head with brown
spots. Dorsal with large dark spots near the bases of the rays
and one on the anal. Outer half of ventrals greyish violel

Hub. — St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia (Steindachuer), 1
have not seen any specimens of this species.

PsEUDOLABlU'S TETKICUS, Richardson.

(PI. xix.).

Labrus tetricus, Richardson, Proc, Zool. Soc,, 1840, p. 2-5, and
Trans. Zool. Soc, iii., 1849, p. 136.

Labrus vel Tautoga tetrimts, Richardson, Zool. Erebus and
Terror, Fishes, 1848, p. 126, pi. lv., figs. 1-4.

Labrichthys ephippium, Gunther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xi. (3)
1863, p. 116 ; Id., Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S, Wale*, vi.
1881, p, 84 (non Labrus ephippium, Cuv, and Val.)

Labrichthys tetrica, Kdunzinger, Arch, fur Naturg., xxxviii. i.,
1872, p. 37 (with vara, tigripinnis and fuscipiunis) ; hi,
Klunzinger, Sitzb, Akad. Wiss. Wien., lxxx. i„ 1879, p. 401,
(with var. ocellata) ; Id., Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm.,
1882 (1883), p. 124, and 1890 (1891), p. 35.

Labrichthys vestita, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., i., 1872,
p. 151.

Labrichthys cyanogenys, Ramsay and Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S.Wales (2), ii., 1887, p. 242 ; Id., McCulloch, Zool. Res.
Endeavour, i., 1911, p. 7Q, pi. xiii.

[Not Labrichthys tetrica, Gunther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., iv.,
1862, p. 116 ; Id., Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, vi.,
1881, p. 81; Id., Waite, Rec. Austr. Mus„ vi., 1905, p. 70
(—Pseudolabrus bosiochii, Castelnau.)].

378 RECORDS 01 IHE AUSTRALIAN' MUSEUM.

? Lcibrichthys cuvieri, Castelnau, L. bleekeri, Castelnau, and L.
richardsonii, Castelnau (see below).

A well graduated series of twenty-six specimens, 180-420 mm.
long, shows that the colour-markings of this species vary remark-
ably, the variations apparently depending on both age and sex.

In small examples, 180-200 mm. long (PI. xix.) there is a dark
brown cross-bar, with rather indefinite edges, extending from
the spinous dorsal to behind the pectoral ; two or three darker
patches occur below the soft dorsal, and one or two oblique
bands are present on the hinder part of the body. Some brown
bauds radiate from the eye, while the lower parts of the head
bear several large light spots. Scales of the ventral surface
more or less silvery. Pectoral and ventral fins bright yellow,
the former with a dark basal bar; the other fins arc also
yellowish with rows of more or less numerous darker spots.
This form corresponds to the var. tigripinnis, Khmzinger,

Iu a later stage, 240-370 mm. long, the posterior body-markings
become indefinite or are lost, leaving only the anterior band.
The vertical fins are still spotted as in the first form (the spots
are sometimes almost wanting), but the soft dorsal and anal
show signs of darkening as in the next form.

In the largest specimens, up to 420 mm. long, two broad
darker bands cross the body, which are separated by a lighter
one. The chin and throat arc dark blue. The anterior dorsal.
ventral and pectoral tins are yellow, the pectoral with a striking
blackish base. The soft dorsal and anal tins are very dark, the
former with two light oblique bands through it. The caudal i.->
dark basally, yellowish posteriorly. 1 have recently figured this
form as P. cyanogenys, Ramsay and Ogilby ; it also appears t<>
correspond to the variety fuscipimiis, Klunzinger and the larger
specimen described by Castelnau as /'. vestita.

In all the specimens I have examined there is one row oi

check scales above, and usually three, rarely two 01' four l>elow.

The caudal is slightly rounded or truncate. The tapper pectoral
rays are longest and sometimes produced beyond the rounded
margin in old specimens. The bases of the dorsal and anal lins
are not scaly.

//-//,. — /'. tet rictus is common in Tasmania and Victoria, and
extends northwards to aboui Porl Jackson, bul is rather rare in
New South Wales.

, n DIES IN M STRALIAN I ISHES MCI l LLO< B, 879

PSEDDOLABRUS CDVIERI, GasteltUlU.

LabrlchtUys cuvieii, bastelriau, Tier. Zool, Soc. Vict., ii., 1873,
p. 53; rd.,Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. X. S. Wales, \i.. L881,
,,. 84; Id., Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1881 (1882),
p. 124, and 1890 (1891), p. 35 ; /</., Lncas, Proc, Roy. Soc.
Vict. (2), ii., 1890, p. 33.

Pseudolabrus cuvieri, dill, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xiv., 1892,
p. 402.

Cheek scales in two scries. Dorsal and anal tins not scaly
Body greenish or purple with two broad red or crimson trans-
verse bands, the second covering nearly the posterior half of the
body. Pectorals orange. Spinous dorsal orange, the soft dorsal
almost black. Caudal olive (Castelnan).

As already suggested7 I have little doubt that this species is
identical with P. cyanogenys which is the adnlt form of
P. fetricml It was not known to Johnston when he included it
in' his catalogue of the Fishes of Tasmania.

y/,,/,_ — Hobart, Tasmania, and Phillip Island, Bass Strait.

Pseudolabrus richarjdsoni, ( 'astelimu.

Labrichthys ricliardsoiii, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., i.,
L872, p. 150; Id., Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. X. S. Wales,
vi., 1881, p. 83 ; Id., Lucas, Proc. Hoy. Soc. Vict. (2),
ii., 1890, p, 33 (non P. riehardsonii, Stcindachner, = P.
guntheri, Bleeker.)

Pseudolabrus nchardsoni, Grill, Proc, U.S. Nat. Mus., xiv., 1892,
p. 403

Very much like P. bleekeri. Cheek scales in three rows.
Bases of dorsal and anal fins not scaly. Bluish-green with a
dark spot on the end of the operculum. One to three broad
dark transverse bands on the body, the first covering the space
between the third or fourth dorsal spine and the first ray ; the
others are further back, but may be absent. Fins either bluish-
green with a few dark spots between the dorsal spines, or yellow
with purple spots (Castelnau).

7 McCulloch— " Endeavour" Zool. Results, i., 1911, p. 70".

380 RECORDS i)F THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

The types were obtained in the Melbourne markets. Length
14 inches.

This appears to me to be almost certainly a form of P.
tetricus.

PSEUDOLABRUS BLEEKERI, Castehiau.

Labrichthys bleekeri, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., i., 1872,
p. 148 ; Id., Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, vi.,
1881, p. 83; Id., McCoy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., xiv., 1887,
pi. cxxxiv. ; Id., Lucas, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. (2), ii., 1800,
p. 33.

Pseudolabrus bleekeri, Gill, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xiv., 1892,
p. 402.

Cheek scales in two series. Dorsal fin not scaly. Green
above, dark blue below, the scales bordered with carmine; no
trace of spots or bands. A broad black band from the eve to
the end of the operculum. Cheek with small white spots, throat
purple spotted with white. Vertical fins green, spotted with
purple or carmine ; caudal orange with carmine spots; pectorals
yellow ; ventrals pink (Casteluau).

I have examined the specimen which is the original of
McCoy's figure, and though it has lost almost all traces of colour-
marking I have no doubt it is the same ;is what I have
figured as the young /'. tetricus (PI. xix.). McCoy describes
and figures colour bands which are differently arranged to what
I can see in his specimen, and which according to Castehiau
should not be present in /'. bleekeri. The anal fin also is drawn
too far forward. Waite suggested that the figure represented
/'. ruber, Castehiau, but it is at once distinguished from that
species by having three instead of only one row of cheek scales.
According to Castehiau, P. bleekeri has two rows, which is what
I have found in sonic specimens of /'. tetricus. I think that
/'. bleekeri will prove to be identical with the young of
/'. tetricus.

Types. — Obtained in the Melbourne lisli markets. Length
ten to twelve inches.

STUDIES in AUSTRALIAN FISHES — MCCULLOCH. 381

PSI I DOLABRUS Gl MNOQENIS, Owith r.

(Plate xx.)

Labrichthys gymnogenis, Gunther, Brit. Mus. Cat Fish., iv.,
1862,' pp. 117,507, and Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), xx., 1867,
p. 66: Id., Castelnau, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, iii.,
1870, p. 380; Id., Klunzinger, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien,
lxxx. i., 1870, p. 403 ; Id., Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.,
Wales, vi., 1881, p. 82; Id . Ogilby, Cat. Fish. N.S. Wales,
188G, p. 45.

Pseudoldbrus gymnogenis, Grill, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xiw, 1802,
p. 401; Id., Ogilby, Ed. Fish. N.S. Wales, 1893, p. L39 ;
Id., Waite, Mem. Nat. Club, N.S. Wales, L904, p. 38 ; Id.,
Ogilby, Proc. Roy. Soc. Q'land, xxi., 1008, p. 25; Id.,
Stead, Ed. Fish. N.S. Wales, 1008, p. 84, pi. liii.

Labrichthys parila, Castelnau, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, iii.,
1870, p. 380; Id., Macleay, Loc. cit., vi., 1881. p. 81 (part) ;
/-/., Ogilby, Cat. Fish. N.S. Wales, 1886, p. 45 (part); Id.,
Waite, Mem. N.S. Wales Nat. Club, 1004, p. 38 (not P.
parilus, Richardson).

Labrichthys nigromarginatus, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.
Wales, iii., 1878, p. 35, pi. iii., tig. 3 and vi., 1881, p. 87;
Id., Castelnau, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, iii., 1870,
p. 351- ; Id., Ogilby, Cat. Fish. N.S. Wales, 1880, p. 45.

Pseudolabrus nigromarginatus, Gill, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.. xiv.
1802, p. 402; Id., Ogilby, Ed. Fish. N.S.Wales, 1893, p!
140 ; /,/., Waite, Rec. Austr. Mus , v., 1003, p. 20, and Men.
Nat. Club N.S. Wales, 1004, p. 38; id., Ogilby, Proc. Roy.
Soc. Q'land, xxi., 1008, p. 25; Id., Stead, Ed. Fish. N.S.
Wales, 1008, p. 84.

Stead (Ed. Fish. N.S. Wales) has expressed the opinion that
/'. nigromarginatus is merely the male form of P. gymnogenis
which attains a larger size than the female. In support of this it
must be noted that the distribution of the two is the same and
that both are obtained from the same localities, which are usually
in the vicinity of rocky reefs, etc. The more robust form of
P. nigromarginatus as compared with P. gymnogenis is only
what is found in all large specimens of Vseudolabrus, while the
colour differences between the two are not more striking than
what I have found between young and old examples of /'.

382 RECORDS OF IHE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

tetricus. Guntber (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.) regarded large speci-
mens from Port Jackson which bad the characteristic marking
of nigromarginatus as merely colour varieties of gymnogenis.
Finally, as small specimens of the nigromarginatus form are
unknown, and as the essential structural details of the two are
similar, I regard them as identical.

Tbe following are the principal characters of the two forms : —

P. gymnogenis. Cheek scales in a single series. Body scabs
extending on to the extreme bases of tbe dorsal and anal fins.
Candid truncate, very slightly rounded in small specimens, the
lobes sometimes a little produced in older ones. Greenish or
reddish, with more or less distinct large white spots on the
scales, which are sometimes wanting. Usually some brownish
spots and lines radiate from the eye. Pectoral with a dark
basal bar. Dorsal and anal usually with a median dark band,
and spotted, a violet submarginal band ; the membrane between
the anterior dorsal spines darker. Caudal with dark upper and
lower margins.

Tbe specimen recorded from China by Steindachner " ;s not
this species according to Klunzinger. I have already 8 given
my reasons for considering the specimen recorded by Castelnau
from Port Jackson as Labrichthys parila to be not that species
but /'. gymnogenis.

Specimens examined. — Five from near Sydney, and one from
Lord Howe Island. The largesl is -')(_> mm. long.

//"//. — Botany Bay, New South Wales, northwards to
Moolpolah, near Moreton Bay, Queensland; Lord Howe
Island; King George Sound (Klunzinger).

P. nigromanjiintl us. — Cheek scales in a single series. Bases
of the dorsal and anal not scaly. Caudal truncate, the angles
somewhat produced. Purple or purplish green, yellowish
posteriorly; a broad crimson band between the sofl dorsal and
anal tins. Dorsal and anal yellow or Crimson with narrow
purple margins. Median rays of ventrals blackish. Pectoral
yellow with a purple blotch posteriorly, and a dark basal hand.
Caudal orange with dark upper and lower margins.

Steindachner Sitzb Akad. Wisa. Wieu, Ivi., 1867, p 342.
McOulloch— Kec. W. Austr. .Mus., i.. L912, p. 91.

STUDIES IN' AUSTRALIAN PISHES— MCCULLOCH. :'>s">

Specimens examined. — Pour from near Sydney, two from
Moreton Bay and one from Lord Howe Island. Length
277-300 mm.

II, ih. Botany Bay, northwards to Caloundra near Moreton
Bay : Lord Howe Island.

Pseudolarrus paribus, Richardson.

Tatiloga parila, Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1850, p. 70, and
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), vii., 185], p. 286.

Labrichthys parila, Giinther, Brit. Mas. Cat, Fish., iv., 1862, p.
117; Id., Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict,, ii., 1«73, p.
137; Id., Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vi., 1881',
p. 81.

Pseudolabrus parilus, Gill, Proc. U.S. Nat, Mus., xiv., 1892
p. 401; Id., MeCulloch, Rec. W. Anstr. Mus., i., 1912, p
90, p|. xii.

Labrichthys rubra, Castelnan, Res. Fish. Anstr. (Vict. Offic. Rec.
Philad. Exhib.), 1875, p. 37 ; Id., Kluuzinger, Sitzb. Akad.
Wiss. Wien. lxxx. i,, 1879, p. 403; Id., Macleay Proc.
Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vi., 1881, p. 86.

Pseudolabrus ruber, Gill, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xiv., 1892, p.
402; Id., Waite, Rec. Austr. Mas,, iv., 1902, p. 185, pi.
xxviii.

I have already suggested the identity of P. parilus and P.
ruber and having since examined another specimen which has
almost as much the markings of ruber as of parila, I have now
no hesitation in uniting them.

Cheek scales in one or two rows, usually in one above and two
below. Bases of dorsal and anal tins not scaly. Upper pectoral
rays longest. Caudal more or less rounded.

P. parilus form. — Greenish, spotted with brown, the spots
tending to form five more or less distinct cross bands. Brown lines
radiating from the eye. With or without broad darker markings
enclosing lighter interspaces on the lower parts of the head.
Dorsal and anal with light and dark spots, the latter being most
distinct above the body bands ; a large anterior dorsal spot.

384 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Specimens examined. — Two specimens from Fremautle and
one from Doubtful Island Bay. Length 200-225 mm.

Hub. — Doubtful Island Bay. King George Sound and Fre-
mantle, Western Australia. In the *' Records of the Western
Australian Museum " I have given my reasons for supposing
Castelnau's record of this species from Port Jackson to be
incorrect.

P. ruber form. — Reddish-brown in spirits with five broad brown
blotches descending from the back ; numerous small dark spots
on the head and body. A series of irregular dark marks radia-
ting from the eye. Cheeks and throat with broad silvery
patches enclosed by brown bands. Scales of lower surface of
body with lai'ge silver spots. Dorsal and anal with light or
dark spots, or both ; the membrane darker in the region of the
dark body marks.

Specimens examined' — One from South Australia; two from
Houtman Abrolhos, and one from Fremantle; two from Western
Australia including a specimen received from Count Castelnau
by the National Museum, Melbourne.

Hab. — South and Western Australia.

PSEUDOLABRTJS PUNCTDLATUS, Gunther.

Labrichthys punctulata, Gunther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish,, i\\,
1862,' p. 118; Id., Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., ii.,
1873, p. 138 ; Id., Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
vi., 1881, p. 82.

Pseudolabrus puncttdatus, Gill, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xiv.,
1892, p. 40J ; Id, Waite, Rec, Austr. Mus., vi., 1905,
p. 69, pi. xiii.

Labrichthys edelensis, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., ii.,
1873", p. 137; Id., Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,
vi., 1881, p. 85; Id., Gill, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xiv,
1892, p. 403.

Cheek scales in one or two rows, usually in one above and
two below. Bases of dorsal and anal tins not scaly. Upper
pectoral rays longest. Caudal rounded. Body dark above the
lateral line, lighl below ; an irregular, dark longitudinal band
on the lower half which is connected with the upper dark pan

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN FISHES — MOCDLLOOH. 385

by indefinite dark cross-bars. Entire body closely dotted with

small blue ocelli. Throat and lower parts of head with dark
bars enclosing light areas. Soft dorsal and anal each with three
broad dark marks separated by lighter interspaces: margins of
the fins lighter. Greater portion of caudal dark, margin lighter.
Pectorals light coloured with a blackish basal band.

Specimens examined. — One from Hontman Abrolhos and one

from Albany : two from South Australia ; one from Queenscliff,
Victoria. Length 28-5-385 mm.

Huh. — Western Australia, South Australia and Victoria.

PSEUDOLABBDS UNICOLOB, Castelnau.

Labrichthys unicolor, Castelnau, Res. Fish. Austr. (Vict. Offic.
Rec. 'Philad, Kxhib.), 1875, p. 37; Id., Macleay, Proc.
Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vi., 1881, p. 85.

Pseudolahrus unicolor. Gill, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xiv., 1892,
p. 408.

Cheeks without scales. Colour of a dark brown rubyish tint,
length eight inches.

Hah. — Western Australia. This species has not been recog-
nised since it was first described.

Hauch<eres ttumactla'its, Quoy and Gaimard.

Julis' trimaculata Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, iii.,
1835, p. 705, Atl. pi. xx., fig. 2.

Guntheria trimaculata, Bleeker, Atlas Ichth., i., 1802, p. 138, pi.
xxxii., fig, 1.

Halichoeres trimaculata* Jordan and Seale, Bull. U. S. Fish.
Bur., xxv, 1906, p. 301, pi. xlvii., fig. 1

Labrichthys nudigena, de Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, ix.,

1885,* p. 881.

The type specimen of L. nudigena is dried and much shrivelled,
but still shows sufficient characters to leave no doubt as to its
identity with Halichoeres trimaculatus. The only item in the

386 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM,

short description requiring emendment is the statement " scales
of the cheeks in one infraorbital series." These " scales " are
merely small quadrangular spaces enclosed by series of pores
descending from the eye, and are shown in Quoy and Gaimard's
figure.

L. mtdigena was described from the Barrier Reef, Queensland.
As Platyglossus trimaadatus, Knerhas recorded it from Sydney,
but, as Ogilby has pointed out, this is almost certainly incorrect.
Specimens are in the Australian Museum from Murray Island,
Torres Strait (Coll. Hedley & McCulloch) ; Green Island, off
Cairns (Coll. Hedley) ; Hood Bay, New Guinea (Coll. Goldie),
and Samoa (Coll. Jordan).

Family PTEROPSARID^E.
Genus Parapercis, Sleeker,

Parapercis, Bleeker, Nat. Tyd. Dierk., iv., 1872, p. 127 (P.
cylindrica, Bloch.).

Gh'lias, Ogilby, Proc. Roy. Soc. Q'land, xxiii.,: 1910, p. 40 (C.
stricticeps, de Vis).

Having compared a specimen of Ghilias stricticeps, de \ is,
received from Mr. J. D. Ogilby, with another of Parapercis
cylindrica, Bloch, I fail to find any generic differences between
them. Ogilby has described the head of C. stricticeps as
depressed, but it is normally of the subcorneal form of Parapercis,
although in my specimen the gill-covers and membranes are
expanded laterally as often happens in fishes killed in formalin.
He also states that the lower jaw is without villiform teeth,
whereas there is really a broad band near the symphysis behind
the canines. These, and all the other characters relied upon to
distinguish Chilias are exactly as in Parapercis.

I'. stricticeps is closely allied to /'. hexophthalma, Cuv. and
Val., of which 1 have :i specimen from Murray Island. Torres
Strait, but differs in having a much longer lower jaw, narrower
interorbital, and smaller eye. as well as in its colour-marking.

Family GOBI IDJl.

E v i o t a v i rid is, Waite.

AUogdbius viridia Waite. Rec. Austr. Mas., v., t904, p. 177.
pi. xxiii., fig. 3.

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN PISHES — MCCULLOCH. 387

Eviota zonura, Jordan and Seale, Bull. U.S. Fish. Bur., xxv.,
1005 (1906), p. 386. tig. 75.

I have compared co-types of /','. zonura with the types of
Allogobius viridis and find them identical. I have no doubt
also, that some other members of this genus figured by Jordan
and Seale are merely variations of the one species.

This species is common all along the Great Barrier Reef and 1
have collected it at Murray Island, Torres Strait; on the
Cairns Reef, off Cooktown ; and at Masthead Island, off Port
Curtis. It has not been previously recorded from Australia.

Family SCOBPJENIDJE.

Skua stops is scaber, "Ramsay and Ogilby.

(Plate xiii., fig. 2).

Sebastes scaber, Ramsay and Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales, x., 1886, p. 577.

Scorposna scabra, Ogilby, Mem. Austr. Mus., ii., 1889, p. 60.

[Not Sebastopsis scabra, Jordan and Seale, Bull. IT. S. Fish,
Bur., xxv., 1906. p. 374, fig. 71.]

I), xii., i/8-10; A. iii/5-6 ; P. 17-18 ; V. i./5 ; C. 13-15.

Height of body 2| to 3^, length of head 24-2± in the length
to the hypural. Eye 2|-3 in the head. Snout §-f in the eye.

Head with large spines and rough scales, only the snout
naked. Orbital margin with three spines above, followed by a
single postocular one on either side ; between the last are
usually two small spines directed outwards. There are two
occipital spines on either side, the anterior of which arise
behind the level of the postocular spines. Two infraorbital
ridges terminating in spines posteriorly. A strong spine above
and between the nostrils. A series of bony ridges from in
front of the eye to the preopercnlnm, ai*med with a spine below
the eye and another near the preopercular margin ; the latter
bears a double spine on the same line and two others below it.
Operculum with two spines. The pterotic, post-temporal,
suprascapular and clavicle bones each bear a spine. The
margin of the preorbital is very sinuous but not spiniferous.
Anterior nostril with a large tentacle, while others may be

26

388 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

present on some of the larger head spines. Maxillary large,
reaching backwards to below the hinder third, or almost to the
hinder margin of the eye. Teeth minute, in a band on each jaw
and on the vomer; palatines toothless.

Most of the scales strongly ctenoid, only those of the chest
eycloid. The lateral line is almost straight; there are twenty-
four pores. along its length, each ending in a minute spine, and
about forty-four rows of scales. The scales extend on to the
bases of the soft dorsal, anal, pectoral and caudal tins.

The sixth and seventh dorsal spines are the longest, as long
as or shorter than the eye ; the rays are higher than the spines,
the median ones longest. Second anal spine very long and
strong, as long as the rays which are much longer than those of
the dorsal. Pectoral reaching to above the anal spines, the
lower nine or ten simple and thickened. Ventrals inserted in
advance of the pectorals, not reaching backwards to the vent.
Caudal rounded.

Colour. — Reddish or pink, with brown markings on the head
and upper half of the body. Fins spotted with carmine in
fresh examples, colourless in preserved specimens.

Described from fourteen examples, including the types, 35-71'
mm. long from the snout to the hypural. They were obtained
near Sydney and Newcastle, New South Wales, and Lord
Howe Island.

Sebastopsis guamensis, Quoy and Gaimard.

Scorpeena guamensis, Gunther, Journ. Mus. Godeffroy, ii., 1873-
5, p. 74, pi. 1 v i . , fig. 13.

Sebastopsis guamensis, Jordan and Scale, Bull . I*. S. Pish. Bur.,
xxv., 1906, p. '674.

r Sebastopsis scabra, Jordan and Seale, Loc, fit., fig, 71 (nee
Sf. seaber, Ramsay and Ogilbv )

The fish figured by Jordon and Seale as N. scabra is not that
species, though very closely allied to it. Those authors con-
sidered it differed from S. guavn nsis in having a longer anal
spine, but a series of thirty-five specimens, including fourteen

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN FISHES — MCCULLOCH. 389

from Samoa and Identified by them as both 8. guamensie and
S. scahra, seems to me to agree very well with Gunther's figure
of the former Bpecies.

They differ from S. scaber in the arrangement of the spines on

top of the head and in colt mration. In all of my series, including
specimens 30-115 nun. long, the infraorbital ridges do nol termi-
nate in sharp spines, the occipital spines arise on the same level
as, or in from of the end of the postocnlar spines, and there is
only rarely one or two small spines between the latter. The
general colour is brown with striking darker bars and spots on
the head, body and tins, and there is a more or less distinct
black spot on the operculum.

The specimens examined were obtained at the following

localities : — Samoa, New Hebrides, Lord Howe Island,
Tongatabu. Bogainville Island, Duke of York [gland, and
Murray Island, Torres Strait.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

Fig. 1. Natives spearing fish. Albany Passage, Cape York.

Fig. 2. "Werir" fishing. Murray Island, Torres Strait.

Fig. 3. Fishing with a cast-net. Murray Island, Torres Strait.

REG A.USTR. Mi's, VOL. IX

Platr XII

A. R. McCULLOCH, photo,

Austr. Mils.

Explanation of plate xiil

Fig. 1. Hypo}>hclrod^ jarnesoni, Ogilby.

Fig 2. Sebastopsiu scabtr, Ramsay and Ogilby.

REC. AUSTK. MUS., Vol, IX

Platk XIII

A. R. McCLLLOCII, del.,
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV

Holacanthm duboulayi, Giinther.

REC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL. I\

Plate XIV

a. r. Mcculloch, del.,

Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV.

Eupttricklhys angustipes, Ramsay and Ogilby.

REC AUSTR. MUS., VOL. IX.

Plate XV.

•A. R. MoCULLOCH, del..
Austr. Mus

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV I.

AustrolabruH maculatus, Macleay.

REC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL IX

Plate XVI.

a. r. Mcculloch, del.,

Austr. MuSi

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII

Pgeudolabrus gunlheri, Bleeker.

KEC. AUSTR. MUS., Vol.. IX.

Plate XVII.

a. r. Mcculloch, del.,

Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.

Pseudolabrus fucicola, Richardson.

HEC. AUSTR. Mi's, Vol, IX.

Plate XVTTT.

a. r. Mcculloch, del.,

Austr. Mus,

TT!"' '

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.

Pseudolahru* tetricus, Richardson.

REC. AUSTll. MI'S., Vol,. TX.

Plati XIX,

a. r. Mcculloch, del.,

Austr. Mus.

Explanation of plate x.x.

Pseudolabrus gymnogenis, Gunther.

REC. A.USTB Mrs, \ OL. l\

Plate 8 \

a. k. Mcculloch, del.,

Austr. Mus.

NDEX.

PAGE

Ackrina bidyana ... ... 359

aciculus, Paguriktes ... 345

Acolkds hedleyi ... 3, 24, 29

vaginatus ... ... 28

aculeatus, Pagtjrus ... 348

Adelotus, sp. ... ... 98

njfinis, Beryx ... ... 358

tllhu.J II ttat US CHlROhEVTEH... 99

alfzeli, Scolopendra ... 54

algerina, Scolopendra ... 54

Allogobius vi rides ... 886

Allothereua »Kini/(i/n ... 37

americana, Diorchis ... 1!)

Anas punctata ... ... 32

superciliosa 13, 15, 20,

23, 32, 33

angulipes, Scolopendra ... 54

(lilijustipes Eupetrichthys 365

annulata,. Comanthus ... 82

annulata, Padropsalta ... 80

n a a ulata, Vania ... ... 82

Antedon oxyacantha ... 82

protectus ... ... 84

sp. ... ... ... 86

spicata ... 84, 86

aries, Chorinus ... ... 328

aries, Halimus . . 327, 336

aries, Hyastenus ... 328

aries, Naxia... ... 327

aries, Pisa ... ... ... :-i28

aruanum, Tetredrachmum 361

a r nanus, Dascyllus ... 360

Abunta flava ... ... 76

interclusa ... ... 76

atrorubens, Sesabma ... 323

attenuata, Scolopendra ... 54

aurantiipes, Cormocephalus 47
a ii rantiipes marginatus,

Cormocephalus ... 49

aurantiipes, Scolopendra... 1"

aurca, Hyla. ... ... 100

aurita, Naxia ... ... :592

aurita, Pisa... ... :<26, :527

auritus, Halimus ... ,.. 327

au8traliana, Cermatia ... 38

australiana, Scutigera ... 38

PAGE

i/((.s-//-((?/f'/lsl.S,CU0AN0'I'.i:NIA 29

australiensis, Dilepis ... 25)

australiensis,GYROcoELiA. 3, 29
australiensis, Taenia ... 3

aust ral is, Aythyra 4, 1L, 15

australis, Lembeja... ... 77

AUSTROBERYX S}3. ... ... 358

AUSTROCHAPERINA griirili pes

93, 98

omata ... ... 91

robusla ... 89, 98, 101
sp 87

AUSTROLABRUS mil C U I <t I U s 367

Aythya australis ... 4, 11, 15

i:

bairdii, Tmtsia. ... 2, 3, 20
banfieldi, Zewa
barbatus, Clibanarius :v.]H,
barbatus, Paguristes 338,
Bennettia samoana
Beryx ajjinis
bibroni, Pseudophryne
bidyana, Acerina ...
bidyana, Cernua ...
bidyana, Therapon
bilineata, Scolopendra ...
biserialis, Labrichthys ...
biserialis, Pseudolabris ...
bispinosa, Litocheira
Bizuira lobata

In/a rill, COTUGNIA ...

bifaria, T^nia ... ... 1(

bleekeri, Labrichthys 378,
bleekeri, Pseudolabrus
blochii, Dascyllus...
boscii, Petrolisthes

boSCii, PORCELL ANA .. .

bostuckii, Labrichthys
bostockii, Pseudolabrus 376,
Bothriocephalic

marginatus
bothrycosmus, Labrichthys

■n l,

bothryocosmus, Labrits

, 33
332
340
341 I

82
358

99
359
359
:i59

55

376

376

323

3

11
1-11
380
381 )
360
353
353
376
377

375
375

392

RECORDS OP THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

bothryocosmus,

PSEUDOLABRUS

? Brachygrapsus Icevis ...
brachyopoda, Scolopendra
brandtiana, Scolopendra...
? brevipes, Melia ...
h re vis, Scolopendra
brevispinatus sulcatus,

CORMOCEPHALUS

c

ccerulea, Hyla
californica, Scolopendra...
Carcharias melanopteris ...
camipes, Scolopendra
castaneum, Nettion 13, 15,

20, 23, 32
relidota, Labrichthys

celidotus, Labrus ...
celidotus, Pseudolabrus ...
Cellepora, sp.

CERATOCARCINUS il ilil tut us

Cermatia australiana

Latreillei

maculato
Cernua bidyana
ChjENOSTOMA t rid e nt a tu hi
Chaperina fusca ...
Chilias stricticeps ...
Chiroleptes alboguitatus

dahlii

chlamydercB, T^nia
chlamydoderce, T^.nia
clitoris, Hyla

rhlorocephala, Scolopendra
Choa.not.xnla australiensis

coronata
Chorinus aries
Cicada themiscura ...
cingulata, Scolopendra ...
Clelstostoma tridentatuim

< "l.IHANARIUS, Sp. ...

barbatus ... 338
corallinus
cruentatus ...
eurysternns ...
infraspinatus
padavensis ...

st riiji urn n us ...

etriolaius

AGE

PAGE

tceniatus

349

374

virescens

346

323

clibanarius, Pagurus

349

55

Cldpea klunzei

355

55

kunzei

355

323

moluccensis ...

355

47

coccineus, Pseudolabrus ...

372

cognata, Scolopendra

55

19

collans, Hymenolepls 3, 22, 33

Colobometra diadema 84, 86

Comanthina sr/tlej/efii

81

Comanthus annulate

82

100

samoana

82

55

compressipes, Scolopendra

55

356

convergens, Melampsalta

79

55

convergens (var. ), Melamp-

salta landsboroughi ...

79

, 33

convexus, Labrichthys

372

375

convexus, Pseudolabrus ...

372

corallinus, Clibanarius ...

350

375

corallinus, Pagurus

35()

375

Cormocephalus au n> lit ii pes

47

345

aurantiipes margina-

338

tus ...

49

38

brevispinatus sulcatus

49

38

gracilis

47

37

lanatipes

52

359

marginatus ...

49

321

miniatus

47

KM

obscurus

47

38(5

pygomegas

47

99

rugulosus

51

99

subminiatus . .

17

2, 3

westwoodxi

51

3

coronata, Choanotjknia ...

28

99

coronata, T.*:nia ... 2,

i, 28

55

CORYPH^NOIDEK norir-

29

zelandice

358

28

tasmaniae

358

328

COTUGNIA til fn riil ...

11

80

crassipes, Heteroktoma ...

45

55

crussipes, Scolopendra

55

321

CRATEROCEPHAI.I'N

343

nnniihit iis

357

340

stercus m usca rum . . .

357

350

Crinia froggatti

98

351 1

haswelli

98

349

laBvis, var froggatti

98

35(1

leal ...

99

■A IS

victoriana

98

348

cruentatus, Clibanariub ...

35( )

348

cruentatus, Labrichthys

:;i;.s

IX HEX.

393

PAGE

98

66
66

66

Ceyptotis, sp

curtipes, Geomebinus
curtipes, Gkophilus

CUrtipCS, NKCROPHLJEOPH
AGUS

riiruri, Labkichthys 378-379

cuvieri, Pseudolabeus ... 379

cyanogenys, Labeichthys... ."577

Cyoloanthus haswelli ... 326

cylmdrica, Pabapebcis ... 386
cylmdrica, T.knfa... 2, 3, 33

D

dahlii, Chiboleptes ... 99

dahlii, Phractops 99

Dascyllus aruanus ... 360

blochii 360

Datnia elliptica ... ... 359

daiji, Hyla ... 99

delicaiulus, Spbatelloides 357

Delphinus del phis... ... 13

forsteri ■■■ ■■■ 13
Delphinobhynchus

rostratus ... ... 13

delpkis, Delphinus ... 13

dendyi, Pseudophbyne ... 99
diadema, Colobometba 84, 86

Dicheometba protectus ... 84
diflerifrons, Micbohalimus

329, 331

difiexifrons, Naxia 330

dilatatus, Cebatocarcinks 338

Dilepis australiensis ... 29

Diobchis acuminata ... 19

americana ... ... 19

flavescens ... 15, 29

inflata ... ... 19

parviceps ... ... 19

Diploposthe loevis 3, 11, 12, 13

lata ... ... ... 11

snigeneris ... ... 11

? tuberculata ... 11

ihAietiDpsis, Hyla ... ... 96

dorsalis, Labbichthys ... 368

duboulayi, Holacanthus ... 360

dux, Labbichthys... ... 368

E

edelensis, Labbichthys ... 384

elegans, Fanchonia ... LOO

elegans, Hetebostoma ... 58

PAGE

376

878

55

elegans, Labbichthys
elegans, I'secdolabrus ...
elegans, Scolopendba
elegans, Scolopendba
fulvipes ...

elliptica, Datnia

ellipticus, Tkkapon
ellipticus, Thbbapon
elongatus, Petbolisthes ...
encaustica, Pattbopsalta ...
ephippium, Labbichthys ...
ephippium, Labbos
Eeuma hispidum
erythrocephala, Scolopendba 55
Ethmostigmus rubripes 44, 46
Eupageus lacertosus ... 346

Eupeteichthys angustipes
Euplax tridentata ...
Eueylithobius slateri
eurysternus, Clibanabius..
eurysternus, Pagubus
Eviota viridis

zonura
ewingi, var. orientalis,
Hyla

F

56
359
359
359
352

80
377
377
336

321
58
349
349
386
387

99

Fabricii, Scolopendba ... 55
Fanchonia elegans... ... 100

fasciata, Hetebostoma ... 45
fascialum, Hetebostoma ... 45
fasciola ris, Fimbeiaeia ... 3, 32
fasciolatus, Mixophyes ... 98
fenestrates, Hyla ... ... 98

Fimbeiaeia fasciolaris ... 3, 32
fimbriata, Taenia ... ... 2

tiara, AltUNTA ... ... 96

flava, Hetebostoma ... 45

flavescens, Diobchis 15, 29

flavescens, Taenia 2, 3, 15, 29

flavoguttalus, Philocbyphus 99
fletcheri, Limnodynastes 98, 106
fletcheri, Melampsalta ... 80
fletcheri, Phaneeotis ... 98
formosa, Scolopendba ... 56
forsteri, Delphinus ... 13

forsteri, Pbosthococotyle 13
forsteri, T.knia ... 2, 3, 13

froggatti, Cbinia 98

fniggatii ( var. ) Crinia hvvi8 98
froggatti, Pachymerinus... 61

394

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

PAGE

frosti, Philoria ... ... 99

fucicola, Labrichthys ... 374

fucicola, Labrus ... ... 374

fucicola,, Pseudolabrus ... 374
fulvipes elegans,

Scolopendra ... ... 56

fulvipes, Heterostoma ... 58

fulvipes, Scolopendra ... 56

fusca, Chaperina ... ... 101

fuscicola, Pseudolabrus ... 374
fttsciijiiiitis (var. )

Labrichthys tetrica ... 377

(J

Gabrielia haswelli ... 326

Geomerinus curtipes ... 66

Geophilus curtipes ... 66

gervaisiana, Scolopendra 56

gilleni, Hyla 99

Gonatorhynchus tumidus 335

gracilenta, Myla ... ... 99

gracilipes, Austrochaperina

93, 98

gracilipes, Sesarma ... 323

gracilis, Cormocephalus ... 47

gracilis, IIalimus ... ... 327

grandidieri, Scolopendra... 56

gmtiiieiixis, ScoltP.-ENA ... 388

guamensis, Sebastopsis ... 388
Guntheria trimaculata ... 385
guntheH, Labrichthys ... 368
guntheri, Pseudolabrus 368, 379
gymnogenis, Labrichthys... 381
gymnogenis, Pseudolabris

362, 38]
Gyroccelia australiensis ... 3, 29
( i yrocott; de rugosa ... 1

II

1 1 \ 01CHCERE8 trimaculai
! 1 a i.i m is aries

auritus

gracilis

Icevis ...

I [alimus, sp.

I I \ bbngula kunzei

stereolepis
haswelli, Crinia ...
haswelli, < Iycloanthus
haswelli, < I m-i- ieli \

326.

385

327
327
327
327
::-<;
355
355
'.is
326

PACE

hedleyi, Acoleus ... 3, 24, 29
hedleyi, T.inia ... ... 3

I i r LEIQPORUS /.i'./iis ... 106

sudelli ... 99, 106

Heterostoma crassipes ... 45

elegans ... ... 58

fasciata ... ... 15

fasciatum ... ... 45

fiava ... ... ■■• 45

fulvipes ... ... 58

megacephala ... 45

rubripes ... ... 45

sulcicornis ... ... 45

sulcidens ... ... 45

Himanotopus leucocephalus

2d. 2::. 28
hirsutimana, Metaplax 321

hispida, Paramicippa ... 336
hispidum, Eruna ... ... 336

Holacanthus duboulayi .. 360
Hyastinus aries ... ... 328

Hyla aurea ... ... ... 100

Hyla ccerulea ... ■•■ 100

chloris 99

dayi ... 99

dolichopsis ... ... 9(5

ewingi, var. orientalis 99
fenestrata ... ... 98

gilleni ■■■ ■■■ 99

gracilenta ... ... 99

infrafrenata 96, 100

infrata niata ... I< H I

irrorata ... . . LOO

lesueuri ... LOO, L06
luteiventris ... ... 99

maculata ... ... 99

nasuta ... ... 1(MI

nobilis ... ... 98

peninsula ... ... LOO

peroni ■■■ ••■ 99

rothi 99

semoni ... ... LOO

vinosa ... LOO, L06

1 1 5 mi nolepis collaris 3, 22, 33

megalops ... ... •'■. :;:!

si'd itosa ... ... 3. 22

I I 5 POPLECTRODES jamt SOJli 359

imjwessa, Scolopendb \
imjpressa, Sei \ R M \

56
323

395

PAGB

incepta, Melampsalta 79

infesla, Scolopendra ... 56

inflata, Diorchts ... ... l'.»

infrafrenata, 1 1 vi..\ . . '..(>, LOO

infraspinatus, Clibanarius 350

infratamiata, Hyla ... LOO

inscripta, Labrichthys ... 373

inscriptus, Labrus... ... 373

inscriptus, Pseudolabrtjs 373

inscriptus, Tatjtoga ... 373

interch usa, A i;i n ta ... 7<>

irrorata, IIvla ... ... loo

jamesoni, Eypoplectrodes 359

JULIS ? nt, hil us ... ... 375

trimaculata ... ... 385

k

Kalimtts, sp. ... ... 326

klunzei, Clupea ... ... 355

kreffti, Tacnia ... ... 3

kunzei, Cldpea ... ... 355

kunzei, Harengtjla ... 355

kunzei. Sardinella ... 355

labiosa, Labrichthys
Labrichthys biserialis

bleekeri

bostockii

botjirycosm us

bothryocosm us

celidota

convexus

cruentatus

cuvieri

cyanogenys ...

dorsalis

dux

edelensis

eligans

ephippium

fucicola

guntheri

gymnogenis ...

inscripta

labiosa

!tli ill, I II us

luculenta

378

... 366
... 376
378, 380
... 371
... 374
... 375
. . 375
. . . 372
368
379
377
368
368
384
376
377
.".7 1-
368
381
373
366
366
371

PAGE

maculaia

... 367

iiiuriiltil us

... 368

llll Ill II II I'll

... 368

mortoni

... 372

nigromarginatus ... 381

nudigena

... 385

parila

381, 383

/is it lii nil us ...

... 372

punctulata ...

... 384

rex

... 369

richardsoni ...

378-379

rubicunda

... 372

rubra

... 383

sexlineatus ...

... 368

tetrica

376, 377

tetrica, var. fuscipinnis 377
tetrica, var. ocellata '.ill
tetrica, var. tigripinnis 377

II III, -nli,,

vestita

LABKID.E

Labrus bothryocosmus

celidotus

coccineus

ephippium

fucicola

inscriptus

l,ii irl, 1 1 in

hil irln rilis

luculenius

mill's...

pcecilopleura

psittaculus ...

tetricus
lacertosus, Eupagrus
lacertosus, Pagtjrus
lavis, PBrachtgrapsus

Inns, IlALIMUS

Imta, Scolopendra
In I ns. Rhombocephali s
laivis, var. froggatti, Crinia
laivis, Diploposthe 3, 11, 12, 13
lanatipes, Cormocephalus 52
landsboroughi, var. convergens

Melampsalta...
landsboroughi, Melampsalta
Larrakeeya pallida
lata, Diploposthe ...
laticlavia, Labium ...
laticlavia, Tatjtoga
laticlavius, Labrichthys ...

385

377
36]

3,75
375
372
377
37 1
373
366
366
371
372
37.")
372
377
346
346
323
327
60
(io
98

79

7ii

78

11

366

366

360

396

RECORDS OF THE ATSTKALIAN MUSEUM.

PAGE

366

366

366

38

56

laticlavius, Labrus...

laticlavius, Pictilabrus .

laticlavius, Pseudolabris

latreillei, Cermathia

leachii, Scolopendra

leai, Crinia...

Lembeja australis ... ... 11

lesueri, Hyla ... ... 1<><)

tesueuri, Hyla ... ... 106

leucocephalus, Himanotopus

20, 23, 28

limbata, Scolopendra ... 56

Limnodynastes lineatus ... 98

fietcheri ... 98, 106

marmoratus ... 98, 106

olivaceus ... ... 98

peroni ... ... 98

lineatus, Limnodynastes... 98

lineata, Scolopendra ... 56

Litocheira bispinosa ... 32:h

lobata, Bizuira ... ... 3

longicornis, Scolopendra... 56
longimanus, Micippoides 334, 335

? Ion gipes, Eh ysida ... 44
luculentus, Pseudolabrus

368, 371

luculentus, Labrus... ... 371

luculenta, Labrichthys ... 371

luculentus, Tadtoga ... 371

luteiventris, Hyla ... ... 99

M

maculata, Allothereua ... 37

maculata, Austrolabrus... 367

maculata, Cermatia ... 37

maculata, Hyla ... ... 99

maculata, Labrichthys ... 367

maculata, Thereuonema ... 38

maculata, Scutigera ... 38

maculatus, Austrolabrus :<t>7
maculatus, Cratkro-

cephalus ... ... 357

maculatus, Labrichthys ... :<(is

Macruronus novce-zelandioe 358
malleus, TiENiA ... ... 3, :\2

>na rginai u. t, Bothriocb-

phalus ... ... ... 2

m arg i Hat u . s, CoRMOcLi i. \ i .i 19

marginatus, Cobmocbphalub

aurantiipes ... ... 49

PAGE

marginata, Melampsalta... 80

marginata, Scolopendra... 56

marginata, Tettigonia ... 80
marmoratus, Limnodynastes

98, 106

mastersi, T-enia ... ... 2, 3

megacephala, Hetbrostoma 45

megacephala, Scolopendra 45
megalops, Hymenolepis 3, 33

Megametope rotundifrons 326

sp ' ... 326

meinerti, Sesarma ... ... 322

Melampsalta fietcheri ... 80

marginata ... ... 80

convergens ... ... 79

incepta ... ... 79

landsboroughi ... 79
landsboroughi, \ ar.

convergens... ... 7VI

iiliiope ... ... 79

themiscura ... ... 80

viridicincta ... ... 78

melanopteris, Carcharias... 356

melanura, Labrichthys ... 368

Melia ?brevipes 323

MetapIiAX hirsutimana ... 321

metuenda, Scolopendra ... 53

Micippa parvirostris ... 337
Micippoides longimanus '■>■■{. :f:{5
Microhalimus diflexiffons

329, 330

miles, Labrus ... ... 372

miles, Pseudolabrus ... 372

miniata, Scolopendra ... 17

miniatus, Cormocephalus 17

Mitboltsis, sp. ... ... 99

Mixophyes fasciolatus ... 98

moluccensis, Cltjpba ... 355

morsican s, Scolopendra ... 57

morsitans, Scolopendra ... 54

moschata, Tima ... ... 2, 3

miissa milieu, SCOLOPENDRA 57

mortoni, Labrichthys ... M2

m II sen r a III, A'l'H EUI N \

stercus ... ... ... 357

in \kscarum, * Iratbbocbpha-

lus stercus ... ... 357

N

nasuta, Hyla ... ... Iik)

N W i a aries ... ... ... 327

aurita ... ... 327

i n i > i •: \ .

397

diflezifron8

sp. ...

spinosa

tumida

Naxioides, sp.

NeCROPHL^oPHAUDS rin

tipes
Nettion castaneum

328,

l • \ < . i :
330
326
329
329
}26

(id
L3, 15, 20,
23, 32, 33
wigromarginatus

Labrichthys ... ... 381

nigromarginatuSj

PsEUDOLABRUS ... 38 1

nobilis, Hyla ... ... 98

iiiitittiis, Julis ? ... ... 375

noiatus, Sparus ... ... 375

novw-guince, Phanerotis ... 96

novm-hollcmdce, Taenia ... 2, 3
novce-zelandioB, Coryph^:-

noides ... ... ... 358

novce-zelandice, Macruronus 358

nudigena, Labrichthys ... 385

O

obscurus, Cormocephalus 47

obscura, Scolopendra ... 47
ocellatta (var.) Labrichthys

tetrica ... ... ... 377

olivaceus, Limnodynastes 98
Ophryocotyle tuberculata 11
orientahs, (var.) Hyla

ewingi ... ... ... 99

ornata, Austrochaperina 91, 98
oxyacantha, Antedon ... 82
oxyacantha, Stephanometra 82

PACHYMERINUS/ro;/;/<;//l' ...

61

padavensis, Clibanarius ...

348

Paguristes aciculus

3 15

barbatus ... 338

340

pugil ...

341

squamosum

341

sulcatus

341

tuberculatus

343

Paourus aculeatus...

348

clibanarius ...

349

corallinus

350

eurystemus ...

349

lacertosus

346

I ■ A ' i K

strigimanus ... 348

tiriiinliis ... ... 349

i irescens ... ... 346

pallida, Larrakbei \ ... 78
papua, I.'ana ... '.Ml. 98

paradoxa, Taenia ... ... 2, 3

Param [CIPPA hispida . 336

tuberculosa ... ... 337

P arapercis cylindrica 386

hexophthalma ... 386

parila, Labrichthys 381,383

parila, Tautosa ... ... 383

parilus, Pseudolabros 362, 383

parviceps, Diorchis ... 19

parvirostris, Micippa ... 337

PAUBOPSALTAa/Ulll/<i/n ... 80

encaustica ... ... 80

pedifoniiis Tjenia ... ... 2, 32

pella, Scolopendra ... 57

peninsula', Hyla ... ... loo

peroni, Hyla ... ... 99

peroni, Limnodynastes ... 98

Petrolisthes boscii ... 353

elongatus ... ... 352

rugosus ... ... 353

phalangistcs, 'Vjenix ... 2, 3

Phanerotis fletcheri ... 98

novai-guinea; ... ... 96

Philocryphus flavoguttatus 99

Philoria /rosti ... ... 99

Phractops dahlii ... ... 99

sp 99

Pictilabris laticlavius ... 366

picturata, Scolopendra ... 57

pictus, Heleioporus ... 106

pilosella, Scolopendra ... 57

Piltjmnus semilanatus ... 325

Pisa aries 328

aurita ... 326, 327

pin a i pes, Scolopendra ... 57

platypo'ides, Scolopendra 57

platypus, Scolopendra ... 57

pnrilopli urn, LABRUS ... 375

polita, Scolopendra ... 51

politus, Bhombocephalus 52

Porcellana boscii ... ... 353

porjih'irodriiiu, Scolopendra 57

protcctus, An :tedon ... 8 I

protect us, Dichrometra ... 84

Prosthecocotyle forsteri 13

398

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MFSKTM.

PAGE

triangulare ... ... 13

Pseudolabrus biseriahs ... 37<i

bleelceri 380

bostorkii ... 376, 377

liothnjocosiiiits ... 374

celidotus ... ... 375

coccineus ... ... 372

convexus ... ... 372

cuvieri ... ... 379

elegans ... ... 376

fucicola ... ... 374

fuscicola ... ... 374

guntheri ... 368, 379

gymnogenis ... 362,381

inscriptus ... ... 373

laticlavius ... ... 366

luculentus ... 368, 371

miles ... ... ... 372

nigromarginatus ... 381

parilus ... 362, 383

psittaculus ... ... 372

/ill iirl ithitllS ... ... 384

richardsoni ... ... 379

richnrilsiiiiii . . ... 3(58

rw&er 380, 383

tefricus

362, 376, 377, 380

\inicolor ... ... 385

PsKUDOMiciPi'E, sp. ... 329

varians ... ... 332

? varians ... ... 334

Pseudophrynk bibroni ... 99

dendyi ... ... 99

semi-ma rmorata ... 99

psittaculus, Labrichthys ... 372

psittaculus, Labrus ... 372

psittaculus, Psetjdolabbus 372

pugil, Pagubistbs ... ... 311

punctata, Anas . . :;•_'

p\l ncticcjis, SCOLOI'ENDRA ... 51

punctulata, Labbichthys... 384
punctulatus, Pseudolabrus 384
pygomcgas, COBMOCBPHALUB 47

R

rainbowi, Schizoribautia 71

rainbowi, Ta mas a ... ... 106a

I.'ana papua ... 96, 98

rapax, Scolopbndba ... 15
rex, Labrichthys ... ... 369

PAGE

Rhacophorus, s/i. ... ... 96

Rhombocephalus brcns ... 4-7

In Ins... ... ... 60

politus ... ... 52

rhynchotis, Spatula ... 15

Iv'n ysida ? longipes ... ... 44

subinermis ... ... 44

richardsoni, Labrichthys

378, 379
richardsoni, Pseudolabrus 379
richardsonii, Pseudolabrus 368
richardsoni, Scolopendra 57

robusta, Austrochaperina

89, 98, 101
rostra tits, Delphinorhyn-

CHTJS ... ... ... 13

rothi, Hyla ... ... ... 99

rotundata, Sesarma ... 323

rotundifrons, Megametope 326
rotundifrons, Xantho ... 326
ruber, Pseudolabrus 380, 383
rubicunda, Labbichthys ... 372
rubra, Labrichthys ... 383

rubripes, Ethmostigmus 44,46
rubripes, Heterostoma ... 45
rubripes, Scolopbndba ... 44
rugosa, Gyrocotyle ... 1

rugosa, T.txn ... 2, 23, 29
rugosus, Petrolisthes ... 353
rugulosus, Cormockimialis 51

saltatoria, Scolopeh i". j

siimoii mi . Hen n i: in a
samoana, < !om \ m m S
SaBDINELLA L'liir.ii

scaber, Sebastes
scaber, Sebastopsis
scabra, Scobp i \a ...
scabra, PSbbastopsis
scabriventris, Scolopend
s<'ii izobibautia rainbowi
schlegelii, Comanthina
schuttei, Sbbabma ...
Scolopbndba alfzi Ci

algerina

angulipes

attenuata

aurantiipes ,

bilineata

387

57
82

82

355

387
388
387
388

15
71
SI
323
5 1
5 1
54

5 1
17

IN'I'KX.

399

l'ACE

I'AflK

brachyopoda...

55

spinulosa

II

brandtiana ...

.. 55

squalidens

15

brevis...

.. 47

siilniti ii mlii ...

17

cahfornica ...

.. 55

sulcicornis ...

45

camipes

.. 55

sulcidens

44

chlorocephala

55

tigrina

58

cingulata

55

tongana

58

cognata

55

tuberculidens

58

compressives ...

55

vaga ...

58

Crassi pes

55

ru rin ...

58

elegans

55

Wahlbergi

58

erythrocephala

.. 55

Westirtioiiii ...

51

fabricii

.. 55

scopoliana, Scolopendra ..

57

formosa

56

Scorpjena guamensis

388

fith'ijiex I'lt'tjinif

56

scab i<i

:<H7

fulvipes

56

SCUTIGERA illisl rilliililil

38

gervaisiana ...

56

maculata

38

grandidieri ...

.. 56

Smitbii

38

impressa

.. 56

Sebastopsis guamensis

388

iltfestil

.. 56

scaber... ... 3£

7, 388

intermedia ...

.. 56

? scab r a

388

Iceta ...

.. 60

semilanatus, Pilumnus

325

lea&hii

5(5

semi-marm orata, I 'skudo-

limbata

.. 56

PHRTNE ...

99

lineata

56

semoni, Hyla

100

longicornis ...

56

Sesarma atrorubens

323

lopadusce

56

gracilipes

323

marginata

.. 56

impressa

323

megacephala . ..

.. 45

meinerti

322

metuendra

53

rotundata

323

mini a ta

.. 47

schuttei

323

morsicans

.. 57

aim ilis

323

morsitans

54.

smithii

322

piossambica ...

57

sexlineatus, Labrichthys ..

368

obscura

.. 47

similis, Sesarma

323

pellet ...

57

sinuosa, Hymenolepis

3. 22

picturata

57

Slateri, Eubylithobius ..

58

pilosella

57

smithii, Sesarma ...

322

l,hn n pes

.. 57

smithii, Scutigera...

38

platypo'ides ...

.. 57

Sparus notatus

375

platypus

57

Spatula rhynchotis

15

polita...

51

spicata, Antedon ...

84 ,86

porphyrotaenia

57

spicata, Stbphanometra . .

84

puncticeps

51

spinosa, Naxia

329

rapax...

45

spinosella, Scolopbndba ..

58

Richiiril*iii)i ...

.. 57

spinosus, Tbachichtodes

35.S

rubripes

.. 44

spinulosa, Scolopendra ..

44

saltatoria

57

Spratelloides delicatulus

357

scabriventris

45

squalidens, Scolopendra ..

45

scopoliana

57

squamosus, Paquristes

341

spinosella

58

Stehhanometra oxyacanth

< 82

400

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSK CM.

PAGE

spicata ... ... 84

stercus muscarum, Atherina 357
stercus muscarum, Cbatebo-

CEPHALUS ... ... 35?

stereolepis, Harengula ... 355
stricticeps, Chilias... ... 386

stnginunius. Clibanarits 348

strigimanus, Pagurus 348

striolatus, Clibanarius ... 348
subinermis, Rhtsida ... 44

subminiatus, Cormocephalus 47
subminiata, Scolopendra... 47
sudelli, Heleioporus 99, 106

suigeneris, Diploposthb ... 11

SUlcatuS, CORMOCEPHALUS

brevispinatus ... ... 49

sulcatus, Paguristes .. 341

sulcicornis, Heterostoma... 45

sulcicomis, Scolopendra ... 45

suleidens, Heterostoma ... 45

sulcidens, Scolopendra ... 44
superciliosa, Anas

13, 15, 20, 23

32,

T

T^nia australiensis

3

bairdii 2.

3, 20, 33

bifaria

Hi, 11

chlamydera ...

... 2,3

chlamydodera
coronata

3

2. ::. 28

cylindrica

2. 3. 33

fimbriata
flavescens, 2.

'2

:;. l.v 29

forsteri

2. 3, 13

hedleyi

3

kreffti
malleus

3
.. 3 . 32

mastersi

... 2,3

moschata

... 2.3

nneir lint In nil i ir

... 2.3

paradoxa
pediformis

pittihingislti' ...
rugosa

2.3
.. 2, 32

... 2,3
2. 2:!. 211

trichosoma

12

tuberculata ...

2. 3, I

Iceniatus, Clibanabius

... 349

tceniatus, Pagi bus...

349

'1' \ u \s \ rainbowi

1 ( « 1 \

tristigma

... 106a

page

tasmanice, Cortph^noides 358

Tautoga inscriptus ... 373

laticlavia ... ... 366

luculentus ... ... 371

parila 383

tetricus 377

telxiope, Melampsalta ... 79

Terapon ellipticus... ... 359

Tetrabothrium triangular e 13

Tetradrachmum aruanum 361

tetrica, Labrichthys 376, 377
tetrica, var, fuscipin n is,

Labrichthys ... ... 377

tetrica, var. ocellata

Labrichthys ... ... 377

tetrica, var. tigripinnis

Labrichthys ... ... 377

tit liens, Labrus ... ... 377

tetricus, Pseudolabris

362, 376, 377 380

tetricus, Tautoga ... ... 377

Tettigonia margin nt tt ... 80

tliemiscura, Cicada... ... 80

themiscura, Melampsalta 80

Thkrai'on bidyana ... 359

ellipticus 359

Thereuonema maculata .. 38
tigrina, Scolopbndba ... 58
tigripinnis, var. Labrich-
thys tetrica ... ... 377

tongana, Scolopbndba ... 58

Tbachichthodeb spinosus 358
triangulare, Pkosthecoco-

TVliK ... ... ... 13

{rian.srwlare,TBTBABOTHBiUM 13

trichosoma, T.inia ... ... 12

Trichosuri'k uulpecula ... 3

tridentata, Km. ax ... 321

trident atum, Ch.bnostoma 321

teiileiitiittini. ClI [STOSTOMA 321

trimaculata, I Iunthebia... 3>s5

trimaculatus, Halichceres 385

trimaculata, .In. is ... ... 386

tristigma, Tamaba ... ... 106a

tuberculata, Diploposthb ? 11

tuberculata, < (phbyocotyle 1 1
tuberculata, T.i nia... 2. 3. 4

tuberculatus, Pagi bibtes ... 343

tuberculides, Scolopbndb \ 58

tuberculosa, Pabamicippb ... 337

INDEX.

401

PAGE
tumida, Xaxia ... 328, 329
tumidus, Gonatorhynchi s 335
Ttjmulos i'kk'm m. sp. ... 334

U

u tricolor, Labichthys ... 385
unicolor, Psei dolabrtjs ... 385

V

f'i'Jii, SCOLOPENDRA ... 58

vaginatus, Aooleus ... 28

Vama annulata 82

varia, Scolopendra ... 58

varians, Psetjdomicippe ... 332

?varians, Pseudojucippe . . 334

varians, Zewa ... ... 334

vestita, Labrichthys ... 'Ml

victoriana, Crinia ... ... 98

vinosa, Hyla ... 100, 106

vireseens, Cli bana bids
virescens, Pa.qvb.vb ...
viridicincta, M ki \ mi-kali a
viridis, A LLOGOBITJS
viridis, Eviota

nil /irrnhi. TklCHOSIiRA
W

PAGE

346
346
78
386
386
3

Wahlbergi, Scolopendra ... 58
Westw6odii,i Jormocephalus 51
Westwoodii, Scolopendra 51

Xantho rotundifrons
Z

Zewa banfieldi
varians
zonura, Eviota

:',L'(i

:v.V2
334
387

¥*^: